WO2024101266A1 - Resin composition, cured product, laminate, method for producing cured product, method for producing laminate, method for producing semiconductor device, and semiconductor device - Google Patents

Resin composition, cured product, laminate, method for producing cured product, method for producing laminate, method for producing semiconductor device, and semiconductor device Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2024101266A1
WO2024101266A1 PCT/JP2023/039600 JP2023039600W WO2024101266A1 WO 2024101266 A1 WO2024101266 A1 WO 2024101266A1 JP 2023039600 W JP2023039600 W JP 2023039600W WO 2024101266 A1 WO2024101266 A1 WO 2024101266A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
group
resin composition
resin
formula
cured product
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/JP2023/039600
Other languages
French (fr)
Japanese (ja)
Inventor
和貴 友田
Original Assignee
富士フイルム株式会社
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 富士フイルム株式会社 filed Critical 富士フイルム株式会社
Publication of WO2024101266A1 publication Critical patent/WO2024101266A1/en

Links

Classifications

    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32BLAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B27/00Layered products comprising a layer of synthetic resin
    • B32B27/34Layered products comprising a layer of synthetic resin comprising polyamides
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08FMACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING CARBON-TO-CARBON UNSATURATED BONDS
    • C08F290/00Macromolecular compounds obtained by polymerising monomers on to polymers modified by introduction of aliphatic unsaturated end or side groups
    • C08F290/08Macromolecular compounds obtained by polymerising monomers on to polymers modified by introduction of aliphatic unsaturated end or side groups on to polymers modified by introduction of unsaturated side groups
    • C08F290/14Polymers provided for in subclass C08G
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08GMACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED OTHERWISE THAN BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING UNSATURATED CARBON-TO-CARBON BONDS
    • C08G73/00Macromolecular compounds obtained by reactions forming a linkage containing nitrogen with or without oxygen or carbon in the main chain of the macromolecule, not provided for in groups C08G12/00 - C08G71/00
    • C08G73/06Polycondensates having nitrogen-containing heterocyclic rings in the main chain of the macromolecule
    • C08G73/10Polyimides; Polyester-imides; Polyamide-imides; Polyamide acids or similar polyimide precursors
    • C08G73/12Unsaturated polyimide precursors
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004Photosensitive materials
    • G03F7/027Non-macromolecular photopolymerisable compounds having carbon-to-carbon double bonds, e.g. ethylenic compounds
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H01ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
    • H01BCABLES; CONDUCTORS; INSULATORS; SELECTION OF MATERIALS FOR THEIR CONDUCTIVE, INSULATING OR DIELECTRIC PROPERTIES
    • H01B3/00Insulators or insulating bodies characterised by the insulating materials; Selection of materials for their insulating or dielectric properties
    • H01B3/18Insulators or insulating bodies characterised by the insulating materials; Selection of materials for their insulating or dielectric properties mainly consisting of organic substances
    • H01B3/30Insulators or insulating bodies characterised by the insulating materials; Selection of materials for their insulating or dielectric properties mainly consisting of organic substances plastics; resins; waxes

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to a resin composition, a cured product, a laminate, a method for producing a cured product, a method for producing a laminate, a method for producing a semiconductor device, and a semiconductor device.
  • resin materials produced from resin compositions containing resins are being used in various fields.
  • polyimide is used in various applications due to its excellent heat resistance and insulating properties.
  • the applications include, but are not limited to, materials for insulating films and sealing materials, or protective films for semiconductor devices for mounting.
  • Polyimide is also used as a base film or coverlay for flexible substrates.
  • polyimide is used in the form of a resin composition containing polyimide or a polyimide precursor.
  • a resin composition is applied to a substrate by, for example, coating to form a photosensitive film, and then, if necessary, exposure, development, heating, etc. are performed to form a cured product on the substrate.
  • the polyimide precursor is cyclized, for example, by heating, and becomes a polyimide in the cured product. Since the resin composition can be applied by a known coating method, etc., it can be said to have excellent adaptability in manufacturing, for example, high degree of freedom in designing the shape, size, application position, etc. of the resin composition when applied.
  • the above-mentioned resin composition is expected to be increasingly applied in industrial applications.
  • Patent Document 1 describes a precursor composition including at least one heterocycle-containing polymer precursor selected from a polyimide precursor and a polybenzoxazole precursor, and the heterocycle-containing polymer precursor has a dispersity, which is the weight average molecular weight/number average molecular weight, of 2.5 or more.
  • Patent Document 2 describes a photosensitive resin composition that includes a polymer precursor selected from a polyimide precursor and a polybenzoxazole precursor, a photoradical polymerization initiator, and a solvent, in which the polymer precursor contains an acid group having a neutralization point pH in the range of 7.0 to 12.0 and an acid value in the range of 2.5 to 34.0 mgKOH/g, and the polymer precursor has a radically polymerizable group or contains a radically polymerizable compound other than the polymer precursor.
  • Patent Document 3 describes a photosensitive resin composition containing a heterocycle-containing polymer precursor selected from a polyimide precursor and a polybenzoxazole precursor, and a solvent, in which the amine value of the solid content of the photosensitive resin composition is 0.0002 to 0.0200 mmol/g.
  • the residual film ratio refers to the ratio of the film thickness after development and curing (e.g., heat curing) to the film thickness before development.
  • a film having a high residual film ratio i.e., a film thickness that is not easily reduced (not easily worn away), is said to have an excellent residual film ratio.
  • the present invention aims to provide a resin composition that produces a pattern with excellent resolution and residual film rate, a cured product obtained by curing the resin composition, a laminate including the cured product, a method for producing the cured product, a method for producing the laminate, a method for producing a semiconductor device including the method for producing the cured product, and a semiconductor device including the cured product.
  • a resin composition comprising at least one resin selected from the group consisting of polyimides and precursors thereof, the resin having a polymerizable group, and a photopolymerization initiator, the resin having a weight average molecular weight of 7,500 to 18,000 and a dispersity, expressed as weight average molecular weight/number average molecular weight, of 2.2 to 4.0.
  • X is a tetravalent organic group
  • Y is a divalent organic group
  • R1 and R2 are each independently a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group
  • at least one of R1 and R2 is a monovalent group having an ethylenically unsaturated bond.
  • X in the above formula (1) is any one of the following formulas (X-1) to (X-4)
  • Y in the above formula (1) is any one of the following formulas (Y-1) to (Y-5).
  • ⁇ 6> The resin composition according to any one of ⁇ 1> to ⁇ 5>, wherein the resin is dissolved in dimethyl sulfoxide to a concentration of 0.5% by mass, and the solution has a pH of 3.0 to 5.0.
  • ⁇ 7> The resin composition according to any one of ⁇ 1> to ⁇ 6>, wherein the resin has a weight average molecular weight of 10,000 to 15,000 and a dispersity of 2.8 to 4.0.
  • ⁇ 8> The resin composition according to any one of ⁇ 1> to ⁇ 7>, further comprising a polymerizable compound.
  • ⁇ 9> The resin composition according to any one of ⁇ 1> to ⁇ 8>, which is for forming an interlayer insulating film for a redistribution layer.
  • ⁇ 10> A cured product obtained by curing the resin composition according to any one of ⁇ 1> to ⁇ 9>.
  • ⁇ 11> A laminate comprising two or more layers made of the cured product according to ⁇ 10>, and a metal layer between any two adjacent layers made of the cured product.
  • ⁇ 12> A method for producing a cured product, comprising a film-forming step of applying the resin composition according to any one of ⁇ 1> to ⁇ 9> onto a substrate to form a film.
  • the method for producing a cured product according to ⁇ 12> comprising: an exposure step of selectively exposing the film to light; and a development step of developing the film with a developer to form a pattern.
  • ⁇ 14> A method for producing a cured product according to ⁇ 12> or ⁇ 13>, comprising a heating step of heating the film at 50 to 450° C.
  • ⁇ 15> A method for producing a laminate, comprising the method for producing a cured product according to any one of ⁇ 12> to ⁇ 14>.
  • ⁇ 16> A method for producing a semiconductor device, comprising the method for producing a cured product according to any one of ⁇ 12> to ⁇ 14>.
  • ⁇ 17> A semiconductor device comprising the cured product according to ⁇ 10>.
  • the present invention provides a resin composition that provides a pattern with excellent resolution and residual film rate, a cured product obtained by curing the resin composition, a laminate including the cured product, a method for producing the cured product, a method for producing the laminate, a method for producing a semiconductor device including the method for producing the cured product, and a semiconductor device including the cured product.
  • a numerical range expressed using the symbol "to” means a range that includes the numerical values before and after "to” as the lower limit and upper limit, respectively.
  • the term “step” includes not only an independent step, but also a step that cannot be clearly distinguished from another step, so long as the intended effect of the step can be achieved.
  • groups (atomic groups) when there is no indication of whether they are substituted or unsubstituted, the term encompasses both unsubstituted groups (atomic groups) and substituted groups (atomic groups).
  • an "alkyl group” encompasses not only alkyl groups without a substituent (unsubstituted alkyl groups) but also alkyl groups with a substituent (substituted alkyl groups).
  • exposure includes not only exposure using light but also exposure using particle beams such as electron beams and ion beams. Examples of light used for exposure include the bright line spectrum of a mercury lamp, far ultraviolet light represented by an excimer laser, extreme ultraviolet light (EUV light), X-rays, and actinic rays or radiation such as electron beams.
  • (meth)acrylate means both or either of “acrylate” and “methacrylate”
  • (meth)acrylic means both or either of “acrylic” and “methacrylic”
  • (meth)acryloyl means both or either of “acryloyl” and “methacryloyl”.
  • Me represents a methyl group
  • Et represents an ethyl group
  • Bu represents a butyl group
  • Ph represents a phenyl group.
  • the total solid content refers to the total mass of all components of the composition excluding the solvent
  • the solid content concentration refers to the mass percentage of the other components excluding the solvent with respect to the total mass of the composition.
  • the weight average molecular weight (Mw) and the number average molecular weight (Mn) are values measured using gel permeation chromatography (GPC) unless otherwise specified, and are defined as polystyrene equivalent values.
  • the weight average molecular weight (Mw) and the number average molecular weight (Mn) can be determined, for example, by using HLC-8220GPC (manufactured by Tosoh Corporation) and using guard columns HZ-L, TSKgel Super HZM-M, TSKgel Super HZ4000, TSKgel Super HZ3000, and TSKgel Super HZ2000 (all manufactured by Tosoh Corporation) connected in series as columns.
  • these molecular weights are measured using THF (tetrahydrofuran) as the eluent.
  • THF tetrahydrofuran
  • NMP N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone
  • detection in GPC measurement is performed using a UV (ultraviolet) ray (wavelength 254 nm detector).
  • a third layer or element may be interposed between the reference layer and the other layer, and the reference layer does not need to be in contact with the other layer.
  • the direction in which the layers are stacked on the substrate is referred to as "upper", or, in the case of a resin composition layer, the direction from the substrate to the resin composition layer is referred to as “upper”, and the opposite direction is referred to as "lower”. Note that such a vertical direction is set for the convenience of this specification, and in an actual embodiment, the "upper” direction in this specification may be different from the vertical upward direction.
  • the composition may contain, as each component contained in the composition, two or more compounds corresponding to that component.
  • the content of each component in the composition means the total content of all compounds corresponding to that component.
  • the temperature is 23° C.
  • the pressure is 101,325 Pa (1 atm)
  • the relative humidity is 50% RH.
  • combinations of preferred aspects are more preferred aspects.
  • the resin composition of the present invention (hereinafter, also simply referred to as "resin composition”) is at least one resin selected from the group consisting of polyimides and their precursors, and contains a resin having a polymerizable group, and a photopolymerization initiator, and the weight average molecular weight of the resin is 7,500 to 18,000, and the dispersity expressed by weight average molecular weight/number average molecular weight is 2.2 to 4.0.
  • the resin composition of the present invention is preferably used to form a photosensitive film that is subjected to exposure and development, and is preferably used to form a film that is subjected to exposure and development using a developer containing an organic solvent.
  • the resin composition of the present invention can be used, for example, to form an insulating film for a semiconductor device, an interlayer insulating film for a redistribution layer, a stress buffer film, etc., and is preferably used to form an interlayer insulating film for a redistribution layer.
  • the resin composition of the present invention is used for forming an interlayer insulating film for a rewiring layer.
  • the resin composition of the present invention is preferably used for forming a photosensitive film to be subjected to negative development.
  • negative development refers to a development in which the non-exposed areas are removed by development during exposure and development
  • positive development refers to a development in which the exposed areas are removed by development.
  • the exposure method, the developer, and the development method for example, the exposure method described in the exposure step and the developer and development method described in the development step in the description of the production method of the cured product described later can be used.
  • a resin composition containing at least one resin selected from the group consisting of polyimides and their precursors, the resin having a polymerizable group (hereinafter also referred to as a "specific resin"), and a photopolymerization initiator it is desired to achieve both improved resolution and improved film remaining rate.
  • a resin composition containing at least one resin selected from the group consisting of polyimides and their precursors, the resin having a polymerizable group (hereinafter also referred to as a "specific resin"), and a photopolymerization initiator it is desired to achieve both improved resolution and improved film remaining rate.
  • the present inventors believed that one of the reasons for the decrease in resolution is the effect of light leakage to unexposed areas.
  • the remaining film ratio is considered to decrease due to the film thickness of the exposed area decreasing due to development, or due to the components in the film volatilizing during heating.
  • the present inventors have found that, although there is a fundamental tendency for the film remaining rate to decrease as the molecular weight decreases, in a certain molecular weight range this decrease in the film remaining rate becomes slow.
  • the specific resin of the present invention has a dispersity (weight average molecular weight/number average molecular weight) of 2.2 to 4.0.
  • the proportion of the terminal structure which is a structure that is difficult to imidize in the specific resin, becomes large, and structures containing polymerizable groups are difficult to be removed from the specific resin, and the decrease in the remaining film rate can be suppressed.
  • the resin contains too many low molecular weight substances, i.e., the dispersity is 4.0 or more, the effect of the film thickness decrease in the exposed part due to development becomes large, and the remaining film rate is reduced.
  • A is a structure derived from carboxylic dianhydride and B is a structure derived from diamine
  • the proportion of the structure derived from carboxylic dianhydride having a polymerizable group increases, the density of the polymerizable group in the resin increases.
  • a network is easily formed by polymerization, and resistance to chemicals such as developing solution increases.
  • the present inventors have found that as long as the dispersity is within the range of 2.2 to 4.0, even if the molecular weight is reduced, the decrease in the remaining film rate during development is slow, and have completed the present invention.
  • Patent Documents 1 to 3 do not describe a resin composition containing a specific resin with a weight average molecular weight of 7,500 to 18,000 and a dispersity of 2.2 to 4.0, expressed as weight average molecular weight/number average molecular weight.
  • the resin composition of the present invention contains at least one resin selected from the group consisting of polyimides and precursors thereof (specific resin), which has a polymerizable group, a weight average molecular weight of 7,500 to 18,000, and a dispersity, expressed as weight average molecular weight/number average molecular weight, of 2.2 to 4.0.
  • the specific resin preferably contains a polyimide precursor.
  • an embodiment in which the specific resin is a polyimide precursor is also one of the preferred embodiments of the present invention.
  • the polymerizable group contained in the specific resin is preferably a group capable of undergoing a crosslinking reaction by the action of heat or radicals, and more preferably a radically polymerizable group.
  • Specific examples of the polymerizable group include a group having an ethylenically unsaturated bond, an alkoxymethyl group, a hydroxymethyl group, an acyloxymethyl group, an epoxy group, an oxetanyl group, a benzoxazolyl group, a blocked isocyanate group, and an amino group.
  • the specific resin contains a group having an ethylenically unsaturated bond.
  • Examples of the group having an ethylenically unsaturated bond include a vinyl group, an allyl group, an isoallyl group, a 2-methylallyl group, a group having an aromatic ring directly bonded to a vinyl group (for example, a vinylphenyl group), a (meth)acrylamide group, a (meth)acryloxy group, and the like.
  • a vinylphenyl group, a (meth)acrylamide group, or a (meth)acryloxy group is preferred, a (meth)acrylamide group or a (meth)acryloxy group is more preferred, and a (meth)acryloxy group is even more preferred.
  • the polymerizable group value in the specific resin (the molar amount of polymerizable groups per 1 g of the specific resin) is preferably 1.0 to 3.2 mmol/g, more preferably 1.5 to 3.1 mmol/g, and even more preferably 2.0 to 3.0 mmol/g.
  • the specific resin preferably contains a polymerizable group in at least one of R 1 and R 2 in formula (1) described below. According to such an embodiment, as described above, a network is easily formed by polymerization, and resistance to chemicals such as a developer is increased, which is believed to improve the remaining film rate and chemical resistance.
  • the specific resin preferably contains at least one structure selected from the structures represented by any one of formulas (X-1) to (X-4).
  • the specific resin preferably contains at least one of the structures represented by formulae (X-1) to (X-4) as X in formula (1) or R 132 in formula (4) described below.
  • the specific resin preferably contains a structure represented by formula (X-1), and more preferably contains a structure represented by formula (X-1) as X in formula (1) or R 132 in formula (4) described later.
  • the specific resin contains at least one structure selected from the structures represented by formulae (X-1) to (X-4) as a structure derived from a carboxylic dianhydride.
  • * represents a bonding site with four carbonyl groups to which X in formula (1) is bonded or a bonding site with four carbonyl groups to which R 132 in formula (4) is bonded.
  • the specific resin preferably contains at least one structure selected from the structures represented by any one of the following formulas (Y-1) to (Y-5).
  • the specific resin preferably contains at least one structure represented by any one of formulas (Y-1) to (Y-5) as Y in formula (1) or R 131 in formula (4) described below.
  • the specific resin preferably contains a structure represented by formula (Y-1), and more preferably contains a structure represented by formula (Y-1) as Y in formula (1) or R 131 in formula (4) described later.
  • the specific resin contains at least one structure selected from the structures represented by any one of formulas (Y-1) to (Y-5) as a structure derived from a diamine.
  • * represents a bonding site with the two nitrogen atoms to which Y in formula (1) or R 131 in formula (4) is bonded.
  • the specific resin contains at least one structure among the structures represented by any one of formulas (X-1) to (X-4) and at least one structure among the structures represented by formulas (Y-1) to (Y-5).
  • the polyimide precursor used in the present invention is not particularly limited in type, but preferably contains a repeating unit represented by the following formula (1).
  • X is a tetravalent organic group
  • Y is a divalent organic group
  • R1 and R2 are each independently a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group
  • at least one of R1 and R2 is a monovalent group having an ethylenically unsaturated bond.
  • Y in formula (1) represents a divalent organic group.
  • the divalent organic group include a linear or branched aliphatic group, a cyclic aliphatic group, and a group containing an aromatic group.
  • a linear or branched aliphatic group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms, a cyclic aliphatic group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms, an aromatic group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms, or a group consisting of a combination thereof is preferred, and a group containing an aromatic group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms is more preferred.
  • the linear or branched aliphatic group may have a hydrocarbon group in the chain substituted with a group containing a heteroatom, and the cyclic aliphatic group and aromatic group may have a hydrocarbon group in the ring substituted with a group containing a heteroatom.
  • Examples of Y in formula (1) include groups represented by -Ar- and -Ar-L-Ar-, and a group represented by -Ar-L-Ar- is preferred.
  • each Ar is independently an aromatic group
  • L is a single bond, an aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms which may be substituted with a fluorine atom, -O-, -CO-, -S-, -SO 2 - or -NHCO-, or a group consisting of a combination of two or more of the above.
  • the preferred ranges of these are as described above.
  • Y in formula (1) is preferably derived from a diamine.
  • diamines used in the production of the polyimide precursor include linear or branched aliphatic, cyclic aliphatic or aromatic diamines. Only one diamine may be used, or two or more diamines may be used.
  • Y in formula (1) is preferably a diamine containing a linear or branched aliphatic group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms, a cyclic aliphatic group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms, an aromatic group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms, or a group consisting of a combination thereof, and more preferably a diamine containing an aromatic group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms.
  • the linear or branched aliphatic group may have a hydrocarbon group in the chain substituted with a group containing a hetero atom
  • the cyclic aliphatic group and aromatic group may have a hydrocarbon group in the ring substituted with a group containing a hetero atom.
  • groups containing an aromatic group include the following.
  • * represents a bonding site with other structures.
  • diamines include 1,2-diaminoethane, 1,2-diaminopropane, 1,3-diaminopropane, 1,4-diaminobutane, and 1,6-diaminohexane; 1,2- or 1,3-diaminocyclopentane, 1,2-, 1,3- or 1,4-diaminocyclohexane, 1,2-, 1,3- or 1,4-bis(aminomethyl)cyclohexane, bis-(4-aminocyclohexyl)methane, bis-(3-aminocyclohexyl)methane, 4,4'-diamino-3,3'-dimethylcyclohexylmethane, and isophoronediamine; m- or p-phenylenediamine, diaminotoluene, 4,4'- or 3,3'-diaminobiphenyl, 4,4'-diaminodiphen
  • diamines (DA-1) to (DA-18) described in paragraphs 0030 to 0031 of WO 2017/038598.
  • diamines having two or more alkylene glycol units in the main chain are also preferably used.
  • diamines having two or more alkylene glycol units in the main chain as described in paragraphs 0032 to 0034 of WO 2017/038598.
  • Y in formula (1) is preferably represented by -Ar-L-Ar-.
  • each Ar is independently an aromatic group
  • L is an aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms which may be substituted with a fluorine atom, -O-, -CO-, -S-, -SO 2 - or -NHCO-, or a group consisting of a combination of two or more of the above.
  • Ar is preferably a phenylene group
  • L is preferably an aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 or 2 carbon atoms which may be substituted with a fluorine atom, -O-, -CO-, -S- or -SO 2 -.
  • the aliphatic hydrocarbon group here is preferably an alkylene group.
  • Y in formula (1) is preferably a divalent organic group represented by the following formula (51) or formula (61).
  • Y is more preferably a divalent organic group represented by formula (61).
  • Equation (51) In formula (51), R 50 to R 57 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a fluorine atom, or a monovalent organic group, at least one of R 50 to R 57 represents a fluorine atom, a methyl group, or a trifluoromethyl group, and * each independently represents a bonding site with the nitrogen atom in formula (1).
  • Examples of the monovalent organic group for R 50 to R 57 include an unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms (preferably 1 to 6 carbon atoms) and a fluorinated alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms (preferably 1 to 6 carbon atoms).
  • R 58 and R 59 each independently represent a fluorine atom, a methyl group, or a trifluoromethyl group, and * each independently represents a bonding site to the nitrogen atom in formula (1).
  • Examples of diamines that give the structure of formula (51) or formula (61) include 2,2'-dimethylbenzidine, 2,2'-bis(trifluoromethyl)-4,4'-diaminobiphenyl, 2,2'-bis(fluoro)-4,4'-diaminobiphenyl, 4,4'-diaminooctafluorobiphenyl, etc. These may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • Y in formula (1) is preferably a structure represented by any one of the above formulas (Y-1) to (Y-5).
  • X in formula (1) represents a tetravalent organic group.
  • a tetravalent organic group containing an aromatic ring is preferable, and a group represented by the following formula (5) or formula (6) is more preferable.
  • each * independently represents a bonding site to another structure.
  • R 112 is a single bond or a divalent linking group and is preferably a single bond, or a group selected from an aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms which may be substituted with a fluorine atom, -O-, -CO-, -S-, -SO 2 -, -NHCO-, and a combination thereof, more preferably a single bond, or an alkylene group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms which may be substituted with a fluorine atom, -O-, -CO-, -S-, and -SO 2 -, and still more preferably a divalent group selected from the group consisting of -CH 2 -, -C(CF 3 ) 2 -, -C(CH 3 ) 2 -, -O-, -CO-, -S-, and -SO 2 -.
  • X in formula (1) include a tetracarboxylic acid residue remaining after removal of an anhydride group from a tetracarboxylic acid dianhydride.
  • the polyimide precursor may contain only one type of tetracarboxylic acid dianhydride residue or two or more types of tetracarboxylic acid dianhydride residues as the structure corresponding to X in formula (1).
  • the tetracarboxylic dianhydride is preferably represented by the following formula (O).
  • R 115 represents a tetravalent organic group.
  • R 115 has the same meaning as X in formula (1), and the preferred range is also the same.
  • tetracarboxylic dianhydrides include pyromellitic dianhydride (PMDA), 3,3',4,4'-biphenyl tetracarboxylic dianhydride, 3,3',4,4'-diphenyl sulfide tetracarboxylic dianhydride, 3,3',4,4'-diphenyl sulfone tetracarboxylic dianhydride, 3,3',4,4'-benzophenone tetracarboxylic dianhydride, 3,3',4,4'-diphenyl methane tetracarboxylic dianhydride, 2 ,2',3,3'-diphenylmethane tetracarboxylic dianhydride, 2,3,3',4'-biphenyl tetracarboxylic dianhydride, 2,3,3',4'-benzophenone tetracarboxylic dianhydride, 4,4'-oxy
  • X in formula (1) is preferably a structure represented by any one of the above formulas (X-1) to (X-4).
  • tetracarboxylic dianhydrides (DAA-1) to (DAA-5) described in paragraph 0038 of WO 2017/038598 are also preferred examples.
  • At least one of X and Y may have an OH group. More specifically, Y may be a residue of a bisaminophenol derivative.
  • X in formula (1) is any one of formulas (X-1) to (X-4) above, and Y in formula (1) is any one of formulas (Y-1) to (Y-5) above.
  • R 1 and R 2 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group, and at least one of R 1 and R 2 represents a monovalent group having an ethylenically unsaturated bond. Preferred embodiments of the monovalent group having an ethylenically unsaturated bond are as described above.
  • One of R 1 and R 2 may be a monovalent organic group having no ethylenically unsaturated bond, but it is preferable that both R 1 and R 2 are monovalent groups having an ethylenically unsaturated bond.
  • the monovalent organic group having no ethylenically unsaturated bond is preferably a group containing a linear or branched alkyl group, a cyclic alkyl group, an aromatic group, or a polyalkyleneoxy group.
  • R1 or R2 is a monovalent group having an ethylenically unsaturated bond
  • the number of monovalent groups having an ethylenically unsaturated bond contained in one R1 or R2 is preferably 1 to 10, more preferably 1 to 6, and even more preferably 1 or 2.
  • the embodiment in which the number is 1 is also one of the preferred embodiments of the present invention.
  • one of R1 and R2 contains another polymerizable group other than the monovalent group having an ethylenically unsaturated bond.
  • the other polymerizable group include an alkoxymethyl group, a hydroxymethyl group, an acyloxymethyl group, an epoxy group, an oxetanyl group, a benzoxazolyl group, a blocked isocyanate group, and an amino group.
  • R 1 or R 2 is a monovalent group having an ethylenically unsaturated bond
  • R 1 or R 2 is also preferably a group represented by the following formula (III).
  • R 200 represents a hydrogen atom, a methyl group, an ethyl group or a methylol group, and is preferably a hydrogen atom or a methyl group.
  • * represents a bonding site with another structure.
  • R 201 represents an alkylene group having 2 to 12 carbon atoms, —CH 2 CH(OH)CH 2 —, a cycloalkylene group or a polyalkyleneoxy group.
  • R 201 examples include alkylene groups such as ethylene group, propylene group, trimethylene group, tetramethylene group, pentamethylene group, hexamethylene group, octamethylene group, and dodecamethylene group, 1,2-butanediyl group, 1,3-butanediyl group, -CH 2 CH(OH)CH 2 -, and polyalkyleneoxy groups, of which alkylene groups such as ethylene group and propylene group, -CH 2 CH(OH)CH 2 -, cyclohexyl group, and polyalkyleneoxy groups are more preferred, and alkylene groups such as ethylene group and propylene group, or polyalkyleneoxy groups are even more preferred.
  • alkylene groups such as ethylene group, propylene group, trimethylene group, tetramethylene group, pentamethylene group, hexamethylene group, octamethylene group, and dodecamethylene group, 1,2-butanediyl group, 1,3-but
  • the polyalkyleneoxy group refers to a group in which two or more alkyleneoxy groups are directly bonded.
  • the alkylene groups in the multiple alkyleneoxy groups contained in the polyalkyleneoxy group may be the same or different.
  • the arrangement of the alkyleneoxy groups in the polyalkyleneoxy group may be a random arrangement, an arrangement having blocks, or an arrangement having a pattern such as alternating.
  • the number of carbon atoms in the alkylene group (including the number of carbon atoms of the substituent, when the alkylene group has a substituent) is preferably 2 or more, more preferably 2 to 10, more preferably 2 to 6, even more preferably 2 to 5, still more preferably 2 to 4, still more preferably 2 or 3, and particularly preferably 2.
  • the alkylene group may have a substituent, and preferred examples of the substituent include an alkyl group, an aryl group, and a halogen atom.
  • the number of alkyleneoxy groups contained in the polyalkyleneoxy group (the number of repeating polyalkyleneoxy groups) is preferably 2-20, more preferably 2-10, and even more preferably 2-6.
  • polyethyleneoxy group from the viewpoint of solvent solubility and solvent resistance, polyethyleneoxy group, polypropyleneoxy group, polytrimethyleneoxy group, polytetramethyleneoxy group, or a group in which multiple ethyleneoxy groups and multiple propyleneoxy groups are bonded is preferred, polyethyleneoxy group or polypropyleneoxy group is more preferred, and polyethyleneoxy group is even more preferred.
  • the ethyleneoxy groups and the propyleneoxy groups may be arranged randomly, may be arranged in blocks, or may be arranged in a pattern such as alternating. The preferred embodiment of the number of repetitions of the ethyleneoxy group etc. in these groups is as described above.
  • the polyimide precursor when R 1 is a hydrogen atom or when R 2 is a hydrogen atom, the polyimide precursor may form a counter salt with a tertiary amine compound having an ethylenically unsaturated bond.
  • a tertiary amine compound having an ethylenically unsaturated bond is N,N-dimethylaminopropyl methacrylate.
  • R1 and R2 may be a polarity conversion group such as an acid-decomposable group.
  • the acid-decomposable group is not particularly limited as long as it is decomposed by the action of an acid to generate an alkali-soluble group such as a phenolic hydroxy group or a carboxy group, but an acetal group, a ketal group, a silyl group, a silyl ether group, a tertiary alkyl ester group, etc. are preferred, and from the viewpoint of exposure sensitivity, an acetal group or a ketal group is more preferred.
  • the acid-decomposable group examples include a tert-butoxycarbonyl group, an isopropoxycarbonyl group, a tetrahydropyranyl group, a tetrahydrofuranyl group, an ethoxyethyl group, a methoxyethyl group, an ethoxymethyl group, a trimethylsilyl group, a tert-butoxycarbonylmethyl group, a trimethylsilyl ether group, etc. From the viewpoint of exposure sensitivity, an ethoxyethyl group or a tetrahydrofuranyl group is preferred.
  • the polyimide precursor has fluorine atoms in its structure.
  • the fluorine atom content in the polyimide precursor is preferably 10% by mass or more, and 20% by mass or less.
  • the polyimide precursor may be copolymerized with an aliphatic group having a siloxane structure.
  • Specific examples include those using bis(3-aminopropyl)tetramethyldisiloxane, bis(p-aminophenyl)octamethylpentasiloxane, etc. as the diamine.
  • the polyimide precursor may contain one type of repeating unit represented by formula (1), or may contain two or more types. It may also contain a structural isomer of the repeating unit represented by formula (1).
  • the polyimide precursor may contain other types of repeating units in addition to the repeating unit of formula (1).
  • One embodiment of the polyimide precursor of the present invention is one in which the content of the repeating unit represented by formula (1) is 50 mol% or more of all repeating units.
  • the total content is more preferably 70 mol% or more, even more preferably 90 mol% or more, and particularly preferably more than 90 mol%.
  • all repeating units in the polyimide precursor except for the terminals may be repeating units represented by formula (1).
  • the polyimide used in the present invention may be an alkali-soluble polyimide, or may be a polyimide that is soluble in a developer containing an organic solvent as a main component.
  • the alkali-soluble polyimide refers to a polyimide that dissolves at 0.1 g or more in 100 g of a 2.38 mass % aqueous tetramethylammonium solution at 23° C., and from the viewpoint of pattern formability, a polyimide that dissolves at 0.5 g or more is preferable, and a polyimide that dissolves at 1.0 g or more is more preferable.
  • the upper limit of the dissolution amount is not particularly limited, but it is preferably 100 g or less.
  • the polyimide is preferably a polyimide having a plurality of imide structures in the main chain.
  • the polyimide contains fluorine atoms.
  • the fluorine atom is preferably contained, for example, in R 132 in the repeating unit represented by formula (4) described later or in R 131 in the repeating unit represented by formula (4) described later, and more preferably contained as a fluorinated alkyl group in R 132 in the repeating unit represented by formula (4) described later or in R 131 in the repeating unit represented by formula (4) described later.
  • the amount of fluorine atoms relative to the total mass of the polyimide is preferably 5% by mass or more and 20% by mass or less.
  • the polyimide contains a silicon atom.
  • the silicon atom is preferably contained in R 131 in the repeating unit represented by formula (4) described later, and more preferably contained in R 131 in the repeating unit represented by formula (4) described later as an organically modified (poly)siloxane structure described later.
  • the silicon atom or the organic modified (poly)siloxane structure may be contained in a side chain of the polyimide, but is preferably contained in the main chain of the polyimide.
  • the amount of silicon atoms relative to the total mass of the polyimide is preferably 1 mass % or more, and more preferably 20 mass % or less.
  • the polyimide preferably has an ethylenically unsaturated bond.
  • the polyimide may have an ethylenically unsaturated bond at the end of the main chain or in a side chain, but preferably in the side chain.
  • the ethylenically unsaturated bond is preferably radically polymerizable.
  • the ethylenically unsaturated bond is preferably contained in R 132 or R 131 in the repeating unit represented by formula (4) described below, and more preferably contained in R 132 or R 131 as a group having an ethylenically unsaturated bond.
  • the ethylenically unsaturated bond is preferably contained in R 131 in the repeating unit represented by formula (4) described below, and more preferably contained in R 131 as a group having an ethylenically unsaturated bond.
  • the group having an ethylenically unsaturated bond include a vinyl group, an allyl group, a group having an optionally substituted vinyl group directly bonded to an aromatic ring such as a vinylphenyl group, a (meth)acrylamide group, a (meth)acryloyloxy group, and a group represented by the following formula (IV).
  • R 20 represents a hydrogen atom, a methyl group, an ethyl group or a methylol group, and is preferably a hydrogen atom or a methyl group.
  • the alkylene group having 2 to 12 carbon atoms may be any of linear, branched, and cyclic alkylene groups, and alkylene groups represented by a combination thereof.
  • the alkylene group having 2 to 12 carbon atoms is preferably an alkylene group having 2 to 8 carbon atoms, and more preferably an alkylene group having 2 to 4 carbon atoms.
  • R 21 is preferably a group represented by any one of the following formulae (R1) to (R3), and more preferably a group represented by formula (R1).
  • L represents a single bond, an alkylene group having 2 to 12 carbon atoms, a (poly)alkyleneoxy group having 2 to 30 carbon atoms, or a group in which two or more of these are bonded together;
  • X represents an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom; * represents a bonding site with another structure; and ⁇ represents a bonding site with the oxygen atom to which R21 in formula (IV) is bonded.
  • formulas (R1) to (R3) preferred embodiments of the alkylene group having 2 to 12 carbon atoms or the (poly)alkyleneoxy group having 2 to 30 carbon atoms as L are the same as the preferred embodiments of the alkylene group having 2 to 12 carbon atoms or the (poly)alkyleneoxy group having 2 to 30 carbon atoms as R 21 in formula (IV).
  • X is preferably an oxygen atom.
  • * has the same meaning as * in formula (IV), and preferred embodiments are also the same.
  • the structure represented by formula (R1) can be obtained, for example, by reacting a polyimide having a hydroxy group such as a phenolic hydroxy group with a compound having an isocyanato group and an ethylenically unsaturated bond (for example, 2-isocyanatoethyl methacrylate).
  • the structure represented by formula (R2) can be obtained, for example, by reacting a polyimide having a carboxy group with a compound having a hydroxy group and an ethylenically unsaturated bond (for example, 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate, etc.).
  • the structure represented by formula (R3) can be obtained, for example, by reacting a polyimide having a hydroxy group such as a phenolic hydroxy group with a compound having a glycidyl group and an ethylenically unsaturated bond (for example, glycidyl methacrylate, etc.).
  • * represents a bonding site with another structure, and is preferably a bonding site with the main chain of the polyimide.
  • the amount of ethylenically unsaturated bonds relative to the total mass of the polyimide is preferably 0.0001 to 0.1 mol/g, and more preferably 0.0005 to 0.05 mol/g.
  • the polyimide may have a polymerizable group other than the group having an ethylenically unsaturated bond.
  • the polymerizable group other than the group having an ethylenically unsaturated bond include an epoxy group, a cyclic ether group such as an oxetanyl group, an alkoxymethyl group such as a methoxymethyl group, and a methylol group.
  • the polymerizable group other than the group having an ethylenically unsaturated bond is preferably included in, for example, R 131 in the repeating unit represented by formula (4) described below.
  • the amount of polymerizable groups other than groups having ethylenically unsaturated bonds relative to the total mass of the polyimide is preferably 0.0001 to 0.1 mol/g, and more preferably 0.001 to 0.05 mol/g.
  • the acid value of the polyimide is preferably 30 mgKOH/g or more, more preferably 50 mgKOH/g or more, and even more preferably 70 mgKOH/g or more.
  • the acid value is preferably 500 mgKOH/g or less, more preferably 400 mgKOH/g or less, and even more preferably 200 mgKOH/g or less.
  • the acid value of the polyimide is preferably from 1 to 35 mgKOH/g, more preferably from 2 to 30 mgKOH/g, and even more preferably from 5 to 20 mgKOH/g.
  • the acid value is measured by a known method, for example, the method described in JIS K 0070:1992.
  • the acid group contained in the polyimide is preferably an acid group having a pKa of 0 to 10, more preferably 3 to 8, from the viewpoint of achieving both storage stability and developability.
  • pKa is the equilibrium constant Ka of a dissociation reaction in which a hydrogen ion is released from an acid, expressed as its negative common logarithm pKa.
  • pKa is a value calculated using ACD/ChemSketch (registered trademark) unless otherwise specified.
  • ACD/ChemSketch registered trademark
  • pKa the value listed in "Revised 5th Edition Chemistry Handbook: Basics” edited by the Chemical Society of Japan may be referred to.
  • the acid group is a polyacid, such as phosphoric acid
  • the pKa is the first dissociation constant.
  • the polyimide preferably contains at least one type selected from the group consisting of a carboxy group and a phenolic hydroxy group, and more preferably contains a phenolic hydroxy group.
  • the polyimide preferably has a phenolic hydroxy group.
  • the polyimide may have a phenolic hydroxy group at the end of the main chain or on a side chain.
  • the phenolic hydroxy group is preferably contained in, for example, R 132 or R 131 in the repeating unit represented by formula (4) described below.
  • the amount of the phenolic hydroxy group relative to the total mass of the polyimide is preferably from 0.1 to 30 mol/g, and more preferably from 1 to 20 mol/g.
  • the polyimide used in the present invention is not particularly limited as long as it is a polymeric compound having an imide structure, but it is preferable that it contains a repeating unit represented by the following formula (4).
  • R 131 represents a divalent organic group
  • R 132 represents a tetravalent organic group.
  • the polymerizable group may be located at least one of R 131 and R 132 , or may be located at the end of the polyimide as shown in the following formula (4-1) or formula (4-2).
  • Formula (4-1) In formula (4-1), R 133 is a polymerizable group, and the other groups are the same as those in formula (4).
  • Formula (4-2) At least one of R 134 and R 135 is a polymerizable group, and when it is not a polymerizable group, it is an organic group, and the other groups have the same meanings as in formula (4).
  • R 131 represents a divalent organic group.
  • the divalent organic group include the same as those of Y in formula (1), and the preferred range is also the same.
  • R 131 may be a diamine residue remaining after removal of the amino group of the diamine.
  • the diamine may be an aliphatic, cycloaliphatic or aromatic diamine. Specific examples include the examples of Y in the formula (1) of the polyimide precursor.
  • R 131 is preferably a diamine residue having at least two alkylene glycol units in the main chain in order to more effectively suppress the occurrence of warping during firing, more preferably a diamine residue containing two or more ethylene glycol chains, propylene glycol chains, or both in one molecule, and even more preferably a diamine residue of the above diamine that does not contain an aromatic ring.
  • Diamines containing two or more ethylene glycol chains, propylene glycol chains, or both in one molecule include, but are not limited to, Jeffamine (registered trademark) KH-511, ED-600, ED-900, ED-2003, EDR-148, EDR-176, D-200, D-400, D-2000, D-4000 (all trade names, manufactured by HUNTSMAN Co., Ltd.), 1-(2-(2-(2-aminopropoxy)ethoxy)propoxy)propan-2-amine, 1-(1-(1-(2-aminopropoxy)propan-2-yl)oxy)propan-2-amine, etc.
  • R 132 represents a tetravalent organic group.
  • the tetravalent organic group include the same as those of X in formula (1), and the preferred range is also the same.
  • the four bonds of the tetravalent organic group exemplified as R 115 bond to the four —C( ⁇ O)— portions in formula (4) to form a condensed ring.
  • R 132 may be a tetracarboxylic acid residue remaining after removal of the anhydride group from a tetracarboxylic dianhydride. Specific examples include the examples of X in formula (1) of the polyimide precursor. From the viewpoint of the strength of the organic film, R 132 is preferably an aromatic diamine residue having 1 to 4 aromatic rings.
  • R 131 and R 132 has an OH group. More specifically, preferred examples of R 131 include 2,2-bis(3-hydroxy-4-aminophenyl)propane, 2,2-bis(3-hydroxy-4-aminophenyl)hexafluoropropane, 2,2-bis(3-amino-4-hydroxyphenyl)propane, 2,2-bis(3-amino-4-hydroxyphenyl)hexafluoropropane, and the above (DA-1) to (DA-18), and more preferred examples of R 132 include the above (DAA-1) to (DAA-5).
  • the polyimide has fluorine atoms in its structure.
  • the content of fluorine atoms in the polyimide is preferably 10% by mass or more, and more preferably 20% by mass or less.
  • the polyimide may be copolymerized with an aliphatic group having a siloxane structure.
  • diamine components include bis(3-aminopropyl)tetramethyldisiloxane and bis(p-aminophenyl)octamethylpentasiloxane.
  • the main chain ends of the polyimide are blocked with a terminal blocking agent such as a monoamine, an acid anhydride, a monocarboxylic acid, a monoacid chloride compound, or a monoactive ester compound.
  • a terminal blocking agent such as a monoamine, an acid anhydride, a monocarboxylic acid, a monoacid chloride compound, or a monoactive ester compound.
  • monoamine compounds include aniline, 2-ethynylaniline, 3-ethynylaniline, 4-ethynylaniline, 5-amino-8-hydroxyquinoline, 1-hydroxy-7-aminonaphthalene, 1-hydroxy-6-aminonaphthalene, 1-hydroxy-5-aminonaphthalene, 1-hydroxy-4-aminonaphthalene, 2-hydroxy-7-aminonaphthalene, 2-hydroxy-6-aminonaphthalene, 2-hydroxy-5-aminonaphthalene, 1-carboxy-7-aminonaphthalene, 1-carboxy-6-aminonaphthalene, 1-carboxy -5-aminonaphthalene, 2-carboxy-7-aminonaphthalene, 2-carboxy-6-aminonaphthalene, 2-carboxy-5-aminonaphthalene, 2-aminobenzoic acid, 3-aminobenzoic acid, 4-amino
  • the imidization rate of the polyimide (also referred to as the "ring closure rate") is preferably 70% or more, more preferably 80% or more, and even more preferably 90% or more. There is no particular upper limit to the imidization rate, and it is sufficient if it is 100% or less.
  • the imidization rate is measured, for example, by the following method. The infrared absorption spectrum of the polyimide is measured to determine the peak intensity P1 near 1377 cm ⁇ 1 , which is an absorption peak derived from the imide structure. Next, the polyimide is heat-treated at 350° C.
  • the polyimide may contain repeating units represented by the above formula (4) in which all of the repeating units have the same combination of R 131 and R 132 , or may contain repeating units represented by the above formula (4) containing two or more different combinations of R 131 and R 132.
  • the polyimide may contain other types of repeating units in addition to the repeating units represented by the above formula (4). Examples of other types of repeating units include the repeating units represented by the above formula (1), etc.
  • Polyimides can be synthesized, for example, by reacting tetracarboxylic dianhydride with diamine (partially substituted with a terminal blocking agent that is a monoamine) at low temperature, by reacting tetracarboxylic dianhydride (partially substituted with a terminal blocking agent that is an acid anhydride, monoacid chloride compound, or monoactive ester compound) with diamine at low temperature, by obtaining a diester from tetracarboxylic dianhydride with alcohol and then reacting it with diamine (partially substituted with a terminal blocking agent that is a monoamine) in the presence of a condensing agent, by obtaining a diester from tetracarboxylic dianhydride with alcohol and then converting the remaining dicarboxylic acid into an acid chloride and reacting it with diamine (partially substituted with a terminal blocking agent that is a monoamine), or by using a method in which a polyimide precursor is obtained and then completely
  • the weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the specific resin is from 7,500 to 18,000, preferably from 8,000 to 16,000, and more preferably from 10,000 to 15,000.
  • the number average molecular weight (Mn) of the specific resin is preferably from 2,000 to 10,000, more preferably from 2,500 to 9,000, and even more preferably from 2,500 to 6,000.
  • the molecular weight dispersity of the specific resin is from 2.2 to 4.0, more preferably from 2.6 to 4.0, and even more preferably from 2.8 to 4.0.
  • an embodiment in which the weight average molecular weight of the specific resin is 10,000 to 15,000 and the dispersity is 2.8 to 4.0 is also one of the preferred embodiments of the present invention.
  • the dispersity of molecular weight is a value calculated by weight average molecular weight/number average molecular weight.
  • the weight average molecular weight, number average molecular weight and dispersity of at least one type of polyimide precursor are within the above-mentioned ranges. It is also preferable that the weight average molecular weight, number average molecular weight and dispersity, calculated by treating the plurality of types of polyimide precursors as one resin, are each within the above-mentioned ranges.
  • the method for measuring the weight average molecular weight, number average molecular weight and dispersity is not particularly limited, but they can be measured by gel permeation chromatography (GPC).
  • guard columns HZ-L, TSKgel Super HZM-M, TSKgel Super HZ4000, TSKgel Super HZ3000, and TSKgel Super HZ2000 can be connected in series and used as columns.
  • the measurement can be performed using, for example, THF (tetrahydrofuran) as an eluent.
  • THF tetrahydrofuran
  • NMP N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone
  • Detection in the GPC method can be carried out at a wavelength of 254 nm.
  • the number average molecular weight and the dispersity for example, a polystyrene standard can be used.
  • Other conditions such as flow rate and column temperature in the GPC method may be appropriately determined depending on the structure of the specific resin, and may be, for example, the conditions described in the Examples below.
  • the carboxylic acid value of the specific resin is preferably 0.003 mmol/g or more, more preferably 0.005 mmol/g or more, and even more preferably 0.006 mmol/g or more.
  • the upper limit of the carboxylic acid value is not particularly limited, but can be, for example, 0.10 mmol/g or less. It is believed that by adjusting the carboxylic acid value to be within the above range, a resin composition having a high film retention rate and excellent storage stability can be obtained.
  • the carboxylic acid value is the molar amount of carboxylic acid (carboxy group) contained in 1 g of a specific resin.
  • the carboxylic acid value can be measured, for example, by neutralization titration, and is preferably measured by the method described in the Examples below.
  • a titrant in the neutralization titration for example, a 0.01 mol/l aqueous sodium hydroxide solution can be used.
  • the amine value of the specific resin is preferably 0.001 mmol/g or less, more preferably 0.0007 mmol/g or less, and even more preferably 0.0006 mmol/g or less.
  • the lower limit of the amine value is not particularly limited and may be, for example, 0 mmol/g. By adjusting the amine value to be within the above range, it is believed that promotion of cyclization of the specific resin by the amine is suppressed, and a resin composition having excellent storage stability can be obtained.
  • the amine value is the molar amount of amino groups contained in 1 g of a particular resin.
  • the amine value can be measured, for example, by neutralization titration, and is preferably measured by the method described in the Examples below. As a titrant in the neutralization titration, for example, a 0.001 mol/l perchloric acid/acetic acid solution can be used.
  • the pH of a solution in which the specific resin is dissolved in dimethyl sulfoxide to a concentration of 0.5% by mass is preferably 2.0 to 6.0, more preferably 2.5 to 5.5, and even more preferably 3.0 to 5.0.
  • the pH can be measured using a pH meter, and is preferably measured by the method described in the Examples below.
  • a titrant for neutralization titration for example, 0.01 mol/l hydrochloric acid can be used.
  • the polyimide precursor or the like can be obtained by, for example, a method of reacting a tetracarboxylic dianhydride with a diamine at low temperature, a method of reacting a tetracarboxylic dianhydride with a diamine at low temperature to obtain a polyamic acid, and then esterifying the polyamic acid using a condensing agent or an alkylating agent, a method of obtaining a diester from a tetracarboxylic dianhydride with an alcohol, and then reacting the diamine in the presence of a condensing agent, a method of obtaining a diester from a tetracarboxylic dianhydride with an alcohol, and then acid-halogenating the remaining dicarboxylic acid using a halogenating agent, and then reacting the diamine, etc.
  • the method of obtaining a diester from a tetracarboxylic dianhydride with an alcohol, and then acid-halogenating the remaining dicarboxylic acid using a halogenating agent, and then reacting the diamine is more preferable.
  • concentration and the ratio of the above-mentioned raw materials when they are used it is possible to adjust the weight average molecular weight, number average molecular weight and dispersity of the specific resin.
  • the weight average molecular weight of the resulting specific resin can be adjusted to be small and the dispersity to be large.
  • the carboxylic acid value can be adjusted by, for example, adjusting the esterification rate in the diester and using a monoester or a non-esterified anhydride.
  • the condensing agent include dicyclohexylcarbodiimide, diisopropylcarbodiimide, 1-ethoxycarbonyl-2-ethoxy-1,2-dihydroquinoline, 1,1-carbonyldioxy-di-1,2,3-benzotriazole, N,N'-disuccinimidyl carbonate, and trifluoroacetic anhydride.
  • alkylating agent examples include N,N-dimethylformamide dimethyl acetal, N,N-dimethylformamide diethyl acetal, N,N-dialkylformamide dialkyl acetal, trimethyl orthoformate, and triethyl orthoformate.
  • halogenating agent examples include thionyl chloride, oxalyl chloride, phosphorus oxychloride, and the like.
  • the organic solvent may be one type or two or more types.
  • the organic solvent can be appropriately selected depending on the raw material, and examples thereof include pyridine, diethylene glycol dimethyl ether (diglyme), N-methylpyrrolidone, N-ethylpyrrolidone, ethyl propionate, dimethylacetamide, dimethylformamide, tetrahydrofuran, and ⁇ -butyrolactone.
  • a basic compound may be one type or two or more types.
  • the basic compound can be appropriately determined depending on the raw material, and examples thereof include triethylamine, diisopropylethylamine, pyridine, 1,8-diazabicyclo[5.4.0]undec-7-ene, and N,N-dimethyl-4-aminopyridine.
  • -End-capping agent- In the production of polyimide precursors, etc., in order to further improve storage stability, it is preferable to cap the carboxylic acid anhydride, acid anhydride derivative, or amino group remaining at the resin terminal of the polyimide precursor, etc.
  • examples of the terminal capping agent include monoalcohols, phenols, thiols, thiophenols, monoamines, etc., and it is more preferable to use monoalcohols, phenols, or monoamines in terms of reactivity and film stability.
  • Preferred monoalcohol compounds include primary alcohols such as methanol, ethanol, propanol, butanol, hexanol, octanol, dodecinol, benzyl alcohol, 2-phenylethanol, 2-methoxyethanol, 2-chloromethanol, and furfuryl alcohol, secondary alcohols such as isopropanol, 2-butanol, cyclohexyl alcohol, cyclopentanol, and 1-methoxy-2-propanol, and tertiary alcohols such as t-butyl alcohol and adamantane alcohol.
  • primary alcohols such as methanol, ethanol, propanol, butanol, hexanol, octanol, dodecinol, benzyl alcohol, 2-phenylethanol, 2-methoxyethanol, 2-chloromethanol, and furfuryl alcohol
  • secondary alcohols such as isopropanol, 2-butanol, cyclohe
  • Preferred phenolic compounds include phenols such as phenol, methoxyphenol, methylphenol, naphthalene-1-ol, naphthalene-2-ol, and hydroxystyrene.
  • Preferred monoamine compounds include aniline, 2-ethynylaniline, 3-ethynylaniline, 4-ethynylaniline, 5-amino-8-hydroxyquinoline, 1-hydroxy-7-aminonaphthalene, 1-hydroxy-6-aminonaphthalene, 1-hydroxy-5-aminonaphthalene, 1-hydroxy-4-aminonaphthalene, 2-hydroxy-7-aminonaphthalene, 2-hydroxy-6-aminonaphthalene, 2-hydroxy-5-aminonaphthalene, 1-carboxy-7-aminonaphthalene, 1-carboxy-6-aminonaphthalene, 1-carboxy-5-aminonaphthalene, Examples of such an acid include 2-carboxy-7-aminonaphthalene, 2-car
  • blocking agents for the amino group include carboxylic acid anhydrides, carboxylic acid chlorides, carboxylic acid bromides, sulfonic acid chlorides, sulfonic acid anhydrides, sulfonic acid carboxylic acid anhydrides, and the like, and more preferred are carboxylic acid anhydrides and carboxylic acid chlorides.
  • Preferred compounds of carboxylic acid anhydrides include acetic anhydride, propionic anhydride, oxalic anhydride, succinic anhydride, maleic anhydride, phthalic anhydride, benzoic anhydride, 5-norbornene-2,3-dicarboxylic acid anhydride, and the like.
  • carboxylic acid chloride examples include acetyl chloride, acrylic acid chloride, propionyl chloride, methacrylic acid chloride, pivaloyl chloride, cyclohexanecarbonyl chloride, 2-ethylhexanoyl chloride, cinnamoyl chloride, 1-adamantanecarbonyl chloride, heptafluorobutyryl chloride, stearic acid chloride, and benzoyl chloride.
  • the production of the polyimide precursor or the like may include a step of precipitating a solid. Specifically, after filtering off the water-absorbing by-product of the dehydration condensation agent coexisting in the reaction solution as necessary, the obtained polymer component is poured into a poor solvent such as water, aliphatic lower alcohol, or a mixture thereof to precipitate the polymer component as a solid, and then dried to obtain the polyimide precursor or the like. In order to improve the degree of purification, the polyimide precursor or the like may be repeatedly subjected to operations such as redissolving, reprecipitating, and drying.
  • the method may include a step of contacting the polyimide precursor or the like with an ion exchanger such as an ion exchange resin.
  • the polyimide precursor or the like can be purified by contacting the polyimide precursor or the like with an ion exchanger.
  • the amine value of the polyimide precursor or the like can be adjusted by contacting the polyimide precursor or the like with an ion exchanger.
  • the storage stability of the specific resin itself or a composition containing the specific resin can be improved.
  • ion exchanger for example, a general refined grade ion exchanger can be used, and commercially available products such as MB-1, MB-2, MB-4, EG-4HG, EG-5AHG, and ESP-1/2 (manufactured by Organo Corporation) can be used.
  • the content of the specific resin in the resin composition of the present invention is preferably 20% by mass or more, more preferably 30% by mass or more, even more preferably 40% by mass or more, and even more preferably 50% by mass or more, based on the total solid content of the resin composition.
  • the content of the resin in the resin composition of the present invention is preferably 99.5% by mass or less, more preferably 99% by mass or less, even more preferably 98% by mass or less, even more preferably 97% by mass or less, and even more preferably 95% by mass or less, based on the total solid content of the resin composition.
  • the resin composition of the present invention may contain only one specific resin, or may contain two or more specific resins. When two or more specific resins are contained, the total amount is preferably within the above range.
  • the resin composition of the present invention contains at least two types of specific resins.
  • the resin composition of the present invention may contain a total of two or more types of the specific resin and the other resins described below, or may contain two or more types of specific resins, but it is preferable that the resin composition contains two or more types of specific resins.
  • the resin composition of the present invention contains two or more specific resins, it is preferable to contain, for example, two or more polyimide precursors having different dianhydride-derived structures (X in the above formula (1)).
  • the resin composition of the present invention may contain the above-mentioned specific resin and another resin different from the specific resin (hereinafter, simply referred to as "another resin").
  • other resins include polyimide precursors not corresponding to the specific resins, polyimides, polybenzoxazole precursors, polybenzoxazole precursors, polyamideimide precursors, polyamideimides, phenolic resins, polyamides, epoxy resins, polysiloxanes, resins containing a siloxane structure, (meth)acrylic resins, (meth)acrylamide resins, urethane resins, butyral resins, styryl resins, polyether resins, and polyester resins.
  • a resin composition having excellent coatability can be obtained, and a pattern (cured product) having excellent solvent resistance can be obtained.
  • a (meth)acrylic resin having a weight average molecular weight of 20,000 or less and a high polymerizable group value for example, the molar content of polymerizable groups per 1 g of resin is 1 ⁇ 10 ⁇ 3 mol/g or more
  • the coatability of the resin composition and the solvent resistance of the pattern (cured product) can be improved.
  • the content of the other resins is preferably 0.01 mass% or more, more preferably 0.05 mass% or more, even more preferably 1 mass% or more, still more preferably 2 mass% or more, even more preferably 5 mass% or more, and even more preferably 10 mass% or more, based on the total solid content of the resin composition.
  • the content of other resins in the resin composition of the present invention is preferably 80 mass% or less, more preferably 75 mass% or less, even more preferably 70 mass% or less, still more preferably 60 mass% or less, and even more preferably 50 mass% or less, based on the total solid content of the resin composition.
  • the content of the other resin may be low.
  • the content of the other resin is preferably 20% by mass or less, more preferably 15% by mass or less, even more preferably 10% by mass or less, even more preferably 5% by mass or less, and even more preferably 1% by mass or less, based on the total solid content of the resin composition.
  • the lower limit of the content is not particularly limited, and may be 0% by mass or more.
  • the resin composition of the present invention may contain only one type of other resin, or may contain two or more types. When two or more types are contained, the total amount is preferably within the above range.
  • the resin composition of the present invention preferably contains a polymerizable compound.
  • the polymerizable compound may include a radical crosslinking agent or other crosslinking agents.
  • the resin composition of the present invention preferably contains a radical crosslinking agent.
  • the radical crosslinking agent is a compound having a radical polymerizable group.
  • the radical polymerizable group is preferably a group containing an ethylenically unsaturated bond.
  • Examples of the group containing an ethylenically unsaturated bond include a vinyl group, an allyl group, a vinylphenyl group, a (meth)acryloyl group, a maleimide group, and a (meth)acrylamide group.
  • a (meth)acryloyl group, a (meth)acrylamide group, and a vinylphenyl group are preferred, and from the viewpoint of reactivity, a (meth)acryloyl group is more preferred.
  • the radical crosslinking agent is preferably a compound having one or more ethylenically unsaturated bonds, more preferably a compound having two or more ethylenically unsaturated bonds.
  • the radical crosslinking agent may have three or more ethylenically unsaturated bonds.
  • a compound having 2 to 15 ethylenically unsaturated bonds is preferable, a compound having 2 to 10 ethylenically unsaturated bonds is more preferable, and a compound having 2 to 6 ethylenically unsaturated bonds is even more preferable.
  • the resin composition of the present invention contains a compound having two ethylenically unsaturated bonds and the above-mentioned compound having three or more ethylenically unsaturated bonds.
  • the resin composition contains at least a compound having three or more ethylenically unsaturated bonds.
  • the compound having 3 or more ethylenically unsaturated bonds is preferably a compound having 4 or more ethylenically unsaturated bonds, more preferably a compound having 5 or more ethylenically unsaturated bonds.
  • the number of the ethylenically unsaturated bonds is not particularly limited, but is preferably 15 or less, more preferably 10 or less.
  • the content of the compound having 3 or more ethylenically unsaturated bonds relative to the total mass of the polymerizable compound is preferably 20% by mass or more, more preferably 50% by mass or more, and even more preferably 70% by mass or more.
  • the upper limit of the content is not particularly limited, and may be 100% by mass.
  • the molecular weight of the radical crosslinking agent is preferably 2,000 or less, more preferably 1,500 or less, and even more preferably 900 or less.
  • the lower limit of the molecular weight of the radical crosslinking agent is preferably 100 or more.
  • radical crosslinking agents include unsaturated carboxylic acids (e.g., acrylic acid, methacrylic acid, itaconic acid, crotonic acid, isocrotonic acid, maleic acid, etc.) and their esters and amides, preferably esters of unsaturated carboxylic acids and polyhydric alcohol compounds, and amides of unsaturated carboxylic acids and polyvalent amine compounds.
  • unsaturated carboxylic acids e.g., acrylic acid, methacrylic acid, itaconic acid, crotonic acid, isocrotonic acid, maleic acid, etc.
  • esters and amides preferably esters of unsaturated carboxylic acids and polyhydric alcohol compounds
  • amides of unsaturated carboxylic acids and polyvalent amine compounds amides of unsaturated carboxylic acids and polyvalent amine compounds.
  • addition reaction products of unsaturated carboxylic acid esters or amides having nucleophilic substituents such as hydroxyl groups, amino groups, and sul
  • addition reaction products of unsaturated carboxylic acid esters or amides having electrophilic substituents such as isocyanate groups and epoxy groups with monofunctional or polyfunctional alcohols, amines, and thiols, and substitution reaction products of unsaturated carboxylic acid esters or amides having eliminable substituents such as halogeno groups and tosyloxy groups with monofunctional or polyfunctional alcohols, amines, and thiols are also suitable.
  • the radical crosslinking agent is preferably a compound having a boiling point of 100°C or higher under normal pressure.
  • Examples of compounds having a boiling point of 100°C or higher under normal pressure include the compounds described in paragraph 0203 of WO 2021/112189, the contents of which are incorporated herein by reference.
  • radical crosslinking agents other than those mentioned above include the radical polymerizable compounds described in paragraphs 0204 to 0208 of WO 2021/112189, the contents of which are incorporated herein by reference.
  • Preferred compounds having three or more ethylenically unsaturated bonds include dipentaerythritol triacrylate (commercially available products include KAYARAD D-330 (manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.)), dipentaerythritol tetraacrylate (commercially available products include KAYARAD D-320 (manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.) and A-TMMT (manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.)), dipentaerythritol penta(meth)acrylate (commercially available products include KAYARAD D-310 (manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.)), dipentaerythritol hexa(meth)acrylate (commercially available products include KAYARAD DPHA (manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.) and A-DPH (manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical
  • radical crosslinking agents include, for example, SR-494, a tetrafunctional acrylate with four ethyleneoxy chains, SR-209, 231, and 239, which are difunctional methacrylates with four ethyleneoxy chains (all manufactured by Sartomer Corporation), DPCA-60, a hexafunctional acrylate with six pentyleneoxy chains, TPA-330, a trifunctional acrylate with three isobutyleneoxy chains (all manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.), and urethane oligomers.
  • SR-494 a tetrafunctional acrylate with four ethyleneoxy chains
  • SR-209, 231, and 239 which are difunctional methacrylates with four ethyleneoxy chains (all manufactured by Sartomer Corporation)
  • DPCA-60 a hexafunctional acrylate with six pentyleneoxy chains
  • TPA-330 a trifunctional acrylate with three isobutyleneoxy chains (all manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.)
  • Examples include UAS-10 and UAB-140 (all manufactured by Nippon Paper Industries Co., Ltd.), NK Ester M-40G, NK Ester 4G, NK Ester M-9300, NK Ester A-9300, and UA-7200 (all manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.), DPHA-40H (manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.), UA-306H, UA-306T, UA-306I, AH-600, T-600, and AI-600 (all manufactured by Kyoeisha Chemical Co., Ltd.), and Blenmar PME400 (manufactured by NOF Corp.).
  • radical crosslinking agents urethane acrylates such as those described in JP-B-48-041708, JP-A-51-037193, JP-B-02-032293, and JP-B-02-016765, and urethane compounds having an ethylene oxide skeleton described in JP-B-58-049860, JP-B-56-017654, JP-B-62-039417, and JP-B-62-039418 are also suitable.
  • radical crosslinking agents compounds having an amino structure or sulfide structure in the molecule, as described in JP-A-63-277653, JP-A-63-260909, and JP-A-01-105238, can also be used.
  • the radical crosslinking agent may be a radical crosslinking agent having an acid group such as a carboxy group or a phosphate group.
  • the radical crosslinking agent having an acid group is preferably an ester of an aliphatic polyhydroxy compound and an unsaturated carboxylic acid, and more preferably a radical crosslinking agent in which an acid group is provided by reacting an unreacted hydroxy group of an aliphatic polyhydroxy compound with a non-aromatic carboxylic anhydride.
  • a radical crosslinking agent in which an acid group is provided by reacting an unreacted hydroxy group of an aliphatic polyhydroxy compound with a non-aromatic carboxylic anhydride, in which the aliphatic polyhydroxy compound is pentaerythritol or dipentaerythritol.
  • examples of commercially available products include polybasic acid modified acrylic oligomers manufactured by Toagosei Co., Ltd., such as M-510 and M-520.
  • the acid value of the radical crosslinking agent having an acid group is preferably 0.1 to 300 mgKOH/g, more preferably 1 to 100 mgKOH/g. If the acid value of the radical crosslinking agent is within the above range, the agent has excellent handling properties during manufacturing and developability. In addition, the agent has good polymerizability. The acid value is measured in accordance with the description of JIS K 0070:1992.
  • the resin composition may contain a difunctional methacrylate or acrylate.
  • the compounds include triethylene glycol diacrylate, triethylene glycol dimethacrylate, tetraethylene glycol dimethacrylate, tetraethylene glycol diacrylate, PEG (polyethylene glycol) 200 diacrylate, PEG 200 dimethacrylate, PEG 600 diacrylate, PEG 600 dimethacrylate, polytetraethylene glycol diacrylate, polytetraethylene glycol dimethacrylate, dipropylene glycol diacrylate, tripropylene glycol diacrylate, neopentyl glycol diacrylate, neopentyl glycol dimethacrylate, 3-methyl-1,5-pentanediol diacrylate, 1,6-hexyl ...
  • PEG200 diacrylate refers to polyethylene glycol diacrylate having a formula weight of about 200 for the polyethylene glycol chain.
  • a monofunctional radical crosslinking agent can be preferably used as the radical crosslinking agent.
  • the monofunctional radical crosslinking agent a compound having a boiling point of 100° C. or more under normal pressure is also preferred in order to suppress volatilization before exposure.
  • the difunctional or higher radical crosslinking agent include allyl compounds such as diallyl phthalate and triallyl trimellitate.
  • the content of the radical crosslinking agent is preferably more than 0 mass% and not more than 60 mass% based on the total solid content of the resin composition.
  • the lower limit is more preferably 5 mass% or more.
  • the upper limit is more preferably 50 mass% or less, and even more preferably 30 mass% or less.
  • the radical crosslinking agent may be used alone or in combination of two or more. When two or more types are used in combination, it is preferable that the total amount is within the above range.
  • the resin composition of the present invention also preferably contains another crosslinking agent different from the above-mentioned radical crosslinking agent.
  • the other crosslinking agent refers to a crosslinking agent other than the above-mentioned radical crosslinking agent, and is preferably a compound having, in its molecule, a plurality of groups that promote a reaction to form a covalent bond with another compound in the composition or a reaction product thereof upon exposure to light by the above-mentioned photoacid generator or photobase generator, and is preferably a compound having, in its molecule, a plurality of groups that promote a reaction to form a covalent bond with another compound in the composition or a reaction product thereof under the action of an acid or a base.
  • the acid or base is preferably an acid or base generated from a photoacid generator or a photobase generator in the exposure step.
  • Other cross-linking agents include the compounds described in paragraphs 0179 to 0207 of WO 2022/145355, the disclosures of which are incorporated herein by reference.
  • the resin composition of the present invention contains a photopolymerization initiator.
  • the photopolymerization initiator is preferably a photoradical polymerization initiator.
  • the photoradical polymerization initiator is not particularly limited and can be appropriately selected from known photoradical polymerization initiators.
  • a photoradical polymerization initiator having photosensitivity to light rays in the ultraviolet to visible regions is preferable.
  • it may be an activator that reacts with a photoexcited sensitizer to generate active radicals.
  • the photoradical polymerization initiator preferably contains at least one compound having a molar absorption coefficient of at least about 50 L ⁇ mol ⁇ 1 ⁇ cm ⁇ 1 in a wavelength range of about 240 to 800 nm (preferably 330 to 500 nm).
  • the molar absorption coefficient of the compound can be measured using a known method. For example, it is preferable to measure it using an ultraviolet-visible spectrophotometer (Varian Cary-5 spectrophotometer) at a concentration of 0.01 g/L using ethyl acetate as a solvent.
  • halogenated hydrocarbon derivatives e.g., compounds having a triazine skeleton, compounds having an oxadiazole skeleton, compounds having a trihalomethyl group, etc.
  • acylphosphine compounds such as acylphosphine oxides, hexaarylbiimidazoles
  • oxime compounds such as oxime derivatives, organic peroxides, thio compounds, ketone compounds, aromatic onium salts, ketoxime ethers, ⁇ -aminoketone compounds such as aminoacetophenones, ⁇ -hydroxyketone compounds such as hydroxyacetophenones, azo compounds, azide compounds, metallocene compounds, organic boron compounds, iron arene complexes, etc.
  • ketone compounds include the compounds described in paragraph 0087 of JP 2015-087611 A, the contents of which are incorporated herein by reference.
  • Kayacure-DETX-S manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.
  • Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd. is also preferably used.
  • hydroxyacetophenone compounds, aminoacetophenone compounds, and acylphosphine compounds can be suitably used as photoradical polymerization initiators. More specifically, for example, aminoacetophenone-based initiators described in JP-A-10-291969 and acylphosphine oxide-based initiators described in Japanese Patent No. 4225898 can be used, the contents of which are incorporated herein by reference.
  • ⁇ -Hydroxyketone initiators that can be used include Omnirad 184, Omnirad 1173, Omnirad 2959, Omnirad 127 (all manufactured by IGM Resins B.V.), IRGACURE 184 (IRGACURE is a registered trademark), DAROCUR 1173, IRGACURE 500, IRGACURE-2959, and IRGACURE 127 (all manufactured by BASF).
  • Omnirad 907, Omnirad 369, Omnirad 369E, Omnirad 379EG (all manufactured by IGM Resins B.V.), IRGACURE 907, IRGACURE 369, and IRGACURE 379 (all manufactured by BASF) can be used.
  • aminoacetophenone initiator acylphosphine oxide initiator, and metallocene compound
  • aminoacetophenone initiator acylphosphine oxide initiator, and metallocene compound
  • the compounds described in paragraphs 0161 to 0163 of WO 2021/112189 can also be suitably used.
  • the contents of this specification are incorporated herein.
  • an oxime compound is more preferably used as a photoradical polymerization initiator.
  • an oxime compound By using an oxime compound, it becomes possible to more effectively improve the exposure latitude.
  • Oxime compounds are particularly preferred because they have a wide exposure latitude (exposure margin) and also function as a photocuring accelerator.
  • oxime compounds include the compounds described in JP-A-2001-233842, the compounds described in JP-A-2000-080068, the compounds described in JP-A-2006-342166, the compounds described in J. C. S. Perkin II (1979, pp. 1653-1660), the compounds described in J. C. S. Compounds described in Perkin II (1979, pp. 156-162), compounds described in Journal of Photopolymer Science and Technology (1995, pp.
  • Preferred oxime compounds include, for example, compounds having the following structure, 3-(benzoyloxy(imino))butan-2-one, 3-(acetoxy(imino))butan-2-one, 3-(propionyloxy(imino))butan-2-one, 2-(acetoxy(imino))pentan-3-one, 2-(acetoxy(imino))-1-phenylpropan-1-one, 2-(benzoyloxy(imino))-1-phenylpropan-1-one, 3-((4-toluenesulfonyloxy)imino)butan-2-one, and 2-(ethoxycarbonyloxy(imino))-1-phenylpropan-1-one.
  • an oxime compound as a photoradical polymerization initiator.
  • oxime compounds include IRGACURE OXE 01, IRGACURE OXE 02, IRGACURE OXE 03, IRGACURE OXE 04 (manufactured by BASF), ADEKA OPTOMER N-1919 (manufactured by ADEKA Corporation, photoradical polymerization initiator 2 described in JP-A-2012-014052), TR-PBG-304, TR-PBG-305 (manufactured by Changzhou Strong Electronic New Materials Co., Ltd.), ADEKA ARCLES NCI-730, NCI-831 and ADEKA ARCLES NCI-930 (manufactured by ADEKA Corporation), DFI-091 (manufactured by Daito Chemistry Co., Ltd.), and SpeedCure PDO (manufactured by SARTOMER ARKEMA).
  • an oxime compound having the following structure can also be used.
  • an oxime compound having a fluorene ring described in paragraphs 0169 to 0171 of WO 2021/112189 an oxime compound having a skeleton in which at least one benzene ring of a carbazole ring is a naphthalene ring, or an oxime compound having a fluorine atom can be used.
  • oxime compounds having a nitro group, oxime compounds having a benzofuran skeleton, and oxime compounds having a hydroxyl group-containing substituent bonded to a carbazole skeleton described in paragraphs 0208 to 0210 of WO 2021/020359 can also be used. The contents of these compounds are incorporated herein by reference.
  • an oxime compound having an aromatic ring group Ar OX1 in which an electron-withdrawing group is introduced into an aromatic ring (hereinafter, also referred to as oxime compound OX) can also be used.
  • the electron-withdrawing group of the aromatic ring group Ar OX1 includes an acyl group, a nitro group, a trifluoromethyl group, an alkylsulfinyl group, an arylsulfinyl group, an alkylsulfonyl group, an arylsulfonyl group, and a cyano group.
  • the benzoyl group may have a substituent.
  • the substituent is preferably a halogen atom, a cyano group, a nitro group, a hydroxy group, an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, an aryl group, an aryloxy group, a heterocyclic group, a heterocyclic oxy group, an alkenyl group, an alkylsulfanyl group, an arylsulfanyl group, an acyl group, or an amino group, more preferably an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, an aryl group, an aryloxy group, a heterocyclic oxy group, an alkylsulfanyl group, an arylsulfanyl group, or an amino group, and further preferably an alkoxy group, an alkyl
  • the oxime compound OX is preferably at least one selected from the compounds represented by the formula (OX1) and the compounds represented by the formula (OX2), and more preferably the compound represented by the formula (OX2).
  • R X1 represents an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkoxy group, an aryl group, an aryloxy group, a heterocyclic group, a heterocyclic oxy group, an alkylsulfanyl group, an arylsulfanyl group, an alkylsulfinyl group, an arylsulfinyl group, an alkylsulfonyl group, an arylsulfonyl group, an acyl group, an acyloxy group, an amino group, a phosphinoyl group, a carbamoyl group, or a sulfamoyl group; R X2 represents an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkoxy group, an aryl
  • R X12 is an electron-withdrawing group
  • R X10 , R X11 , R X13 and R X14 are each a hydrogen atom.
  • oxime compounds OX include the compounds described in paragraphs 0083 to 0105 of Japanese Patent No. 4600600, the contents of which are incorporated herein by reference.
  • oxime compounds include oxime compounds having specific substituents as disclosed in JP 2007-269779 A and oxime compounds having thioaryl groups as disclosed in JP 2009-191061 A, the contents of which are incorporated herein by reference.
  • the photoradical polymerization initiator is preferably a compound selected from the group consisting of trihalomethyltriazine compounds, benzyl dimethyl ketal compounds, ⁇ -hydroxyketone compounds, ⁇ -aminoketone compounds, acylphosphine compounds, phosphine oxide compounds, metallocene compounds, oxime compounds, triarylimidazole dimers, onium salt compounds, benzothiazole compounds, benzophenone compounds, acetophenone compounds and derivatives thereof, cyclopentadiene-benzene-iron complexes and salts thereof, halomethyloxadiazole compounds, and 3-aryl substituted coumarin compounds.
  • the photoradical polymerization initiator is a trihalomethyltriazine compound, an ⁇ -aminoketone compound, an acylphosphine compound, a phosphine oxide compound, a metallocene compound, an oxime compound, a triarylimidazole dimer, an onium salt compound, a benzophenone compound, or an acetophenone compound.
  • At least one compound selected from the group consisting of a trihalomethyltriazine compound, an ⁇ -aminoketone compound, a metallocene compound, an oxime compound, a triarylimidazole dimer, or a benzophenone compound is more preferred, and a metallocene compound or an oxime compound is even more preferred.
  • a bifunctional or trifunctional or higher functional photoradical polymerization initiator may be used as the photoradical polymerization initiator.
  • two or more radicals are generated from one molecule of the photoradical polymerization initiator, resulting in good sensitivity.
  • crystallinity decreases and solubility in solvents improves, making it less likely to precipitate over time, and improving the stability of the resin composition over time.
  • bifunctional or trifunctional or higher functional photoradical polymerization initiators include dimers of oxime compounds described in JP-T-2010-527339, JP-T-2011-524436, WO-2015/004565, WO-2016-532675, paragraphs 0407 to 0412, and WO-2017/033680, paragraphs 0039 to 0055; compound (E) and compound (G) described in WO-T-2013-522445; Examples of such initiators include Cmpd1 to 7 described in Japanese Patent Publication No.
  • the content is preferably 0.1 to 30 mass% based on the total solid content of the resin composition, more preferably 0.1 to 20 mass%, even more preferably 0.5 to 15 mass%, and even more preferably 1.0 to 10 mass%. Only one type of photopolymerization initiator may be contained, or two or more types may be contained. When two or more types of photopolymerization initiators are contained, the total amount is preferably within the above range. In addition, since the photopolymerization initiator may also function as a thermal polymerization initiator, the crosslinking caused by the photopolymerization initiator may be further promoted by heating in an oven, a hot plate, or the like.
  • the resin composition may contain a sensitizer.
  • the sensitizer absorbs specific active radiation and becomes electronically excited.
  • the sensitizer in the electronically excited state comes into contact with a thermal radical polymerization initiator, a photoradical polymerization initiator, or the like, and effects such as electron transfer, energy transfer, and heat generation occur.
  • the thermal radical polymerization initiator and the photoradical polymerization initiator undergo a chemical change and are decomposed to generate a radical, an acid, or a base.
  • Usable sensitizers include benzophenone-based, Michler's ketone-based, coumarin-based, pyrazole azo-based, anilino azo-based, triphenylmethane-based, anthraquinone-based, anthracene-based, anthrapyridone-based, benzylidene-based, oxonol-based, pyrazolotriazole azo-based, pyridone azo-based, cyanine-based, phenothiazine-based, pyrrolopyrazole azomethine-based, xanthene-based, phthalocyanine-based, benzopyran-based, indigo-based compounds, and the like.
  • sensitizer examples include Michler's ketone, 4,4'-bis(diethylamino)benzophenone, 2,5-bis(4'-diethylaminobenzal)cyclopentane, 2,6-bis(4'-diethylaminobenzal)cyclohexanone, 2,6-bis(4'-diethylaminobenzal)-4-methylcyclohexanone, 4,4'-bis(dimethylamino)chalcone, 4,4'-bis(diethylamino)chalcone, p-dimethylaminocinnamylidene indanone, and p-dimethylaminobenzylidene indanone.
  • the content of the sensitizer is preferably 0.01 to 20 mass % relative to the total solid content of the resin composition, more preferably 0.1 to 15 mass %, and even more preferably 0.5 to 10 mass %.
  • the sensitizer may be used alone or in combination of two or more types.
  • the resin composition of the present invention may contain a chain transfer agent.
  • the chain transfer agent is defined, for example, in the Third Edition of the Polymer Dictionary (edited by the Society of Polymer Science, 2005), pages 683-684.
  • Examples of the chain transfer agent include compounds having -S-S-, -SO 2 -S-, -N-O-, SH, PH, SiH, and GeH in the molecule, and dithiobenzoates, trithiocarbonates, dithiocarbamates, and xanthates having a thiocarbonylthio group used in RAFT (Reversible Addition Fragmentation Chain Transfer) polymerization.
  • RAFT Reversible Addition Fragmentation Chain Transfer
  • chain transfer agent may be the compound described in paragraphs 0152 to 0153 of International Publication No. 2015/199219, the contents of which are incorporated herein by reference.
  • the content of the chain transfer agent is preferably 0.01 to 20 parts by mass, more preferably 0.1 to 10 parts by mass, and even more preferably 0.5 to 5 parts by mass, per 100 parts by mass of the total solid content of the resin composition.
  • the chain transfer agent may be one type or two or more types. When there are two or more types of chain transfer agents, the total is preferably within the above range.
  • the resin composition of the present invention may contain a base generator.
  • the base generator is a compound that can generate a base by physical or chemical action.
  • Preferred base generators include a thermal base generator and a photobase generator.
  • the resin composition when the resin composition contains a precursor of a cyclized resin, the resin composition preferably contains a base generator.
  • the thermal base generator in the resin composition, for example, the cyclization reaction of the precursor can be promoted by heating, and the mechanical properties and chemical resistance of the cured product can be improved, and the performance as an interlayer insulating film for a rewiring layer contained in a semiconductor package can be improved.
  • the base generator may be an ionic base generator or a nonionic base generator.
  • Examples of the base generated from the base generator include secondary amines and tertiary amines.
  • the base generator is not particularly limited, and a known base generator can be used.
  • Examples of known base generators include carbamoyl oxime compounds, carbamoyl hydroxylamine compounds, carbamic acid compounds, formamide compounds, acetamide compounds, carbamate compounds, benzyl carbamate compounds, nitrobenzyl carbamate compounds, sulfonamide compounds, imidazole derivative compounds, amine imide compounds, pyridine derivative compounds, ⁇ -aminoacetophenone derivative compounds, quaternary ammonium salt derivative compounds, iminium salts, pyridinium salts, ⁇ -lactone ring derivative compounds, amine imide compounds, phthalimide derivative compounds, and acyloxyimino compounds.
  • Specific examples of the non-ionic base generator include the compounds described in paragraphs 0249 to 0275 of WO 2022/145355. The above descriptions are incorporated herein by
  • the base generator is preferably an amine in which the amino group is protected by a t-butoxycarbonyl group, from the viewpoints of storage stability and generating a base by deprotection during curing.
  • Amine compounds protected by a t-butoxycarbonyl group include, for example, ethanolamine, 3-amino-1-propanol, 1-amino-2-propanol, 2-amino-1-propanol, 4-amino-1-butanol, 2-amino-1-butanol, 1-amino-2-butanol, 3-amino-2,2-dimethyl-1-propanol, 4-amino-2-methyl-1-butanol, valinol, 3-amino-1,2-propanediol, 2-amino-1,3-propanediol, Diol, tyramine, norephedrine, 2-amino-1-phenyl-1,3-propanediol, 2-aminocyclohexanol, 4-aminocyclohexanol, 4-aminocyclohexaneethanol, 4-(2-aminoethyl)cyclohexanol, N-
  • Base generators include, but are not limited to, the following compounds:
  • the molecular weight of the nonionic base generator is preferably 800 or less, more preferably 600 or less, and even more preferably 500 or less.
  • the lower limit is preferably 100 or more, more preferably 200 or more, and even more preferably 300 or more.
  • Specific preferred compounds for the ionic base generator include, for example, the compounds described in paragraphs 0148 to 0163 of WO 2018/038002.
  • ammonium salts include, but are not limited to, the following compounds:
  • iminium salts include, but are not limited to, the following compounds:
  • the content of the base generator is preferably 0.1 to 50 parts by mass relative to 100 parts by mass of the resin in the resin composition.
  • the lower limit is more preferably 0.3 parts by mass or more, and even more preferably 0.5 parts by mass or more.
  • the upper limit is more preferably 30 parts by mass or less, even more preferably 20 parts by mass or less, even more preferably 10 parts by mass or less, even more preferably 5 parts by mass or less, and particularly preferably 4 parts by mass or less.
  • the base generator may be used alone or in combination of two or more. When two or more types are used, the total amount is preferably within the above range.
  • the resin composition of the present invention preferably contains a solvent.
  • the solvent may be any known solvent.
  • the solvent is preferably an organic solvent.
  • Examples of the organic solvent include compounds such as esters, ethers, ketones, cyclic hydrocarbons, sulfoxides, amides, ureas, and alcohols.
  • Esters for example, ethyl acetate, n-butyl acetate, isobutyl acetate, hexyl acetate, amyl formate, isoamyl acetate, butyl propionate, isopropyl butyrate, ethyl butyrate, butyl butyrate, methyl lactate, ethyl lactate, ⁇ -butyrolactone, ⁇ -caprolactone, ⁇ -valerolactone, ⁇ -valerolactone, alkyloxyacetates (for example, methyl alkyloxyacetate, ethyl alkyloxyacetate, butyl alkyloxyacetate (for example, methyl methoxyacetate, ethyl methoxyacetate, butyl methoxyacetate, methyl ethoxyacetate, ethyl ethoxyacetate, etc.)), 3-alkyloxypropionic acid alkyl esters (for example,
  • alkyloxypropionic acid alkyl esters include alkyl esters (e.g., methyl 2-alkyloxypropionate, ethyl 2-alkyloxypropionate, propyl 2-alkyloxypropionate, etc.
  • Suitable examples of ethers include ethylene glycol dimethyl ether, diethylene glycol dimethyl ether, diethylene glycol diethyl ether, diethylene glycol ethyl methyl ether, diethylene glycol butyl methyl ether, triethylene glycol dimethyl ether, tetraethylene glycol dimethyl ether, tetrahydrofuran, ethylene glycol monomethyl ether, ethylene glycol monoethyl ether, methyl cellosolve acetate, ethyl cellosolve acetate, diethylene glycol monomethyl ether, diethylene glycol monoethyl ether, diethylene glycol monobutyl ether, propylene glycol monomethyl ether, propylene glycol dimethyl ether, propylene glycol dimethyl ether, propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, propylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, ethylene glycol monobutyl ether, ethylene glycol monobutyl ether acetate, di
  • ketones include methyl ethyl ketone, cyclohexanone, cyclopentanone, 2-heptanone, 3-heptanone, 3-methylcyclohexanone, levoglucosenone, and dihydrolevoglucosenone.
  • cyclic hydrocarbons include aromatic hydrocarbons such as toluene, xylene, and anisole, and cyclic terpenes such as limonene.
  • dimethyl sulfoxide is preferred.
  • amides include N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone, N-ethyl-2-pyrrolidone, N-cyclohexyl-2-pyrrolidone, N,N-dimethylacetamide, N,N-dimethylformamide, N,N-dimethylisobutyramide, 3-methoxy-N,N-dimethylpropionamide, 3-butoxy-N,N-dimethylpropionamide, N-formylmorpholine, and N-acetylmorpholine.
  • ureas include N,N,N',N'-tetramethylurea and 1,3-dimethyl-2-imidazolidinone.
  • alcohols examples include methanol, ethanol, 1-propanol, 2-propanol, 1-butanol, 1-pentanol, 1-hexanol, benzyl alcohol, ethylene glycol monomethyl ether, 1-methoxy-2-propanol, 2-ethoxyethanol, diethylene glycol monoethyl ether, diethylene glycol monohexyl ether, triethylene glycol monomethyl ether, propylene glycol monoethyl ether, propylene glycol monomethyl ether, polyethylene glycol monomethyl ether, polypropylene glycol, tetraethylene glycol, ethylene glycol monobutyl ether, ethylene glycol monobenzyl ether, ethylene glycol monophenyl ether, methylphenyl carbinol, n-amyl alcohol, methylamyl alcohol, and diacetone alcohol.
  • Another preferred embodiment of the present invention is an embodiment in which toluene is further added to these combined solvents in an amount of about 1 to 10% by mass based on the total mass of the solvent.
  • an embodiment containing ⁇ -valerolactone as a solvent is one of the preferred embodiments of the present invention.
  • the content of ⁇ -valerolactone relative to the total mass of the solvent is preferably 50% by mass or more, more preferably 60% by mass or more, and even more preferably 70% by mass or more.
  • the upper limit of the content is not particularly limited and may be 100% by mass.
  • the content may be determined in consideration of the solubility of components such as a specific resin contained in the resin composition, etc.
  • the solvent preferably contains 60 to 90 mass% of ⁇ -valerolactone and 10 to 40 mass% of dimethyl sulfoxide, more preferably 70 to 90 mass% of ⁇ -valerolactone and 10 to 30 mass% of dimethyl sulfoxide, and even more preferably 75 to 85 mass% of ⁇ -valerolactone and 15 to 25 mass% of dimethyl sulfoxide, relative to the total mass of the solvent.
  • the content of the solvent is preferably an amount that results in a total solids concentration of the resin composition of the present invention of 5 to 80 mass%, more preferably an amount that results in a total solids concentration of 5 to 75 mass%, even more preferably an amount that results in a total solids concentration of 10 to 70 mass%, and even more preferably an amount that results in a total solids concentration of 20 to 70 mass%.
  • the content of the solvent may be adjusted according to the desired thickness of the coating film and the coating method. When two or more types of solvents are contained, the total amount is preferably within the above range.
  • the resin composition of the present invention preferably contains a metal adhesion improver from the viewpoint of improving adhesion to metal materials used in electrodes, wiring, etc.
  • the metal adhesion improver include a silane coupling agent having an alkoxysilyl group, an aluminum-based adhesion aid, a titanium-based adhesion aid, a compound having a sulfonamide structure, a compound having a thiourea structure, a phosphoric acid derivative compound, a ⁇ -ketoester compound, an amino compound, and the like.
  • silane coupling agent examples include the compounds described in paragraph 0316 of International Publication No. 2021/112189 and the compounds described in paragraphs 0067 to 0078 of JP-A-2018-173573, the contents of which are incorporated herein.
  • Me represents a methyl group
  • Et represents an ethyl group.
  • R includes a structure derived from a blocking agent in a blocked isocyanate group.
  • the blocking agent may be selected according to the desorption temperature, and examples thereof include alcohol compounds, phenol compounds, pyrazole compounds, triazole compounds, lactam compounds, and active methylene compounds.
  • examples thereof include alcohol compounds, phenol compounds, pyrazole compounds, triazole compounds, lactam compounds, and active methylene compounds.
  • caprolactam and the like are preferred.
  • Commercially available products of such compounds include X-12-1293 (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.).
  • silane coupling agents include, for example, vinyltrimethoxysilane, vinyltriethoxysilane, 2-(3,4-epoxycyclohexyl)ethyltrimethoxysilane, 3-glycidoxypropylmethyldimethoxysilane, 3-glycidoxypropyltrimethoxysilane, 3-glycidoxypropylmethyldiethoxysilane, 3-glycidoxypropyltriethoxysilane, p-styryltrimethoxysilane, 3-methacryloxypropylmethyldimethoxysilane, 3-methacryloxypropyltrimethoxysilane, 3-methacryloxypropylmethyldiethoxysilane, 3-methacryloxypropyltriethoxysilane, 3-acryloxypropyltrimethoxysilane, N-2- (aminoethyl)-3-aminopropylmethyldimethoxysilane, N-2-(aminoethyl
  • an oligomer type compound having a plurality of alkoxysilyl groups can also be used as the silane coupling agent.
  • examples of such oligomer-type compounds include compounds containing a repeating unit represented by the following formula (S-1).
  • R 1 S1 represents a monovalent organic group
  • R 1 S2 represents a hydrogen atom, a hydroxyl group or an alkoxy group
  • n represents an integer of 0 to 2.
  • R S1 is preferably a structure containing a polymerizable group.
  • Examples of the polymerizable group include a group containing an ethylenically unsaturated bond, an epoxy group, an oxetanyl group, a benzoxazolyl group, a blocked isocyanate group, and an amino group.
  • Examples of the group containing an ethylenically unsaturated bond include a vinyl group, an allyl group, an isoallyl group, a 2-methylallyl group, a group having an aromatic ring directly bonded to a vinyl group (e.g., a vinylphenyl group), a (meth)acrylamide group, and a (meth)acryloyloxy group.
  • R S2 is preferably an alkoxy group, more preferably a methoxy group or an ethoxy group.
  • n represents an integer of 0 to 2, and is preferably 1.
  • n is 1 or 2 in at least one, more preferably that n is 1 or 2 in at least two, and further preferably that n is 1 in at least two.
  • oligomer type compounds commercially available products can be used, and an example of a commercially available product is KR-513 (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.).
  • Aluminum-based adhesion promoter examples include aluminum tris(ethylacetoacetate), aluminum tris(acetylacetonate), and ethylacetoacetate aluminum diisopropylate.
  • metal adhesion improvers that can be used include the compounds described in paragraphs 0046 to 0049 of JP 2014-186186 A and the sulfide-based compounds described in paragraphs 0032 to 0043 of JP 2013-072935 A, the contents of which are incorporated herein by reference.
  • the content of the metal adhesion improver is preferably 0.01 to 30 parts by mass, more preferably 0.1 to 10 parts by mass, and even more preferably 0.5 to 5 parts by mass, per 100 parts by mass of the specific resin. By making the content equal to or greater than the above lower limit, the adhesion between the pattern and the metal layer will be good, and by making the content equal to or less than the above upper limit, the heat resistance and mechanical properties of the pattern will be good. Only one type of metal adhesion improver may be used, or two or more types may be used. When two or more types are used, it is preferable that the total is within the above range.
  • the resin composition of the present invention preferably further contains a migration inhibitor.
  • a migration inhibitor for example, when the resin composition is applied to a metal layer (or metal wiring) to form a film, migration of metal ions derived from the metal layer (or metal wiring) into the film can be effectively suppressed.
  • the migration inhibitor examples include compounds having a heterocycle (pyrrole ring, furan ring, thiophene ring, imidazole ring, oxazole ring, thiazole ring, pyrazole ring, isoxazole ring, isothiazole ring, tetrazole ring, pyridine ring, pyridazine ring, pyrimidine ring, pyrazine ring, piperidine ring, piperazine ring, morpholine ring, 2H-pyran ring and 6H-pyran ring, triazine ring), thioureas and compounds having a sulfanyl group, hindered phenol compounds, salicylic acid derivative compounds, and hydrazide derivative compounds.
  • a heterocycle pyrrole ring, furan ring, thiophene ring, imidazole ring, oxazole ring, thiazole ring, pyrazole ring
  • triazole compounds such as 1,2,4-triazole, benzotriazole, 3-amino-1,2,4-triazole, and 3,5-diamino-1,2,4-triazole
  • tetrazole compounds such as 1H-tetrazole, 5-phenyltetrazole, and 5-amino-1H-tetrazole are preferably used.
  • an ion trapping agent that captures anions such as halogen ions can also be used.
  • Other migration inhibitors that can be used include the rust inhibitors described in paragraph 0094 of JP 2013-015701 A, the compounds described in paragraphs 0073 to 0076 of JP 2009-283711 A, the compounds described in paragraph 0052 of JP 2011-059656 A, the compounds described in paragraphs 0114, 0116, and 0118 of JP 2012-194520 A, and the compounds described in paragraph 0166 of WO 2015/199219 A, the contents of which are incorporated herein by reference.
  • migration inhibitors include the following compounds:
  • the content of the migration inhibitor is preferably 0.01 to 5.0 mass %, more preferably 0.05 to 2.0 mass %, and even more preferably 0.1 to 1.0 mass %, based on the total solid content of the resin composition.
  • the migration inhibitor may be one type or two or more types. When two or more types of migration inhibitors are used, it is preferable that the total is within the above range.
  • the resin composition of the present invention preferably contains a polymerization inhibitor, such as a phenolic compound, a quinone compound, an amino compound, an N-oxyl free radical compound, a nitro compound, a nitroso compound, a heteroaromatic ring compound, or a metal compound.
  • a polymerization inhibitor such as a phenolic compound, a quinone compound, an amino compound, an N-oxyl free radical compound, a nitro compound, a nitroso compound, a heteroaromatic ring compound, or a metal compound.
  • polymerization inhibitor examples include the compounds described in paragraph 0310 of WO 2021/112189, p-hydroquinone, o-hydroquinone, 4-hydroxy-2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidine 1-oxyl free radical, phenoxazine, 1,4,4-trimethyl-2,3-diazabicyclo[3.2.2]non-2-ene-N,N-dioxide, etc.
  • the contents of this document are incorporated herein by reference.
  • the content of the polymerization inhibitor is preferably 0.01 to 20 mass % relative to the total solid content of the resin composition, more preferably 0.02 to 15 mass %, and even more preferably 0.05 to 10 mass %.
  • the polymerization inhibitor may be one type or two or more types. When two or more types of polymerization inhibitors are used, it is preferable that the total is within the above range.
  • the resin composition of the present invention also preferably contains a compound (light absorber) whose absorbance at the exposure wavelength decreases upon exposure.
  • Whether or not a certain compound a contained in a resin composition corresponds to a light absorbent can be determined by the following method. First, a solution of compound a is prepared at the same concentration as that contained in the resin composition, and the molar absorption coefficient of compound a at the wavelength of the exposure light (mol -1 ⁇ L ⁇ cm -1 , also called "molar absorption coefficient 1") is measured. The measurement is carried out quickly so as to reduce the influence of changes such as a decrease in the molar absorption coefficient of compound a.
  • the solvent for the solution when the resin composition contains a solvent, that solvent is used, and when the resin composition does not contain a solvent, N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone is used.
  • the solution of compound a is irradiated with exposure light, with the cumulative exposure dose being 500 mJ per mole of compound a.
  • the molar absorption coefficient (mol ⁇ 1 ⁇ L ⁇ cm ⁇ 1 , also referred to as “molar absorption coefficient 2”) of compound a at the wavelength of the exposure light is measured using the solution of compound a after exposure. From the above molar absorption coefficient 1 and molar absorption coefficient 2, the attenuation rate (%) is calculated based on the following formula.
  • Attenuation rate (%) 1 - molar extinction coefficient 2 / molar extinction coefficient 1 x 100
  • the attenuation rate is preferably 10% or more, and more preferably 20% or more. There is no particular lower limit to the attenuation rate, so long as it is 0% or more.
  • the wavelength of the exposure light may be any wavelength that exposes the photosensitive film.
  • the wavelength of the exposure light is preferably a wavelength to which the photopolymerization initiator contained in the resin composition has sensitivity.
  • the photopolymerization initiator has sensitivity to a certain wavelength, meaning that the photopolymerization initiator generates a polymerization initiating species when exposed to light of a certain wavelength.
  • the wavelength of the exposure light in terms of its light source, may include (1) semiconductor laser (wavelengths 830 nm, 532 nm, 488 nm, 405 nm, 375 nm, 355 nm, etc.), (2) metal halide lamp, (3) high-pressure mercury lamp, g-line (wavelength 436 nm), h-line (wavelength 405 nm), i-line (wavelength 365 nm), broad (three wavelengths of g, h, and i-lines), (4) excimer laser, KrF excimer laser (wavelength 248 nm), ArF excimer laser (wavelength 193 nm), F2 excimer laser (wavelength 157 nm), (5) extreme ultraviolet light; EUV (wavelength 13.6 nm), (6) electron
  • the wavelength of the exposure light may be selected from those to which the photopolymerization initiator has sensitivity, and preferably, h-line (wavelength 405 nm) or i-line (wavelength 365 nm), more preferably i-line (wavelength 365 nm).
  • the light absorbent may be a compound that generates radical polymerization initiating species upon exposure to light, but from the viewpoints of resolution and chemical resistance, it is preferable that the light absorbent is a compound that does not generate radical polymerization initiating species upon exposure to light. Whether or not a light absorbent is a compound that generates a radical polymerization initiating species upon exposure to light can be judged by the following method.
  • a solution containing a light absorber and a radical crosslinker at the same concentration as those contained in the resin composition is prepared.
  • the radical crosslinker in the solution is the same compound as the radical crosslinker contained in the resin composition and at the same concentration.
  • the resin composition does not contain a radical crosslinker
  • methyl methacrylate is used at a concentration five times that of the light absorber. Thereafter, exposure light is irradiated to an integrated amount of 500 mJ.
  • polymerization of the polymerizable compound is determined, for example, by high performance liquid chromatography, and if the ratio of the molar amount of the polymerized polymerizable compound to the total molar amount of the polymerizable compounds is 10% or less, the light absorber is determined to be a compound that does not generate radical polymerization initiating species upon exposure.
  • the molar ratio is preferably 5% or less, and more preferably 3% or less.
  • the lower limit of the molar ratio is not particularly limited, and may be 0%.
  • the wavelength of the exposure light may be any wavelength that exposes the photosensitive film.
  • the wavelength of the exposure light is preferably a wavelength to which the photopolymerization initiator contained in the resin composition has sensitivity.
  • Examples of the compound that generates a radical polymerization initiating species upon exposure include the same compounds as the above-mentioned photoradical polymerization initiator.
  • the composition contains a photoradical polymerization initiator as a light absorber
  • the compound that generates the radical species with the lowest polymerization initiation ability is the light absorber, and the rest are the photopolymerization initiators.
  • Examples of the compound that does not generate a radical polymerization initiating species upon exposure include a photoacid generator, a photobase generator, and a dye whose absorption wavelength changes upon exposure.
  • the light absorbent is preferably a naphthoquinone diazide compound or a dye whose absorbance changes upon exposure to light, and more preferably a naphthoquinone diazide compound.
  • a photoacid generator or a photobase generator may be used in combination with a compound whose absorbance at the exposure wavelength decreases depending on the pH.
  • the naphthoquinone diazide compound includes a compound which generates indene carboxylic acid upon exposure and has a reduced absorbance at the exposure wavelength, and is preferably a compound having a 1,2-naphthoquinone diazide structure.
  • the naphthoquinone diazide compound is preferably a naphthoquinone diazide sulfonic acid ester of a hydroxy compound.
  • the hydroxy compound is preferably a compound represented by any one of the following formulas (H1) to (H6).
  • R1 and R2 each independently represent a monovalent organic group
  • R3 and R4 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group
  • n1, n2, m1, and m2 each independently represent an integer of 0 to 5
  • at least one of m1 and m2 is an integer of 1 to 5.
  • Z represents a tetravalent organic group
  • L 1 , L 2 , L 3 and L 4 each independently represent a single bond or a divalent organic group
  • R 5 , R 6 , R 7 and R 8 each independently represent a monovalent organic group
  • n3, n4, n5 and n6 each independently represent an integer from 0 to 3
  • m3, m4, m5 and m6 each independently represent an integer from 0 to 2
  • at least one of m3, m4, m5 and m6 is 1 or 2.
  • R 9 and R 10 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group
  • L 5 each independently represent a divalent organic group
  • n7 represents an integer of 3 to 8.
  • L6 represents a divalent organic group
  • L7 and L8 each independently represent a divalent organic group containing an aliphatic tertiary or quaternary carbon.
  • R 11 , R 12 , R 13 , R 14 , R 15 , R 16 , R 17 , R 18 , R 19 and R 20 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom or a monovalent organic group
  • L 9 , L 10 and L 11 each independently represent a single bond or a divalent organic group
  • m7, m8, m9 and m10 each independently represent an integer of 0 to 2, and at least one of m7, m8, m9 and m10 is 1 or 2.
  • R 42 , R 43 , R 44 , and R 45 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group
  • R 46 and R 47 each independently represent a monovalent organic group
  • n16 and n17 each independently represent an integer of 0 to 4
  • m11 and m12 each independently represent an integer of 0 to 4
  • at least one of m11 and m12 is an integer of 1 to 4.
  • R1 and R2 are each preferably independently a monovalent organic group having 1 to 60 carbon atoms, and more preferably a monovalent organic group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms.
  • Examples of the monovalent organic group in R1 and R2 include a hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent, such as an aromatic hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent such as a hydroxy group.
  • R3 and R4 are each preferably independently a monovalent organic group having 1 to 60 carbon atoms, and more preferably a monovalent organic group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms.
  • Examples of the monovalent organic group in R3 and R4 include hydrocarbon groups which may have a substituent, such as a hydroxyl group or the like.
  • n1 and n2 each independently represent preferably 0 or 1, and more preferably 0. In formula (H1), it is preferable that both m1 and m2 are 1.
  • the compound represented by formula (H1) is preferably a compound represented by any one of formulas (H1-1) to (H1-5).
  • R 21 , R 22 and R 23 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group, preferably a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, and more preferably a hydrogen atom or a group represented by the following formula (R-1):
  • R 29 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or an alkoxy group
  • n13 represents an integer of 0 to 2
  • * represents a bonding site to another structure.
  • n8, n9 and n10 each independently represent an integer of 0 to 2, and preferably 0 or 1.
  • R 24 represents a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group, and is preferably a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, or an alkoxy group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms.
  • n14, n15, and n16 each independently represent an integer of 0 to 2.
  • R 30 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group.
  • R 25 , R 26 , R 27 and R 28 each independently represent a monovalent organic group, and are preferably a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or a group represented by the above formula (R-1).
  • n11, n12 and n13 each independently represent an integer of 0 to 2, and preferably 0 or 1.
  • the compound represented by formula (H1-1) is preferably a compound represented by any one of the following formulas (H1-1-1) to (H1-1-4).
  • the compound represented by formula (H1-2) is preferably a compound represented by the following formula (H1-2-1) or (H1-2-2).
  • the compound represented by formula (H1-3) is preferably a compound represented by the following formulas (H1-3-1) to (H1-3-3).
  • Z is preferably a tetravalent group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, and more preferably a group represented by any one of the following formulae (Z-1) to (Z-4):
  • * represents a bonding site to other structures.
  • L 1 , L 2 , L 3 and L 4 each independently represent a single bond or a methylene group.
  • R 5 , R 6 , R 7 and R 8 are preferably each independently an organic group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms.
  • n3, n4, n5 and n6 each independently represent an integer of 0 to 2, and more preferably 0 or 1.
  • m3, m4, m5 and m6 each independently preferably represent 1 or 2, and more preferably represent 1.
  • Examples of the compound represented by formula (H2) include compounds having the following structures:
  • R 9 and R 10 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms.
  • each L5 independently represents a group represented by the following formula (L-1).
  • R 30 represents a monovalent organic group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms
  • n14 represents an integer of 1 to 5
  • * represents a bonding site to another structure.
  • n7 is preferably an integer of 4 to 6. Examples of the compound represented by formula (H3) include the following compounds: In the following formula, each n independently represents an integer of 0 to 9.
  • L 6 is preferably —C(CF 3 ) 2 —, —S( ⁇ O) 2 — or —C( ⁇ O)—.
  • L 7 and L 8 are preferably each independently a divalent organic group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms. Examples of the compound represented by formula (H4) include the following compounds.
  • R11 , R12 , R13 , R14 , R15 , R16 , R17 , R18 , R19 and R20 are each preferably independently a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkoxy group, an allyl group or an acyl group.
  • L 9 , L 10 and L 11 each independently represent preferably a single bond, -O-, -S-, -S( ⁇ O) 2 -, -C( ⁇ O)-, -C( ⁇ O)O-, cyclopentylidene, cyclohexylidene, phenylene or a divalent organic group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, and more preferably a group represented by any of the following formulae (L-2) to (L-4).
  • R 31 and R 32 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, or an aryl group
  • R 34 , R 35 , R 36 , and R 37 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group
  • n15 is an integer of 1 to 5
  • R 38 , R 39 , R 40 , and R 41 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group
  • * represents a bonding site to another structure.
  • Examples of the compound represented by formula (H5) include the following compounds.
  • R 42 , R 43 , R 44 , and R 45 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group, preferably a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, and more preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms.
  • R 46 and R 47 each independently preferably represent an alkyl group, an alkoxy group or an aryl group, more preferably an alkyl group.
  • n16 and n17 each independently represent preferably an integer of 0 to 2, and more preferably 0 or 1.
  • n16 and n17 each independently represent preferably an integer of 1 to 3, and more preferably 2 or 3. Examples of the compound represented by formula (H6) include the following compounds.
  • hydroxy compounds include polyhydroxybenzophenones such as 2,3,4-trihydroxybenzophenone, 2,4,4'-trihydroxybenzophenone, 2,4,6-trihydroxybenzophenone, 2,3,4-trihydroxy-2'-methylbenzophenone, 2,3,4,4'-tetrahydroxybenzophenone, 2,2',4,4'-tetrahydroxybenzophenone, 2,4,6,3',4'-pentahydroxybenzophenone, 2,3,4,2',4'-pentahydroxybenzophenone, 2,3,4,2',5'-pentahydroxybenzophenone, 2,4,6,3',4',5'-hexahydroxybenzophenone, and 2,3,4,3',4',5'-hexahydroxybenzophenone; polyhydroxyphenyl alkyl ketones such as 2,3,4-trihydroxyacetophenone, 2,3,4-trihydroxyphenyl pentyl ketone, and 2,3,4-trihydroxyphenyl hexyl ketone; bis(
  • Naphthoquinone diazide sulfonic acids include 6-diazo 5,6-dihydro-5-oxo-1-naphthalene sulfonic acid, 1,2-naphthoquinone-(2)-diazo-5-sulfonic acid, etc., which may be used in combination.
  • the method for producing a naphthoquinone diazide sulfonate ester of a hydroxy compound is not particularly limited.
  • the ester can be obtained by converting naphthoquinone diazide sulfonic acid into a sulfonyl chloride with chlorosulfonic acid or thionyl chloride, and then subjecting the resulting naphthoquinone diazide sulfonyl chloride to a condensation reaction with the hydroxy compound.
  • a hydroxy compound and a predetermined amount of naphthoquinone diazide sulfonyl chloride are reacted in a solvent such as dioxane, acetone, or tetrahydrofuran in the presence of a basic catalyst such as triethylamine to carry out esterification, and the resulting product is washed with water and dried to obtain the compound.
  • a solvent such as dioxane, acetone, or tetrahydrofuran
  • a basic catalyst such as triethylamine
  • the esterification rate of the naphthoquinone diazide sulfonic acid ester is not particularly limited, but is preferably 10% or more, and more preferably 20% or more.
  • the upper limit of the esterification rate is not particularly limited, and may be 100%.
  • the above-mentioned esterification rate can be confirmed by 1 H-NMR or the like as the proportion of esterified groups among the hydroxy groups contained in the hydroxy compound.
  • the content of the light absorber relative to the total solid content of the resin composition of the present invention is not particularly limited, but is preferably 0.1 to 20 mass%, more preferably 0.5 to 10 mass%, and even more preferably 1 to 5 mass%.
  • the resin composition of the present invention may contain various additives, such as surfactants, higher fatty acid derivatives, thermal polymerization initiators, inorganic particles, ultraviolet absorbers, organic titanium compounds, antioxidants, photoacid generators, aggregation inhibitors, phenolic compounds, other polymer compounds, plasticizers, and other auxiliaries (e.g., defoamers, flame retardants, etc.), as necessary, within the scope in which the effects of the present invention can be obtained.
  • additives such as surfactants, higher fatty acid derivatives, thermal polymerization initiators, inorganic particles, ultraviolet absorbers, organic titanium compounds, antioxidants, photoacid generators, aggregation inhibitors, phenolic compounds, other polymer compounds, plasticizers, and other auxiliaries (e.g., defoamers, flame retardants, etc.), as necessary, within the scope in which the effects of the present invention can be obtained.
  • auxiliaries e.g., defoamers, flame retardants, etc.
  • the total content is preferably 3% by mass or less of the solid content of the resin composition of the present invention.
  • inorganic particles include calcium carbonate, calcium phosphate, silica, kaolin, talc, titanium dioxide, alumina, barium sulfate, calcium fluoride, lithium fluoride, zeolite, molybdenum sulfide, and glass.
  • the average particle size of the inorganic particles is preferably from 0.01 to 2.0 ⁇ m, more preferably from 0.02 to 1.5 ⁇ m, even more preferably from 0.03 to 1.0 ⁇ m, and particularly preferably from 0.04 to 0.5 ⁇ m.
  • the above average particle size of the inorganic particles is the primary particle size and also the volume average particle size.
  • the volume average particle size can be measured by a dynamic light scattering method using, for example, a Nanotrac WAVE II EX-150 (manufactured by Nikkiso Co., Ltd.). When the above measurements are difficult, the measurements can also be made by centrifugal sedimentation light transmission method, X-ray transmission method, or laser diffraction/scattering method.
  • UV absorber examples include salicylate-based, benzophenone-based, benzotriazole-based, substituted acrylonitrile-based, and triazine-based ultraviolet absorbing agents.
  • Specific examples of the ultraviolet absorber include the compounds described in paragraphs 0341 to 0342 of WO 2021/112189, the contents of which are incorporated herein by reference.
  • the ultraviolet absorbents may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • the content of the ultraviolet absorber is preferably 0.001 mass % or more and 1 mass % or less, and more preferably 0.01 mass % or more and 0.1 mass % or less, based on the total solid mass of the resin composition.
  • Organotitanium compounds include those in which an organic group is bonded to a titanium atom via a covalent bond or an ionic bond. Specific examples of the organotitanium compound are shown below in I) to VII): I) Titanium chelate compounds: Titanium chelate compounds having two or more alkoxy groups are more preferred because they provide good storage stability for the resin composition and provide a good curing pattern.
  • titanium bis(triethanolamine) diisopropoxide titanium di(n-butoxide) bis(2,4-pentanedionate), titanium diisopropoxide bis(2,4-pentanedionate), titanium diisopropoxide bis(tetramethylheptanedionate), titanium diisopropoxide bis(ethylacetoacetate), etc.
  • Tetraalkoxytitanium compounds for example, titanium tetra(n-butoxide), titanium tetraethoxide, titanium tetra(2-ethylhexoxide), titanium tetraisobutoxide, titanium tetraisopropoxide, titanium tetramethoxide, titanium tetramethoxypropoxide, titanium tetramethylphenoxide, titanium tetra(n-nonyloxide), titanium tetra(n-propoxide), titanium tetrastearyloxide, titanium tetrakis[bis ⁇ 2,2-(allyloxymethyl)butoxide ⁇ ], and the like.
  • Titanocene compounds For example, pentamethylcyclopentadienyltitanium trimethoxide, bis( ⁇ 5-2,4-cyclopentadiene-1-yl)bis(2,6-difluorophenyl)titanium, bis( ⁇ 5-2,4-cyclopentadiene-1-yl)bis(2,6-difluoro-3-(1H-pyrrol-1-yl)phenyl)titanium, and the like.
  • Monoalkoxytitanium compounds For example, titanium tris(dioctylphosphate) isopropoxide, titanium tris(dodecylbenzenesulfonate) isopropoxide, etc.
  • Titanium oxide compounds For example, titanium oxide bis(pentanedionate), titanium oxide bis(tetramethylheptanedionate), phthalocyanine titanium oxide, and the like.
  • the organic titanium compound is preferably at least one compound selected from the group consisting of I) titanium chelate compounds, II) tetraalkoxytitanium compounds, and III) titanocene compounds.
  • titanium diisopropoxide bis(ethylacetoacetate), titanium tetra(n-butoxide), and bis( ⁇ 5-2,4-cyclopentadiene-1-yl)bis(2,6-difluoro-3-(1H-pyrrol-1-yl)phenyl)titanium are preferred.
  • T-1 a compound represented by the following formula (T-1) as the organotitanium compound or in place of the organotitanium compound.
  • M is titanium, zirconium or hafnium
  • l1 is an integer of 0 to 2
  • l2 is 0 or 1
  • l1+l2 ⁇ 2 is an integer of 0 to 2
  • m is an integer of 0 to 4
  • n is an integer of 0 to 2
  • R 12 is a substituted or unsubstituted hydrocarbon group
  • R 2 is independently a group containing a structure represented by formula (T-2) below
  • R 3 is independently a group containing a structure represented by formula (T-2) below
  • X A is independently
  • M is preferably titanium.
  • l1 and l2 are 0 is also one of the preferred embodiments of the present invention.
  • m is preferably 2 or 4, and more preferably 2.
  • n is preferably 1 or 2, and more preferably 1.
  • l1 and l2 are 0, and m is 0, 2 or 4 in formula (T-1).
  • R 11 is preferably a substituted or unsubstituted cyclopentadienyl ligand.
  • the cyclopentadienyl group, alkoxy group and phenoxy group in R 11 may be substituted, but the unsubstituted embodiment is also one of the preferred embodiments of the present invention.
  • R 12 is preferably a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, and more preferably a hydrocarbon group having 2 to 10 carbon atoms.
  • the hydrocarbon group for R 12 may be either an aliphatic hydrocarbon group or an aromatic hydrocarbon group, with aromatic hydrocarbon groups being preferred.
  • the aliphatic hydrocarbon group may be a saturated aliphatic hydrocarbon group or an unsaturated aliphatic hydrocarbon group, with a saturated aliphatic hydrocarbon group being preferred.
  • the aromatic hydrocarbon group is preferably an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms, and even more preferably a phenylene group.
  • R 12 is preferably a monovalent substituent, such as a halogen atom, etc.
  • R 12 is an aromatic hydrocarbon group, it may have an alkyl group as a substituent.
  • R 12 is preferably an unsubstituted phenylene group, and the phenylene group in R 12 is preferably a 1,2-phenylene group.
  • formula (T-1) when m is 2 or more and two or more R 2s are included, the structures of the two or more R 2s may be the same or different. In formula (T-1), when n is 2 or more and two or more R 3s are included, the structures of the two or more R 3s may be the same or different.
  • an organic titanium compound When an organic titanium compound is contained, its content is preferably 0.05 to 10 parts by mass, and more preferably 0.1 to 2 parts by mass, relative to 100 parts by mass of the specific resin. When the content is 0.05 parts by mass or more, the heat resistance and chemical resistance of the obtained cured pattern become better, and when it is 10 parts by mass or less, the storage stability of the composition becomes more excellent.
  • these other additives include the compounds described in paragraphs 0316 to 0358 of WO 2022/145355, the disclosures of which are incorporated herein by reference.
  • the viscosity of the resin composition of the present invention can be adjusted by the solid content concentration of the resin composition. From the viewpoint of the coating film thickness, it is preferably 1,000 mm 2 /s to 12,000 mm 2 /s, more preferably 2,000 mm 2 /s to 10,000 mm 2 /s, and even more preferably 2,500 mm 2 /s to 8,000 mm 2 /s. If it is within the above range, it is easy to obtain a coating film with high uniformity.
  • the water content of the resin composition of the present invention is preferably less than 2.0% by mass, more preferably less than 1.5% by mass, and even more preferably less than 1.0% by mass. If the water content is less than 2.0%, the storage stability of the resin composition is improved. Methods for maintaining the moisture content include adjusting the humidity during storage and reducing the porosity of the container during storage.
  • the metal content of the resin composition of the present invention is preferably less than 5 ppm by mass (parts per million), more preferably less than 1 ppm by mass, and even more preferably less than 0.5 ppm by mass.
  • metals include sodium, potassium, magnesium, calcium, iron, copper, chromium, nickel, etc., but metals contained as complexes of organic compounds and metals are excluded. When multiple metals are contained, it is preferable that the total of these metals is within the above range.
  • methods for reducing metal impurities unintentionally contained in the resin composition of the present invention include selecting raw materials with a low metal content as the raw materials constituting the resin composition of the present invention, filtering the raw materials constituting the resin composition of the present invention, lining the inside of the apparatus with polytetrafluoroethylene or the like and performing distillation under conditions that suppress contamination as much as possible, etc.
  • the content of halogen atoms is preferably less than 500 mass ppm, more preferably less than 300 mass ppm, and even more preferably less than 200 mass ppm from the viewpoint of wiring corrosion.
  • those present in the form of halogen ions are preferably less than 5 mass ppm, more preferably less than 1 mass ppm, and even more preferably less than 0.5 mass ppm.
  • Halogen atoms include chlorine atoms and bromine atoms.It is preferable that the total of chlorine atoms and bromine atoms, or chlorine ions and bromine ions, is within the above range.
  • a preferred method for adjusting the content of halogen atoms is ion exchange treatment.
  • a conventionally known container can be used as the container for the resin composition of the present invention.
  • the container it is also preferable to use a multi-layer bottle whose inner wall is made of six types of six layers of resin, or a bottle with a seven-layer structure of six types of resin, in order to prevent impurities from being mixed into the raw materials or the resin composition of the present invention.
  • An example of such a container is the container described in JP 2015-123351 A.
  • a cured product of the resin composition By curing the resin composition of the present invention, a cured product of the resin composition can be obtained.
  • the cured product of the present invention is a cured product obtained by curing a resin composition.
  • the resin composition is preferably cured by heating, and the heating temperature is more preferably 120°C to 400°C, further preferably 140°C to 380°C, and particularly preferably 170°C to 350°C.
  • the form of the cured product of the resin composition is not particularly limited, and can be selected according to the application, such as a film, a rod, a sphere, or a pellet.
  • the cured product is preferably a film.
  • the shape of the cured product can be selected according to the application, such as forming a protective film on the wall surface, forming a via hole for conduction, adjusting impedance, electrostatic capacitance or internal stress, and imparting a heat dissipation function.
  • the film thickness of the cured product (film made of the cured product) is preferably 0.5 ⁇ m or more and 150 ⁇ m or less.
  • the shrinkage percentage of the resin composition of the present invention when cured is preferably 50% or less, more preferably 45% or less, and even more preferably 40% or less.
  • the imidization reaction rate of the cured product of the resin composition of the present invention is preferably 70% or more, more preferably 80% or more, and even more preferably 90% or more. If it is 70% or more, the cured product may have excellent mechanical properties.
  • the elongation at break of the cured product of the resin composition of the present invention is preferably 30% or more, more preferably 40% or more, and even more preferably 50% or more.
  • the glass transition temperature (Tg) of the cured product of the resin composition of the present invention is preferably 180° C. or higher, more preferably 210° C. or higher, and even more preferably 230° C. or higher.
  • the resin composition of the present invention can be prepared by mixing the above-mentioned components.
  • the mixing method is not particularly limited, and can be a conventionally known method. Examples of the mixing method include mixing with a stirring blade, mixing with a ball mill, and mixing by rotating a tank.
  • the temperature during mixing is preferably from 10 to 30°C, more preferably from 15 to 25°C.
  • the filter pore size is, for example, preferably 5 ⁇ m or less, more preferably 1 ⁇ m or less, even more preferably 0.5 ⁇ m or less, and even more preferably 0.1 ⁇ m or less.
  • the material of the filter is preferably polytetrafluoroethylene, polyethylene, or nylon. When the material of the filter is polyethylene, it is more preferable that it is HDPE (high density polyethylene).
  • the filter may be used after being washed in advance with an organic solvent. In the filter filtration process, multiple types of filters may be connected in series or parallel.
  • filters with different pore sizes or materials may be used in combination.
  • a connection mode an HDPE filter with a pore size of 1 ⁇ m as the first stage and an HDPE filter with a pore size of 0.2 ⁇ m as the second stage may be connected in series.
  • various materials may be filtered multiple times. When filtration is performed multiple times, circulation filtration may be performed. Filtration may also be performed under pressure.
  • the pressure to be applied is, for example, preferably 0.01 MPa or more and 1.0 MPa or less, more preferably 0.03 MPa or more and 0.9 MPa or less, even more preferably 0.05 MPa or more and 0.7 MPa or less, and even more preferably 0.05 MPa or more and 0.5 MPa or less.
  • impurity removal treatment using an adsorbent may be performed. Filter filtration and impurity removal treatment using an adsorbent may be combined.
  • the adsorbent a known adsorbent may be used.
  • inorganic adsorbents such as silica gel and zeolite, and organic adsorbents such as activated carbon may be used.
  • the resin composition filled in the bottle may be subjected to a degassing step by placing it under reduced pressure.
  • the method for producing a cured product of the present invention preferably includes a film formation step of applying the resin composition onto a substrate to form a film. It is more preferable that the method for producing a cured product includes the above-mentioned film formation step, an exposure step of selectively exposing the film formed in the film formation step, and a development step of developing the film exposed in the exposure step with a developer to form a pattern.
  • the method for producing a cured product includes the above-mentioned film-forming step, the above-mentioned exposure step, the above-mentioned development step, and at least one of a heating step of heating the pattern obtained by the development step and a post-development exposure step of exposing the pattern obtained by the development step.
  • the method for producing a cured product preferably includes the film-forming step and a step of heating the film. Each step will be described in detail below.
  • the resin composition of the present invention can be used in a film-forming process in which the resin composition is applied onto a substrate to form a film.
  • the method for producing a cured product of the present invention preferably includes a film formation step of applying the resin composition onto a substrate to form a film.
  • the type of substrate can be appropriately determined according to the application, and is not particularly limited.
  • substrates include semiconductor-prepared substrates such as silicon, silicon nitride, polysilicon, silicon oxide, and amorphous silicon, quartz, glass, optical films, ceramic materials, vapor deposition films, magnetic films, reflective films, metal substrates such as Ni, Cu, Cr, and Fe (for example, substrates formed from metals and substrates in which a metal layer is formed by plating, vapor deposition, etc.), paper, SOG (Spin On Glass), TFT (thin film transistor) array substrates, mold substrates, and electrode plates of plasma display panels (PDPs).
  • semiconductor-prepared substrates such as silicon, silicon nitride, polysilicon, silicon oxide, and amorphous silicon, quartz, glass, optical films, ceramic materials, vapor deposition films, magnetic films, reflective films, metal substrates such as Ni, Cu, Cr, and Fe (for example, substrates formed from metals and substrates in which a metal layer is formed by plating, vapor
  • the substrate is preferably a semiconductor-prepared substrate, more preferably a silicon substrate, a Cu substrate, or a mold substrate. These substrates may have a layer such as an adhesion layer made of hexamethyldisilazane (HMDS) or an oxide layer provided on the surface.
  • HMDS hexamethyldisilazane
  • the shape of the substrate is not particularly limited, and may be circular or rectangular.
  • the size of the substrate is preferably, for example, a diameter of 100 to 450 mm, more preferably 200 to 450 mm, if it is circular, and is preferably, for example, a short side length of 100 to 1000 mm, more preferably 200 to 700 mm, if it is rectangular.
  • a plate-shaped substrate preferably a panel-shaped substrate (substrate) is used as the substrate.
  • a resin composition When a film is formed by applying a resin composition to the surface of a resin layer (e.g., a layer made of a cured material) or to the surface of a metal layer, the resin layer or metal layer serves as the substrate.
  • a resin layer e.g., a layer made of a cured material
  • the resin layer or metal layer serves as the substrate.
  • the resin composition is preferably applied to a substrate by coating.
  • the means to be applied include dip coating, air knife coating, curtain coating, wire bar coating, gravure coating, extrusion coating, spray coating, spin coating, slit coating, and inkjet methods. From the viewpoint of uniformity of the thickness of the film, spin coating, slit coating, spray coating, or inkjet methods are preferred, and from the viewpoint of uniformity of the thickness of the film and productivity, spin coating and slit coating are more preferred.
  • a film of a desired thickness can be obtained by adjusting the solid content concentration and coating conditions of the resin composition according to the means to be applied.
  • the coating method can be appropriately selected depending on the shape of the substrate, and if the substrate is a circular substrate such as a wafer, spin coating, spray coating, inkjet, etc. are preferred, and if the substrate is a rectangular substrate, slit coating, spray coating, inkjet, etc. are preferred.
  • the spin coating method for example, it can be applied for about 10 seconds to 3 minutes at a rotation speed of 500 to 3,500 rpm.
  • a coating film formed by applying the coating material to a temporary support in advance using the above-mentioned application method may be transferred onto the substrate.
  • the transfer method the production methods described in paragraphs 0023 and 0036 to 0051 of JP-A No.
  • 2006-023696 and paragraphs 0096 to 0108 of JP-A No. 2006-047592 can be suitably used.
  • a process for removing excess film from the edge of the substrate may be performed, such as edge bead rinse (EBR) and back rinse.
  • EBR edge bead rinse
  • a pre-wetting step may be employed in which various solvents are applied to the substrate before the resin composition is applied to the substrate to improve the wettability of the substrate, and then the resin composition is applied.
  • the above-mentioned film may be subjected to a step of drying the formed film (layer) (drying step) in order to remove the solvent.
  • the method for producing a cured product of the present invention may include a drying step of drying the film formed in the film forming step.
  • the drying step is preferably carried out after the film-forming step and before the exposure step.
  • the drying temperature of the film in the drying step is preferably 50 to 150° C., more preferably 70 to 130° C., and even more preferably 90 to 110° C. Drying may be performed under reduced pressure.
  • the drying time is, for example, 30 seconds to 20 minutes, preferably 1 to 10 minutes, and more preferably 2 to 7 minutes.
  • the film may be subjected to an exposure step to selectively expose the film to light.
  • the method for producing a cured product may include an exposure step of selectively exposing the film formed in the film formation step to light. Selective exposure means that only a portion of the film is exposed, and selective exposure results in exposed and unexposed areas of the film.
  • the amount of exposure light is not particularly limited as long as it can cure the resin composition of the present invention, but is preferably 50 to 10,000 mJ/cm 2 , and more preferably 100 to 8,000 mJ/cm 2 , calculated as exposure energy at a wavelength of 365 nm.
  • the exposure wavelength can be appropriately set in the range of 190 to 1,000 nm, with 240 to 550 nm being preferred.
  • the exposure wavelength may be, in particular, (1) semiconductor laser (wavelength 830 nm, 532 nm, 488 nm, 405 nm, 375 nm, 355 nm, etc.), (2) metal halide lamp, (3) high pressure mercury lamp, g-line (wavelength 436 nm), h-line (wavelength 405 nm), i-line (wavelength 365 nm), broad (three wavelengths of g, h, i-line), (4) excimer laser, KrF excimer laser (wavelength 248 nm), ArF excimer laser (wavelength 193 nm), F2 excimer laser (wavelength 157 nm), (5) extreme ultraviolet light; EUV (wavelength 13.6 nm), (6) electron beam, (7) second harmonic 532 nm, third harmonic 355 nm, etc.
  • semiconductor laser wavelength 830 nm, 532 nm, 488 nm, 405 nm, 375 nm, 3
  • the exposure method is not particularly limited as long as it is a method that exposes at least a part of the film made of the resin composition of the present invention, and examples of the exposure method include exposure using a photomask and exposure by a laser direct imaging method.
  • the film may be subjected to a step of heating after exposure (post-exposure baking step). That is, the method for producing a cured product of the present invention may include a post-exposure baking step of heating the film exposed in the exposure step.
  • the post-exposure baking step can be carried out after the exposure step and before the development step.
  • the heating temperature in the post-exposure baking step is preferably from 50°C to 140°C, and more preferably from 60°C to 120°C.
  • the heating time in the post-exposure baking step is preferably from 30 seconds to 300 minutes, and more preferably from 1 minute to 10 minutes.
  • the heating rate in the post-exposure heating step is preferably from 1 to 12° C./min, more preferably from 2 to 10° C./min, and even more preferably from 3 to 10° C./min, from the temperature at the start of heating to the maximum heating temperature.
  • the rate of temperature rise may be appropriately changed during heating.
  • the heating means in the post-exposure baking step is not particularly limited, and a known hot plate, oven, infrared heater, etc. can be used. It is also preferable that the heating be performed in an atmosphere of low oxygen concentration by flowing an inert gas such as nitrogen, helium, or argon.
  • the film after exposure may be subjected to a development step in which the film is developed with a developer to form a pattern.
  • the method for producing a cured product of the present invention may include a development step in which the film exposed in the exposure step is developed with a developer to form a pattern. Development removes one of the exposed and unexposed areas of the film to form a pattern.
  • development in which the non-exposed portion of the film is removed by the development process is called negative development
  • development in which the exposed portion of the film is removed by the development process is called positive development.
  • the developer used in the development step may be an aqueous alkaline solution or a developer containing an organic solvent.
  • examples of basic compounds that the alkaline aqueous solution may contain include inorganic alkalis, primary amines, secondary amines, tertiary amines, and quaternary ammonium salts.
  • TMAH tetramethylammonium hydroxide
  • potassium hydroxide sodium carbonate, sodium hydroxide, sodium silicate, sodium metasilicate, ammonia, ethylamine, n-propylamine, diethylamine, di-n-butylamine, triethylamine, methyldiethylamine, dimethylethanolamine, triethanolamine, tetraethylammonium hydroxide, tetrapropylammonium hydroxide, tetrabutylammonium hydroxide, tetrapentylammonium hydroxide, tetrahexylammonium hydroxide, tetraoctylammonium hydroxide, ethyltrimethylammonium hydroxide, butyltrimethylammonium hydroxide, methyltriamylammonium hydroxide, dibutyldipentylammonium hydroxide, dimethylbis(2-hydroxyethyl)ammoni
  • the compounds described in paragraph 0387 of WO 2021/112189 can be used as the organic solvent.
  • the organic solvent examples include methanol, ethanol, propanol, isopropanol, butanol, pentanol, octanol, diethylene glycol, propylene glycol, methyl isobutyl carbinol, and triethylene glycol
  • examples of amides that are suitable include N-methylpyrrolidone, N-ethylpyrrolidone, and dimethylformamide.
  • the organic solvent may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • a developer containing at least one selected from the group consisting of cyclopentanone, ⁇ -butyrolactone, dimethylsulfoxide, N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone, and cyclohexanone is particularly preferred, a developer containing at least one selected from the group consisting of cyclopentanone, ⁇ -butyrolactone, and dimethylsulfoxide is more preferred, and a developer containing cyclopentanone is particularly preferred.
  • the content of the organic solvent relative to the total mass of the developer is preferably 50% by mass or more, more preferably 70% by mass or more, even more preferably 80% by mass or more, and particularly preferably 90% by mass or more.
  • the content may be 100% by mass.
  • the developer may further contain at least one of a basic compound and a base generator.
  • the performance of the pattern such as the breaking elongation, may be improved.
  • an organic base is preferred.
  • a basic compound having an amino group is preferable, and a primary amine, a secondary amine, a tertiary amine, an ammonium salt, a tertiary amide, or the like is preferable.
  • a primary amine, a secondary amine, a tertiary amine, or an ammonium salt is preferable, a secondary amine, a tertiary amine, or an ammonium salt is more preferable, a secondary amine or a tertiary amine is even more preferable, and a tertiary amine is particularly preferable.
  • the boiling point of the basic compound is preferably 30°C to 350°C, more preferably 80°C to 270°C, and even more preferably 100°C to 230°C at normal pressure (101,325 Pa).
  • the boiling point of the basic compound is preferably higher than the temperature obtained by subtracting 20° C.
  • the basic compound used preferably has a boiling point of 80° C. or higher, and more preferably has a boiling point of 100° C. or higher.
  • the developer may contain only one kind of basic compound, or may contain two or more kinds of basic compounds.
  • basic compounds include ethanolamine, diethanolamine, triethanolamine, ethylamine, diethylamine, triethylamine, hexylamine, dodecylamine, cyclohexylamine, cyclohexylmethylamine, cyclohexyldimethylamine, aniline, N-methylaniline, N,N-dimethylaniline, diphenylamine, pyridine, butylamine, isobutylamine, dibutylamine, tributylamine, dicyclohexylamine, DBU (diazabicycloundecene), DABCO (1,4-diazabicyclo[2.2.2]octane), N,N-diisopropylethylamine, tetramethylammonium hydroxide, tetrabutylammonium hydroxide, ethylenediamine, butanediamine, 1,5-diamino Examples include pentane, N-methylhexy
  • the preferred embodiment of the base generator is the same as the preferred embodiment of the base generator contained in the composition described above.
  • the base generator is a thermal base generator.
  • the content of the basic compound or the base generator is preferably 10% by mass or less, more preferably 5% by mass or less, based on the total mass of the developer.
  • the lower limit of the content is not particularly limited, but is preferably, for example, 0.1% by mass or more.
  • the content of the basic compound or base generator is preferably 70 to 100% by mass based on the total solid content of the developer.
  • the developer may contain at least one of a basic compound and a base generator, or may contain two or more of them. When at least one of a basic compound and a base generator contains two or more kinds, the total amount thereof is preferably within the above range.
  • the developer may further comprise other components.
  • other components include known surfactants and known defoamers.
  • the method of supplying the developer is not particularly limited as long as it can form a desired pattern, and includes a method of immersing a substrate on which a film is formed in the developer, a paddle development method in which a developer is supplied to a film formed on a substrate using a nozzle, and a method of continuously supplying the developer.
  • the type of nozzle is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include a straight nozzle, a shower nozzle, and a spray nozzle.
  • a method of supplying the developer through a straight nozzle or a method of continuously supplying the developer through a spray nozzle is preferred, and from the viewpoint of the permeability of the developer into the image areas, a method of supplying the developer through a spray nozzle is more preferred.
  • a process may be adopted in which the developer is continuously supplied through a straight nozzle, the substrate is spun to remove the developer from the substrate, and after spin drying, the developer is continuously supplied again through a straight nozzle, and the substrate is spun to remove the developer from the substrate. This process may be repeated multiple times.
  • Methods of supplying the developer in the development step include a step in which the developer is continuously supplied to the substrate, a step in which the developer is kept substantially stationary on the substrate, a step in which the developer is vibrated by ultrasonic waves or the like on the substrate, and a combination of these steps.
  • the development time is preferably 10 seconds to 10 minutes, and more preferably 20 seconds to 5 minutes.
  • the temperature of the developer during development is not particularly specified, but is preferably 10 to 45°C, and more preferably 18°C to 30°C.
  • the pattern may be washed (rinsed) with a rinse solution. Also, a method may be adopted in which a rinse solution is supplied before the developer in contact with the pattern has completely dried.
  • the rinse liquid may be, for example, water.
  • the rinse liquid may be, for example, a solvent different from the solvent contained in the developer (for example, water, an organic solvent different from the organic solvent contained in the developer).
  • the organic solvent include the same organic solvents as those exemplified when the developer contains an organic solvent.
  • the organic solvent contained in the rinse liquid is preferably different from the organic solvent contained in the developer, and more preferably has a lower solubility for the pattern than the organic solvent contained in the developer.
  • the organic solvent may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • the organic solvent is preferably cyclopentanone, ⁇ -butyrolactone, dimethylsulfoxide, N-methylpyrrolidone, cyclohexanone, PGMEA, or PGME, more preferably cyclopentanone, ⁇ -butyrolactone, dimethylsulfoxide, PGMEA, or PGME, and even more preferably cyclohexanone or PGMEA.
  • the organic solvent preferably accounts for 50% by mass or more, more preferably 70% by mass or more, and even more preferably 90% by mass or more, based on the total mass of the rinse solution. Furthermore, the organic solvent may account for 100% by mass, based on the total mass of the rinse solution.
  • the rinse liquid may contain at least one of a basic compound and a base generator.
  • a basic compound and a base generator when the developer contains an organic solvent, an embodiment in which the rinsing liquid contains an organic solvent and at least one of a basic compound and a base generator is also one of the preferred embodiments of the present invention.
  • the basic compound and base generator contained in the rinse solution include the compounds exemplified as the basic compound and base generator that may be contained in the above-mentioned developer containing an organic solvent, and preferred embodiments thereof are also the same.
  • the basic compound and base generator contained in the rinse solution may be selected in consideration of the solubility in the solvent in the rinse solution.
  • the content of the basic compound or the base generator is preferably 10% by mass or less, more preferably 5% by mass or less, based on the total mass of the rinse solution.
  • the lower limit of the content is not particularly limited, but is preferably, for example, 0.1% by mass or more.
  • the content of the basic compound or base generator is also preferably 70 to 100 mass % based on the total solid content of the rinse liquid.
  • the rinse solution may contain only one kind of at least one of the basic compound and the base generator, or may contain two or more kinds.
  • the total amount thereof is preferably within the above range.
  • the rinse solution may further contain other ingredients.
  • other components include known surfactants and known defoamers.
  • the method of supplying the rinse liquid is not particularly limited as long as it can form a desired pattern, and examples of the method include a method of immersing the substrate in the rinse liquid, a method of supplying the rinse liquid to the substrate by puddling, a method of supplying the rinse liquid to the substrate by showering, and a method of continuously supplying the rinse liquid onto the substrate by means of a straight nozzle or the like.
  • the rinse liquid may be supplied using a shower nozzle, a straight nozzle, a spray nozzle, etc., and the method of continuously supplying the rinse liquid using a spray nozzle is preferred, and from the viewpoint of the permeability of the rinse liquid into the image areas, the method of supplying the rinse liquid using a spray nozzle is more preferred.
  • the type of nozzle is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include a straight nozzle, a shower nozzle, a spray nozzle, etc.
  • the rinsing step is preferably a step of supplying a rinsing liquid to the exposed film through a straight nozzle or continuously supplying the rinsing liquid to the exposed film, and more preferably a step of supplying the rinsing liquid through a spray nozzle.
  • the method of supplying the rinsing liquid in the rinsing step may be a step in which the rinsing liquid is continuously supplied to the substrate, a step in which the rinsing liquid is kept substantially stationary on the substrate, a step in which the rinsing liquid is vibrated on the substrate by ultrasonic waves or the like, or a combination of these steps.
  • the rinsing time is preferably 10 seconds to 10 minutes, and more preferably 20 seconds to 5 minutes.
  • the temperature of the rinsing liquid during rinsing is not particularly specified, but is preferably 10 to 45°C, and more preferably 18°C to 30°C.
  • the development step may include a step of contacting the pattern with a processing liquid after treatment with a developer or after washing the pattern with a rinse liquid. Also, a method may be employed in which the processing liquid is supplied before the developer or rinse liquid in contact with the pattern is completely dried.
  • the treatment liquid includes a treatment liquid containing at least one of water and an organic solvent, and at least one of a basic compound and a base generator.
  • Preferred aspects of the organic solvent, and at least one of the basic compound and the base generator are the same as the preferred aspects of the organic solvent, and at least one of the basic compound and the base generator used in the above-mentioned rinse solution.
  • the method of supplying the processing liquid to the pattern can be the same as the above-mentioned method of supplying the rinsing liquid, and the preferred embodiments are also the same.
  • the content of the basic compound or base generator in the treatment liquid is preferably 10% by mass or less, more preferably 5% by mass or less, based on the total mass of the treatment liquid.
  • the lower limit of the content is not particularly limited, but is preferably, for example, 0.1% by mass or more.
  • the content of the basic compound or base generator is preferably 70 to 100 mass % based on the total solid content of the treatment liquid.
  • the treatment liquid may contain only one kind of at least one of the basic compound and the base generator, or may contain two or more kinds.
  • the total amount thereof is preferably within the above range.
  • the pattern obtained by the development step (if a rinsing step is performed, the pattern after rinsing) may be subjected to a heating step in which the pattern obtained by the development step is heated. That is, the method for producing a cured product of the present invention may include a heating step of heating the pattern obtained in the developing step. The method for producing a cured product of the present invention may also include a heating step of heating a pattern obtained by another method without carrying out a development step, or a film obtained in a film formation step. In the heating step, the resin such as the polyimide precursor is cyclized to become a resin such as a polyimide.
  • the heating temperature (maximum heating temperature) in the heating step is preferably 50 to 450°C, more preferably 150 to 350°C, further preferably 150 to 250°C, even more preferably 160 to 250°C, and particularly preferably 160 to 230°C.
  • the heating step is preferably a step in which the cyclization reaction of the polyimide precursor is promoted within the pattern by the action of the base generated from the base generator through heating.
  • the heating step is preferably performed at a temperature rise rate of 1 to 12° C./min from the temperature at the start of heating to the maximum heating temperature.
  • the temperature rise rate is more preferably 2 to 10° C./min, and even more preferably 3 to 10° C./min.
  • the temperature is increased from the starting temperature to the maximum heating temperature at a rate of preferably 1 to 8° C./sec, more preferably 2 to 7° C./sec, and even more preferably 3 to 6° C./sec.
  • the temperature at the start of heating is preferably 20°C to 150°C, more preferably 20°C to 130°C, and even more preferably 25°C to 120°C.
  • the temperature at the start of heating refers to the temperature at which the process of heating to the maximum heating temperature begins.
  • the resin composition of the present invention when applied to a substrate and then dried, it is the temperature of the film (layer) after drying, and it is preferable to raise the temperature from a temperature 30 to 200°C lower than the boiling point of the solvent contained in the resin composition.
  • the heating time (heating time at the maximum heating temperature) is preferably 5 to 360 minutes, more preferably 10 to 300 minutes, and even more preferably 15 to 240 minutes.
  • the heating temperature is preferably 30° C. or higher, more preferably 80° C. or higher, even more preferably 100° C. or higher, and particularly preferably 120° C. or higher.
  • the upper limit of the heating temperature is preferably 350° C. or less, more preferably 250° C. or less, and even more preferably 240° C. or less.
  • Heating may be performed stepwise. For example, a process may be performed in which the temperature is increased from 25°C to 120°C at 3°C/min, held at 120°C for 60 minutes, increased from 120°C to 180°C at 2°C/min, and held at 180°C for 120 minutes. It is also preferable to treat while irradiating with ultraviolet light as described in U.S. Pat. No. 9,159,547. Such a pretreatment process can improve the properties of the film.
  • the pretreatment process may be performed for a short time of about 10 seconds to 2 hours, and more preferably for 15 seconds to 30 minutes.
  • the pretreatment process may be performed in two or more steps, for example, a first pretreatment process may be performed in the range of 100 to 150°C, and then a second pretreatment process may be performed in the range of 150 to 200°C. Furthermore, after heating, the material may be cooled, and in this case, the cooling rate is preferably 1 to 5° C./min.
  • the heating step is preferably performed in an atmosphere with a low oxygen concentration by flowing an inert gas such as nitrogen, helium, or argon, or by performing the heating step under reduced pressure, etc.
  • the oxygen concentration is preferably 50 ppm (volume ratio) or less, and more preferably 20 ppm (volume ratio) or less.
  • the heating means in the heating step is not particularly limited, but examples thereof include a hot plate, an infrared oven, an electric heating oven, a hot air oven, and an infrared oven.
  • the pattern obtained by the development step (if a rinsing step is performed, the pattern after rinsing) may be subjected to a post-development exposure step in which the pattern after the development step is exposed to light instead of or in addition to the heating step. That is, the method for producing a cured product of the present invention may include a post-development exposure step of exposing the pattern obtained by the development step.
  • the method for producing a cured product of the present invention may include a heating step and a post-development exposure step, or may include only one of the heating step and the post-development exposure step.
  • the post-development exposure step for example, a reaction in which cyclization of a polyimide precursor or the like proceeds due to exposure of a photobase generator to light can be promoted.
  • the post-development exposure step it is sufficient that at least a part of the pattern obtained in the development step is exposed, but it is preferable that the entire pattern is exposed.
  • the exposure dose in the post-development exposure step is preferably 50 to 20,000 mJ/cm 2 , and more preferably 100 to 15,000 mJ/cm 2 , calculated as exposure energy at a wavelength to which the photosensitive compound has sensitivity.
  • the post-development exposure step can be carried out, for example, using the light source in the exposure step described above, and it is preferable to use broadband light.
  • the pattern obtained by the development step may be subjected to a metal layer forming step in which a metal layer is formed on the pattern. That is, the method for producing a cured product of the present invention preferably includes a metal layer forming step of forming a metal layer on the pattern obtained by the development step (preferably subjected to at least one of a heating step and a post-development exposure step).
  • the metal layer can be made of any existing metal type without any particular limitations, and examples include copper, aluminum, nickel, vanadium, titanium, chromium, cobalt, gold, tungsten, tin, silver, and alloys containing these metals, with copper and aluminum being more preferred, and copper being even more preferred.
  • the method for forming the metal layer is not particularly limited, and existing methods can be applied.
  • the methods described in JP 2007-157879 A, JP 2001-521288 A, JP 2004-214501 A, JP 2004-101850 A, U.S. Patent No. 7,888,181 B2, and U.S. Patent No. 9,177,926 B2 can be used.
  • photolithography, PVD (physical vapor deposition), CVD (chemical vapor deposition), lift-off, electrolytic plating, electroless plating, etching, printing, and combinations of these methods are possible.
  • examples of the method include a patterning method that combines sputtering, photolithography, and etching, and a patterning method that combines photolithography and electrolytic plating.
  • a preferred embodiment of plating is electrolytic plating using a copper sulfate or copper cyanide plating solution.
  • the thickness of the metal layer at its thickest point is preferably 0.01 to 50 ⁇ m, and more preferably 1 to 10 ⁇ m.
  • Examples of the method for producing the cured product of the present invention or the fields in which the cured product can be applied include insulating films for electronic devices, interlayer insulating films for rewiring layers, stress buffer films, etc.
  • Other examples include etching patterns of sealing films, substrate materials (base films and coverlays for flexible printed circuit boards, interlayer insulating films), or insulating films for mounting applications such as those described above.
  • the method for producing the cured product of the present invention or the cured product of the present invention can also be used for producing printing plates such as offset printing plates or screen printing plates, for etching molded parts, and for producing protective lacquers and dielectric layers in electronics, especially microelectronics.
  • the laminate of the present invention refers to a structure having a plurality of layers each made of the cured product of the present invention.
  • the laminate is a laminate including two or more layers made of a cured product, and may be a laminate including three or more layers.
  • at least one is a layer made of the cured product of the present invention, and from the viewpoint of suppressing shrinkage of the cured product or deformation of the cured product associated with the shrinkage, it is also preferable that all of the layers made of the cured product contained in the laminate are layers made of the cured product of the present invention.
  • the method for producing the laminate of the present invention preferably includes the method for producing the cured product of the present invention, and more preferably includes repeating the method for producing the cured product of the present invention multiple times.
  • the laminate of the present invention preferably includes two or more layers made of a cured product, and includes a metal layer between any two of the layers made of the cured product.
  • the metal layer is preferably formed by the metal layer forming step. That is, the method for producing a laminate of the present invention preferably further includes a metal layer forming step of forming a metal layer on a layer made of a cured product between the steps for producing a cured product which are performed multiple times.
  • a preferred embodiment of the metal layer forming step is as described above.
  • a laminate including at least a layer structure in which three layers, a layer made of a first cured product, a metal layer, and a layer made of a second cured product, are laminated in this order can be mentioned as a preferred example.
  • the layer made of the first cured product and the layer made of the second cured product are preferably layers made of the cured product of the present invention.
  • the resin composition of the present invention used to form the layer made of the first cured product and the resin composition of the present invention used to form the layer made of the second cured product may have the same composition or different compositions.
  • the metal layer in the laminate of the present invention is preferably used as metal wiring such as a rewiring layer.
  • the method for producing the laminate of the present invention preferably includes a lamination step.
  • the lamination process is a series of processes including performing at least one of (a) a film formation process (layer formation process), (b) an exposure process, (c) a development process, and (d) a heating process and a post-development exposure process again on the surface of the pattern (resin layer) or metal layer in this order.
  • at least one of (a) the film formation process and (d) the heating process and the post-development exposure process may be repeated.
  • a metal layer formation process may be included. It goes without saying that the lamination process may further include the above-mentioned drying process and the like as appropriate.
  • a surface activation treatment step may be performed after the exposure step, the heating step, or the metal layer formation step.
  • An example of the surface activation treatment is a plasma treatment. Details of the surface activation treatment will be described later.
  • the lamination step is preferably carried out 2 to 20 times, and more preferably 2 to 9 times.
  • a structure of 2 to 20 resin layers such as resin layer/metal layer/resin layer/metal layer/resin layer/metal layer, is preferred, and a structure of 2 to 9 resin layers is more preferred.
  • the layers may be the same or different in composition, shape, film thickness, etc.
  • a particularly preferred embodiment is one in which, after providing a metal layer, a cured product (resin layer) of the resin composition of the present invention is further formed so as to cover the metal layer.
  • a cured product (resin layer) of the resin composition of the present invention is further formed so as to cover the metal layer.
  • the following may be repeated in this order: (a) film formation step, (b) exposure step, (c) development step, (d) at least one of a heating step and a post-development exposure step, and (e) metal layer formation step; or (a) film formation step, (d) at least one of a heating step and a post-development exposure step, and (e) metal layer formation step.
  • the method for producing a laminate of the present invention preferably includes a surface activation treatment step of subjecting at least a portion of the metal layer and the resin composition layer to a surface activation treatment.
  • the surface activation treatment step is usually carried out after the metal layer formation step, but after the above-mentioned development step (preferably after at least one of the heating step and the post-development exposure step), the resin composition layer may be subjected to a surface activation treatment step before the metal layer formation step is carried out.
  • the surface activation treatment may be performed on at least a part of the metal layer, or on at least a part of the resin composition layer after exposure, or on at least a part of both the metal layer and the resin composition layer after exposure.
  • the surface activation treatment is preferably performed on at least a part of the metal layer, and it is preferable to perform the surface activation treatment on a part or all of the area of the metal layer on which the resin composition layer is formed on the surface. In this way, by performing the surface activation treatment on the surface of the metal layer, the adhesion with the resin composition layer (film) provided on the surface can be improved. It is preferable to perform the surface activation treatment on a part or the whole of the resin composition layer (resin layer) after exposure. In this way, by performing the surface activation treatment on the surface of the resin composition layer, it is possible to improve the adhesion with the metal layer or the resin layer provided on the surface that has been surface-activated.
  • the resin composition layer when performing negative development, etc., when the resin composition layer is cured, it is less likely to be damaged by the surface treatment, and the adhesion is likely to be improved.
  • the surface activation treatment can be carried out, for example, by the method described in paragraph 0415 of WO 021/112189, the contents of which are incorporated herein by reference.
  • the present invention also discloses a semiconductor device comprising the cured product or laminate of the present invention.
  • the present invention also discloses a method for producing a semiconductor device, which includes the method for producing the cured product or the method for producing the laminate of the present invention.
  • semiconductor devices using the resin composition of the present invention for forming an interlayer insulating film for a rewiring layer the descriptions in paragraphs 0213 to 0218 and FIG. 1 of JP-A-2016-027357 can be referred to, and the contents of these are incorporated herein by reference.
  • the polyimide precursor resin was precipitated in 4 liters of water, and the water-polyimide precursor resin mixture was stirred at a speed of 500 rpm for 15 minutes.
  • the mixture was filtered to obtain a polyimide precursor resin, which was again stirred in 4 liters of water for 30 minutes, filtered again, and dried at 40°C for 2 days.
  • the resin dried above was dissolved in 200 g of tetrahydrofuran, 50 g of ion exchange resin (MB-1: manufactured by Organo Corporation) was added, and the mixture was stirred for 6 hours.
  • the polyimide precursor resin was precipitated in 4 liters of water, and the water-polyimide precursor resin mixture was stirred at a speed of 500 rpm for 15 minutes.
  • the mixture was filtered to obtain a polyimide precursor resin, which was dried at 45°C under reduced pressure for 2 days to obtain a polyimide precursor (SP-1).
  • the polyimide precursor (SP-1) is a resin having a repeating unit represented by the following formula (SP-1). The structure of the repeating unit was determined from 1 H-NMR spectrum.
  • Synthesis Examples SP-2 to SP-3 Synthesis of Polyimide Precursors (SP-2) to (SP-3)
  • Polyimide precursors (SP-2, SP-3) were obtained in the same manner as in Synthesis Example SP-1, except that the amount of 4,4'-diaminodiphenyl ether added was appropriately changed.
  • Polyimide precursors (SP-2) and (SP-3) are resins having a repeating unit represented by the above formula (SP-1). The structure of the repeating unit was determined from 1H -NMR spectrum.
  • the mixture was filtered to obtain a polyimide precursor resin, which was again stirred in 4 liters of water for 30 minutes, filtered again, and dried at 40°C for 2 days.
  • the resin dried above was dissolved in 200 g of tetrahydrofuran, 50 g of ion exchange resin (MB-1: manufactured by Organo Corporation) was added, and the mixture was stirred for 6 hours.
  • the polyimide precursor resin was precipitated in 4 liters of water, and the water-polyimide precursor resin mixture was stirred at a speed of 500 rpm for 15 minutes.
  • the mixture was filtered to obtain a polyimide precursor resin, which was dried at 45°C under reduced pressure for 2 days to obtain a polyimide precursor (SP-4).
  • the polyimide precursor (SP-4) is a resin having a repeating unit represented by the following formula (SP-4). The structure of the repeating unit was determined from 1 H-NMR spectrum.
  • the mixture was filtered to obtain a polyimide precursor resin, which was again stirred in 4 liters of water for 30 minutes, filtered again, and dried at 40°C for 2 days.
  • the resin dried above was dissolved in 200 g of tetrahydrofuran, 50 g of ion exchange resin (MB-1: manufactured by Organo Corporation) was added, and the mixture was stirred for 6 hours.
  • the polyimide precursor resin was precipitated in 4 liters of water, and the water-polyimide precursor resin mixture was stirred at a speed of 500 rpm for 15 minutes.
  • the mixture was filtered to obtain a polyimide precursor resin, which was dried at 45°C under reduced pressure for 2 days to obtain a polyimide precursor (SP-5).
  • the polyimide precursor (SP-5) is a resin having a repeating unit represented by the following formula (SP-5). The structure of the repeating unit was determined from 1 H-NMR spectrum.
  • the polyimide precursor resin was precipitated in 4 liters of water, and the water-polyimide precursor resin mixture was stirred at a speed of 500 rpm for 15 minutes.
  • the mixture was filtered to obtain the polyimide precursor resin, which was again stirred in 4 liters of water for 30 minutes, filtered again, and dried at 40°C for 2 days.
  • the resin dried above was dissolved in 200 g of tetrahydrofuran, and 50 g of ion exchange resin (MB-1: manufactured by Organo Corporation) was added, and the mixture was stirred for 6 hours.
  • the polyimide precursor resin was precipitated in 4 liters of water, and the water-polyimide precursor resin mixture was stirred at a speed of 500 rpm for 15 minutes.
  • the mixture was filtered to obtain a polyimide precursor resin, which was then dried under reduced pressure at 45° C. for 2 days to obtain a polyimide precursor (SP-6).
  • the polyimide precursor (SP-6) is a resin having a repeating unit represented by the following formula (SP-6). The structure of the repeating unit was determined from 1 H-NMR spectrum.
  • the mixture was filtered to obtain a polyimide precursor resin, which was stirred again in 4 liters of water for 30 minutes, filtered again, and dried at 40°C for 2 days.
  • the resin dried above was dissolved in 200 g of tetrahydrofuran, and 50 g of ion exchange resin (MB-1: manufactured by Organo Corporation) was added and stirred for 6 hours.
  • the polyimide precursor resin was precipitated in 4 liters of water, and the water-polyimide precursor resin mixture was stirred at a speed of 500 rpm for 15 minutes.
  • the mixture was filtered to obtain a polyimide precursor resin, which was dried under reduced pressure at 45°C for 2 days to obtain a polyimide precursor (SP-7).
  • the polyimide precursor (SP-1) is a resin having a repeating unit represented by the following formula (SP-1). The structure of the repeating unit was determined from 1 H-NMR spectrum.
  • Synthesis Example SP-8 Synthesis of polyimide precursor (SP-8)
  • SP-8 Synthesis of polyimide precursor (SP-8)
  • a polyimide precursor (SP-8) was obtained in the same manner as in Synthesis Example SP-5, except that 30 mol % of the pyromellitic anhydride was replaced with 4,4'-(4,4'-isopropylidenediphenoxy)diphthalic anhydride.
  • the polyimide precursor (SP-8) is a resin having a repeating unit represented by the following formula (SP-8). The structure of the repeating unit was determined from 1H -NMR spectrum.
  • Synthesis Example SP-9 Synthesis of polyimide precursor (SP-9)
  • a polyimide (SP-9) was obtained in the same manner as in Synthesis Example SP-6, except that 22.74 g (43.6 mmol) of 4,4'-(4,4'-isopropylidenediphenoxy)diphthalic anhydride was changed to pyromellitic acid (75 mol%) and 4,4'-(4,4'-isopropylidenediphenoxy)diphthalic anhydride (25 mol%) in such a way that the total molar amount was 43.6 mmol, and 11.45 g (27.9 mmol) of 4,4'-isopropylidenebis[(4-aminophenoxy)benzene] was changed to 27.9 mmol of 2,2'-dimethylbenzidine.
  • the polyimide precursor (SP-9) is a resin having a repeating unit represented by the following formula (SP-9). The structure of the repeating unit was determined from 1 H-NMR spectrum.
  • Polyimide precursors (CP-1) to (CP-4) were obtained in the same manner as in Synthesis Example SP-1, except that the amount of 4,4'-diaminodiphenyl ether added was changed.
  • Polyimide precursors (CP-1) to (CP-4) are resins having a repeating unit represented by the above formula (SP-1). The structure of the repeating unit was determined from 1H -NMR spectrum. The weight average molecular weight and number average molecular weight of the obtained polyimide precursor are shown in the table.
  • ⁇ Raw materials and properties of polyimide precursor> The following table shows the structures, weight average molecular weight (Mw), number average molecular weight (Mn), dispersity (Mw/Mn), carboxylic acid value (mmol/g), amine value (mmol/g), and pH of the acid anhydrides and diamines, which are raw materials used in the synthesis of the above-mentioned polyimide precursors (SP-1) to (SP-9) and (CP-1) to (CP-4).
  • the methods for measuring the weight average molecular weight (Mw), number average molecular weight (Mn), dispersity (Mw/Mn), carboxylic acid value (mmol/g), amine value (mmol/g), and pH listed in the table are as follows.
  • the weight average molecular weight (Mw), number average molecular weight (Mn), and dispersity (Mw/Mn) were measured by gel permeation chromatography (GPC). Specifically, HLC-8220GPC (manufactured by Tosoh Corporation) was used, and guard columns HZ-L, TSKgel Super HZM-M, TSKgel Super HZ4000, TSKgel Super HZ3000, and TSKgel Super HZ2000 (all manufactured by Tosoh Corporation) were connected in series as columns. NMP was used as the eluent for measurement.
  • a UV (ultraviolet) ray (ultraviolet) wavelength 254 nm detector was used for detection.
  • Polystyrene was used as the reference sample.
  • the flow rate was 0.35 mL/min, and the column temperature was 40°C.
  • the measured weight average molecular weight is shown in the "Mw” column of the table, the number average molecular weight is shown in the “Mn” column of the table, and the dispersity (weight average molecular weight/number average molecular weight) value is shown in the "Mw/Mn” column of the table.
  • Examples and Comparative Examples> In each of the examples, the components shown in the following table were mixed to obtain a resin composition. In each of the comparative examples, the components shown in the following table were mixed to obtain a comparative composition. Specifically, the content of each component shown in the table is the amount (parts by mass) shown in the "parts by mass” column of each column in the table.
  • the obtained resin composition and comparative composition were filtered under pressure using a PTFE (polytetrafluoroethylene) filter having a pore width of 0.45 ⁇ m.
  • "-" indicates that the composition does not contain the corresponding component.
  • SP-1 to SP-9 Polyimide precursors (SP-1) to (SP-9) synthesized above
  • CP-1 to CP-4 Polyimide precursors (CP-1) to (CP-4) synthesized above
  • D-1 Compound having the following structure
  • D-2 1,4-benzoquinone
  • D-3 2-nitroso-1-naphthol
  • ⁇ Silane coupling agent ⁇ F-1 Compound having the following structure
  • F-2 X-12-1293 (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.)
  • ⁇ F-3 KR-513 (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.)
  • G-1 Compound having the following structure
  • G-2 Tetrazole
  • G-3 5-methyl-1H-benzotriazole
  • [Other additives] 1 Ester of 2,2',3,3'-tetrahydro-3,3,3',3'-tetramethyl-1,1'-spirobi(1H-indene)-5,5',6,6',7,7'hexanol and 1,2-naphthoquinone-(2)-diazo-5-sulfonic acid (diazonaphthoquinone compound 1) 2: The following synthetic product (diazonaphthoquinone compound 2, the following synthetic product) 3: Compound having the following structure (titanium compound 1) 4: Compound having the following structure (titanium compound 2) 5: UV-503 (manufactured by Daito Chemical Co., Ltd.)
  • the resin composition or comparative composition was applied onto a silicon substrate (Si substrate) by spin coating, and the coating rotation speed was adjusted so that the thickness of the coating film after drying at the thickest point was 8 ⁇ m, and a coating film was formed by heating for 300 seconds using a hot plate at 100 ° C. and drying to form a resin composition layer.
  • the resin composition layer was irradiated with 150 mJ / cm 2 i-line (light with a wavelength of 365 nm) using a stepper exposure device FPA- 3000i5 + (manufactured by Canon Co., Ltd.) through a mask in which a hole pattern with a diameter of 3 to 5 ⁇ m was formed in 1 ⁇ m increments.
  • the Si substrate on which the exposed resin composition layer was formed was placed on the horizontal rotating table of a spin shower developer (DW-30 type; manufactured by Chemitronics Co., Ltd.) and developed using cyclopentanone at 23 ° C. for 15 seconds, and the unexposed portion was developed and removed. Then, each was rinsed for 15 seconds with PGMEA.
  • the composition was heated in a nitrogen oven at a heating rate of 10° C./min under a nitrogen atmosphere, and after reaching 230° C., a heat treatment was carried out at that temperature for 180 minutes to form a pattern on the Si substrate.
  • the resolution of the formed pattern was evaluated according to the following criteria. The evaluation results are shown in the "Resolution" column in the table. The smaller the diameter of the pattern that can be formed, the better the resolution of the film obtained from the composition. (Evaluation criteria) A: A hole pattern with a diameter of 3 ⁇ m could be formed at a thickness of 8 ⁇ m.
  • B At a thickness of 8 ⁇ m, a hole pattern with a diameter of 4 ⁇ m could be formed, but a hole pattern with a diameter of 3 ⁇ m could not be formed.
  • C At a thickness of 8 ⁇ m, a hole pattern with a diameter of 5 ⁇ m could be formed, but a hole pattern with a diameter of 4 ⁇ m could not be formed.
  • a resin composition layer was formed on a silicon substrate (Si substrate) by the same method as in the above "Evaluation of resolution”.
  • the resin composition layer was irradiated with i-line (light with a wavelength of 365 nm) at 150 mJ/cm 2 using a stepper exposure device FPA-3000i5+ (manufactured by Canon Corporation). Exposure was performed as a full surface exposure.
  • the resin composition layer after exposure was developed at 23 ° C. for 15 seconds using cyclopentanone. After the above development, each was rinsed for 15 seconds with propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate (PGMEA).
  • the temperature was raised at a heating rate of 10 ° C./min in a nitrogen atmosphere in a nitrogen oven, and after reaching 230 ° C., a heat treatment was performed at that temperature for 180 minutes to obtain a cured film.
  • the remaining film rate (%) was calculated from the film thickness before development and the film thickness after heat treatment (i.e., the film thickness of the cured film) according to the following formula, and the remaining film rate was evaluated according to the following evaluation criteria.
  • B The remaining film rate was 60% or more and less than 63%.
  • C The remaining film rate was less than 60%.
  • Film thickness reduction rate (%)
  • the polyimide precursor contained in the comparative composition according to Comparative Example 1 has a weight average molecular weight of less than 7,500.
  • the polyimide precursor contained in the comparative composition according to Comparative Example 2 has a dispersity of less than 2.2. It can be seen that the cured products formed from the comparative compositions according to these Comparative Examples have a small residual film ratio.
  • the polyimide precursor contained in the comparative composition according to Comparative Example 3 has a weight average molecular weight of more than 18,000.
  • the polyimide precursor contained in the comparative composition according to Comparative Example 4 has a weight average molecular weight of more than 18,000 and a dispersity of less than 2.2. It can be seen that the cured products formed from the comparative compositions according to these Comparative Examples have poor resolution.
  • Example 101 The resin composition used in Example 1 was applied in a layer form by spin coating to the surface of the copper thin layer of the resin substrate on which the copper thin layer was formed, and dried at 100°C for 4 minutes to form a resin composition layer with a thickness of 20 ⁇ m, and then exposed using a stepper (Nikon Corporation, NSR1505 i6). Exposure was performed at a wavelength of 365 nm through a mask (a binary mask with a 1:1 line and space pattern and a line width of 10 ⁇ m). After exposure, the substrate was heated at 100°C for 4 minutes. After the heating, the substrate was developed with cyclopentanone for 2 minutes and rinsed with PGMEA for 30 seconds to obtain a layer pattern.
  • a stepper Nakon Corporation, NSR1505 i6
  • Exposure was performed at a wavelength of 365 nm through a mask (a binary mask with a 1:1 line and space pattern and a line width of 10 ⁇ m). After exposure, the substrate was heated at 100°C for 4 minutes
  • the temperature was increased at a rate of 10° C./min in a nitrogen atmosphere, and after reaching 230° C., the temperature was maintained at 230° C. for 3 hours to form an interlayer insulating film for a rewiring layer.
  • This interlayer insulating film for a rewiring layer had excellent insulating properties. Furthermore, when semiconductor devices were manufactured using these interlayer insulating films for redistribution layers, it was confirmed that they operated without any problems.

Landscapes

  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
  • Polymers & Plastics (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Spectroscopy & Molecular Physics (AREA)
  • General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Macromolecular Compounds Obtained By Forming Nitrogen-Containing Linkages In General (AREA)

Abstract

Provided are: a cured product obtained by curing a resin composition comprising a resin which is at least one selected from the group consisting of polyimides and precursors thereof and which has a polymerizable group, and a photopolymerization initiator, wherein the weight-average molecular weight of the resin is 7,500-18,000, and a dispersion degree represented as weight-average molecular weight / number-average molecular weight is 2.2-4.0; a laminate comprising the cured product; a method for producing the cured product; a method for producing the laminate; a method for producing a semiconductor device which comprises the method for producing the cured product; and a semiconductor device comprising the cured product.

Description

樹脂組成物、硬化物、積層体、硬化物の製造方法、積層体の製造方法、半導体デバイスの製造方法、及び、半導体デバイスResin composition, cured product, laminate, method for producing cured product, method for producing laminate, method for producing semiconductor device, and semiconductor device
 本発明は、樹脂組成物、硬化物、積層体、硬化物の製造方法、積層体の製造方法、半導体デバイスの製造方法、及び、半導体デバイスに関する。 The present invention relates to a resin composition, a cured product, a laminate, a method for producing a cured product, a method for producing a laminate, a method for producing a semiconductor device, and a semiconductor device.
 現代では様々な分野において、樹脂を含む樹脂組成物から製造された樹脂材料を活用することが行われている。
 例えば、ポリイミドは、耐熱性及び絶縁性等に優れるため、様々な用途に適用されている。上記用途としては、特に限定されないが、実装用の半導体デバイスを例に挙げると、絶縁膜や封止材の材料、又は、保護膜としての利用が挙げられる。また、フレキシブル基板のベースフィルムやカバーレイなどとしても用いられている。
2. Description of the Related Art Nowadays, resin materials produced from resin compositions containing resins are being used in various fields.
For example, polyimide is used in various applications due to its excellent heat resistance and insulating properties. The applications include, but are not limited to, materials for insulating films and sealing materials, or protective films for semiconductor devices for mounting. Polyimide is also used as a base film or coverlay for flexible substrates.
 例えば上述した用途において、ポリイミドは、ポリイミド又はポリイミド前駆体を含む樹脂組成物の形態で用いられる。
 このような樹脂組成物を、例えば塗布等により基材に適用して感光膜を形成し、その後、必要に応じて露光、現像、加熱等を行うことにより、硬化物を基材上に形成することができる。
 ポリイミド前駆体は、例えば加熱により環化され、硬化物中においてポリイミドとなる。
 樹脂組成物は、公知の塗布方法等により適用可能であるため、例えば、適用される樹脂組成物の適用時の形状、大きさ、適用位置等の設計の自由度が高いなど、製造上の適応性に優れるといえる。ポリイミドが有する高い性能に加え、このような製造上の適応性に優れる観点から、上述の樹脂組成物の産業上の応用展開がますます期待されている。
For example, in the above-mentioned applications, polyimide is used in the form of a resin composition containing polyimide or a polyimide precursor.
Such a resin composition is applied to a substrate by, for example, coating to form a photosensitive film, and then, if necessary, exposure, development, heating, etc. are performed to form a cured product on the substrate.
The polyimide precursor is cyclized, for example, by heating, and becomes a polyimide in the cured product.
Since the resin composition can be applied by a known coating method, etc., it can be said to have excellent adaptability in manufacturing, for example, high degree of freedom in designing the shape, size, application position, etc. of the resin composition when applied. In addition to the high performance of polyimide, from the viewpoint of such excellent adaptability in manufacturing, the above-mentioned resin composition is expected to be increasingly applied in industrial applications.
 例えば、特許文献1には、複素環含有ポリマー前駆体の少なくとも一種を含み、前記複素環含有ポリマー前駆体は、ポリイミド前駆体およびポリベンゾオキサゾール前駆体から選択され、前記複素環含有ポリマー前駆体の重量平均分子量/数平均分子量である分散度が2.5以上である、前駆体組成物が記載されている。
 特許文献2には、ポリイミド前駆体およびポリベンゾオキサゾール前駆体から選択されるポリマー前駆体と、光ラジカル重合開始剤と、溶剤とを含み、ポリマー前駆体に含まれる、中和点のpHが7.0~12.0の範囲にある酸基の酸価が2.5~34.0mgKOH/gの範囲にあり、前記ポリマー前駆体がラジカル重合性基を有するか、前記ポリマー前駆体以外のラジカル重合性化合物を含む、感光性樹脂組成物が記載されている。
 特許文献3には、ポリイミド前駆体およびポリベンゾオキサゾール前駆体から選択される複素環含有ポリマー前駆体と溶剤を含む感光性樹脂組成物であって、前記感光性樹脂組成物の固形分のアミン価が0.0002~0.0200mmol/gである、感光性樹脂組成物が記載されている。
For example, Patent Document 1 describes a precursor composition including at least one heterocycle-containing polymer precursor selected from a polyimide precursor and a polybenzoxazole precursor, and the heterocycle-containing polymer precursor has a dispersity, which is the weight average molecular weight/number average molecular weight, of 2.5 or more.
Patent Document 2 describes a photosensitive resin composition that includes a polymer precursor selected from a polyimide precursor and a polybenzoxazole precursor, a photoradical polymerization initiator, and a solvent, in which the polymer precursor contains an acid group having a neutralization point pH in the range of 7.0 to 12.0 and an acid value in the range of 2.5 to 34.0 mgKOH/g, and the polymer precursor has a radically polymerizable group or contains a radically polymerizable compound other than the polymer precursor.
Patent Document 3 describes a photosensitive resin composition containing a heterocycle-containing polymer precursor selected from a polyimide precursor and a polybenzoxazole precursor, and a solvent, in which the amine value of the solid content of the photosensitive resin composition is 0.0002 to 0.0200 mmol/g.
国際公開第2017/002858号International Publication No. 2017/002858 国際公開第2018/221457号International Publication No. 2018/221457 国際公開第2018/151195号International Publication No. 2018/151195
 硬化物の製造において露光及び現像を行う場合において、得られるパターンの解像性、及び、残膜率に優れることが求められている。
 残膜率とは、現像前の膜厚に対する、現像及び硬化(例えば加熱硬化)後の膜厚の割合をいう。また、残膜率が高い、すなわち、膜厚が減少しにくい(膜べりしにくい)ことを、残膜率に優れるという。
When exposure and development are carried out in the production of a cured product, the resulting pattern is required to have excellent resolution and residual film ratio.
The residual film ratio refers to the ratio of the film thickness after development and curing (e.g., heat curing) to the film thickness before development. In addition, a film having a high residual film ratio, i.e., a film thickness that is not easily reduced (not easily worn away), is said to have an excellent residual film ratio.
 本発明は、得られるパターンの解像性及び残膜率に優れる樹脂組成物、上記樹脂組成物を硬化してなる硬化物、上記硬化物を含む積層体、上記硬化物の製造方法、上記積層体の製造方法、上記硬化物の製造方法を含む半導体デバイスの製造方法、並びに、上記硬化物を含む半導体デバイスを提供することを目的とする。 The present invention aims to provide a resin composition that produces a pattern with excellent resolution and residual film rate, a cured product obtained by curing the resin composition, a laminate including the cured product, a method for producing the cured product, a method for producing the laminate, a method for producing a semiconductor device including the method for producing the cured product, and a semiconductor device including the cured product.
 本発明の代表的な実施態様の例を以下に示す。
<1> ポリイミド及びその前駆体からなる群より選ばれた少なくとも1種の樹脂であって、重合性基を有する樹脂、及び、光重合開始剤を含み、上記樹脂の重量平均分子量が7,500~18,000であり、かつ、重量平均分子量/数平均分子量で表される分散度が2.2~4.0である、樹脂組成物。
<2> 上記樹脂がポリイミド前駆体を含み、上記ポリイミド前駆体が、下記式(1)で表される繰返し単位を含む、<1>に記載の樹脂組成物。

 式(1)中、Xは4価の有機基、Yは2価の有機基であり、R及びRはそれぞれ独立に、水素原子又は1価の有機基であり、R及びRの少なくとも一方はエチレン性不飽和結合を有する1価の基である。
<3> 上記式(1)におけるXが下記式(X-1)~式(X-4)のいずれかであり、かつ、上記式(1)におけるYが下記式(Y-1)~式(Y-5)のいずれかである、<2>に記載の樹脂組成物。

 式(X-1)~式(X-4)中、*はそれぞれ、式(1)中のXが結合する4つのカルボニル基との結合部位を表す。

 式(Y-1)~式(Y-5)中、*はそれぞれ、式(1)中のYが結合する2つの窒素原子との結合部位を表す。
<4> 上記樹脂のカルボン酸価が0.003mmol/g以上である、<1>~<3>のいずれか1つに記載の樹脂組成物。
<5> 上記樹脂のアミン価が0.001mmol/g以下である、<1>~<4>のいずれか1つに記載の樹脂組成物。
<6> 上記樹脂をジメチルスルホキシドに0.5質量%の濃度となるように溶解した溶液のpHが3.0~5.0である、<1>~<5>のいずれか1つに記載の樹脂組成物。
<7> 上記樹脂の重量平均分子量が10,000~15,000であり、かつ、分散度が2.8~4.0である、<1>~<6>のいずれか1つに記載の樹脂組成物。
<8> 重合性化合物を更に含む、<1>~<7>のいずれか1つに記載の樹脂組成物。
<9> 再配線層用層間絶縁膜形成用である、<1>~<8>のいずれか1つに記載の樹脂組成物。
<10> <1>~<9>のいずれか1つに記載の樹脂組成物を硬化してなる硬化物。
<11> <10>に記載の硬化物からなる層を2層以上含み、上記硬化物からなる層同士のいずれかの間に金属層を含む積層体。
<12> <1>~<9>のいずれか1つに記載の樹脂組成物を基材上に適用して膜を形成する膜形成工程を含む、硬化物の製造方法。
<13> 上記膜を選択的に露光する露光工程及び上記膜を現像液を用いて現像してパターンを形成する現像工程を含む、<12>に記載の硬化物の製造方法。
<14> 上記膜を50~450℃で加熱する加熱工程を含む、<12>又は<13>に記載の硬化物の製造方法。
<15> <12>~<14>のいずれか1つに記載の硬化物の製造方法を含む、積層体の製造方法。
<16> <12>~<14>のいずれか1つに記載の硬化物の製造方法を含む、半導体デバイスの製造方法。
<17> <10>に記載の硬化物を含む、半導体デバイス。
Examples of typical embodiments of the present invention are given below.
<1> A resin composition comprising at least one resin selected from the group consisting of polyimides and precursors thereof, the resin having a polymerizable group, and a photopolymerization initiator, the resin having a weight average molecular weight of 7,500 to 18,000 and a dispersity, expressed as weight average molecular weight/number average molecular weight, of 2.2 to 4.0.
<2> The resin composition according to <1>, wherein the resin contains a polyimide precursor, and the polyimide precursor contains a repeating unit represented by the following formula (1):

In formula (1), X is a tetravalent organic group, Y is a divalent organic group, R1 and R2 are each independently a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group, and at least one of R1 and R2 is a monovalent group having an ethylenically unsaturated bond.
<3> The resin composition according to <2>, wherein X in the above formula (1) is any one of the following formulas (X-1) to (X-4), and Y in the above formula (1) is any one of the following formulas (Y-1) to (Y-5).

In formulae (X-1) to (X-4), * represents the bonding sites of the four carbonyl groups to which X in formula (1) is bonded.

In formulae (Y-1) to (Y-5), * represents the bonding sites of the two nitrogen atoms to which Y in formula (1) is bonded.
<4> The resin composition according to any one of <1> to <3>, wherein the resin has a carboxylic acid value of 0.003 mmol/g or more.
<5> The resin composition according to any one of <1> to <4>, wherein the resin has an amine value of 0.001 mmol/g or less.
<6> The resin composition according to any one of <1> to <5>, wherein the resin is dissolved in dimethyl sulfoxide to a concentration of 0.5% by mass, and the solution has a pH of 3.0 to 5.0.
<7> The resin composition according to any one of <1> to <6>, wherein the resin has a weight average molecular weight of 10,000 to 15,000 and a dispersity of 2.8 to 4.0.
<8> The resin composition according to any one of <1> to <7>, further comprising a polymerizable compound.
<9> The resin composition according to any one of <1> to <8>, which is for forming an interlayer insulating film for a redistribution layer.
<10> A cured product obtained by curing the resin composition according to any one of <1> to <9>.
<11> A laminate comprising two or more layers made of the cured product according to <10>, and a metal layer between any two adjacent layers made of the cured product.
<12> A method for producing a cured product, comprising a film-forming step of applying the resin composition according to any one of <1> to <9> onto a substrate to form a film.
<13> The method for producing a cured product according to <12>, comprising: an exposure step of selectively exposing the film to light; and a development step of developing the film with a developer to form a pattern.
<14> A method for producing a cured product according to <12> or <13>, comprising a heating step of heating the film at 50 to 450° C.
<15> A method for producing a laminate, comprising the method for producing a cured product according to any one of <12> to <14>.
<16> A method for producing a semiconductor device, comprising the method for producing a cured product according to any one of <12> to <14>.
<17> A semiconductor device comprising the cured product according to <10>.
 本発明によれば、得られるパターンの解像性及び残膜率に優れる樹脂組成物、上記樹脂組成物を硬化してなる硬化物、上記硬化物を含む積層体、上記硬化物の製造方法、上記積層体の製造方法、上記硬化物の製造方法を含む半導体デバイスの製造方法、並びに、上記硬化物を含む半導体デバイスが提供される。 The present invention provides a resin composition that provides a pattern with excellent resolution and residual film rate, a cured product obtained by curing the resin composition, a laminate including the cured product, a method for producing the cured product, a method for producing the laminate, a method for producing a semiconductor device including the method for producing the cured product, and a semiconductor device including the cured product.
 以下、本発明の主要な実施形態について説明する。しかしながら、本発明は、明示した実施形態に限られるものではない。
 本明細書において「~」という記号を用いて表される数値範囲は、「~」の前後に記載される数値をそれぞれ下限値及び上限値として含む範囲を意味する。
 本明細書において「工程」との語は、独立した工程だけではなく、その工程の所期の作用が達成できる限りにおいて、他の工程と明確に区別できない工程も含む意味である。
 本明細書における基(原子団)の表記において、置換及び無置換を記していない表記は、置換基を有しない基(原子団)と共に置換基を有する基(原子団)をも包含する。例えば、「アルキル基」とは、置換基を有しないアルキル基(無置換アルキル基)のみならず、置換基を有するアルキル基(置換アルキル基)をも包含する。
 本明細書において「露光」とは、特に断らない限り、光を用いた露光のみならず、電子線、イオンビーム等の粒子線を用いた露光も含む。また、露光に用いられる光としては、水銀灯の輝線スペクトル、エキシマレーザーに代表される遠紫外線、極紫外線(EUV光)、X線、電子線等の活性光線又は放射線が挙げられる。
 本明細書において、「(メタ)アクリレート」は、「アクリレート」及び「メタクリレート」の両方、又は、いずれかを意味し、「(メタ)アクリル」は、「アクリル」及び「メタクリル」の両方、又は、いずれかを意味し、「(メタ)アクリロイル」は、「アクリロイル」及び「メタクリロイル」の両方、又は、いずれかを意味する。
 本明細書において、構造式中のMeはメチル基を表し、Etはエチル基を表し、Buはブチル基を表し、Phはフェニル基を表す。
 本明細書において、全固形分とは、組成物の全成分から溶剤を除いた成分の総質量をいう。また本明細書において、固形分濃度とは、組成物の総質量に対する、溶剤を除く他の成分の質量百分率である。
 本明細書において、重量平均分子量(Mw)及び数平均分子量(Mn)は、特に述べない限り、ゲル浸透クロマトグラフィ(GPC)法を用いて測定した値であり、ポリスチレン換算値として定義される。本明細書において、重量平均分子量(Mw)及び数平均分子量(Mn)は、例えば、HLC-8220GPC(東ソー(株)製)を用い、カラムとしてガードカラムHZ-L、TSKgel Super HZM-M、TSKgel Super HZ4000、TSKgel Super HZ3000、及び、TSKgel Super HZ2000(以上、東ソー(株)製)を直列に連結して用いることによって求めることができる。それらの分子量は特に述べない限り、溶離液としてTHF(テトラヒドロフラン)を用いて測定したものとする。ただし、溶解性が低い場合など、溶離液としてTHFが適していない場合にはNMP(N-メチル-2-ピロリドン)を用いることもできる。また、GPC測定における検出は特に述べない限り、UV線(紫外線)の波長254nm検出器を使用したものとする。
 本明細書において、積層体を構成する各層の位置関係について、「上」又は「下」と記載したときには、注目している複数の層のうち基準となる層の上側又は下側に他の層があればよい。すなわち、基準となる層と上記他の層の間に、更に第3の層や要素が介在していてもよく、基準となる層と上記他の層は接している必要はない。特に断らない限り、基材に対し層が積み重なっていく方向を「上」と称し、又は、樹脂組成物層がある場合には、基材から樹脂組成物層へ向かう方向を「上」と称し、その反対方向を「下」と称する。なお、このような上下方向の設定は、本明細書中における便宜のためであり、実際の態様においては、本明細書における「上」方向は、鉛直上向きと異なることもありうる。
 本明細書において、特段の記載がない限り、組成物は、組成物に含まれる各成分として、その成分に該当する2種以上の化合物を含んでもよい。また、特段の記載がない限り、組成物における各成分の含有量とは、その成分に該当する全ての化合物の合計含有量を意味する。
 本明細書において、特に述べない限り、温度は23℃、気圧は101,325Pa(1気圧)、相対湿度は50%RHである。
 本明細書において、好ましい態様の組み合わせは、より好ましい態様である。
Hereinafter, the main embodiments of the present invention will be described, however, the present invention is not limited to the embodiments explicitly described.
In this specification, a numerical range expressed using the symbol "to" means a range that includes the numerical values before and after "to" as the lower limit and upper limit, respectively.
In this specification, the term "step" includes not only an independent step, but also a step that cannot be clearly distinguished from another step, so long as the intended effect of the step can be achieved.
In the description of groups (atomic groups) in this specification, when there is no indication of whether they are substituted or unsubstituted, the term encompasses both unsubstituted groups (atomic groups) and substituted groups (atomic groups). For example, an "alkyl group" encompasses not only alkyl groups without a substituent (unsubstituted alkyl groups) but also alkyl groups with a substituent (substituted alkyl groups).
In this specification, unless otherwise specified, the term "exposure" includes not only exposure using light but also exposure using particle beams such as electron beams and ion beams. Examples of light used for exposure include the bright line spectrum of a mercury lamp, far ultraviolet light represented by an excimer laser, extreme ultraviolet light (EUV light), X-rays, and actinic rays or radiation such as electron beams.
In this specification, "(meth)acrylate" means both or either of "acrylate" and "methacrylate", "(meth)acrylic" means both or either of "acrylic" and "methacrylic", and "(meth)acryloyl" means both or either of "acryloyl" and "methacryloyl".
In this specification, in the structural formulae, Me represents a methyl group, Et represents an ethyl group, Bu represents a butyl group, and Ph represents a phenyl group.
In this specification, the total solid content refers to the total mass of all components of the composition excluding the solvent, and in this specification, the solid content concentration refers to the mass percentage of the other components excluding the solvent with respect to the total mass of the composition.
In this specification, the weight average molecular weight (Mw) and the number average molecular weight (Mn) are values measured using gel permeation chromatography (GPC) unless otherwise specified, and are defined as polystyrene equivalent values. In this specification, the weight average molecular weight (Mw) and the number average molecular weight (Mn) can be determined, for example, by using HLC-8220GPC (manufactured by Tosoh Corporation) and using guard columns HZ-L, TSKgel Super HZM-M, TSKgel Super HZ4000, TSKgel Super HZ3000, and TSKgel Super HZ2000 (all manufactured by Tosoh Corporation) connected in series as columns. Unless otherwise specified, these molecular weights are measured using THF (tetrahydrofuran) as the eluent. However, when THF is not suitable as the eluent, such as when the solubility is low, NMP (N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone) can also be used. In addition, unless otherwise specified, detection in GPC measurement is performed using a UV (ultraviolet) ray (wavelength 254 nm detector).
In this specification, when the positional relationship of each layer constituting the laminate is described as "upper" or "lower", it is sufficient that there is another layer above or below the reference layer among the multiple layers being noted. That is, a third layer or element may be interposed between the reference layer and the other layer, and the reference layer does not need to be in contact with the other layer. Unless otherwise specified, the direction in which the layers are stacked on the substrate is referred to as "upper", or, in the case of a resin composition layer, the direction from the substrate to the resin composition layer is referred to as "upper", and the opposite direction is referred to as "lower". Note that such a vertical direction is set for the convenience of this specification, and in an actual embodiment, the "upper" direction in this specification may be different from the vertical upward direction.
In this specification, unless otherwise specified, the composition may contain, as each component contained in the composition, two or more compounds corresponding to that component. Furthermore, unless otherwise specified, the content of each component in the composition means the total content of all compounds corresponding to that component.
In this specification, unless otherwise specified, the temperature is 23° C., the pressure is 101,325 Pa (1 atm), and the relative humidity is 50% RH.
As used herein, combinations of preferred aspects are more preferred aspects.
(樹脂組成物)
 本発明の樹脂組成物(以下、単に「樹脂組成物」ともいう。)は、ポリイミド及びその前駆体からなる群より選ばれた少なくとも1種の樹脂であって、重合性基を有する樹脂、及び、光重合開始剤を含み、前記樹脂の重量平均分子量が7,500~18,000であり、かつ、重量平均分子量/数平均分子量で表される分散度が2.2~4.0である。
(Resin composition)
The resin composition of the present invention (hereinafter, also simply referred to as "resin composition") is at least one resin selected from the group consisting of polyimides and their precursors, and contains a resin having a polymerizable group, and a photopolymerization initiator, and the weight average molecular weight of the resin is 7,500 to 18,000, and the dispersity expressed by weight average molecular weight/number average molecular weight is 2.2 to 4.0.
 本発明の樹脂組成物は、露光及び現像に供される感光膜の形成に用いられることが好ましく、露光及び有機溶剤を含む現像液を用いた現像に供される膜の形成に用いられることが好ましい。
 本発明の樹脂組成物は、例えば、半導体デバイスの絶縁膜、再配線層用層間絶縁膜、ストレスバッファ膜等の形成に用いることができ、再配線層用層間絶縁膜の形成に用いられることが好ましい。
 特に、本発明の樹脂組成物が、再配線層用層間絶縁膜の形成に用いられることも、本発明の好ましい態様の1つである。
 また、本発明の樹脂組成物は、ネガ型現像に供される感光膜の形成に用いられることが好ましい。
 本発明において、ネガ型現像とは、露光及び現像において、現像により非露光部が除去される現像をいい、ポジ型現像とは、現像により露光部が除去される現像をいう。
 上記露光の方法、上記現像液、及び、上記現像の方法としては、例えば、後述する硬化物の製造方法の説明における露光工程において説明された露光方法、現像工程において説明された現像液及び現像方法が使用される。
The resin composition of the present invention is preferably used to form a photosensitive film that is subjected to exposure and development, and is preferably used to form a film that is subjected to exposure and development using a developer containing an organic solvent.
The resin composition of the present invention can be used, for example, to form an insulating film for a semiconductor device, an interlayer insulating film for a redistribution layer, a stress buffer film, etc., and is preferably used to form an interlayer insulating film for a redistribution layer.
In particular, it is one of the preferred embodiments of the present invention that the resin composition of the present invention is used for forming an interlayer insulating film for a rewiring layer.
The resin composition of the present invention is preferably used for forming a photosensitive film to be subjected to negative development.
In the present invention, negative development refers to a development in which the non-exposed areas are removed by development during exposure and development, and positive development refers to a development in which the exposed areas are removed by development.
As the above-mentioned exposure method, the developer, and the development method, for example, the exposure method described in the exposure step and the developer and development method described in the development step in the description of the production method of the cured product described later can be used.
 本発明の樹脂組成物によれば、解像性及び残膜率に優れた硬化物が得られる。
 上記効果が得られるメカニズムは不明であるが、下記のように推測される。
According to the resin composition of the present invention, a cured product having excellent resolution and film remaining rate can be obtained.
The mechanism by which the above effects are obtained is unclear, but is speculated to be as follows.
 ポリイミド及びその前駆体からなる群より選ばれた少なくとも1種の樹脂であって、重合性基を有する樹脂(以下、「特定樹脂」ともいう。)、及び、光重合開始剤を含む樹脂組成物を用いて、露光、現像及び加熱により硬化物のパターンを形成する場合において、解像性の向上、及び、残膜率の向上の両立が求められている。
 本発明者らは、上記解像性が低下する理由の一つに、未露光部位への漏れ光の影響が有ると考えた。
 特定樹脂として重量平均分子量が大きいものを用いた場合には、マスクからわずかに漏れた光により重合反応がある程度進行してしまい、膜の現像液への溶解性が大きく低下してしまうと考えられる。
 そこで本発明者らは、重量平均分子量が7,500~18,000であるという、比較的分子量が小さい特定樹脂を用いることにより、重合反応が有る程度進行したとしても、上記特定樹脂の重合物は現像液により除去可能な程度の分子量帯に留まるため、解像性が向上することを見出した。
When a pattern of a cured product is formed by exposure to light, development, and heating using a resin composition containing at least one resin selected from the group consisting of polyimides and their precursors, the resin having a polymerizable group (hereinafter also referred to as a "specific resin"), and a photopolymerization initiator, it is desired to achieve both improved resolution and improved film remaining rate.
The present inventors believed that one of the reasons for the decrease in resolution is the effect of light leakage to unexposed areas.
When a specific resin having a large weight average molecular weight is used, it is believed that a small amount of light leaking through the mask will cause the polymerization reaction to proceed to a certain extent, resulting in a significant decrease in the solubility of the film in the developer.
Therefore, the present inventors have found that by using a specific resin having a relatively small molecular weight, such as a weight average molecular weight of 7,500 to 18,000, even if the polymerization reaction proceeds to a certain extent, the polymer of the specific resin remains in a molecular weight range that can be removed by a developer, thereby improving the resolution.
 また、残膜率は、現像により露光部の膜厚が減少してしまうこと、又は、加熱時に膜中の成分が揮発してしまうこと等により減少すると考えられる。
 本発明者らは、基本的に分子量が減少すると残膜率も低下する傾向が認められるものの、ある分子量帯ではこの残膜率の低下が鈍くなることを見出した。
 ここで、本発明の特定樹脂は分散度(重量平均分子量/数平均分子量)が2.2~4.0である。
 このような、数平均分子量が小さいものをある程度の割合で含む、すなわち、分散度が2.2以上である特定樹脂を用いることにより、特定樹脂におけるイミド化しにくい構造である末端部の構造の割合が大きくなり、特定樹脂から重合性基を含む構造などが脱離しにくく、残膜率の低下を抑えられると考えている。ただし、低分子量体を多く含みすぎる、すなわち、分散度が4.0以上であると、現像による露光部の膜厚減少の影響が大きくなり、残膜率は低下すると考えられる。
The remaining film ratio is considered to decrease due to the film thickness of the exposed area decreasing due to development, or due to the components in the film volatilizing during heating.
The present inventors have found that, although there is a fundamental tendency for the film remaining rate to decrease as the molecular weight decreases, in a certain molecular weight range this decrease in the film remaining rate becomes slow.
Here, the specific resin of the present invention has a dispersity (weight average molecular weight/number average molecular weight) of 2.2 to 4.0.
It is considered that by using a specific resin containing a certain proportion of such small number average molecular weights, i.e., a dispersity of 2.2 or more, the proportion of the terminal structure, which is a structure that is difficult to imidize in the specific resin, becomes large, and structures containing polymerizable groups are difficult to be removed from the specific resin, and the decrease in the remaining film rate can be suppressed. However, if the resin contains too many low molecular weight substances, i.e., the dispersity is 4.0 or more, the effect of the film thickness decrease in the exposed part due to development becomes large, and the remaining film rate is reduced.
 また、特に、上述の重量平均分子量を低下させる目的で、カルボン酸二無水物及びジアミンから特定樹脂を合成する場合において、カルボン酸二無水物由来の構造(例えば、カルボン酸二無水物のジエステル)を用い、かつ、上記カルボン酸二無水物由来の構造が重合性基を有する場合には、更に残膜率の低下が鈍くなることを見出した。
 このような樹脂においては、両末端にカルボン酸二無水物由来の構造が含まれるため、数平均分子量が小さくなると重合性基の割合が相対的に高まると考えられる。例えば、Aをカルボン酸二無水物由来の構造、Bをジアミン由来の構造とすると、高分子量の場合の全体構造はABABABA…ABAとなり、A:B=1:1に近くなるが、低分子だとABABAのように、A:B=1.5:1のようにカルボン酸二無水物由来の構造の割合が増えると考えられる。このように、重合性基を有するカルボン酸二無水物由来の構造の割合が増えると、樹脂における重合性基の密度が増大する。その結果、重合によるネットワークが形成されやすくなり、現像液等の薬品への耐性が増大すると考えられる。
 以上のように、本発明者らは、分散度が2.2~4.0という範囲であれば、分子量が低下したとしても現像時の残膜率の低下が鈍くなることを見出し、本発明を完成するに至った。
Furthermore, in particular, in the case where a specific resin is synthesized from a carboxylic dianhydride and a diamine for the purpose of reducing the weight average molecular weight described above, it has been found that when a structure derived from a carboxylic dianhydride (e.g., a diester of a carboxylic dianhydride) is used and the structure derived from the carboxylic dianhydride has a polymerizable group, the decrease in the residual film rate is further slowed.
In such a resin, since both ends contain a structure derived from carboxylic dianhydride, it is considered that the proportion of polymerizable groups increases relatively when the number average molecular weight is reduced. For example, if A is a structure derived from carboxylic dianhydride and B is a structure derived from diamine, the overall structure in the case of high molecular weight is ABABABA...ABA, which is close to A:B=1:1, but in the case of low molecular weight, it is considered that the proportion of the structure derived from carboxylic dianhydride increases, such as ABABA, A:B=1.5:1. In this way, when the proportion of the structure derived from carboxylic dianhydride having a polymerizable group increases, the density of the polymerizable group in the resin increases. As a result, it is considered that a network is easily formed by polymerization, and resistance to chemicals such as developing solution increases.
As described above, the present inventors have found that as long as the dispersity is within the range of 2.2 to 4.0, even if the molecular weight is reduced, the decrease in the remaining film rate during development is slow, and have completed the present invention.
 ここで、特許文献1~3には、重量平均分子量が7,500~18,000であり、かつ、重量平均分子量/数平均分子量で表される分散度が2.2~4.0である特定樹脂を含む樹脂組成物については記載されていない。 Patent Documents 1 to 3 do not describe a resin composition containing a specific resin with a weight average molecular weight of 7,500 to 18,000 and a dispersity of 2.2 to 4.0, expressed as weight average molecular weight/number average molecular weight.
 以下、本発明の樹脂組成物に含まれる成分について詳細に説明する。 The components contained in the resin composition of the present invention are described in detail below.
<特定樹脂>
 本発明の樹脂組成物は、ポリイミド及びその前駆体からなる群より選ばれた少なくとも1種の樹脂であって、重合性基を有し、重量平均分子量が7,500~18,000であり、かつ、重量平均分子量/数平均分子量で表される分散度が2.2~4.0である樹脂(特定樹脂)を含む。
 特定樹脂は、ポリイミド前駆体を含むことが好ましい。
 また、特定樹脂がポリイミド前駆体である態様も、本発明の好ましい態様の一つである。
<Specific resin>
The resin composition of the present invention contains at least one resin selected from the group consisting of polyimides and precursors thereof (specific resin), which has a polymerizable group, a weight average molecular weight of 7,500 to 18,000, and a dispersity, expressed as weight average molecular weight/number average molecular weight, of 2.2 to 4.0.
The specific resin preferably contains a polyimide precursor.
In addition, an embodiment in which the specific resin is a polyimide precursor is also one of the preferred embodiments of the present invention.
〔重合性基〕
 特定樹脂に含まれる上記重合性基としては、熱又はラジカル等の作用により、架橋反応することが可能な基が好ましく、ラジカル重合性基がより好ましい。
 重合性基の具体例としては、エチレン性不飽和結合を有する基、アルコキシメチル基、ヒドロキシメチル基、アシルオキシメチル基、エポキシ基、オキセタニル基、ベンゾオキサゾリル基、ブロックイソシアネート基、アミノ基が挙げられる。これらの中でも、特定樹脂は、エチレン性不飽和結合を有する基を含むことが好ましい。
 エチレン性不飽和結合を有する基としては、ビニル基、アリル基、イソアリル基、2-メチルアリル基、ビニル基と直接結合した芳香環を有する基(例えば、ビニルフェニル基など)、(メタ)アクリルアミド基、(メタ)アクリロキシ基等が挙げられ、ビニルフェニル基、(メタ)アクリルアミド基、又は、(メタ)アクリロキシ基が好ましく、(メタ)アクリルアミド基、又は、(メタ)アクリロキシ基がより好ましく、(メタ)アクリロキシ基が更に好ましい。
[Polymerizable Group]
The polymerizable group contained in the specific resin is preferably a group capable of undergoing a crosslinking reaction by the action of heat or radicals, and more preferably a radically polymerizable group.
Specific examples of the polymerizable group include a group having an ethylenically unsaturated bond, an alkoxymethyl group, a hydroxymethyl group, an acyloxymethyl group, an epoxy group, an oxetanyl group, a benzoxazolyl group, a blocked isocyanate group, and an amino group. Among these, it is preferable that the specific resin contains a group having an ethylenically unsaturated bond.
Examples of the group having an ethylenically unsaturated bond include a vinyl group, an allyl group, an isoallyl group, a 2-methylallyl group, a group having an aromatic ring directly bonded to a vinyl group (for example, a vinylphenyl group), a (meth)acrylamide group, a (meth)acryloxy group, and the like. Of these, a vinylphenyl group, a (meth)acrylamide group, or a (meth)acryloxy group is preferred, a (meth)acrylamide group or a (meth)acryloxy group is more preferred, and a (meth)acryloxy group is even more preferred.
 特定樹脂における重合性基価(特定樹脂1gに対する重合性基のモル量)は、1.0~3.2mmol/gであることが好ましく、1.5~3.1mmol/gであることがより好ましく、2.0~3.0mmol/gであることが更に好ましい。 The polymerizable group value in the specific resin (the molar amount of polymerizable groups per 1 g of the specific resin) is preferably 1.0 to 3.2 mmol/g, more preferably 1.5 to 3.1 mmol/g, and even more preferably 2.0 to 3.0 mmol/g.
 特定樹脂は、重合性基を、後述する式(1)におけるR及びRの少なくとも一方に含むことが好ましい。
 このような態様によれば、上述の通り重合によるネットワークが形成されやすくなり、現像液等の薬品への耐性が増大するため、残膜率及び耐薬品性が向上すると考えられる。
The specific resin preferably contains a polymerizable group in at least one of R 1 and R 2 in formula (1) described below.
According to such an embodiment, as described above, a network is easily formed by polymerization, and resistance to chemicals such as a developer is increased, which is believed to improve the remaining film rate and chemical resistance.
 また、特定樹脂は、式(X-1)~式(X-4)のいずれかで表される構造のうち少なくとも1種の構造を含むことが好ましい。
 また、特定樹脂は、式(X-1)~式(X-4)で表される構造のうち少なくとも1種の構造を後述する式(1)におけるX又は式(4)におけるR132として含むことが好ましい。
 溶剤への特定樹脂の溶解性と、硬化後の機械特性とのバランスの観点からは、特定樹脂は式(X-1)で表される構造を含むことが好ましく、式(X-1)で表される構造を後述する式(1)におけるX又は式(4)におけるR132として含むことがより好ましい。
 特定樹脂は、式(X-1)~式(X-4)で表される構造のうち少なくとも1種の構造をカルボン酸二無水物由来の構造として含むことも好ましい。

 式(X-1)~式(X-4)中、*はそれぞれ、式(1)中のXが結合する4つのカルボニル基又は式(4)中のR132が結合する4つのカルボニル基との結合部位を表す。
In addition, the specific resin preferably contains at least one structure selected from the structures represented by any one of formulas (X-1) to (X-4).
The specific resin preferably contains at least one of the structures represented by formulae (X-1) to (X-4) as X in formula (1) or R 132 in formula (4) described below.
From the viewpoint of the balance between the solubility of the specific resin in a solvent and the mechanical properties after curing, the specific resin preferably contains a structure represented by formula (X-1), and more preferably contains a structure represented by formula (X-1) as X in formula (1) or R 132 in formula (4) described later.
It is also preferable that the specific resin contains at least one structure selected from the structures represented by formulae (X-1) to (X-4) as a structure derived from a carboxylic dianhydride.

In formulae (X-1) to (X-4), * represents a bonding site with four carbonyl groups to which X in formula (1) is bonded or a bonding site with four carbonyl groups to which R 132 in formula (4) is bonded.
 また、特定樹脂は、下記式(Y-1)~式(Y-5)のいずれかで表される構造のうち少なくとも1種の構造を含むことが好ましい。
 また、特定樹脂は、式(Y-1)~式(Y-5)のいずれかで表される構造のうち少なくとも1種の構造を後述する式(1)におけるY又は式(4)におけるR131として含むことが好ましい。
 溶剤への特定樹脂の溶解性と、硬化後の機械特性とのバランスの観点からは、特定樹脂は式(Y-1)で表される構造を含むことが好ましく、式(Y-1)で表される構造を後述する式(1)におけるY又は式(4)におけるR131として含むことがより好ましい。
 特定樹脂は、式(Y-1)~式(Y-5)のいずれかで表される構造のうち少なくとも1種の構造をジアミン由来の構造として含むことも好ましい。

 式(Y-1)~式(Y-5)中、*はそれぞれ、式(1)中のY又は式(4)中のR131が結合する2つの窒素原子との結合部位を表す。
In addition, the specific resin preferably contains at least one structure selected from the structures represented by any one of the following formulas (Y-1) to (Y-5).
In addition, the specific resin preferably contains at least one structure represented by any one of formulas (Y-1) to (Y-5) as Y in formula (1) or R 131 in formula (4) described below.
From the viewpoint of the balance between the solubility of the specific resin in a solvent and the mechanical properties after curing, the specific resin preferably contains a structure represented by formula (Y-1), and more preferably contains a structure represented by formula (Y-1) as Y in formula (1) or R 131 in formula (4) described later.
It is also preferable that the specific resin contains at least one structure selected from the structures represented by any one of formulas (Y-1) to (Y-5) as a structure derived from a diamine.

In formulae (Y-1) to (Y-5), * represents a bonding site with the two nitrogen atoms to which Y in formula (1) or R 131 in formula (4) is bonded.
 また、特定樹脂は、式(X-1)~式(X-4)のいずれかで表される構造のうち少なくとも1種の構造、及び、式(Y-1)~(Y-5)で表される構造のうち少なくとも1種の構造を含むことが好ましい。 Furthermore, it is preferable that the specific resin contains at least one structure among the structures represented by any one of formulas (X-1) to (X-4) and at least one structure among the structures represented by formulas (Y-1) to (Y-5).
〔ポリイミド前駆体〕
 本発明で用いるポリイミド前駆体は、その種類等は特に限定されないが、下記式(1)で表される繰返し単位を含むことが好ましい。

 式(1)中、Xは4価の有機基、Yは2価の有機基であり、R及びRはそれぞれ独立に、水素原子又は1価の有機基であり、R及びRの少なくとも一方はエチレン性不飽和結合を有する1価の基である。
[Polyimide precursor]
The polyimide precursor used in the present invention is not particularly limited in type, but preferably contains a repeating unit represented by the following formula (1).

In formula (1), X is a tetravalent organic group, Y is a divalent organic group, R1 and R2 are each independently a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group, and at least one of R1 and R2 is a monovalent group having an ethylenically unsaturated bond.
 式(1)におけるYは、2価の有機基を表す。2価の有機基としては、直鎖又は分岐の脂肪族基、環状の脂肪族基及び芳香族基を含む基が例示され、炭素数2~20の直鎖又は分岐の脂肪族基、炭素数3~20の環状の脂肪族基、炭素数3~20の芳香族基、又は、これらの組み合わせからなる基が好ましく、炭素数6~20の芳香族基を含む基がより好ましい。上記直鎖又は分岐の脂肪族基は鎖中の炭化水素基がヘテロ原子を含む基で置換されていてもよく、上記環状の脂肪族基および芳香族基は環員の炭化水素基がヘテロ原子を含む基で置換されていてもよい。式(1)におけるYの例としては、-Ar-および-Ar-L-Ar-で表される基が挙げられ、-Ar-L-Ar-で表される基が好ましい。但し、Arは、それぞれ独立に、芳香族基であり、Lは、単結合、又は、フッ素原子で置換されていてもよい炭素数1~10の脂肪族炭化水素基、-O-、-CO-、-S-、-SO-若しくは-NHCO-、あるいは、上記の2つ以上の組み合わせからなる基である。これらの好ましい範囲は、上述のとおりである。 Y in formula (1) represents a divalent organic group. Examples of the divalent organic group include a linear or branched aliphatic group, a cyclic aliphatic group, and a group containing an aromatic group. A linear or branched aliphatic group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms, a cyclic aliphatic group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms, an aromatic group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms, or a group consisting of a combination thereof is preferred, and a group containing an aromatic group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms is more preferred. The linear or branched aliphatic group may have a hydrocarbon group in the chain substituted with a group containing a heteroatom, and the cyclic aliphatic group and aromatic group may have a hydrocarbon group in the ring substituted with a group containing a heteroatom. Examples of Y in formula (1) include groups represented by -Ar- and -Ar-L-Ar-, and a group represented by -Ar-L-Ar- is preferred. Here, each Ar is independently an aromatic group, and L is a single bond, an aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms which may be substituted with a fluorine atom, -O-, -CO-, -S-, -SO 2 - or -NHCO-, or a group consisting of a combination of two or more of the above. The preferred ranges of these are as described above.
 式(1)におけるYは、ジアミンから誘導されることが好ましい。ポリイミド前駆体の製造に用いられるジアミンとしては、直鎖又は分岐の脂肪族、環状の脂肪族又は芳香族ジアミンなどが挙げられる。ジアミンは、1種のみ用いてもよいし、2種以上用いてもよい。
 具体的には、式(1)におけるYは、炭素数2~20の直鎖又は分岐の脂肪族基、炭素数3~20の環状の脂肪族基、炭素数3~20の芳香族基、又は、これらの組み合わせからなる基を含むジアミンであることが好ましく、炭素数6~20の芳香族基を含むジアミンであることがより好ましい。上記直鎖又は分岐の脂肪族基は鎖中の炭化水素基がヘテロ原子を含む基で置換されていてもよく上記環状の脂肪族基および芳香族基は環員の炭化水素基がヘテロ原子を含む基で置換されていてもよい。芳香族基を含む基の例としては、下記が挙げられる。
Y in formula (1) is preferably derived from a diamine. Examples of diamines used in the production of the polyimide precursor include linear or branched aliphatic, cyclic aliphatic or aromatic diamines. Only one diamine may be used, or two or more diamines may be used.
Specifically, Y in formula (1) is preferably a diamine containing a linear or branched aliphatic group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms, a cyclic aliphatic group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms, an aromatic group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms, or a group consisting of a combination thereof, and more preferably a diamine containing an aromatic group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms. The linear or branched aliphatic group may have a hydrocarbon group in the chain substituted with a group containing a hetero atom, and the cyclic aliphatic group and aromatic group may have a hydrocarbon group in the ring substituted with a group containing a hetero atom. Examples of groups containing an aromatic group include the following.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000010

 式中、Aは単結合又は2価の連結基を表し、単結合、又は、フッ素原子で置換されていてもよい炭素数1~10の脂肪族炭化水素基、-O-、-C(=O)-、-S-、-SO-、-NHCO-、又は、これらの組み合わせから選択される基であることが好ましく、単結合、又は、フッ素原子で置換されていてもよい炭素数1~3のアルキレン基、-O-、-C(=O)-、-S-、若しくは、-SO-から選択される基であることがより好ましく、-CH-、-O-、-S-、-SO-、-C(CF-、又は、-C(CH-であることが更に好ましい。
 式中、*は他の構造との結合部位を表す。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000010

In the formula, A represents a single bond or a divalent linking group, and is preferably a single bond, an aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms which may be substituted with a fluorine atom, -O-, -C(=O)-, -S-, -SO 2 -, -NHCO-, or a group selected from combinations thereof, more preferably a single bond, an alkylene group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms which may be substituted with a fluorine atom, -O-, -C(=O)-, -S-, or -SO 2 -, and further preferably -CH 2 -, -O-, -S-, -SO 2 -, -C(CF 3 ) 2 -, or -C(CH 3 ) 2 -.
In the formula, * represents a bonding site with other structures.
 ジアミンとしては、具体的には、1,2-ジアミノエタン、1,2-ジアミノプロパン、1,3-ジアミノプロパン、1,4-ジアミノブタン又は1,6-ジアミノヘキサン;
1,2-又は1,3-ジアミノシクロペンタン、1,2-、1,3-又は1,4-ジアミノシクロヘキサン、1,2-、1,3-又は1,4-ビス(アミノメチル)シクロヘキサン、ビス-(4-アミノシクロヘキシル)メタン、ビス-(3-アミノシクロヘキシル)メタン、4,4’-ジアミノ-3,3’-ジメチルシクロヘキシルメタン及びイソホロンジアミン;
m-又はp-フェニレンジアミン、ジアミノトルエン、4,4’-又は3,3’-ジアミノビフェニル、4,4’-ジアミノジフェニルエーテル、3,3-ジアミノジフェニルエーテル、4,4’-又は3,3’-ジアミノジフェニルメタン、4,4’-又は3,3’-ジアミノジフェニルスルホン、4,4’-又は3,3’-ジアミノジフェニルスルフィド、4,4’-又は3,3’-ジアミノベンゾフェノン、3,3’-ジメチル-4,4’-ジアミノビフェニル、2,2’-ジメチル-4,4’-ジアミノビフェニル、3,3’-ジメトキシ-4,4’-ジアミノビフェニル、2,2-ビス(4-アミノフェニル)プロパン、2,2-ビス(4-アミノフェニル)ヘキサフルオロプロパン、2,2-ビス(3-ヒドロキシ-4-アミノフェニル)プロパン、2,2-ビス(3-ヒドロキシ-4-アミノフェニル)ヘキサフルオロプロパン、2,2-ビス(3-アミノ-4-ヒドロキシフェニル)プロパン、2,2-ビス(3-アミノ-4-ヒドロキシフェニル)ヘキサフルオロプロパン、ビス(3-アミノ-4-ヒドロキシフェニル)スルホン、ビス(4-アミノ-3-ヒドロキシフェニル)スルホン、4,4’-ジアミノパラテルフェニル、4,4’-ビス(4-アミノフェノキシ)ビフェニル、ビス[4-(4-アミノフェノキシ)フェニル]スルホン、ビス[4-(3-アミノフェノキシ)フェニル]スルホン、ビス[4-(2-アミノフェノキシ)フェニル]スルホン、1,4-ビス(4-アミノフェノキシ)ベンゼン、9,10-ビス(4-アミノフェニル)アントラセン、3,3’-ジメチル-4,4’-ジアミノジフェニルスルホン、1,3-ビス(4-アミノフェノキシ)ベンゼン、1,3-ビス(3-アミノフェノキシ)ベンゼン、1,3-ビス(4-アミノフェニル)ベンゼン、3,3’-ジエチル-4,4’-ジアミノジフェニルメタン、3,3’-ジメチル-4,4’-ジアミノジフェニルメタン、4,4’-ジアミノオクタフルオロビフェニル、2,2-ビス[4-(4-アミノフェノキシ)フェニル]プロパン、2,2-ビス[4-(4-アミノフェノキシ)フェニル]ヘキサフルオロプロパン、9,9-ビス(4-アミノフェニル)-10-ヒドロアントラセン、3,3’,4,4’-テトラアミノビフェニル、3,3’,4,4’-テトラアミノジフェニルエーテル、1,4-ジアミノアントラキノン、1,5-ジアミノアントラキノン、3,3-ジヒドロキシ-4,4’-ジアミノビフェニル、9,9’-ビス(4-アミノフェニル)フルオレン、4,4’-ジメチル-3,3’-ジアミノジフェニルスルホン、3,3’,5,5’-テトラメチル-4,4’-ジアミノジフェニルメタン、2,4-及び2,5-ジアミノクメン、2,5-ジメチル-p-フェニレンジアミン、アセトグアナミン、2,3,5,6-テトラメチル-p-フェニレンジアミン、2,4,6-トリメチル-m-フェニレンジアミン、ビス(3-アミノプロピル)テトラメチルジシロキサン、ビス(p-アミノフェニル)オクタメチルペンタシロキサン、2,7-ジアミノフルオレン、2,5-ジアミノピリジン、1,2-ビス(4-アミノフェニル)エタン、ジアミノベンズアニリド、ジアミノ安息香酸のエステル、1,5-ジアミノナフタレン、ジアミノベンゾトリフルオライド、1,3-ビス(4-アミノフェニル)ヘキサフルオロプロパン、1,4-ビス(4-アミノフェニル)オクタフルオロブタン、1,5-ビス(4-アミノフェニル)デカフルオロペンタン、1,7-ビス(4-アミノフェニル)テトラデカフルオロヘプタン、2,2-ビス[4-(3-アミノフェノキシ)フェニル]ヘキサフルオロプロパン、2,2-ビス[4-(2-アミノフェノキシ)フェニル]ヘキサフルオロプロパン、2,2-ビス[4-(4-アミノフェノキシ)-3,5-ジメチルフェニル]ヘキサフルオロプロパン、2,2-ビス[4-(4-アミノフェノキシ)-3,5-ビス(トリフルオロメチル)フェニル]ヘキサフルオロプロパン、p-ビス(4-アミノ-2-トリフルオロメチルフェノキシ)ベンゼン、4,4’-ビス(4-アミノ-2-トリフルオロメチルフェノキシ)ビフェニル、4,4’-ビス(4-アミノ-3-トリフルオロメチルフェノキシ)ビフェニル、4,4’-ビス(4-アミノ-2-トリフルオロメチルフェノキシ)ジフェニルスルホン、4,4’-ビス(3-アミノ-5-トリフルオロメチルフェノキシ)ジフェニルスルホン、2,2-ビス[4-(4-アミノ-3-トリフルオロメチルフェノキシ)フェニル]ヘキサフルオロプロパン、3,3’,5,5’-テトラメチル-4,4’-ジアミノビフェニル、4,4’-ジアミノ-2,2’-ビス(トリフルオロメチル)ビフェニル、2,2’,5,5’,6,6’-ヘキサフルオロトリジン及び4,4’-ジアミノクアテルフェニルから選ばれる少なくとも1種のジアミンが挙げられる。
Specific examples of diamines include 1,2-diaminoethane, 1,2-diaminopropane, 1,3-diaminopropane, 1,4-diaminobutane, and 1,6-diaminohexane;
1,2- or 1,3-diaminocyclopentane, 1,2-, 1,3- or 1,4-diaminocyclohexane, 1,2-, 1,3- or 1,4-bis(aminomethyl)cyclohexane, bis-(4-aminocyclohexyl)methane, bis-(3-aminocyclohexyl)methane, 4,4'-diamino-3,3'-dimethylcyclohexylmethane, and isophoronediamine;
m- or p-phenylenediamine, diaminotoluene, 4,4'- or 3,3'-diaminobiphenyl, 4,4'-diaminodiphenyl ether, 3,3-diaminodiphenyl ether, 4,4'- or 3,3'-diaminodiphenylmethane, 4,4'- or 3,3'-diaminodiphenyl sulfone, 4,4'- or 3,3'-diaminodiphenyl sulfide, 4,4'- or 3,3'-diaminobenzophenone, 3,3'-dimethyl-4,4'-diaminobiphenyl, 2,2'-dimethyl-4,4'-diaminobiphenyl, 3,3'-dimethoxy-4,4'-diaminobiphenyl phenyl, 2,2-bis(4-aminophenyl)propane, 2,2-bis(4-aminophenyl)hexafluoropropane, 2,2-bis(3-hydroxy-4-aminophenyl)propane, 2,2-bis(3-hydroxy-4-aminophenyl)hexafluoropropane, 2,2-bis(3-amino-4-hydroxyphenyl)propane, 2,2-bis(3-amino-4-hydroxyphenyl)hexafluoropropane, bis(3-amino-4-hydroxyphenyl)sulfone, bis(4-amino-3-hydroxyphenyl)sulfone, 4,4'-diaminoparaterphenyl , 4,4'-bis(4-aminophenoxy)biphenyl, bis[4-(4-aminophenoxy)phenyl]sulfone, bis[4-(3-aminophenoxy)phenyl]sulfone, bis[4-(2-aminophenoxy)phenyl]sulfone, 1,4-bis(4-aminophenoxy)benzene, 9,10-bis(4-aminophenyl)anthracene, 3,3'-dimethyl-4,4'-diaminodiphenylsulfone, 1,3-bis(4-aminophenoxy)benzene, 1,3-bis(3-aminophenoxy)benzene, 1,3-bis(4-aminophenyl)benzene, 3,3'-di Ethyl-4,4'-diaminodiphenylmethane, 3,3'-dimethyl-4,4'-diaminodiphenylmethane, 4,4'-diaminooctafluorobiphenyl, 2,2-bis[4-(4-aminophenoxy)phenyl]propane, 2,2-bis[4-(4-aminophenoxy)phenyl]hexafluoropropane, 9,9-bis(4-aminophenyl)-10-hydroanthracene, 3,3',4,4'-tetraaminobiphenyl, 3,3',4,4'-tetraaminodiphenyl ether, 1,4-diaminoanthraquinone, 1,5-diaminoanthraquinone, 3,3-dihydro 4,4'-dimethyl-3,3'-diaminodiphenyl sulfone, 3,3',5,5'-tetramethyl-4,4'-diaminodiphenylmethane, 2,4- and 2,5-diaminocumene, 2,5-dimethyl-p-phenylenediamine, acetoguanamine, 2,3,5,6-tetramethyl-p-phenylenediamine, 2,4,6-trimethyl-m-phenylenediamine, bis(3-aminopropyl)tetramethyldisiloxane, bis(p-aminophenyl)octamethylpentasiloxane , 2,7-diaminofluorene, 2,5-diaminopyridine, 1,2-bis(4-aminophenyl)ethane, diaminobenzanilide, esters of diaminobenzoic acid, 1,5-diaminonaphthalene, diaminobenzotrifluoride, 1,3-bis(4-aminophenyl)hexafluoropropane, 1,4-bis(4-aminophenyl)octafluorobutane, 1,5-bis(4-aminophenyl)decafluoropentane, 1,7-bis(4-aminophenyl)tetradecafluoroheptane, 2,2-bis[4-(3-aminophenoxy)phenyl]hexafluoropropane , 2,2-bis[4-(2-aminophenoxy)phenyl]hexafluoropropane, 2,2-bis[4-(4-aminophenoxy)-3,5-dimethylphenyl]hexafluoropropane, 2,2-bis[4-(4-aminophenoxy)-3,5-bis(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]hexafluoropropane, p-bis(4-amino-2-trifluoromethylphenoxy)benzene, 4,4'-bis(4-amino-2-trifluoromethylphenoxy)biphenyl, 4,4'-bis(4-amino-3-trifluoromethylphenoxy)biphenyl, 4,4'-bis(4 and at least one diamine selected from 3,3',5,5'-tetramethyl-4,4'-diaminobiphenyl, 4,4'-diamino-2,2'-bis(trifluoromethyl)biphenyl, 2,2',5,5',6,6'-hexafluorotolidine, and 4,4'-diaminoquaterphenyl.
 また、国際公開第2017/038598号の段落0030~0031に記載のジアミン(DA-1)~(DA-18)も好ましい。 Also preferred are the diamines (DA-1) to (DA-18) described in paragraphs 0030 to 0031 of WO 2017/038598.
 また、国際公開第2017/038598号の段落0032~0034に記載の2つ以上のアルキレングリコール単位を主鎖にもつジアミンも好ましく用いられる。 Also preferably used are diamines having two or more alkylene glycol units in the main chain, as described in paragraphs 0032 to 0034 of WO 2017/038598.
 式(1)におけるYは、得られる有機膜の柔軟性の観点から、-Ar-L-Ar-で表されることが好ましい。但し、Arは、それぞれ独立に、芳香族基であり、Lは、フッ素原子で置換されていてもよい炭素数1~10の脂肪族炭化水素基、-O-、-CO-、-S-、-SO-又は-NHCO-、あるいは、上記の2つ以上の組み合わせからなる基である。Arは、フェニレン基が好ましく、Lは、フッ素原子で置換されていてもよい炭素数1又は2の脂肪族炭化水素基、-O-、-CO-、-S-又は-SO-が好ましい。ここでの脂肪族炭化水素基は、アルキレン基が好ましい。 From the viewpoint of flexibility of the resulting organic film, Y in formula (1) is preferably represented by -Ar-L-Ar-. Here, each Ar is independently an aromatic group, and L is an aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms which may be substituted with a fluorine atom, -O-, -CO-, -S-, -SO 2 - or -NHCO-, or a group consisting of a combination of two or more of the above. Ar is preferably a phenylene group, and L is preferably an aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 or 2 carbon atoms which may be substituted with a fluorine atom, -O-, -CO-, -S- or -SO 2 -. The aliphatic hydrocarbon group here is preferably an alkylene group.
 また、式(1)におけるYは、i線透過率の観点から、下記式(51)又は式(61)で表される2価の有機基であることが好ましい。特に、i線透過率、入手のし易さの観点から、式(61)で表される2価の有機基であることがより好ましい。
 式(51)

 式(51)中、R50~R57は、それぞれ独立に、水素原子、フッ素原子又は1価の有機基であり、R50~R57の少なくとも1つは、フッ素原子、メチル基又はトリフルオロメチル基であり、*はそれぞれ独立に、式(1)中の窒素原子との結合部位を表す。
 R50~R57の1価の有機基としては、炭素数1~10(好ましくは炭素数1~6)の無置換のアルキル基、炭素数1~10(好ましくは炭素数1~6)のフッ化アルキル基等が挙げられる。

 式(61)中、R58及びR59は、それぞれ独立に、フッ素原子、メチル基、又はトリフルオロメチル基であり、*はそれぞれ独立に、式(1)中の窒素原子との結合部位を表す。
 式(51)又は式(61)の構造を与えるジアミンとしては、2,2’-ジメチルベンジジン、2,2’-ビス(トリフルオロメチル)-4,4’-ジアミノビフェニル、2,2’-ビス(フルオロ)-4,4’-ジアミノビフェニル、4,4’-ジアミノオクタフルオロビフェニル等が挙げられる。これらは1種又は2種以上を組み合わせて用いてもよい。
From the viewpoint of i-line transmittance, Y in formula (1) is preferably a divalent organic group represented by the following formula (51) or formula (61). In particular, from the viewpoints of i-line transmittance and ease of availability, Y is more preferably a divalent organic group represented by formula (61).
Equation (51)

In formula (51), R 50 to R 57 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a fluorine atom, or a monovalent organic group, at least one of R 50 to R 57 represents a fluorine atom, a methyl group, or a trifluoromethyl group, and * each independently represents a bonding site with the nitrogen atom in formula (1).
Examples of the monovalent organic group for R 50 to R 57 include an unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms (preferably 1 to 6 carbon atoms) and a fluorinated alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms (preferably 1 to 6 carbon atoms).

In formula (61), R 58 and R 59 each independently represent a fluorine atom, a methyl group, or a trifluoromethyl group, and * each independently represents a bonding site to the nitrogen atom in formula (1).
Examples of diamines that give the structure of formula (51) or formula (61) include 2,2'-dimethylbenzidine, 2,2'-bis(trifluoromethyl)-4,4'-diaminobiphenyl, 2,2'-bis(fluoro)-4,4'-diaminobiphenyl, 4,4'-diaminooctafluorobiphenyl, etc. These may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
 また、式(1)におけるYは上述の式(Y-1)~式(Y-5)のいずれかで表される構造であることが好ましい。 In addition, Y in formula (1) is preferably a structure represented by any one of the above formulas (Y-1) to (Y-5).
 式(1)におけるXは、4価の有機基を表す。4価の有機基としては、芳香環を含む4価の有機基が好ましく、下記式(5)又は式(6)で表される基がより好ましい。
式(5)又は式(6)中、*はそれぞれ独立に、他の構造との結合部位を表す。

 式(5)中、R112は単結合又は2価の連結基であり、単結合、又は、フッ素原子で置換されていてもよい炭素数1~10の脂肪族炭化水素基、-O-、-CO-、-S-、-SO-、及び-NHCO-、ならびに、これらの組み合わせから選択される基であることが好ましく、単結合、または、フッ素原子で置換されていてもよい炭素数1~3のアルキレン基、-O-、-CO-、-S-及び-SO-から選択される基であることがより好ましく、-CH-、-C(CF-、-C(CH-、-O-、-CO-、-S-及び-SO-からなる群より選択される2価の基であることが更に好ましい。
X in formula (1) represents a tetravalent organic group. As the tetravalent organic group, a tetravalent organic group containing an aromatic ring is preferable, and a group represented by the following formula (5) or formula (6) is more preferable.
In formula (5) or (6), each * independently represents a bonding site to another structure.

In formula (5), R 112 is a single bond or a divalent linking group and is preferably a single bond, or a group selected from an aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms which may be substituted with a fluorine atom, -O-, -CO-, -S-, -SO 2 -, -NHCO-, and a combination thereof, more preferably a single bond, or an alkylene group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms which may be substituted with a fluorine atom, -O-, -CO-, -S-, and -SO 2 -, and still more preferably a divalent group selected from the group consisting of -CH 2 -, -C(CF 3 ) 2 -, -C(CH 3 ) 2 -, -O-, -CO-, -S-, and -SO 2 -.
 式(1)におけるXは、具体的には、テトラカルボン酸二無水物から無水物基の除去後に残存するテトラカルボン酸残基などが挙げられる。ポリイミド前駆体は、式(1)におけるXに該当する構造として、テトラカルボン酸二無水物残基を、1種のみ含んでもよいし、2種以上含んでもよい。
 テトラカルボン酸二無水物は、下記式(O)で表されることが好ましい。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000014

 式(O)中、R115は、4価の有機基を表す。R115は式(1)におけるXと同義であり、好ましい範囲も同様である。
Specific examples of X in formula (1) include a tetracarboxylic acid residue remaining after removal of an anhydride group from a tetracarboxylic acid dianhydride. The polyimide precursor may contain only one type of tetracarboxylic acid dianhydride residue or two or more types of tetracarboxylic acid dianhydride residues as the structure corresponding to X in formula (1).
The tetracarboxylic dianhydride is preferably represented by the following formula (O).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000014

In formula (O), R 115 represents a tetravalent organic group. R 115 has the same meaning as X in formula (1), and the preferred range is also the same.
 テトラカルボン酸二無水物の具体例としては、ピロメリット酸二無水物(PMDA)、3,3’,4,4’-ビフェニルテトラカルボン酸二無水物、3,3’,4,4’-ジフェニルスルフィドテトラカルボン酸二無水物、3,3’,4,4’-ジフェニルスルホンテトラカルボン酸二無水物、3,3’,4,4’-ベンゾフェノンテトラカルボン酸二無水物、3,3’,4,4’-ジフェニルメタンテトラカルボン酸二無水物、2,2’,3,3’-ジフェニルメタンテトラカルボン酸二無水物、2,3,3’,4’-ビフェニルテトラカルボン酸二無水物、2,3,3’,4’-ベンゾフェノンテトラカルボン酸二無水物、4,4’-オキシジフタル酸二無水物、2,3,6,7-ナフタレンテトラカルボン酸二無水物、1,4,5,7-ナフタレンテトラカルボン酸二無水物、2,2-ビス(3,4-ジカルボキシフェニル)プロパン二無水物、2,2-ビス(2,3-ジカルボキシフェニル)プロパン二無水物、2,2-ビス(3,4-ジカルボキシフェニル)ヘキサフルオロプロパン二無水物、1,3-ジフェニルヘキサフルオロプロパン-3,3,4,4-テトラカルボン酸二無水物、1,4,5,6-ナフタレンテトラカルボン酸二無水物、2,2’,3,3’-ジフェニルテトラカルボン酸二無水物、3,4,9,10-ペリレンテトラカルボン酸二無水物、1,2,4,5-ナフタレンテトラカルボン酸二無水物、1,4,5,8-ナフタレンテトラカルボン酸二無水物、1,8,9,10-フェナントレンテトラカルボン酸二無水物、1,1-ビス(2,3-ジカルボキシフェニル)エタン二無水物、1,1-ビス(3,4-ジカルボキシフェニル)エタン二無水物、1,2,3,4-ベンゼンテトラカルボン酸二無水物、ならびに、これらの炭素数1~6のアルキル及び炭素数1~6のアルコキシ誘導体が挙げられる。 Specific examples of tetracarboxylic dianhydrides include pyromellitic dianhydride (PMDA), 3,3',4,4'-biphenyl tetracarboxylic dianhydride, 3,3',4,4'-diphenyl sulfide tetracarboxylic dianhydride, 3,3',4,4'-diphenyl sulfone tetracarboxylic dianhydride, 3,3',4,4'-benzophenone tetracarboxylic dianhydride, 3,3',4,4'-diphenyl methane tetracarboxylic dianhydride, 2 ,2',3,3'-diphenylmethane tetracarboxylic dianhydride, 2,3,3',4'-biphenyl tetracarboxylic dianhydride, 2,3,3',4'-benzophenone tetracarboxylic dianhydride, 4,4'-oxydiphthalic dianhydride, 2,3,6,7-naphthalene tetracarboxylic dianhydride, 1,4,5,7-naphthalene tetracarboxylic dianhydride, 2,2-bis(3,4-dicarboxyphenyl)propane dianhydride, 2,2-bis(2 ,3-dicarboxyphenyl)propane dianhydride, 2,2-bis(3,4-dicarboxyphenyl)hexafluoropropane dianhydride, 1,3-diphenylhexafluoropropane-3,3,4,4-tetracarboxylic dianhydride, 1,4,5,6-naphthalene tetracarboxylic dianhydride, 2,2',3,3'-diphenyl tetracarboxylic dianhydride, 3,4,9,10-perylene tetracarboxylic dianhydride, 1,2,4,5-naphthalene tetracarboxylic dianhydride, 1,4,5,8-naphthalene tetracarboxylic dianhydride, 1,8,9,10-phenanthrene tetracarboxylic dianhydride, 1,1-bis(2,3-dicarboxyphenyl)ethane dianhydride, 1,1-bis(3,4-dicarboxyphenyl)ethane dianhydride, 1,2,3,4-benzene tetracarboxylic dianhydride, and their alkyl and alkoxy derivatives having 1 to 6 carbon atoms.
 また、式(1)におけるXは上述の式(X-1)~(X-4)のいずれかで表される構造であることが好ましい。 In addition, X in formula (1) is preferably a structure represented by any one of the above formulas (X-1) to (X-4).
 また、国際公開第2017/038598号の段落0038に記載のテトラカルボン酸二無水物(DAA-1)~(DAA-5)も好ましい例として挙げられる。 Furthermore, the tetracarboxylic dianhydrides (DAA-1) to (DAA-5) described in paragraph 0038 of WO 2017/038598 are also preferred examples.
 式(1)において、XとYの少なくとも一方がOH基を有することも可能である。より具体的には、Yとして、ビスアミノフェノール誘導体の残基が挙げられる。 In formula (1), at least one of X and Y may have an OH group. More specifically, Y may be a residue of a bisaminophenol derivative.
 また、式(1)におけるXが上記式(X-1)~式(X-4)のいずれかであり、かつ、前記式(1)におけるYが上記式(Y-1)~式(Y-5)のいずれかであることが好ましい。 It is also preferable that X in formula (1) is any one of formulas (X-1) to (X-4) above, and Y in formula (1) is any one of formulas (Y-1) to (Y-5) above.
 式(1)におけるR及びRは、それぞれ独立に、水素原子又は1価の有機基であり、R及びRの少なくとも一方はエチレン性不飽和結合を有する1価の基である。
 エチレン性不飽和結合を有する1価の基の好ましい態様は上述の通りである。
 R及びRのうち一方は、エチレン性不飽和結合を有しない1価の有機基であってもよいが、R及びRの両方がエチレン性不飽和結合を有する1価の基であることが好ましい。
 上記エチレン性不飽和結合を有しない1価の有機基としては、直鎖又は分岐のアルキル基、環状アルキル基、芳香族基、又はポリアルキレンオキシ基を含む基が好ましい。
 R又はRがエチレン性不飽和結合を有する1価の基である場合、1つのR又はRに含まれるエチレン性不飽和結合を有する1価の基の数は、1~10であることが好ましく、1~6であることがより好ましく、1又は2であることが更に好ましい。また、1である態様も、本発明の好ましい態様の一つである。
 また、R又はRのうち一方は、エチレン性不飽和結合を有する1価の基とは異なる他の重合性基を含むことも好ましい。他の重合性基の具体例としては、アルコキシメチル基、ヒドロキシメチル基、アシルオキシメチル基、エポキシ基、オキセタニル基、ベンゾオキサゾリル基、ブロックイソシアネート基、アミノ基等が挙げられる。
 R又はRがエチレン性不飽和結合を有する1価の基である場合、R又はRは下記式(III)で表される基であることも好ましい。
In formula (1), R 1 and R 2 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group, and at least one of R 1 and R 2 represents a monovalent group having an ethylenically unsaturated bond.
Preferred embodiments of the monovalent group having an ethylenically unsaturated bond are as described above.
One of R 1 and R 2 may be a monovalent organic group having no ethylenically unsaturated bond, but it is preferable that both R 1 and R 2 are monovalent groups having an ethylenically unsaturated bond.
The monovalent organic group having no ethylenically unsaturated bond is preferably a group containing a linear or branched alkyl group, a cyclic alkyl group, an aromatic group, or a polyalkyleneoxy group.
When R1 or R2 is a monovalent group having an ethylenically unsaturated bond, the number of monovalent groups having an ethylenically unsaturated bond contained in one R1 or R2 is preferably 1 to 10, more preferably 1 to 6, and even more preferably 1 or 2. The embodiment in which the number is 1 is also one of the preferred embodiments of the present invention.
It is also preferred that one of R1 and R2 contains another polymerizable group other than the monovalent group having an ethylenically unsaturated bond. Specific examples of the other polymerizable group include an alkoxymethyl group, a hydroxymethyl group, an acyloxymethyl group, an epoxy group, an oxetanyl group, a benzoxazolyl group, a blocked isocyanate group, and an amino group.
When R 1 or R 2 is a monovalent group having an ethylenically unsaturated bond, R 1 or R 2 is also preferably a group represented by the following formula (III).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000015
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000015
 式(III)において、R200は、水素原子、メチル基、エチル基又はメチロール基を表し、水素原子又はメチル基が好ましい。
 式(III)において、*は他の構造との結合部位を表す。
 式(III)において、R201は、炭素数2~12のアルキレン基、-CHCH(OH)CH-、シクロアルキレン基又はポリアルキレンオキシ基を表す。
 好適なR201の例は、エチレン基、プロピレン基、トリメチレン基、テトラメチレン基、ペンタメチレン基、ヘキサメチレン基、オクタメチレン基、ドデカメチレン基等のアルキレン基、1,2-ブタンジイル基、1,3-ブタンジイル基、-CHCH(OH)CH-、ポリアルキレンオキシ基が挙げられ、エチレン基、プロピレン基等のアルキレン基、-CHCH(OH)CH-、シクロヘキシル基、ポリアルキレンオキシ基がより好ましく、エチレン基、プロピレン基等のアルキレン基、又はポリアルキレンオキシ基が更に好ましい。
 本発明において、ポリアルキレンオキシ基とは、アルキレンオキシ基が2以上直接結合した基をいう。ポリアルキレンオキシ基に含まれる複数のアルキレンオキシ基におけるアルキレン基は、それぞれ同一であっても異なっていてもよい。
 ポリアルキレンオキシ基が、アルキレン基が異なる複数種のアルキレンオキシ基を含む場合、ポリアルキレンオキシ基におけるアルキレンオキシ基の配列は、ランダムな配列であってもよいし、ブロックを有する配列であってもよいし、交互等のパターンを有する配列であってもよい。
 上記アルキレン基の炭素数(アルキレン基が置換基を有する場合、置換基の炭素数を含む)は、2以上であることが好ましく、2~10であることがより好ましく、2~6であることがより好ましく、2~5であることが更に好ましく、2~4であることが一層好ましく、2又は3であることがより更に好ましく、2であることが特に好ましい。
 また、上記アルキレン基は、置換基を有していてもよい。好ましい置換基としては、アルキル基、アリール基、ハロゲン原子等が挙げられる。
 また、ポリアルキレンオキシ基に含まれるアルキレンオキシ基の数(ポリアルキレンオキシ基の繰返し数)は、2~20が好ましく、2~10がより好ましく、2~6が更に好ましい。
 ポリアルキレンオキシ基としては、溶剤溶解性及び耐溶剤性の観点からは、ポリエチレンオキシ基、ポリプロピレンオキシ基、ポリトリメチレンオキシ基、ポリテトラメチレンオキシ基、又は、複数のエチレンオキシ基と複数のプロピレンオキシ基とが結合した基が好ましく、ポリエチレンオキシ基又はポリプロピレンオキシ基がより好ましく、ポリエチレンオキシ基が更に好ましい。上記複数のエチレンオキシ基と複数のプロピレンオキシ基とが結合した基において、エチレンオキシ基とプロピレンオキシ基とはランダムに配列していてもよいし、ブロックを形成して配列していてもよいし、交互等のパターン状に配列していてもよい。これらの基におけるエチレンオキシ基等の繰返し数の好ましい態様は上述の通りである。
In formula (III), R 200 represents a hydrogen atom, a methyl group, an ethyl group or a methylol group, and is preferably a hydrogen atom or a methyl group.
In formula (III), * represents a bonding site with another structure.
In formula (III), R 201 represents an alkylene group having 2 to 12 carbon atoms, —CH 2 CH(OH)CH 2 —, a cycloalkylene group or a polyalkyleneoxy group.
Suitable examples of R 201 include alkylene groups such as ethylene group, propylene group, trimethylene group, tetramethylene group, pentamethylene group, hexamethylene group, octamethylene group, and dodecamethylene group, 1,2-butanediyl group, 1,3-butanediyl group, -CH 2 CH(OH)CH 2 -, and polyalkyleneoxy groups, of which alkylene groups such as ethylene group and propylene group, -CH 2 CH(OH)CH 2 -, cyclohexyl group, and polyalkyleneoxy groups are more preferred, and alkylene groups such as ethylene group and propylene group, or polyalkyleneoxy groups are even more preferred.
In the present invention, the polyalkyleneoxy group refers to a group in which two or more alkyleneoxy groups are directly bonded. The alkylene groups in the multiple alkyleneoxy groups contained in the polyalkyleneoxy group may be the same or different.
When the polyalkyleneoxy group contains multiple types of alkyleneoxy groups having different alkylene groups, the arrangement of the alkyleneoxy groups in the polyalkyleneoxy group may be a random arrangement, an arrangement having blocks, or an arrangement having a pattern such as alternating.
The number of carbon atoms in the alkylene group (including the number of carbon atoms of the substituent, when the alkylene group has a substituent) is preferably 2 or more, more preferably 2 to 10, more preferably 2 to 6, even more preferably 2 to 5, still more preferably 2 to 4, still more preferably 2 or 3, and particularly preferably 2.
The alkylene group may have a substituent, and preferred examples of the substituent include an alkyl group, an aryl group, and a halogen atom.
The number of alkyleneoxy groups contained in the polyalkyleneoxy group (the number of repeating polyalkyleneoxy groups) is preferably 2-20, more preferably 2-10, and even more preferably 2-6.
As the polyalkyleneoxy group, from the viewpoint of solvent solubility and solvent resistance, polyethyleneoxy group, polypropyleneoxy group, polytrimethyleneoxy group, polytetramethyleneoxy group, or a group in which multiple ethyleneoxy groups and multiple propyleneoxy groups are bonded is preferred, polyethyleneoxy group or polypropyleneoxy group is more preferred, and polyethyleneoxy group is even more preferred.In the group in which multiple ethyleneoxy groups and multiple propyleneoxy groups are bonded, the ethyleneoxy groups and the propyleneoxy groups may be arranged randomly, may be arranged in blocks, or may be arranged in a pattern such as alternating.The preferred embodiment of the number of repetitions of the ethyleneoxy group etc. in these groups is as described above.
 式(1)において、Rが水素原子である場合、又は、Rが水素原子である場合、ポリイミド前駆体はエチレン性不飽和結合を有する3級アミン化合物と対塩を形成していてもよい。このようなエチレン性不飽和結合を有する3級アミン化合物の例としては、N,N-ジメチルアミノプロピルメタクリレートが挙げられる。 In the formula (1), when R 1 is a hydrogen atom or when R 2 is a hydrogen atom, the polyimide precursor may form a counter salt with a tertiary amine compound having an ethylenically unsaturated bond. An example of such a tertiary amine compound having an ethylenically unsaturated bond is N,N-dimethylaminopropyl methacrylate.
 式(1)において、R及びRの少なくとも一方が、酸分解性基等の極性変換基であってもよい。酸分解性基としては、酸の作用で分解して、フェノール性ヒドロキシ基、カルボキシ基等のアルカリ可溶性基を生じるものであれば特に限定されないが、アセタール基、ケタール基、シリル基、シリルエーテル基、第三級アルキルエステル基等が好ましく、露光感度の観点からは、アセタール基又はケタール基がより好ましい。
 酸分解性基の具体例としては、tert-ブトキシカルボニル基、イソプロポキシカルボニル基、テトラヒドロピラニル基、テトラヒドロフラニル基、エトキシエチル基、メトキシエチル基、エトキシメチル基、トリメチルシリル基、tert-ブトキシカルボニルメチル基、トリメチルシリルエーテル基などが挙げられる。露光感度の観点からは、エトキシエチル基、又は、テトラヒドロフラニル基が好ましい。
In formula (1), at least one of R1 and R2 may be a polarity conversion group such as an acid-decomposable group. The acid-decomposable group is not particularly limited as long as it is decomposed by the action of an acid to generate an alkali-soluble group such as a phenolic hydroxy group or a carboxy group, but an acetal group, a ketal group, a silyl group, a silyl ether group, a tertiary alkyl ester group, etc. are preferred, and from the viewpoint of exposure sensitivity, an acetal group or a ketal group is more preferred.
Specific examples of the acid-decomposable group include a tert-butoxycarbonyl group, an isopropoxycarbonyl group, a tetrahydropyranyl group, a tetrahydrofuranyl group, an ethoxyethyl group, a methoxyethyl group, an ethoxymethyl group, a trimethylsilyl group, a tert-butoxycarbonylmethyl group, a trimethylsilyl ether group, etc. From the viewpoint of exposure sensitivity, an ethoxyethyl group or a tetrahydrofuranyl group is preferred.
 ポリイミド前駆体は、構造中にフッ素原子を有することも好ましい。ポリイミド前駆体中のフッ素原子含有量は、10質量%以上が好ましく、また、20質量%以下が好ましい。 It is also preferable that the polyimide precursor has fluorine atoms in its structure. The fluorine atom content in the polyimide precursor is preferably 10% by mass or more, and 20% by mass or less.
 また、基板との密着性を向上させる目的で、ポリイミド前駆体は、シロキサン構造を有する脂肪族基と共重合していてもよい。具体的には、ジアミンとして、ビス(3-アミノプロピル)テトラメチルジシロキサン、ビス(p-アミノフェニル)オクタメチルペンタシロキサンなどを用いる態様が挙げられる。 In order to improve adhesion to the substrate, the polyimide precursor may be copolymerized with an aliphatic group having a siloxane structure. Specific examples include those using bis(3-aminopropyl)tetramethyldisiloxane, bis(p-aminophenyl)octamethylpentasiloxane, etc. as the diamine.
 ポリイミド前駆体は、式(1)で表される繰返し単位を1種含んでいてもよいが、2種以上で含んでいてもよい。また、式(1)で表される繰返し単位の構造異性体を含んでいてもよい。ポリイミド前駆体は、上記式(1)の繰返し単位のほかに、他の種類の繰返し単位をも含んでいてもよい。 The polyimide precursor may contain one type of repeating unit represented by formula (1), or may contain two or more types. It may also contain a structural isomer of the repeating unit represented by formula (1). The polyimide precursor may contain other types of repeating units in addition to the repeating unit of formula (1).
 本発明におけるポリイミド前駆体の一実施形態として、式(1)で表される繰返し単位の含有量が、全繰返し単位の50モル%以上である態様が挙げられる。上記合計含有量は、70モル%以上であることがより好ましく、90モル%以上であることが更に好ましく、90モル%超であることが特に好ましい。上記合計含有量の上限は、特に限定されず、末端を除くポリイミド前駆体における全ての繰返し単位が、式(1)で表される繰返し単位であってもよい。 One embodiment of the polyimide precursor of the present invention is one in which the content of the repeating unit represented by formula (1) is 50 mol% or more of all repeating units. The total content is more preferably 70 mol% or more, even more preferably 90 mol% or more, and particularly preferably more than 90 mol%. There is no particular upper limit to the total content, and all repeating units in the polyimide precursor except for the terminals may be repeating units represented by formula (1).
〔ポリイミド〕
 本発明に用いられるポリイミドは、アルカリ可溶性ポリイミドであってもよく、有機溶剤を主成分とする現像液に対して可溶なポリイミドであってもよい。
 本明細書において、アルカリ可溶性ポリイミドとは、100gの2.38質量%テトラメチルアンモニウム水溶液に対し、23℃で0.1g以上溶解するポリイミドをいい、パターン形成性の観点からは、0.5g以上溶解するポリイミドであることが好ましく、1.0g以上溶解するポリイミドであることが更に好ましい。上記溶解量の上限は特に限定されないが、100g以下であることが好ましい。
 ポリイミドは、得られる有機膜の膜強度及び絶縁性の観点からは、複数個のイミド構造を主鎖に有するポリイミドであることが好ましい。
[Polyimide]
The polyimide used in the present invention may be an alkali-soluble polyimide, or may be a polyimide that is soluble in a developer containing an organic solvent as a main component.
In this specification, the alkali-soluble polyimide refers to a polyimide that dissolves at 0.1 g or more in 100 g of a 2.38 mass % aqueous tetramethylammonium solution at 23° C., and from the viewpoint of pattern formability, a polyimide that dissolves at 0.5 g or more is preferable, and a polyimide that dissolves at 1.0 g or more is more preferable. The upper limit of the dissolution amount is not particularly limited, but it is preferably 100 g or less.
From the viewpoint of the film strength and insulating properties of the resulting organic film, the polyimide is preferably a polyimide having a plurality of imide structures in the main chain.
-フッ素原子-
 得られる有機膜の膜強度の観点からは、ポリイミドは、フッ素原子を有することも好ましい。
 フッ素原子は、例えば、後述する式(4)で表される繰返し単位におけるR132、又は、後述する式(4)で表される繰返し単位におけるR131に含まれることが好ましく、後述する式(4)で表される繰返し単位におけるR132、又は、後述する式(4)で表される繰返し単位におけるR131にフッ化アルキル基として含まれることがより好ましい。
 ポリイミドの全質量に対するフッ素原子の量は、5質量%以上が好ましく、また、20質量%以下が好ましい。
-Fluorine atom-
From the viewpoint of the film strength of the resulting organic film, it is also preferable that the polyimide contains fluorine atoms.
The fluorine atom is preferably contained, for example, in R 132 in the repeating unit represented by formula (4) described later or in R 131 in the repeating unit represented by formula (4) described later, and more preferably contained as a fluorinated alkyl group in R 132 in the repeating unit represented by formula (4) described later or in R 131 in the repeating unit represented by formula (4) described later.
The amount of fluorine atoms relative to the total mass of the polyimide is preferably 5% by mass or more and 20% by mass or less.
-ケイ素原子-
 得られる有機膜の膜強度の観点からは、ポリイミドは、ケイ素原子を有することも好ましい。
 ケイ素原子は、例えば、後述する式(4)で表される繰返し単位におけるR131に含まれることが好ましく、後述する式(4)で表される繰返し単位におけるR131に後述する有機変性(ポリ)シロキサン構造として含まれることがより好ましい。
 上記ケイ素原子又は上記有機変性(ポリ)シロキサン構造はポリイミドの側鎖に含まれていてもよいが、ポリイミドの主鎖に含まれることが好ましい。
 ポリイミドの全質量に対するケイ素原子の量は、1質量%以上が好ましく、20質量%以下がより好ましい。
-Silicon atom-
From the viewpoint of the film strength of the resulting organic film, it is also preferable that the polyimide contains a silicon atom.
The silicon atom is preferably contained in R 131 in the repeating unit represented by formula (4) described later, and more preferably contained in R 131 in the repeating unit represented by formula (4) described later as an organically modified (poly)siloxane structure described later.
The silicon atom or the organic modified (poly)siloxane structure may be contained in a side chain of the polyimide, but is preferably contained in the main chain of the polyimide.
The amount of silicon atoms relative to the total mass of the polyimide is preferably 1 mass % or more, and more preferably 20 mass % or less.
-エチレン性不飽和結合-
 得られる有機膜の膜強度の観点からは、ポリイミドは、エチレン性不飽和結合を有することが好ましい。
 ポリイミドは、エチレン性不飽和結合を主鎖末端に有していてもよいし、側鎖に有していてもよいが、側鎖に有することが好ましい。
 上記エチレン性不飽和結合は、ラジカル重合性を有することが好ましい。
 エチレン性不飽和結合は、後述する式(4)で表される繰返し単位におけるR132又はR131に含まれることが好ましく、R132又はR131にエチレン性不飽和結合を有する基として含まれることがより好ましい。
 これらの中でも、エチレン性不飽和結合は、後述する式(4)で表される繰返し単位におけるR131に含まれることが好ましく、R131にエチレン性不飽和結合を有する基として含まれることがより好ましい。
 エチレン性不飽和結合を有する基としては、ビニル基、アリル基、ビニルフェニル基等の芳香環に直接結合した、置換されていてもよいビニル基を有する基、(メタ)アクリルアミド基、(メタ)アクリロイルオキシ基、下記式(IV)で表される基などが挙げられる。
- Ethylenically unsaturated bond -
From the viewpoint of the film strength of the resulting organic film, the polyimide preferably has an ethylenically unsaturated bond.
The polyimide may have an ethylenically unsaturated bond at the end of the main chain or in a side chain, but preferably in the side chain.
The ethylenically unsaturated bond is preferably radically polymerizable.
The ethylenically unsaturated bond is preferably contained in R 132 or R 131 in the repeating unit represented by formula (4) described below, and more preferably contained in R 132 or R 131 as a group having an ethylenically unsaturated bond.
Among these, the ethylenically unsaturated bond is preferably contained in R 131 in the repeating unit represented by formula (4) described below, and more preferably contained in R 131 as a group having an ethylenically unsaturated bond.
Examples of the group having an ethylenically unsaturated bond include a vinyl group, an allyl group, a group having an optionally substituted vinyl group directly bonded to an aromatic ring such as a vinylphenyl group, a (meth)acrylamide group, a (meth)acryloyloxy group, and a group represented by the following formula (IV).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000016
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000016
 式(IV)中、R20は、水素原子、メチル基、エチル基又はメチロール基を表し、水素原子又はメチル基が好ましい。 In formula (IV), R 20 represents a hydrogen atom, a methyl group, an ethyl group or a methylol group, and is preferably a hydrogen atom or a methyl group.
 式(IV)中、R21は、炭素数2~12のアルキレン基、-O-CHCH(OH)CH-、-C(=O)O-、-O(C=O)NH-、炭素数2~30の(ポリ)アルキレンオキシ基(アルキレン基の炭素数は2~12が好ましく、2~6がより好ましく、2又は3が特に好ましい。アルキレンオキシ基の繰返し数は1~12が好ましく、1~6がより好ましく、1~3が特に好ましい)、又はこれらを2以上組み合わせた基を表す。
 上記炭素数2~12のアルキレン基としては、直鎖状、分岐鎖状、環状又はこれらの組み合わせにより表されるアルキレン基のいずれであってもよい。
 上記炭素数2~12のアルキレン基としては、炭素数2~8のアルキレン基が好ましく、炭素数2~4のアルキレン基がより好ましい。
In formula (IV), R 21 represents an alkylene group having 2 to 12 carbon atoms, -O-CH 2 CH(OH)CH 2 -, -C(=O)O-, -O(C=O)NH-, a (poly)alkyleneoxy group having 2 to 30 carbon atoms (the number of carbon atoms in the alkylene group is preferably 2 to 12, more preferably 2 to 6, and particularly preferably 2 or 3; the number of repetitions of the alkyleneoxy group is preferably 1 to 12, more preferably 1 to 6, and particularly preferably 1 to 3), or a group consisting of a combination of two or more of these.
The alkylene group having 2 to 12 carbon atoms may be any of linear, branched, and cyclic alkylene groups, and alkylene groups represented by a combination thereof.
The alkylene group having 2 to 12 carbon atoms is preferably an alkylene group having 2 to 8 carbon atoms, and more preferably an alkylene group having 2 to 4 carbon atoms.
 これらの中でも、R21は下記式(R1)~式(R3)のいずれかで表される基であることが好ましく、式(R1)で表される基であることがより好ましい。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000017
 式(R1)~(R3)中、Lは単結合、又は、炭素数2~12のアルキレン基、炭素数2~30の(ポリ)アルキレンオキシ基若しくはこれらを2以上結合した基を表し、Xは酸素原子又は硫黄原子を表し、*は他の構造との結合部位を表し、●は式(IV)中のR21が結合する酸素原子との結合部位を表す。
 式(R1)~(R3)中、Lとしての炭素数2~12のアルキレン基、又は、炭素数2~30の(ポリ)アルキレンオキシ基の好ましい態様は、式(IV)のR21としての炭素数2~12のアルキレン基、又は、炭素数2~30の(ポリ)アルキレンオキシ基の好ましい態様と同様である。
 式(R1)中、Xは酸素原子であることが好ましい。
 式(R1)~(R3)中、*は式(IV)中の*と同義であり、好ましい態様も同様である。
 式(R1)で表される構造は、例えば、フェノール性ヒドロキシ基等のヒドロキシ基を有するポリイミドと、イソシアナト基及びエチレン性不飽和結合を有する化合物(例えば、2-イソシアナトエチルメタクリレート等)とを反応することにより得られる。
 式(R2)で表される構造は、例えば、カルボキシ基を有するポリイミドと、ヒドロキシ基及びエチレン性不飽和結合を有する化合物(例えば、2-ヒドロキシエチルメタクリレート等)とを反応することにより得られる。
 式(R3)で表される構造は、例えば、フェノール性ヒドロキシ基等のヒドロキシ基を有するポリイミドと、グリシジル基及びエチレン性不飽和結合を有する化合物(例えば、グリシジルメタクリレート等)とを反応することにより得られる。
Among these, R 21 is preferably a group represented by any one of the following formulae (R1) to (R3), and more preferably a group represented by formula (R1).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000017
In formulas (R1) to (R3), L represents a single bond, an alkylene group having 2 to 12 carbon atoms, a (poly)alkyleneoxy group having 2 to 30 carbon atoms, or a group in which two or more of these are bonded together; X represents an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom; * represents a bonding site with another structure; and ● represents a bonding site with the oxygen atom to which R21 in formula (IV) is bonded.
In formulas (R1) to (R3), preferred embodiments of the alkylene group having 2 to 12 carbon atoms or the (poly)alkyleneoxy group having 2 to 30 carbon atoms as L are the same as the preferred embodiments of the alkylene group having 2 to 12 carbon atoms or the (poly)alkyleneoxy group having 2 to 30 carbon atoms as R 21 in formula (IV).
In formula (R1), X is preferably an oxygen atom.
In formulae (R1) to (R3), * has the same meaning as * in formula (IV), and preferred embodiments are also the same.
The structure represented by formula (R1) can be obtained, for example, by reacting a polyimide having a hydroxy group such as a phenolic hydroxy group with a compound having an isocyanato group and an ethylenically unsaturated bond (for example, 2-isocyanatoethyl methacrylate).
The structure represented by formula (R2) can be obtained, for example, by reacting a polyimide having a carboxy group with a compound having a hydroxy group and an ethylenically unsaturated bond (for example, 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate, etc.).
The structure represented by formula (R3) can be obtained, for example, by reacting a polyimide having a hydroxy group such as a phenolic hydroxy group with a compound having a glycidyl group and an ethylenically unsaturated bond (for example, glycidyl methacrylate, etc.).
 式(IV)中、*は他の構造との結合部位を表し、ポリイミドの主鎖との結合部位であることが好ましい。 In formula (IV), * represents a bonding site with another structure, and is preferably a bonding site with the main chain of the polyimide.
 ポリイミドの全質量に対するエチレン性不飽和結合の量は、0.0001~0.1mol/gであることが好ましく、0.0005~0.05mol/gであることがより好ましい。 The amount of ethylenically unsaturated bonds relative to the total mass of the polyimide is preferably 0.0001 to 0.1 mol/g, and more preferably 0.0005 to 0.05 mol/g.
-エチレン性不飽和結合を有する基以外の重合性基-
 ポリイミドは、エチレン性不飽和結合を有する基以外の重合性基を有していてもよい。
 エチレン性不飽和結合を有する基以外の重合性基としては、エポキシ基、オキセタニル基等の環状エーテル基、メトキシメチル基等のアルコキシメチル基、メチロール基等が挙げられる。
 エチレン性不飽和結合を有する基以外の重合性基は、例えば、後述する式(4)で表される繰返し単位におけるR131に含まれることが好ましい。
 ポリイミドの全質量に対するエチレン性不飽和結合を有する基以外の重合性基の量は、0.0001~0.1mol/gであることが好ましく、0.001~0.05mol/gであることがより好ましい。
--Polymerizable group other than a group having an ethylenically unsaturated bond--
The polyimide may have a polymerizable group other than the group having an ethylenically unsaturated bond.
Examples of the polymerizable group other than the group having an ethylenically unsaturated bond include an epoxy group, a cyclic ether group such as an oxetanyl group, an alkoxymethyl group such as a methoxymethyl group, and a methylol group.
The polymerizable group other than the group having an ethylenically unsaturated bond is preferably included in, for example, R 131 in the repeating unit represented by formula (4) described below.
The amount of polymerizable groups other than groups having ethylenically unsaturated bonds relative to the total mass of the polyimide is preferably 0.0001 to 0.1 mol/g, and more preferably 0.001 to 0.05 mol/g.
-酸価-
 ポリイミドがアルカリ現像に供される場合、現像性を向上する観点からは、ポリイミドの酸価は、30mgKOH/g以上であることが好ましく、50mgKOH/g以上であることがより好ましく、70mgKOH/g以上であることが更に好ましい。
 上記酸価は500mgKOH/g以下であることが好ましく、400mgKOH/g以下であることがより好ましく、200mgKOH/g以下であることが更に好ましい。
 ポリイミドが有機溶剤を主成分とする現像液を用いた現像(例えば、「溶剤現像」)に供される場合、ポリイミドの酸価は、1~35mgKOH/gが好ましく、2~30mgKOH/gがより好ましく、5~20mgKOH/gが更に好ましい。
 上記酸価は、公知の方法により測定され、例えば、JIS K 0070:1992に記載の方法により測定される。
 ポリイミドに含まれる酸基としては、保存安定性及び現像性の両立の観点から、pKaが0~10である酸基が好ましく、3~8である酸基がより好ましい。
 pKaとは、酸から水素イオンが放出される解離反応を考え、その平衡定数Kaをその負の常用対数pKaによって表したものである。本明細書において、pKaは、特に断らない限り、ACD/ChemSketch(登録商標)による計算値とする。pKaは、日本化学会編「改定5版 化学便覧 基礎編」に掲載の値を参照してもよい。
 酸基が例えばリン酸等の多価の酸である場合、上記pKaは第一解離定数である。
 このような酸基として、ポリイミドは、カルボキシ基、及び、フェノール性ヒドロキシ基からなる群より選ばれた少なくとも1種を含むことが好ましく、フェノール性ヒドロキシ基を含むことがより好ましい。
-Acid value-
When the polyimide is subjected to alkaline development, from the viewpoint of improving developability, the acid value of the polyimide is preferably 30 mgKOH/g or more, more preferably 50 mgKOH/g or more, and even more preferably 70 mgKOH/g or more.
The acid value is preferably 500 mgKOH/g or less, more preferably 400 mgKOH/g or less, and even more preferably 200 mgKOH/g or less.
When the polyimide is subjected to development using a developer containing an organic solvent as a main component (for example, "solvent development"), the acid value of the polyimide is preferably from 1 to 35 mgKOH/g, more preferably from 2 to 30 mgKOH/g, and even more preferably from 5 to 20 mgKOH/g.
The acid value is measured by a known method, for example, the method described in JIS K 0070:1992.
The acid group contained in the polyimide is preferably an acid group having a pKa of 0 to 10, more preferably 3 to 8, from the viewpoint of achieving both storage stability and developability.
pKa is the equilibrium constant Ka of a dissociation reaction in which a hydrogen ion is released from an acid, expressed as its negative common logarithm pKa. In this specification, pKa is a value calculated using ACD/ChemSketch (registered trademark) unless otherwise specified. For pKa, the value listed in "Revised 5th Edition Chemistry Handbook: Basics" edited by the Chemical Society of Japan may be referred to.
When the acid group is a polyacid, such as phosphoric acid, the pKa is the first dissociation constant.
As such an acid group, the polyimide preferably contains at least one type selected from the group consisting of a carboxy group and a phenolic hydroxy group, and more preferably contains a phenolic hydroxy group.
-フェノール性ヒドロキシ基-
 アルカリ現像液による現像速度を適切なものとする観点からは、ポリイミドは、フェノール性ヒドロキシ基を有することが好ましい。
 ポリイミドは、フェノール性ヒドロキシ基を主鎖末端に有してもよいし、側鎖に有してもよい。
 フェノール性ヒドロキシ基は、例えば、後述する式(4)で表される繰返し単位におけるR132又はR131に含まれることが好ましい。
 ポリイミドの全質量に対するフェノール性ヒドロキシ基の量は、0.1~30mol/gであることが好ましく、1~20mol/gであることがより好ましい。
-Phenol hydroxy group-
From the viewpoint of ensuring an appropriate development speed with an alkaline developer, the polyimide preferably has a phenolic hydroxy group.
The polyimide may have a phenolic hydroxy group at the end of the main chain or on a side chain.
The phenolic hydroxy group is preferably contained in, for example, R 132 or R 131 in the repeating unit represented by formula (4) described below.
The amount of the phenolic hydroxy group relative to the total mass of the polyimide is preferably from 0.1 to 30 mol/g, and more preferably from 1 to 20 mol/g.
 本発明で用いるポリイミドとしては、イミド構造を有する高分子化合物であれば、特に限定はないが、下記式(4)で表される繰返し単位を含むことが好ましい。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000018

 式(4)中、R131は、2価の有機基を表し、R132は、4価の有機基を表す。
 重合性基を有する場合、重合性基は、R131及びR132の少なくとも一方に位置していてもよいし、下記式(4-1)又は式(4-2)に示すようにポリイミドの末端に位置していてもよい。
式(4-1)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000019

式(4-1)中、R133は重合性基であり、他の基は式(4)と同義である。
式(4-2)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000020

 R134及びR135の少なくとも一方は重合性基であり、重合性基でない場合は有機基であり、他の基は式(4)と同義である。
The polyimide used in the present invention is not particularly limited as long as it is a polymeric compound having an imide structure, but it is preferable that it contains a repeating unit represented by the following formula (4).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000018

In formula (4), R 131 represents a divalent organic group, and R 132 represents a tetravalent organic group.
When the polyimide has a polymerizable group, the polymerizable group may be located at least one of R 131 and R 132 , or may be located at the end of the polyimide as shown in the following formula (4-1) or formula (4-2).
Formula (4-1)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000019

In formula (4-1), R 133 is a polymerizable group, and the other groups are the same as those in formula (4).
Formula (4-2)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000020

At least one of R 134 and R 135 is a polymerizable group, and when it is not a polymerizable group, it is an organic group, and the other groups have the same meanings as in formula (4).
 重合性基としては、上述のエチレン性不飽和結合を含む基、又は、上述のエチレン性不飽和結合を有する基以外の架橋性基が挙げられる。
 R131は、2価の有機基を表す。2価の有機基としては、式(1)におけるYと同様のものが例示され、好ましい範囲も同様である。
 R131としては、ジアミンのアミノ基の除去後に残存するジアミン残基が挙げられる。ジアミンとしては、脂肪族、環式脂肪族又は芳香族ジアミンなどが挙げられる。具体的な例としては、ポリイミド前駆体の式(1)中のYの例が挙げられる。
Examples of the polymerizable group include the above-mentioned group containing an ethylenically unsaturated bond, and crosslinkable groups other than the above-mentioned group having an ethylenically unsaturated bond.
R 131 represents a divalent organic group. Examples of the divalent organic group include the same as those of Y in formula (1), and the preferred range is also the same.
R 131 may be a diamine residue remaining after removal of the amino group of the diamine. The diamine may be an aliphatic, cycloaliphatic or aromatic diamine. Specific examples include the examples of Y in the formula (1) of the polyimide precursor.
 R131は、少なくとも2つのアルキレングリコール単位を主鎖にもつジアミン残基であることが、焼成時における反りの発生をより効果的に抑制する点で好ましい。より好ましくは、エチレングリコール鎖、プロピレングリコール鎖のいずれか又は両方を一分子中にあわせて2つ以上含むジアミン残基であり、更に好ましくは上記ジアミンであって、芳香環を含まないジアミン残基である。 R 131 is preferably a diamine residue having at least two alkylene glycol units in the main chain in order to more effectively suppress the occurrence of warping during firing, more preferably a diamine residue containing two or more ethylene glycol chains, propylene glycol chains, or both in one molecule, and even more preferably a diamine residue of the above diamine that does not contain an aromatic ring.
 エチレングリコール鎖、プロピレングリコール鎖のいずれか又は両方を一分子中にあわせて2つ以上含むジアミンとしては、ジェファーミン(登録商標)KH-511、ED-600、ED-900、ED-2003、EDR-148、EDR-176、D-200、D-400、D-2000、D-4000(以上商品名、HUNTSMAN(株)製)、1-(2-(2-(2-アミノプロポキシ)エトキシ)プロポキシ)プロパン-2-アミン、1-(1-(1-(2-アミノプロポキシ)プロパン-2-イル)オキシ)プロパン-2-アミンなどが挙げられるが、これらに限定されない。 Diamines containing two or more ethylene glycol chains, propylene glycol chains, or both in one molecule include, but are not limited to, Jeffamine (registered trademark) KH-511, ED-600, ED-900, ED-2003, EDR-148, EDR-176, D-200, D-400, D-2000, D-4000 (all trade names, manufactured by HUNTSMAN Co., Ltd.), 1-(2-(2-(2-aminopropoxy)ethoxy)propoxy)propan-2-amine, 1-(1-(1-(2-aminopropoxy)propan-2-yl)oxy)propan-2-amine, etc.
 R132は、4価の有機基を表す。4価の有機基としては、式(1)におけるXと同様のものが例示され、好ましい範囲も同様である。
 例えば、R115として例示される4価の有機基の4つの結合子が、式(4)中の4つの-C(=O)-の部分と結合して縮合環を形成する。
R 132 represents a tetravalent organic group. Examples of the tetravalent organic group include the same as those of X in formula (1), and the preferred range is also the same.
For example, the four bonds of the tetravalent organic group exemplified as R 115 bond to the four —C(═O)— portions in formula (4) to form a condensed ring.
 R132は、テトラカルボン酸二無水物から無水物基の除去後に残存するテトラカルボン酸残基などが挙げられる。具体的な例としては、ポリイミド前駆体の式(1)中のXの例が挙げられる。有機膜の強度の観点から、R132は1~4つの芳香環を有する芳香族ジアミン残基であることが好ましい。 R 132 may be a tetracarboxylic acid residue remaining after removal of the anhydride group from a tetracarboxylic dianhydride. Specific examples include the examples of X in formula (1) of the polyimide precursor. From the viewpoint of the strength of the organic film, R 132 is preferably an aromatic diamine residue having 1 to 4 aromatic rings.
 R131とR132の少なくとも一方にOH基を有することも好ましい。より具体的には、R131として、2,2-ビス(3-ヒドロキシ-4-アミノフェニル)プロパン、2,2-ビス(3-ヒドロキシ-4-アミノフェニル)ヘキサフルオロプロパン、2,2-ビス(3-アミノ-4-ヒドロキシフェニル)プロパン、2,2-ビス(3-アミノ-4-ヒドロキシフェニル)ヘキサフルオロプロパン、上記の(DA-1)~(DA-18)が好ましい例として挙げられ、R132として、上記の(DAA-1)~(DAA-5)がより好ましい例として挙げられる。 It is also preferable that at least one of R 131 and R 132 has an OH group. More specifically, preferred examples of R 131 include 2,2-bis(3-hydroxy-4-aminophenyl)propane, 2,2-bis(3-hydroxy-4-aminophenyl)hexafluoropropane, 2,2-bis(3-amino-4-hydroxyphenyl)propane, 2,2-bis(3-amino-4-hydroxyphenyl)hexafluoropropane, and the above (DA-1) to (DA-18), and more preferred examples of R 132 include the above (DAA-1) to (DAA-5).
 ポリイミドは、構造中にフッ素原子を有することも好ましい。ポリイミド中のフッ素原子の含有量は10質量%以上が好ましく、20質量%以下がより好ましい。 It is also preferable that the polyimide has fluorine atoms in its structure. The content of fluorine atoms in the polyimide is preferably 10% by mass or more, and more preferably 20% by mass or less.
 基板との密着性を向上させる目的で、ポリイミドは、シロキサン構造を有する脂肪族の基と共重合してもよい。具体的には、ジアミン成分として、ビス(3-アミノプロピル)テトラメチルジシロキサン、ビス(p-アミノフェニル)オクタメチルペンタシロキサンなどが挙げられる。 To improve adhesion to the substrate, the polyimide may be copolymerized with an aliphatic group having a siloxane structure. Specifically, examples of diamine components include bis(3-aminopropyl)tetramethyldisiloxane and bis(p-aminophenyl)octamethylpentasiloxane.
 樹脂組成物の保存安定性を向上させるため、ポリイミドの主鎖末端はモノアミン、酸無水物、モノカルボン酸、モノ酸クロリド化合物、モノ活性エステル化合物などの末端封止剤により封止されていることが好ましい。これらのうち、モノアミンを用いることがより好ましく、モノアミンの好ましい化合物としては、アニリン、2-エチニルアニリン、3-エチニルアニリン、4-エチニルアニリン、5-アミノ-8-ヒドロキシキノリン、1-ヒドロキシ-7-アミノナフタレン、1-ヒドロキシ-6-アミノナフタレン、1-ヒドロキシ-5-アミノナフタレン、1-ヒドロキシ-4-アミノナフタレン、2-ヒドロキシ-7-アミノナフタレン、2-ヒドロキシ-6-アミノナフタレン、2-ヒドロキシ-5-アミノナフタレン、1-カルボキシ-7-アミノナフタレン、1-カルボキシ-6-アミノナフタレン、1-カルボキシ-5-アミノナフタレン、2-カルボキシ-7-アミノナフタレン、2-カルボキシ-6-アミノナフタレン、2-カルボキシ-5-アミノナフタレン、2-アミノ安息香酸、3-アミノ安息香酸、4-アミノ安息香酸、4-アミノサリチル酸、5-アミノサリチル酸、6-アミノサリチル酸、2-アミノベンゼンスルホン酸、3-アミノベンゼンスルホン酸、4-アミノベンゼンスルホン酸、3-アミノ-4,6-ジヒドロキシピリミジン、2-アミノフェノール、3-アミノフェノール、4-アミノフェノール、2-アミノチオフェノール、3-アミノチオフェノール、4-アミノチオフェノールなどが挙げられる。これらを2種以上用いてもよく、複数の末端封止剤を反応させることにより、複数の異なる末端基を導入してもよい。 In order to improve the storage stability of the resin composition, it is preferable that the main chain ends of the polyimide are blocked with a terminal blocking agent such as a monoamine, an acid anhydride, a monocarboxylic acid, a monoacid chloride compound, or a monoactive ester compound. Of these, it is more preferable to use a monoamine, and preferred monoamine compounds include aniline, 2-ethynylaniline, 3-ethynylaniline, 4-ethynylaniline, 5-amino-8-hydroxyquinoline, 1-hydroxy-7-aminonaphthalene, 1-hydroxy-6-aminonaphthalene, 1-hydroxy-5-aminonaphthalene, 1-hydroxy-4-aminonaphthalene, 2-hydroxy-7-aminonaphthalene, 2-hydroxy-6-aminonaphthalene, 2-hydroxy-5-aminonaphthalene, 1-carboxy-7-aminonaphthalene, 1-carboxy-6-aminonaphthalene, 1-carboxy -5-aminonaphthalene, 2-carboxy-7-aminonaphthalene, 2-carboxy-6-aminonaphthalene, 2-carboxy-5-aminonaphthalene, 2-aminobenzoic acid, 3-aminobenzoic acid, 4-aminobenzoic acid, 4-aminosalicylic acid, 5-aminosalicylic acid, 6-aminosalicylic acid, 2-aminobenzenesulfonic acid, 3-aminobenzenesulfonic acid, 4-aminobenzenesulfonic acid, 3-amino-4,6-dihydroxypyrimidine, 2-aminophenol, 3-aminophenol, 4-aminophenol, 2-aminothiophenol, 3-aminothiophenol, 4-aminothiophenol, etc. Two or more of these may be used, and multiple different end groups may be introduced by reacting multiple end-capping agents.
-イミド化率(閉環率)-
 ポリイミドのイミド化率(「閉環率」ともいう)は、得られる有機膜の膜強度、絶縁性等の観点からは、70%以上であることが好ましく、80%以上であることがより好ましく、90%以上であることがより好ましい。
 上記イミド化率の上限は特に限定されず、100%以下であればよい。
 上記イミド化率は、例えば下記方法により測定される。
 ポリイミドの赤外吸収スペクトルを測定し、イミド構造由来の吸収ピークである1377cm-1付近のピーク強度P1を求める。次に、そのポリイミドを350℃で1時間熱処理した後、再度、赤外吸収スペクトルを測定し、1377cm-1付近のピーク強度P2を求める。得られたピーク強度P1、P2を用い、下記式に基づいて、ポリイミドのイミド化率を求めることができる。
 イミド化率(%)=(ピーク強度P1/ピーク強度P2)×100
-Imidization rate (ring closure rate)-
From the viewpoints of the film strength, insulating properties, etc. of the resulting organic film, the imidization rate of the polyimide (also referred to as the "ring closure rate") is preferably 70% or more, more preferably 80% or more, and even more preferably 90% or more.
There is no particular upper limit to the imidization rate, and it is sufficient if it is 100% or less.
The imidization rate is measured, for example, by the following method.
The infrared absorption spectrum of the polyimide is measured to determine the peak intensity P1 near 1377 cm −1 , which is an absorption peak derived from the imide structure. Next, the polyimide is heat-treated at 350° C. for 1 hour, and then the infrared absorption spectrum is measured again to determine the peak intensity P2 near 1377 cm −1 . Using the obtained peak intensities P1 and P2, the imidization rate of the polyimide can be calculated based on the following formula.
Imidization rate (%)=(peak intensity P1/peak intensity P2)×100
 ポリイミドは、繰り返し単位のすべてがR131及びR132の組み合わせが同じである上記式(4)で表される繰返し単位を含んでいてもよく、R131及びR132の組み合わせが異なる2種以上を含む上記式(4)で表される繰返し単位を含んでいてもよい。ポリイミドは、上記式(4)で表される繰返し単位のほかに、他の種類の繰返し単位を含んでいてもよい。他の種類の繰返し単位としては、例えば、上述の式(1)で表される繰返し単位等が挙げられる。 The polyimide may contain repeating units represented by the above formula (4) in which all of the repeating units have the same combination of R 131 and R 132 , or may contain repeating units represented by the above formula (4) containing two or more different combinations of R 131 and R 132. The polyimide may contain other types of repeating units in addition to the repeating units represented by the above formula (4). Examples of other types of repeating units include the repeating units represented by the above formula (1), etc.
 ポリイミドは、例えば、低温中でテトラカルボン酸二無水物とジアミン(一部をモノアミンである末端封止剤に置換)を反応させる方法、低温中でテトラカルボン酸二無水物(一部を酸無水物又はモノ酸クロリド化合物又はモノ活性エステル化合物である末端封止剤に置換)とジアミンを反応させる方法、テトラカルボン酸二無水物とアルコールとによりジエステルを得、その後ジアミン(一部をモノアミンである末端封止剤に置換)と縮合剤の存在下で反応させる方法、テトラカルボン酸二無水物とアルコールとによりジエステルを得、その後残りのジカルボン酸を酸クロリド化し、ジアミン(一部をモノアミンである末端封止剤に置換)と反応させる方法などの方法を利用して、ポリイミド前駆体を得、これを、既知のイミド化反応法を用いて完全イミド化させる方法、又は、途中でイミド化反応を停止し、一部イミド構造を導入する方法、更には、完全イミド化したポリマーと、そのポリイミド前駆体をブレンドする事によって、一部イミド構造を導入する方法を利用して合成することができる。また、その他公知のポリイミドの合成方法を適用することもできる。 Polyimides can be synthesized, for example, by reacting tetracarboxylic dianhydride with diamine (partially substituted with a terminal blocking agent that is a monoamine) at low temperature, by reacting tetracarboxylic dianhydride (partially substituted with a terminal blocking agent that is an acid anhydride, monoacid chloride compound, or monoactive ester compound) with diamine at low temperature, by obtaining a diester from tetracarboxylic dianhydride with alcohol and then reacting it with diamine (partially substituted with a terminal blocking agent that is a monoamine) in the presence of a condensing agent, by obtaining a diester from tetracarboxylic dianhydride with alcohol and then converting the remaining dicarboxylic acid into an acid chloride and reacting it with diamine (partially substituted with a terminal blocking agent that is a monoamine), or by using a method in which a polyimide precursor is obtained and then completely imidized using a known imidization reaction method, or by stopping the imidization reaction midway and introducing a partial imide structure, or by blending a completely imidized polymer with the polyimide precursor to partially introduce an imide structure. Other known methods for synthesizing polyimides can also be applied.
 特定樹脂の重量平均分子量(Mw)は、7,500~18,000であり、8,000~16,000が好ましく、10,000~15,000が更により好ましい。
 特定樹脂の数平均分子量(Mn)は、2,000~10,000が好ましく、2,500~9,000がより好ましく、2,500~6,000が更に好ましい。
 特定樹脂の分子量の分散度は、2.2~4.0であり、2.6~4.0がより好ましく、2.8~4.0が更に好ましい。
 これらの中でも、特定樹脂の重量平均分子量が10,000~15,000であり、かつ、分散度が2.8~4.0である態様も、本発明の好ましい態様の1つである。
 本明細書において、分子量の分散度とは、重量平均分子量/数平均分子量により算出される値である。
 樹脂組成物が特定樹脂として複数種のポリイミド前駆体を含む場合、少なくとも1種のポリイミド前駆体の重量平均分子量、数平均分子量、及び、分散度が上記範囲であることが好ましい。
 また、上記複数種のポリイミド前駆体を1つの樹脂として算出した重量平均分子量、数平均分子量、及び、分散度が、それぞれ、上記範囲内であることも好ましい。
 重量平均分子量、数平均分子量及び分散度の測定方法は特に限定されないが、ゲル浸透クロマトグラフィ(GPC)法を用いて測定することができる。
The weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the specific resin is from 7,500 to 18,000, preferably from 8,000 to 16,000, and more preferably from 10,000 to 15,000.
The number average molecular weight (Mn) of the specific resin is preferably from 2,000 to 10,000, more preferably from 2,500 to 9,000, and even more preferably from 2,500 to 6,000.
The molecular weight dispersity of the specific resin is from 2.2 to 4.0, more preferably from 2.6 to 4.0, and even more preferably from 2.8 to 4.0.
Among these, an embodiment in which the weight average molecular weight of the specific resin is 10,000 to 15,000 and the dispersity is 2.8 to 4.0 is also one of the preferred embodiments of the present invention.
In this specification, the dispersity of molecular weight is a value calculated by weight average molecular weight/number average molecular weight.
When the resin composition contains a plurality of types of polyimide precursors as the specific resin, it is preferable that the weight average molecular weight, number average molecular weight and dispersity of at least one type of polyimide precursor are within the above-mentioned ranges.
It is also preferable that the weight average molecular weight, number average molecular weight and dispersity, calculated by treating the plurality of types of polyimide precursors as one resin, are each within the above-mentioned ranges.
The method for measuring the weight average molecular weight, number average molecular weight and dispersity is not particularly limited, but they can be measured by gel permeation chromatography (GPC).
 GPC法において、カラムとしては例えば、ガードカラムHZ-L、TSKgel Super HZM-M、TSKgel Super HZ4000、TSKgel Super HZ3000、及び、TSKgel Super HZ2000(以上、東ソー(株)製)を直列に連結して用いることができる。
 GPC法において、溶離液としては、例えばTHF(テトラヒドロフラン)を用いて測定することができる。ただし、溶解性が低い場合など、溶離液としてTHFが適していない場合にはNMP(N-メチル-2-ピロリドン)を用いることもできる。
 GPC法における検出は、波長254nmによる検出により行うことができる。
 重量平均分子量、数平均分子量及び分散度の測定のための基準サンプルとしては、例えば、ポリスチレン標準を用いることができる。
 その他、GPC法における流量、カラム温度などは、特定樹脂の構造等に応じて適宜決定すればよいが、例えば、後述する実施例に記載の条件とすることができる。
In the GPC method, for example, guard columns HZ-L, TSKgel Super HZM-M, TSKgel Super HZ4000, TSKgel Super HZ3000, and TSKgel Super HZ2000 (all manufactured by Tosoh Corporation) can be connected in series and used as columns.
In the GPC method, the measurement can be performed using, for example, THF (tetrahydrofuran) as an eluent. However, when THF is not suitable as an eluent due to low solubility, NMP (N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone) can also be used.
Detection in the GPC method can be carried out at a wavelength of 254 nm.
As a reference sample for measuring the weight average molecular weight, the number average molecular weight and the dispersity, for example, a polystyrene standard can be used.
Other conditions such as flow rate and column temperature in the GPC method may be appropriately determined depending on the structure of the specific resin, and may be, for example, the conditions described in the Examples below.
 特定樹脂のカルボン酸価は、0.003mmol/g以上であることが好ましく、0.005mmol/g以上であることがより好ましく、0.006mmol/g以上であることが更に好ましい。上記カルボン酸価の上限は、特に限定されないが、例えば0.10mmol/g以下とすることができる。
 カルボン酸価を上記範囲内とすることにより、残膜率の高い、保存安定性に優れた樹脂組成物が得られると考えられる。
 カルボン酸価とは、1gの特定樹脂に含まれるカルボン酸(カルボキシ基)のモル量である。
 上記カルボン酸価は、例えば、中和滴定により測定することができ、後述する実施例に記載の方法により測定することが好ましい。中和滴定における滴定液としては、例えば、0.01mol/lの水酸化ナトリウム水溶液を用いることができる。
The carboxylic acid value of the specific resin is preferably 0.003 mmol/g or more, more preferably 0.005 mmol/g or more, and even more preferably 0.006 mmol/g or more. The upper limit of the carboxylic acid value is not particularly limited, but can be, for example, 0.10 mmol/g or less.
It is believed that by adjusting the carboxylic acid value to be within the above range, a resin composition having a high film retention rate and excellent storage stability can be obtained.
The carboxylic acid value is the molar amount of carboxylic acid (carboxy group) contained in 1 g of a specific resin.
The carboxylic acid value can be measured, for example, by neutralization titration, and is preferably measured by the method described in the Examples below. As a titrant in the neutralization titration, for example, a 0.01 mol/l aqueous sodium hydroxide solution can be used.
 特定樹脂のアミン価は、0.001mmol/g以下であることが好ましく、0.0007mmol/g以下であることがより好ましく、0.0006mmol/g以下であることが更に好ましい。上記アミン価の下限は、特に限定されず、例えば0mmol/gであってもよい。
 アミン価を上記範囲内とすることにより、アミンによる特定樹脂の環化の促進が抑制され、保存安定性に優れた樹脂組成物が得られると考えられる。
 アミン価とは、1gの特定樹脂に含まれるアミノ基のモル量である。
 上記アミン価は、例えば、中和滴定により測定することができ、後述する実施例に記載の方法により測定することが好ましい。中和滴定における滴定液としては、例えば、0.001mol/lの過塩素酸酢酸溶液を用いることができる。
The amine value of the specific resin is preferably 0.001 mmol/g or less, more preferably 0.0007 mmol/g or less, and even more preferably 0.0006 mmol/g or less. The lower limit of the amine value is not particularly limited and may be, for example, 0 mmol/g.
By adjusting the amine value to be within the above range, it is believed that promotion of cyclization of the specific resin by the amine is suppressed, and a resin composition having excellent storage stability can be obtained.
The amine value is the molar amount of amino groups contained in 1 g of a particular resin.
The amine value can be measured, for example, by neutralization titration, and is preferably measured by the method described in the Examples below. As a titrant in the neutralization titration, for example, a 0.001 mol/l perchloric acid/acetic acid solution can be used.
 特定樹脂をジメチルスルホキシドに0.5質量%の濃度となるように溶解した溶液のpHは、2.0~6.0であることが好ましく、2.5~5.5であることがより好ましく、3.0~5.0であることが更に好ましい。
 上記pHは、pH計を用いて測定することができ、後述する実施例に記載の方法により測定することが好ましい。中和滴定における滴定液としては、例えば、0.01mol/l 塩酸を用いることができる。
The pH of a solution in which the specific resin is dissolved in dimethyl sulfoxide to a concentration of 0.5% by mass is preferably 2.0 to 6.0, more preferably 2.5 to 5.5, and even more preferably 3.0 to 5.0.
The pH can be measured using a pH meter, and is preferably measured by the method described in the Examples below. As a titrant for neutralization titration, for example, 0.01 mol/l hydrochloric acid can be used.
〔ポリイミド前駆体等の製造方法〕
 ポリイミド前駆体等は、例えば、低温中でテトラカルボン酸二無水物とジアミンを反応させる方法、低温中でテトラカルボン酸二無水物とジアミンを反応させてポリアミック酸を得、縮合剤又はアルキル化剤を用いてエステル化する方法、テトラカルボン酸二無水物とアルコールとによりジエステルを得て、その後ジアミンと縮合剤の存在下で反応させる方法、テトラカルボン酸二無水物とアルコールとによりジエステルを得、その後残りのジカルボン酸をハロゲン化剤を用いて酸ハロゲン化し、ジアミンと反応させる方法、などの方法を利用して得ることができる。上記製造方法のうち、テトラカルボン酸二無水物とアルコールとによりジエステルを得、その後残りのジカルボン酸をハロゲン化剤を用いて酸ハロゲン化し、ジアミンと反応させる方法がより好ましい。
 ここで、上記原料の使用時の濃度及び使用比率を変更することにより、特定樹脂の重量平均分子量、数平均分子量及び分散度を調整することができる。
 例えば、保存安定性の観点からは、ジアミンの量を減少させることにより、得られる特定樹脂の重量平均分子量は小さく、分散度は大きく調整することができる。
 また、例えば、上記ジエステルにおけるエステル化率を調整し、モノエステル又はエステル化されていない無水物を用いることにより、上述のカルボン酸価を調整することができる。
 上記縮合剤としては、例えばジシクロヘキシルカルボジイミド、ジイソプロピルカルボジイミド、1-エトキシカルボニル-2-エトキシ-1,2-ジヒドロキノリン、1,1-カルボニルジオキシ-ジ-1,2,3-ベンゾトリアゾール、N,N’-ジスクシンイミジルカーボネート、無水トリフルオロ酢酸等が挙げられる。
 上記アルキル化剤としては、N,N-ジメチルホルムアミドジメチルアセタール、N,N-ジメチルホルムアミドジエチルアセタール、N,N-ジアルキルホルムアミドジアルキルアセタール、オルトギ酸トリメチル、オルトギ酸トリエチル等が挙げられる。
 上記ハロゲン化剤としては、塩化チオニル、塩化オキサリル、オキシ塩化リン等が挙げられる。
 ポリイミド前駆体等の製造方法では、反応に際し、有機溶剤を用いることが好ましい。有機溶剤は1種でもよいし、2種以上でもよい。
 有機溶剤としては、原料に応じて適宜定めることができるが、ピリジン、ジエチレングリコールジメチルエーテル(ジグリム)、N-メチルピロリドン、N-エチルピロリドン、プロピオン酸エチル、ジメチルアセトアミド、ジメチルホルムアミド、テトラヒドロフラン、γ-ブチロラクトン等が例示される。
 ポリイミド前駆体等の製造方法では、反応に際し、塩基性化合物を添加することが好ましい。塩基性化合物は1種でもよいし、2種以上でもよい。
 塩基性化合物は、原料に応じて適宜定めることができるが、トリエチルアミン、ジイソプロピルエチルアミン、ピリジン、1,8-ジアザビシクロ[5.4.0]ウンデカ-7-エン、N,N-ジメチル-4-アミノピリジン等が例示される。
[Method for producing polyimide precursor, etc.]
The polyimide precursor or the like can be obtained by, for example, a method of reacting a tetracarboxylic dianhydride with a diamine at low temperature, a method of reacting a tetracarboxylic dianhydride with a diamine at low temperature to obtain a polyamic acid, and then esterifying the polyamic acid using a condensing agent or an alkylating agent, a method of obtaining a diester from a tetracarboxylic dianhydride with an alcohol, and then reacting the diamine in the presence of a condensing agent, a method of obtaining a diester from a tetracarboxylic dianhydride with an alcohol, and then acid-halogenating the remaining dicarboxylic acid using a halogenating agent, and then reacting the diamine, etc. Among the above-mentioned production methods, the method of obtaining a diester from a tetracarboxylic dianhydride with an alcohol, and then acid-halogenating the remaining dicarboxylic acid using a halogenating agent, and then reacting the diamine, is more preferable.
Here, by changing the concentration and the ratio of the above-mentioned raw materials when they are used, it is possible to adjust the weight average molecular weight, number average molecular weight and dispersity of the specific resin.
For example, from the viewpoint of storage stability, by reducing the amount of diamine, the weight average molecular weight of the resulting specific resin can be adjusted to be small and the dispersity to be large.
In addition, the carboxylic acid value can be adjusted by, for example, adjusting the esterification rate in the diester and using a monoester or a non-esterified anhydride.
Examples of the condensing agent include dicyclohexylcarbodiimide, diisopropylcarbodiimide, 1-ethoxycarbonyl-2-ethoxy-1,2-dihydroquinoline, 1,1-carbonyldioxy-di-1,2,3-benzotriazole, N,N'-disuccinimidyl carbonate, and trifluoroacetic anhydride.
Examples of the alkylating agent include N,N-dimethylformamide dimethyl acetal, N,N-dimethylformamide diethyl acetal, N,N-dialkylformamide dialkyl acetal, trimethyl orthoformate, and triethyl orthoformate.
Examples of the halogenating agent include thionyl chloride, oxalyl chloride, phosphorus oxychloride, and the like.
In the method for producing a polyimide precursor or the like, it is preferable to use an organic solvent during the reaction. The organic solvent may be one type or two or more types.
The organic solvent can be appropriately selected depending on the raw material, and examples thereof include pyridine, diethylene glycol dimethyl ether (diglyme), N-methylpyrrolidone, N-ethylpyrrolidone, ethyl propionate, dimethylacetamide, dimethylformamide, tetrahydrofuran, and γ-butyrolactone.
In the method for producing a polyimide precursor or the like, it is preferable to add a basic compound during the reaction. The basic compound may be one type or two or more types.
The basic compound can be appropriately determined depending on the raw material, and examples thereof include triethylamine, diisopropylethylamine, pyridine, 1,8-diazabicyclo[5.4.0]undec-7-ene, and N,N-dimethyl-4-aminopyridine.
-末端封止剤-
 ポリイミド前駆体等の製造に際し、保存安定性をより向上させるため、ポリイミド前駆体等の樹脂末端に残存するカルボン酸無水物、酸無水物誘導体、或いは、アミノ基を封止することが好ましい。樹脂末端に残存するカルボン酸無水物、及び酸無水物誘導体を封止する際、末端封止剤としては、モノアルコール、フェノール、チオール、チオフェノール、モノアミン等が挙げられ、反応性、膜の安定性から、モノアルコール、フェノール類やモノアミンを用いることがより好ましい。モノアルコールの好ましい化合物としては、メタノール、エタノール、プロパノール、ブタノール、ヘキサノール、オクタノール、ドデシノール、ベンジルアルコール、2-フェニルエタノール、2-メトキシエタノール、2-クロロメタノール、フルフリルアルコール等の1級アルコール、イソプロパノール、2-ブタノール、シクロヘキシルアルコール、シクロペンタノール、1-メトキシ-2-プロパノール等の2級アルコール、t-ブチルアルコール、アダマンタンアルコール等の3級アルコールが挙げられる。フェノール類の好ましい化合物としては、フェノール、メトキシフェノール、メチルフェノール、ナフタレン-1-オール、ナフタレン-2-オール、ヒドロキシスチレン等のフェノール類などが挙げられる。また、モノアミンの好ましい化合物としては、アニリン、2-エチニルアニリン、3-エチニルアニリン、4-エチニルアニリン、5-アミノ-8-ヒドロキシキノリン、1-ヒドロキシ-7-アミノナフタレン、1-ヒドロキシ-6-アミノナフタレン、1-ヒドロキシ-5-アミノナフタレン、1-ヒドロキシ-4-アミノナフタレン、2-ヒドロキシ-7-アミノナフタレン、2-ヒドロキシ-6-アミノナフタレン、2-ヒドロキシ-5-アミノナフタレン、1-カルボキシ-7-アミノナフタレン、1-カルボキシ-6-アミノナフタレン、1-カルボキシ-5-アミノナフタレン、2-カルボキシ-7-アミノナフタレン、2-カルボキシ-6-アミノナフタレン、2-カルボキシ-5-アミノナフタレン、2-アミノ安息香酸、3-アミノ安息香酸、4-アミノ安息香酸、4-アミノサリチル酸、5-アミノサリチル酸、6-アミノサリチル酸、2-アミノベンゼンスルホン酸、3-アミノベンゼンスルホン酸、4-アミノベンゼンスルホン酸、3-アミノ-4,6-ジヒドロキシピリミジン、2-アミノフェノール、3-アミノフェノール、4-アミノフェノール、2-アミノチオフェノール、3-アミノチオフェノール、4-アミノチオフェノールなどが挙げられる。これらを2種以上用いてもよく、複数の末端封止剤を反応させることにより、複数の異なる末端基を導入してもよい。
 また、樹脂末端のアミノ基を封止する際、アミノ基と反応可能な官能基を有する化合物で封止することが可能である。アミノ基に対する好ましい封止剤は、カルボン酸無水物、カルボン酸クロリド、カルボン酸ブロミド、スルホン酸クロリド、無水スルホン酸、スルホン酸カルボン酸無水物などが好ましく、カルボン酸無水物、カルボン酸クロリドがより好ましい。カルボン酸無水物の好ましい化合物としては、無水酢酸、無水プロピオン酸、無水シュウ酸、無水コハク酸、無水マレイン酸、無水フタル酸、無水安息香酸、5-ノルボルネン-2,3-ジカルボン酸無水物などが挙げられる。また、カルボン酸クロリドの好ましい化合物としては、塩化アセチル、アクリル酸クロリド、プロピオニルクロリド、メタクリル酸クロリド、ピバロイルクロリド、シクロヘキサンカルボニルクロリド、2-エチルヘキサノイルクロリド、シンナモイルクロリド、1-アダマンタンカルボニルクロリド、ヘプタフルオロブチリルクロリド、ステアリン酸クロリド、ベンゾイルクロリド、などが挙げられる。
-End-capping agent-
In the production of polyimide precursors, etc., in order to further improve storage stability, it is preferable to cap the carboxylic acid anhydride, acid anhydride derivative, or amino group remaining at the resin terminal of the polyimide precursor, etc. When capping the carboxylic acid anhydride and acid anhydride derivative remaining at the resin terminal, examples of the terminal capping agent include monoalcohols, phenols, thiols, thiophenols, monoamines, etc., and it is more preferable to use monoalcohols, phenols, or monoamines in terms of reactivity and film stability. Preferred monoalcohol compounds include primary alcohols such as methanol, ethanol, propanol, butanol, hexanol, octanol, dodecinol, benzyl alcohol, 2-phenylethanol, 2-methoxyethanol, 2-chloromethanol, and furfuryl alcohol, secondary alcohols such as isopropanol, 2-butanol, cyclohexyl alcohol, cyclopentanol, and 1-methoxy-2-propanol, and tertiary alcohols such as t-butyl alcohol and adamantane alcohol. Preferred phenolic compounds include phenols such as phenol, methoxyphenol, methylphenol, naphthalene-1-ol, naphthalene-2-ol, and hydroxystyrene. Preferred monoamine compounds include aniline, 2-ethynylaniline, 3-ethynylaniline, 4-ethynylaniline, 5-amino-8-hydroxyquinoline, 1-hydroxy-7-aminonaphthalene, 1-hydroxy-6-aminonaphthalene, 1-hydroxy-5-aminonaphthalene, 1-hydroxy-4-aminonaphthalene, 2-hydroxy-7-aminonaphthalene, 2-hydroxy-6-aminonaphthalene, 2-hydroxy-5-aminonaphthalene, 1-carboxy-7-aminonaphthalene, 1-carboxy-6-aminonaphthalene, 1-carboxy-5-aminonaphthalene, Examples of such an acid include 2-carboxy-7-aminonaphthalene, 2-carboxy-6-aminonaphthalene, 2-carboxy-5-aminonaphthalene, 2-aminobenzoic acid, 3-aminobenzoic acid, 4-aminobenzoic acid, 4-aminosalicylic acid, 5-aminosalicylic acid, 6-aminosalicylic acid, 2-aminobenzenesulfonic acid, 3-aminobenzenesulfonic acid, 4-aminobenzenesulfonic acid, 3-amino-4,6-dihydroxypyrimidine, 2-aminophenol, 3-aminophenol, 4-aminophenol, 2-aminothiophenol, 3-aminothiophenol, and 4-aminothiophenol. Two or more of these may be used, and a plurality of different terminal groups may be introduced by reacting a plurality of terminal blocking agents.
In addition, when the amino group at the resin terminal is blocked, it is possible to block it with a compound having a functional group capable of reacting with the amino group. Preferred blocking agents for the amino group include carboxylic acid anhydrides, carboxylic acid chlorides, carboxylic acid bromides, sulfonic acid chlorides, sulfonic acid anhydrides, sulfonic acid carboxylic acid anhydrides, and the like, and more preferred are carboxylic acid anhydrides and carboxylic acid chlorides. Preferred compounds of carboxylic acid anhydrides include acetic anhydride, propionic anhydride, oxalic anhydride, succinic anhydride, maleic anhydride, phthalic anhydride, benzoic anhydride, 5-norbornene-2,3-dicarboxylic acid anhydride, and the like. Preferred examples of the carboxylic acid chloride include acetyl chloride, acrylic acid chloride, propionyl chloride, methacrylic acid chloride, pivaloyl chloride, cyclohexanecarbonyl chloride, 2-ethylhexanoyl chloride, cinnamoyl chloride, 1-adamantanecarbonyl chloride, heptafluorobutyryl chloride, stearic acid chloride, and benzoyl chloride.
-固体析出-
 ポリイミド前駆体等の製造に際し、固体を析出する工程を含んでいてもよい。具体的には、反応液中に共存している脱水縮合剤の吸水副生物を必要に応じて濾別した後、水、脂肪族低級アルコール、又はその混合液等の貧溶媒に、得られた重合体成分を投入し、重合体成分を析出させることで、固体として析出させ、乾燥させることでポリイミド前駆体等を得ることができる。精製度を向上させるために、ポリイミド前駆体等を再溶解、再沈析出、乾燥等の操作を繰返してもよい。
 さらに、イオン交換樹脂等のイオン交換体とポリイミド前駆体等を接触させる工程を含んでいてもよい。
 イオン交換体とポリイミド前駆体等を接触させることにより、ポリイミド前駆体等を精製することができる。
 例えば、イオン交換体とポリイミド前駆体等を接触させることにより、上述のポリイミド前駆体等におけるアミン価を調整することができる。
 また、低分子量のアミンを除去できるため、特定樹脂自体、又は、特定樹脂を含む組成物の保存安定性を向上することもできる。
 イオン交換体としては、例えば、一般的な精製グレードのイオン交換体を用いることができる。市販品を用いてもよく、MB-1、MB-2、MB-4、EG-4HG、EG-5AHG、ESP-1/2(オルガノ社製)等が挙げられる。
-Solid precipitation-
The production of the polyimide precursor or the like may include a step of precipitating a solid. Specifically, after filtering off the water-absorbing by-product of the dehydration condensation agent coexisting in the reaction solution as necessary, the obtained polymer component is poured into a poor solvent such as water, aliphatic lower alcohol, or a mixture thereof to precipitate the polymer component as a solid, and then dried to obtain the polyimide precursor or the like. In order to improve the degree of purification, the polyimide precursor or the like may be repeatedly subjected to operations such as redissolving, reprecipitating, and drying.
Furthermore, the method may include a step of contacting the polyimide precursor or the like with an ion exchanger such as an ion exchange resin.
The polyimide precursor or the like can be purified by contacting the polyimide precursor or the like with an ion exchanger.
For example, the amine value of the polyimide precursor or the like can be adjusted by contacting the polyimide precursor or the like with an ion exchanger.
In addition, since low molecular weight amines can be removed, the storage stability of the specific resin itself or a composition containing the specific resin can be improved.
As the ion exchanger, for example, a general refined grade ion exchanger can be used, and commercially available products such as MB-1, MB-2, MB-4, EG-4HG, EG-5AHG, and ESP-1/2 (manufactured by Organo Corporation) can be used.
〔含有量〕
 本発明の樹脂組成物における特定樹脂の含有量は、樹脂組成物の全固形分に対し20質量%以上であることが好ましく、30質量%以上であることがより好ましく、40質量%以上であることが更に好ましく、50質量%以上であることが一層好ましい。また、本発明の樹脂組成物における樹脂の含有量は、樹脂組成物の全固形分に対し、99.5質量%以下であることが好ましく、99質量%以下であることがより好ましく、98質量%以下であることが更に好ましく、97質量%以下であることが一層好ましく、95質量%以下であることがより一層好ましい。
 本発明の樹脂組成物は、特定樹脂を1種のみ含んでいてもよいし、2種以上含んでいてもよい。2種以上含む場合、合計量が上記範囲となることが好ましい。
〔Content〕
The content of the specific resin in the resin composition of the present invention is preferably 20% by mass or more, more preferably 30% by mass or more, even more preferably 40% by mass or more, and even more preferably 50% by mass or more, based on the total solid content of the resin composition. The content of the resin in the resin composition of the present invention is preferably 99.5% by mass or less, more preferably 99% by mass or less, even more preferably 98% by mass or less, even more preferably 97% by mass or less, and even more preferably 95% by mass or less, based on the total solid content of the resin composition.
The resin composition of the present invention may contain only one specific resin, or may contain two or more specific resins. When two or more specific resins are contained, the total amount is preferably within the above range.
 本発明の樹脂組成物は、少なくとも2種の特定樹脂を含むことも好ましい。
 具体的には、本発明の樹脂組成物は、特定樹脂と、後述する他の樹脂とを合計で2種以上含んでもよいし、特定樹脂を2種以上含んでいてもよいが、特定樹脂を2種以上含むことが好ましい。
 本発明の樹脂組成物が特定樹脂を2種以上含む場合、例えば、ポリイミド前駆体であって、二無水物由来の構造(上述の式(1)でいうX)が異なる2種以上のポリイミド前駆体を含むことが好ましい。
It is also preferable that the resin composition of the present invention contains at least two types of specific resins.
Specifically, the resin composition of the present invention may contain a total of two or more types of the specific resin and the other resins described below, or may contain two or more types of specific resins, but it is preferable that the resin composition contains two or more types of specific resins.
When the resin composition of the present invention contains two or more specific resins, it is preferable to contain, for example, two or more polyimide precursors having different dianhydride-derived structures (X in the above formula (1)).
<他の樹脂>
 本発明の樹脂組成物は、上述した特定樹脂と、特定樹脂とは異なる他の樹脂(以下、単に「他の樹脂」ともいう)とを含んでもよい。
 他の樹脂としては、特定樹脂に該当しないポリイミド前駆体、ポリイミド、ポリベンゾオキサゾール前駆体、ポリベンゾオキサゾール前駆体、ポリアミドイミド前駆体、ポリアミドイミド、フェノール樹脂、ポリアミド、エポキシ樹脂、ポリシロキサン、シロキサン構造を含む樹脂、(メタ)アクリル樹脂、(メタ)アクリルアミド樹脂、ウレタン樹脂、ブチラール樹脂、スチリル樹脂、ポリエーテル樹脂、ポリエステル樹脂等が挙げられる。
 例えば、(メタ)アクリル樹脂を更に加えることにより、塗布性に優れた樹脂組成物が得られ、また、耐溶剤性に優れたパターン(硬化物)が得られる。
 例えば、後述する重合性化合物に代えて、又は、後述する重合性化合物に加えて、重量平均分子量が20,000以下の重合性基価の高い(例えば、樹脂1gにおける重合性基の含有モル量が1×10-3モル/g以上である)(メタ)アクリル樹脂を樹脂組成物に添加することにより、樹脂組成物の塗布性、パターン(硬化物)の耐溶剤性等を向上させることができる。
<Other resins>
The resin composition of the present invention may contain the above-mentioned specific resin and another resin different from the specific resin (hereinafter, simply referred to as "another resin").
Examples of other resins include polyimide precursors not corresponding to the specific resins, polyimides, polybenzoxazole precursors, polybenzoxazole precursors, polyamideimide precursors, polyamideimides, phenolic resins, polyamides, epoxy resins, polysiloxanes, resins containing a siloxane structure, (meth)acrylic resins, (meth)acrylamide resins, urethane resins, butyral resins, styryl resins, polyether resins, and polyester resins.
For example, by further adding a (meth)acrylic resin, a resin composition having excellent coatability can be obtained, and a pattern (cured product) having excellent solvent resistance can be obtained.
For example, instead of or in addition to the polymerizable compound described later, by adding a (meth)acrylic resin having a weight average molecular weight of 20,000 or less and a high polymerizable group value (for example, the molar content of polymerizable groups per 1 g of resin is 1×10 −3 mol/g or more) to the resin composition, the coatability of the resin composition and the solvent resistance of the pattern (cured product) can be improved.
 本発明の樹脂組成物が他の樹脂を含む場合、他の樹脂の含有量は、樹脂組成物の全固形分に対し、0.01質量%以上であることが好ましく、0.05質量%以上であることがより好ましく、1質量%以上であることが更に好ましく、2質量%以上であることが一層好ましく、5質量%以上であることがより一層好ましく、10質量%以上であることが更に一層好ましい。
 本発明の樹脂組成物における、他の樹脂の含有量は、樹脂組成物の全固形分に対し、80質量%以下であることが好ましく、75質量%以下であることがより好ましく、70質量%以下であることが更に好ましく、60質量%以下であることが一層好ましく、50質量%以下であることがより一層好ましい。
 本発明の樹脂組成物の好ましい一態様として、他の樹脂の含有量が低含有量である態様とすることもできる。上記態様において、他の樹脂の含有量は、樹脂組成物の全固形分に対し、20質量%以下であることが好ましく、15質量%以下であることがより好ましく、10質量%以下であることが更に好ましく、5質量%以下であることが一層好ましく、1質量%以下であることがより一層好ましい。上記含有量の下限は特に限定されず、0質量%以上であればよい。
 本発明の樹脂組成物は、他の樹脂を1種のみ含んでいてもよいし、2種以上含んでいてもよい。2種以上含む場合、合計量が上記範囲となることが好ましい。
When the resin composition of the present invention contains other resins, the content of the other resins is preferably 0.01 mass% or more, more preferably 0.05 mass% or more, even more preferably 1 mass% or more, still more preferably 2 mass% or more, even more preferably 5 mass% or more, and even more preferably 10 mass% or more, based on the total solid content of the resin composition.
The content of other resins in the resin composition of the present invention is preferably 80 mass% or less, more preferably 75 mass% or less, even more preferably 70 mass% or less, still more preferably 60 mass% or less, and even more preferably 50 mass% or less, based on the total solid content of the resin composition.
As a preferred embodiment of the resin composition of the present invention, the content of the other resin may be low. In the above embodiment, the content of the other resin is preferably 20% by mass or less, more preferably 15% by mass or less, even more preferably 10% by mass or less, even more preferably 5% by mass or less, and even more preferably 1% by mass or less, based on the total solid content of the resin composition. The lower limit of the content is not particularly limited, and may be 0% by mass or more.
The resin composition of the present invention may contain only one type of other resin, or may contain two or more types. When two or more types are contained, the total amount is preferably within the above range.
<重合性化合物>
 本発明の樹脂組成物は、重合性化合物を含むことが好ましい。
 重合性化合物としては、ラジカル架橋剤、又は、他の架橋剤が挙げられる。
<Polymerizable Compound>
The resin composition of the present invention preferably contains a polymerizable compound.
The polymerizable compound may include a radical crosslinking agent or other crosslinking agents.
〔ラジカル架橋剤〕
 本発明の樹脂組成物は、ラジカル架橋剤を含むことが好ましい。
 ラジカル架橋剤は、ラジカル重合性基を有する化合物である。ラジカル重合性基としては、エチレン性不飽和結合を含む基が好ましい。上記エチレン性不飽和結合を含む基としては、ビニル基、アリル基、ビニルフェニル基、(メタ)アクリロイル基、マレイミド基、(メタ)アクリルアミド基などが挙げられる。
 これらの中でも、(メタ)アクリロイル基、(メタ)アクリルアミド基、ビニルフェニル基が好ましく、反応性の観点からは、(メタ)アクリロイル基がより好ましい。
[Radical Crosslinking Agent]
The resin composition of the present invention preferably contains a radical crosslinking agent.
The radical crosslinking agent is a compound having a radical polymerizable group. The radical polymerizable group is preferably a group containing an ethylenically unsaturated bond. Examples of the group containing an ethylenically unsaturated bond include a vinyl group, an allyl group, a vinylphenyl group, a (meth)acryloyl group, a maleimide group, and a (meth)acrylamide group.
Among these, a (meth)acryloyl group, a (meth)acrylamide group, and a vinylphenyl group are preferred, and from the viewpoint of reactivity, a (meth)acryloyl group is more preferred.
 ラジカル架橋剤は、エチレン性不飽和結合を1個以上有する化合物であることが好ましいが、2個以上有する化合物であることがより好ましい。ラジカル架橋剤は、エチレン性不飽和結合を3個以上有していてもよい。
 上記エチレン性不飽和結合を2個以上有する化合物としては、エチレン性不飽和結合を2~15個有する化合物が好ましく、エチレン性不飽和結合を2~10個有する化合物がより好ましく、2~6個有する化合物が更に好ましい。
 得られるパターン(硬化物)の膜強度の観点からは、本発明の樹脂組成物は、エチレン性不飽和結合を2個有する化合物と、上記エチレン性不飽和結合を3個以上有する化合物とを含むことも好ましい。
 ここで、得られる硬化物の耐薬品性の観点からは、樹脂組成物がエチレン性不飽和結合を3個以上有する化合物を少なくとも含有することも、本発明の好ましい態様の一つである。
 耐薬品性の観点からは、エチレン性不飽和結合を3個以上有する化合物としては、エチレン性不飽和結合を4個以上有する化合物が好ましく、エチレン性不飽和結合を5個以上有する化合物がより好ましい。上記エチレン性不飽和結合の数は特に限定されないが、15個以下であることが好ましく、10個以下であることがより好ましい。
 耐薬品性の観点からは、重合性化合物の全質量に対するエチレン性不飽和結合を3個以上有する化合物の含有量は、20質量%以上であることが好ましく、50質量%以上であることがより好ましく、70質量%以上であることが更に好ましい。上記含有量の上限は特に限定されず、100質量%であってもよい。
The radical crosslinking agent is preferably a compound having one or more ethylenically unsaturated bonds, more preferably a compound having two or more ethylenically unsaturated bonds. The radical crosslinking agent may have three or more ethylenically unsaturated bonds.
As the compound having two or more ethylenically unsaturated bonds, a compound having 2 to 15 ethylenically unsaturated bonds is preferable, a compound having 2 to 10 ethylenically unsaturated bonds is more preferable, and a compound having 2 to 6 ethylenically unsaturated bonds is even more preferable.
From the viewpoint of the film strength of the obtained pattern (cured product), it is also preferable that the resin composition of the present invention contains a compound having two ethylenically unsaturated bonds and the above-mentioned compound having three or more ethylenically unsaturated bonds.
From the viewpoint of the chemical resistance of the resulting cured product, it is also a preferred embodiment of the present invention that the resin composition contains at least a compound having three or more ethylenically unsaturated bonds.
From the viewpoint of chemical resistance, the compound having 3 or more ethylenically unsaturated bonds is preferably a compound having 4 or more ethylenically unsaturated bonds, more preferably a compound having 5 or more ethylenically unsaturated bonds. The number of the ethylenically unsaturated bonds is not particularly limited, but is preferably 15 or less, more preferably 10 or less.
From the viewpoint of chemical resistance, the content of the compound having 3 or more ethylenically unsaturated bonds relative to the total mass of the polymerizable compound is preferably 20% by mass or more, more preferably 50% by mass or more, and even more preferably 70% by mass or more. The upper limit of the content is not particularly limited, and may be 100% by mass.
 ラジカル架橋剤の分子量は、2,000以下が好ましく、1,500以下がより好ましく、900以下が更に好ましい。ラジカル架橋剤の分子量の下限は、100以上が好ましい。 The molecular weight of the radical crosslinking agent is preferably 2,000 or less, more preferably 1,500 or less, and even more preferably 900 or less. The lower limit of the molecular weight of the radical crosslinking agent is preferably 100 or more.
 ラジカル架橋剤の具体例としては、不飽和カルボン酸(例えば、アクリル酸、メタクリル酸、イタコン酸、クロトン酸、イソクロトン酸、マレイン酸など)やそのエステル類、アミド類が挙げられ、好ましくは、不飽和カルボン酸と多価アルコール化合物とのエステル、及び不飽和カルボン酸と多価アミン化合物とのアミド類である。また、ヒドロキシ基やアミノ基、スルファニル基等の求核性置換基を有する不飽和カルボン酸エステル又はアミド類と、単官能若しくは多官能イソシアネート類又はエポキシ類との付加反応物や、単官能若しくは多官能のカルボン酸との脱水縮合反応物等も好適に使用される。また、イソシアネート基やエポキシ基等の親電子性置換基を有する不飽和カルボン酸エステル又はアミド類と、単官能若しくは多官能のアルコール類、アミン類、チオール類との付加反応物、更に、ハロゲノ基やトシルオキシ基等の脱離性置換基を有する不飽和カルボン酸エステル又はアミド類と、単官能若しくは多官能のアルコール類、アミン類、チオール類との置換反応物も好適である。また、別の例として、上記の不飽和カルボン酸の代わりに、不飽和ホスホン酸、スチレン等のビニルベンゼン誘導体、ビニルエーテル、アリルエーテル等に置き換えた化合物群を使用することも可能である。具体例としては、特開2016-027357号公報の段落0113~0122の記載を参酌でき、これらの内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。 Specific examples of radical crosslinking agents include unsaturated carboxylic acids (e.g., acrylic acid, methacrylic acid, itaconic acid, crotonic acid, isocrotonic acid, maleic acid, etc.) and their esters and amides, preferably esters of unsaturated carboxylic acids and polyhydric alcohol compounds, and amides of unsaturated carboxylic acids and polyvalent amine compounds. In addition, addition reaction products of unsaturated carboxylic acid esters or amides having nucleophilic substituents such as hydroxyl groups, amino groups, and sulfanyl groups with monofunctional or polyfunctional isocyanates or epoxies, and dehydration condensation reaction products of monofunctional or polyfunctional carboxylic acids are also preferably used. In addition, addition reaction products of unsaturated carboxylic acid esters or amides having electrophilic substituents such as isocyanate groups and epoxy groups with monofunctional or polyfunctional alcohols, amines, and thiols, and substitution reaction products of unsaturated carboxylic acid esters or amides having eliminable substituents such as halogeno groups and tosyloxy groups with monofunctional or polyfunctional alcohols, amines, and thiols are also suitable. As another example, it is also possible to use a compound group in which the above unsaturated carboxylic acid is replaced with an unsaturated phosphonic acid, a vinylbenzene derivative such as styrene, a vinyl ether, an allyl ether, etc. Specific examples can be found in paragraphs 0113 to 0122 of JP 2016-027357 A, the contents of which are incorporated herein by reference.
 ラジカル架橋剤は、常圧下で100℃以上の沸点を持つ化合物も好ましい。常圧下で100℃以上の沸点を持つ化合物としては、国際公開第2021/112189号公報の段落0203に記載の化合物等が挙げられる。この内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。 The radical crosslinking agent is preferably a compound having a boiling point of 100°C or higher under normal pressure. Examples of compounds having a boiling point of 100°C or higher under normal pressure include the compounds described in paragraph 0203 of WO 2021/112189, the contents of which are incorporated herein by reference.
 上述以外の好ましいラジカル架橋剤としては、国際公開第2021/112189号公報の段落0204~0208に記載のラジカル重合性化合物等が挙げられる。この内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。 Preferable radical crosslinking agents other than those mentioned above include the radical polymerizable compounds described in paragraphs 0204 to 0208 of WO 2021/112189, the contents of which are incorporated herein by reference.
 エチレン性不飽和結合を3個以上有する化合物としては、ジペンタエリスリトールトリアクリレート(市販品としては KAYARAD D-330(日本化薬(株)製))、ジペンタエリスリトールテトラアクリレート(市販品としては KAYARAD D-320(日本化薬(株)製)、A-TMMT(新中村化学工業(株)製))、ジペンタエリスリトールペンタ(メタ)アクリレート(市販品としては KAYARAD D-310(日本化薬(株)製))、ジペンタエリスリトールヘキサ(メタ)アクリレート(市販品としては KAYARAD DPHA(日本化薬(株)製)、A-DPH(新中村化学工業社製))、及びこれらの(メタ)アクリロイル基がエチレングリコール残基又はプロピレングリコール残基を介して結合している構造が好ましい。これらのオリゴマータイプも使用できる。 Preferred compounds having three or more ethylenically unsaturated bonds include dipentaerythritol triacrylate (commercially available products include KAYARAD D-330 (manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.)), dipentaerythritol tetraacrylate (commercially available products include KAYARAD D-320 (manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.) and A-TMMT (manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.)), dipentaerythritol penta(meth)acrylate (commercially available products include KAYARAD D-310 (manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.)), dipentaerythritol hexa(meth)acrylate (commercially available products include KAYARAD DPHA (manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.) and A-DPH (manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.)), and structures in which the (meth)acryloyl groups are bonded via ethylene glycol residues or propylene glycol residues. Oligomer types of these can also be used.
 ラジカル架橋剤の市販品としては、例えばエチレンオキシ鎖を4個有する4官能アクリレートであるSR-494、エチレンオキシ鎖を4個有する2官能メタクリレートであるSR-209、231、239(以上、サートマー社製)、ペンチレンオキシ鎖を6個有する6官能アクリレートであるDPCA-60、イソブチレンオキシ鎖を3個有する3官能アクリレートであるTPA-330(以上、日本化薬(株)製)、ウレタンオリゴマーであるUAS-10、UAB-140(以上、日本製紙社製)、NKエステルM-40G、NKエステル4G、NKエステルM-9300、NKエステルA-9300、UA-7200(以上、新中村化学工業社製)、DPHA-40H(日本化薬(株)製)、UA-306H、UA-306T、UA-306I、AH-600、T-600、AI-600(以上、共栄社化学社製)、ブレンマーPME400(日油(株)製)などが挙げられる。 Commercially available radical crosslinking agents include, for example, SR-494, a tetrafunctional acrylate with four ethyleneoxy chains, SR-209, 231, and 239, which are difunctional methacrylates with four ethyleneoxy chains (all manufactured by Sartomer Corporation), DPCA-60, a hexafunctional acrylate with six pentyleneoxy chains, TPA-330, a trifunctional acrylate with three isobutyleneoxy chains (all manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.), and urethane oligomers. Examples include UAS-10 and UAB-140 (all manufactured by Nippon Paper Industries Co., Ltd.), NK Ester M-40G, NK Ester 4G, NK Ester M-9300, NK Ester A-9300, and UA-7200 (all manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.), DPHA-40H (manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.), UA-306H, UA-306T, UA-306I, AH-600, T-600, and AI-600 (all manufactured by Kyoeisha Chemical Co., Ltd.), and Blenmar PME400 (manufactured by NOF Corp.).
 ラジカル架橋剤としては、特公昭48-041708号公報、特開昭51-037193号公報、特公平02-032293号公報、特公平02-016765号公報に記載されているようなウレタンアクリレート類や、特公昭58-049860号公報、特公昭56-017654号公報、特公昭62-039417号公報、特公昭62-039418号公報に記載のエチレンオキサイド系骨格を有するウレタン化合物類も好適である。ラジカル架橋剤として、特開昭63-277653号公報、特開昭63-260909号公報、特開平01-105238号公報に記載される、分子内にアミノ構造やスルフィド構造を有する化合物を用いることもできる。 As radical crosslinking agents, urethane acrylates such as those described in JP-B-48-041708, JP-A-51-037193, JP-B-02-032293, and JP-B-02-016765, and urethane compounds having an ethylene oxide skeleton described in JP-B-58-049860, JP-B-56-017654, JP-B-62-039417, and JP-B-62-039418 are also suitable. As radical crosslinking agents, compounds having an amino structure or sulfide structure in the molecule, as described in JP-A-63-277653, JP-A-63-260909, and JP-A-01-105238, can also be used.
 ラジカル架橋剤は、カルボキシ基、リン酸基等の酸基を有するラジカル架橋剤であってもよい。酸基を有するラジカル架橋剤は、脂肪族ポリヒドロキシ化合物と不飽和カルボン酸とのエステルが好ましく、脂肪族ポリヒドロキシ化合物の未反応のヒドロキシ基に非芳香族カルボン酸無水物を反応させて酸基を持たせたラジカル架橋剤がより好ましい。特に好ましくは、脂肪族ポリヒドロキシ化合物の未反応のヒドロキシ基に非芳香族カルボン酸無水物を反応させて酸基を持たせたラジカル架橋剤において、脂肪族ポリヒドロキシ化合物がペンタエリスリトール又はジペンタエリスリトールである化合物である。市販品としては、例えば、東亞合成(株)製の多塩基酸変性アクリルオリゴマーとして、M-510、M-520などが挙げられる。 The radical crosslinking agent may be a radical crosslinking agent having an acid group such as a carboxy group or a phosphate group. The radical crosslinking agent having an acid group is preferably an ester of an aliphatic polyhydroxy compound and an unsaturated carboxylic acid, and more preferably a radical crosslinking agent in which an acid group is provided by reacting an unreacted hydroxy group of an aliphatic polyhydroxy compound with a non-aromatic carboxylic anhydride. Particularly preferred is a radical crosslinking agent in which an acid group is provided by reacting an unreacted hydroxy group of an aliphatic polyhydroxy compound with a non-aromatic carboxylic anhydride, in which the aliphatic polyhydroxy compound is pentaerythritol or dipentaerythritol. Examples of commercially available products include polybasic acid modified acrylic oligomers manufactured by Toagosei Co., Ltd., such as M-510 and M-520.
 酸基を有するラジカル架橋剤の酸価は、0.1~300mgKOH/gが好ましく、1~100mgKOH/gがより好ましい。ラジカル架橋剤の酸価が上記範囲であれば、製造上の取扱性に優れ、現像性に優れる。また、重合性が良好である。上記酸価は、JIS K 0070:1992の記載に準拠して測定される。 The acid value of the radical crosslinking agent having an acid group is preferably 0.1 to 300 mgKOH/g, more preferably 1 to 100 mgKOH/g. If the acid value of the radical crosslinking agent is within the above range, the agent has excellent handling properties during manufacturing and developability. In addition, the agent has good polymerizability. The acid value is measured in accordance with the description of JIS K 0070:1992.
 樹脂組成物は、パターンの解像性と膜の伸縮性の観点から、2官能のメタアクリレート又はアクリレートを用いてもよい。
 具体的な化合物としては、トリエチレングリコールジアクリレート、トリエチレングリコールジメタクリレート、テトラエチレングリコールジメタクリレート、テトラエチレングリコールジアクリレート、PEG(ポリエチレングリコール)200ジアクリレート、PEG200ジメタクリレート、PEG600ジアクリレート、PEG600ジメタクリレート、ポリテトラエチレングリコールジアクリレート、ポリテトラエチレングリコールジメタクリレート、ジプロピレングリコールジアクリレート、トリプロピレングリコールジアクリレート、ネオペンチルグリコールジアクリレート、ネオペンチルグリコールジメタクリレート、3-メチル-1,5-ペンタンジオールジアクリレート、1,6-ヘキサンジオールジアクリレート、1,6-ヘキサンジオールジメタクリレート、ジメチロール-トリシクロデカンジアクリレート、ジメチロール-トリシクロデカンジメタクリレート、ビスフェノールAのEO(エチレンオキシド)付加物ジアクリレート、ビスフェノールAのEO付加物ジメタクリレート、ビスフェノールAのPO(プロピレンオキシド)付加物ジアクリレート、ビスフェノールAのPO付加物ジメタクリレート、2-ヒドロキシー3-アクリロイロキシプロピルメタクリレート、イソシアヌル酸EO変性ジアクリレート、イソシアヌル酸EO変性ジメタクリレート、その他ウレタン結合を有する2官能アクリレート、ウレタン結合を有する2官能メタクリレートを使用することができる。これらは必要に応じ、2種以上を混合し使用することができる。
 なお、例えばPEG200ジアクリレートとは、ポリエチレングリコールジアクリレートであって、ポリエチレングリコール鎖の式量が200程度のものをいう。
 本発明の樹脂組成物は、パターン(硬化物)の反り抑制の観点から、ラジカル架橋剤として、単官能ラジカル架橋剤を好ましく用いることができる。単官能ラジカル架橋剤としては、n-ブチル(メタ)アクリレート、2-エチルヘキシル(メタ)アクリレート、2-ヒドロキシエチル(メタ)アクリレート、ブトキシエチル(メタ)アクリレート、カルビトール(メタ)アクリレート、シクロヘキシル(メタ)アクリレート、ベンジル(メタ)アクリレート、フェノキシエチル(メタ)アクリレート、N-メチロール(メタ)アクリルアミド、グリシジル(メタ)アクリレート、ポリエチレングリコールモノ(メタ)アクリレート、ポリプロピレングリコールモノ(メタ)アクリレート等の(メタ)アクリル酸誘導体、N-ビニルピロリドン、N-ビニルカプロラクタム等のN-ビニル化合物類、アリルグリシジルエーテル等が好ましく用いられる。単官能ラジカル架橋剤としては、露光前の揮発を抑制するため、常圧下で100℃以上の沸点を持つ化合物も好ましい。
 その他、2官能以上のラジカル架橋剤としては、ジアリルフタレート、トリアリルトリメリテート等のアリル化合物類が挙げられる。
From the viewpoints of pattern resolution and film stretchability, the resin composition may contain a difunctional methacrylate or acrylate.
Specific examples of the compounds include triethylene glycol diacrylate, triethylene glycol dimethacrylate, tetraethylene glycol dimethacrylate, tetraethylene glycol diacrylate, PEG (polyethylene glycol) 200 diacrylate, PEG 200 dimethacrylate, PEG 600 diacrylate, PEG 600 dimethacrylate, polytetraethylene glycol diacrylate, polytetraethylene glycol dimethacrylate, dipropylene glycol diacrylate, tripropylene glycol diacrylate, neopentyl glycol diacrylate, neopentyl glycol dimethacrylate, 3-methyl-1,5-pentanediol diacrylate, 1,6-hexyl ... Xanediol diacrylate, 1,6-hexanediol dimethacrylate, dimethylol-tricyclodecane diacrylate, dimethylol-tricyclodecane dimethacrylate, EO (ethylene oxide) adduct diacrylate of bisphenol A, EO adduct dimethacrylate of bisphenol A, PO (propylene oxide) adduct diacrylate of bisphenol A, PO adduct dimethacrylate of bisphenol A, 2-hydroxy-3-acryloyloxypropyl methacrylate, isocyanuric acid EO-modified diacrylate, isocyanuric acid EO-modified dimethacrylate, other bifunctional acrylates having a urethane bond, and bifunctional methacrylates having a urethane bond can be used. Two or more of these can be mixed and used as necessary.
For example, PEG200 diacrylate refers to polyethylene glycol diacrylate having a formula weight of about 200 for the polyethylene glycol chain.
In the resin composition of the present invention, from the viewpoint of suppressing warpage of the pattern (cured product), a monofunctional radical crosslinking agent can be preferably used as the radical crosslinking agent. As the monofunctional radical crosslinking agent, n-butyl (meth)acrylate, 2-ethylhexyl (meth)acrylate, 2-hydroxyethyl (meth)acrylate, butoxyethyl (meth)acrylate, carbitol (meth)acrylate, cyclohexyl (meth)acrylate, benzyl (meth)acrylate, phenoxyethyl (meth)acrylate, N-methylol (meth)acrylamide, glycidyl (meth)acrylate, polyethylene glycol mono(meth)acrylate, polypropylene glycol mono(meth)acrylate, and other (meth)acrylic acid derivatives, N-vinyl compounds such as N-vinylpyrrolidone and N-vinylcaprolactam, and allyl glycidyl ether are preferably used. As the monofunctional radical crosslinking agent, a compound having a boiling point of 100° C. or more under normal pressure is also preferred in order to suppress volatilization before exposure.
Other examples of the difunctional or higher radical crosslinking agent include allyl compounds such as diallyl phthalate and triallyl trimellitate.
 ラジカル架橋剤を含有する場合、ラジカル架橋剤の含有量は、樹脂組成物の全固形分に対して、0質量%超60質量%以下であることが好ましい。下限は5質量%以上がより好ましい。上限は、50質量%以下であることがより好ましく、30質量%以下であることが更に好ましい。 When a radical crosslinking agent is contained, the content of the radical crosslinking agent is preferably more than 0 mass% and not more than 60 mass% based on the total solid content of the resin composition. The lower limit is more preferably 5 mass% or more. The upper limit is more preferably 50 mass% or less, and even more preferably 30 mass% or less.
 ラジカル架橋剤は1種を単独で用いてもよいが、2種以上を混合して用いてもよい。2種以上を併用する場合にはその合計量が上記の範囲となることが好ましい。 The radical crosslinking agent may be used alone or in combination of two or more. When two or more types are used in combination, it is preferable that the total amount is within the above range.
〔他の架橋剤〕
 本発明の樹脂組成物は、上述したラジカル架橋剤とは異なる、他の架橋剤を含むことも好ましい。
 他の架橋剤とは、上述したラジカル架橋剤以外の架橋剤をいい、上述の光酸発生剤、又は、光塩基発生剤の感光により、組成物中の他の化合物又はその反応生成物との間で共有結合を形成する反応が促進される基を分子内に複数個有する化合物であることが好ましく、組成物中の他の化合物又はその反応生成物との間で共有結合を形成する反応が酸又は塩基の作用によって促進される基を分子内に複数個有する化合物が好ましい。
 上記酸又は塩基は、露光工程において、光酸発生剤又は光塩基発生剤から発生する酸又は塩基であることが好ましい。
 他の架橋剤としては、国際公開第2022/145355号の段落0179~0207に記載の化合物が挙げられる。上記記載は本明細書に組み込まれる。
[Other crosslinking agents]
The resin composition of the present invention also preferably contains another crosslinking agent different from the above-mentioned radical crosslinking agent.
The other crosslinking agent refers to a crosslinking agent other than the above-mentioned radical crosslinking agent, and is preferably a compound having, in its molecule, a plurality of groups that promote a reaction to form a covalent bond with another compound in the composition or a reaction product thereof upon exposure to light by the above-mentioned photoacid generator or photobase generator, and is preferably a compound having, in its molecule, a plurality of groups that promote a reaction to form a covalent bond with another compound in the composition or a reaction product thereof under the action of an acid or a base.
The acid or base is preferably an acid or base generated from a photoacid generator or a photobase generator in the exposure step.
Other cross-linking agents include the compounds described in paragraphs 0179 to 0207 of WO 2022/145355, the disclosures of which are incorporated herein by reference.
〔光重合開始剤〕
 本発明の樹脂組成物は、光重合開始剤を含む。
 光重合開始剤は、光ラジカル重合開始剤であることが好ましい。光ラジカル重合開始剤としては、特に制限はなく、公知の光ラジカル重合開始剤の中から適宜選択することができる。例えば、紫外線領域から可視領域の光線に対して感光性を有する光ラジカル重合開始剤が好ましい。また、光励起された増感剤と作用し、活性ラジカルを生成する活性剤であってもよい。
[Photopolymerization initiator]
The resin composition of the present invention contains a photopolymerization initiator.
The photopolymerization initiator is preferably a photoradical polymerization initiator. The photoradical polymerization initiator is not particularly limited and can be appropriately selected from known photoradical polymerization initiators. For example, a photoradical polymerization initiator having photosensitivity to light rays in the ultraviolet to visible regions is preferable. Alternatively, it may be an activator that reacts with a photoexcited sensitizer to generate active radicals.
 光ラジカル重合開始剤は、波長約240~800nm(好ましくは330~500nm)の範囲内で少なくとも約50L・mol-1・cm-1のモル吸光係数を有する化合物を、少なくとも1種含有していることが好ましい。化合物のモル吸光係数は、公知の方法を用いて測定することができる。例えば、紫外可視分光光度計(Varian社製Cary-5 spectrophotometer)にて、酢酸エチル溶剤を用い、0.01g/Lの濃度で測定することが好ましい。 The photoradical polymerization initiator preferably contains at least one compound having a molar absorption coefficient of at least about 50 L·mol −1 ·cm −1 in a wavelength range of about 240 to 800 nm (preferably 330 to 500 nm). The molar absorption coefficient of the compound can be measured using a known method. For example, it is preferable to measure it using an ultraviolet-visible spectrophotometer (Varian Cary-5 spectrophotometer) at a concentration of 0.01 g/L using ethyl acetate as a solvent.
 光ラジカル重合開始剤としては、公知の化合物を任意に使用できる。例えば、ハロゲン化炭化水素誘導体(例えば、トリアジン骨格を有する化合物、オキサジアゾール骨格を有する化合物、トリハロメチル基を有する化合物など)、アシルホスフィンオキサイド等のアシルホスフィン化合物、ヘキサアリールビイミダゾール、オキシム誘導体等のオキシム化合物、有機過酸化物、チオ化合物、ケトン化合物、芳香族オニウム塩、ケトオキシムエーテル、アミノアセトフェノンなどのα-アミノケトン化合物、ヒドロキシアセトフェノンなどのα-ヒドロキシケトン化合物、アゾ系化合物、アジド化合物、メタロセン化合物、有機ホウ素化合物、鉄アレーン錯体などが挙げられる。これらの詳細については、特開2016-027357号公報の段落0165~0182、国際公開第2015/199219号の段落0138~0151の記載を参酌でき、この内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。また、特開2014-130173号公報の段落0065~0111、特許第6301489号公報に記載された化合物、MATERIAL STAGE 37~60p,vol.19,No.3,2019に記載されたパーオキサイド系光重合開始剤、国際公開第2018/221177号に記載の光重合開始剤、国際公開第2018/110179号に記載の光重合開始剤、特開2019-043864号公報に記載の光重合開始剤、特開2019-044030号公報に記載の光重合開始剤、特開2019-167313号公報に記載の過酸化物系開始剤が挙げられ、これらの内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。 Any known compound can be used as the photoradical polymerization initiator. For example, halogenated hydrocarbon derivatives (e.g., compounds having a triazine skeleton, compounds having an oxadiazole skeleton, compounds having a trihalomethyl group, etc.), acylphosphine compounds such as acylphosphine oxides, hexaarylbiimidazoles, oxime compounds such as oxime derivatives, organic peroxides, thio compounds, ketone compounds, aromatic onium salts, ketoxime ethers, α-aminoketone compounds such as aminoacetophenones, α-hydroxyketone compounds such as hydroxyacetophenones, azo compounds, azide compounds, metallocene compounds, organic boron compounds, iron arene complexes, etc. For details of these, please refer to the descriptions in paragraphs 0165 to 0182 of JP 2016-027357 A and paragraphs 0138 to 0151 of WO 2015/199219, the contents of which are incorporated herein by reference. Further examples include the compounds described in paragraphs 0065 to 0111 of JP 2014-130173 A and JP 6301489 A, the peroxide-based photopolymerization initiators described in MATERIAL STAGE 37 to 60p, vol. 19, No. 3, 2019, the photopolymerization initiators described in WO 2018/221177 A, the photopolymerization initiators described in WO 2018/110179 A, the photopolymerization initiators described in JP 2019-043864 A, the photopolymerization initiators described in JP 2019-044030 A, and the peroxide-based initiators described in JP 2019-167313 A, the contents of which are incorporated herein by reference.
 ケトン化合物としては、例えば、特開2015-087611号公報の段落0087に記載の化合物が例示され、この内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。市販品では、カヤキュア-DETX-S(日本化薬(株)製)も好適に用いられる。 Examples of ketone compounds include the compounds described in paragraph 0087 of JP 2015-087611 A, the contents of which are incorporated herein by reference. As a commercially available product, Kayacure-DETX-S (manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.) is also preferably used.
 本発明の一実施態様において、光ラジカル重合開始剤としては、ヒドロキシアセトフェノン化合物、アミノアセトフェノン化合物、及び、アシルホスフィン化合物を好適に用いることができる。より具体的には、例えば、特開平10-291969号公報に記載のアミノアセトフェノン系開始剤、特許第4225898号に記載のアシルホスフィンオキシド系開始剤を用いることができ、この内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。 In one embodiment of the present invention, hydroxyacetophenone compounds, aminoacetophenone compounds, and acylphosphine compounds can be suitably used as photoradical polymerization initiators. More specifically, for example, aminoacetophenone-based initiators described in JP-A-10-291969 and acylphosphine oxide-based initiators described in Japanese Patent No. 4225898 can be used, the contents of which are incorporated herein by reference.
 α-ヒドロキシケトン系開始剤としては、Omnirad 184、Omnirad 1173、Omnirad 2959、Omnirad 127(以上、IGM Resins B.V.社製)、IRGACURE 184(IRGACUREは登録商標)、DAROCUR 1173、IRGACURE 500、IRGACURE-2959、IRGACURE 127(以上、BASF社製)を用いることができる。 α-Hydroxyketone initiators that can be used include Omnirad 184, Omnirad 1173, Omnirad 2959, Omnirad 127 (all manufactured by IGM Resins B.V.), IRGACURE 184 (IRGACURE is a registered trademark), DAROCUR 1173, IRGACURE 500, IRGACURE-2959, and IRGACURE 127 (all manufactured by BASF).
 α-アミノケトン系開始剤としては、Omnirad 907、Omnirad 369、Omnirad 369E、Omnirad 379EG(以上、IGM Resins B.V.社製)、IRGACURE 907、IRGACURE 369、及び、IRGACURE 379(以上、BASF社製)を用いることができる。 As α-aminoketone initiators, Omnirad 907, Omnirad 369, Omnirad 369E, Omnirad 379EG (all manufactured by IGM Resins B.V.), IRGACURE 907, IRGACURE 369, and IRGACURE 379 (all manufactured by BASF) can be used.
 アミノアセトフェノン系開始剤、アシルホスフィンオキシド系開始剤、メタロセン化合物としては、例えば、国際公開第2021/112189号の段落0161~0163に記載の化合物も好適に使用することができる。この内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。 As the aminoacetophenone initiator, acylphosphine oxide initiator, and metallocene compound, for example, the compounds described in paragraphs 0161 to 0163 of WO 2021/112189 can also be suitably used. The contents of this specification are incorporated herein.
 光ラジカル重合開始剤として、より好ましくはオキシム化合物が挙げられる。オキシム化合物を用いることにより、露光ラチチュードをより効果的に向上させることが可能になる。オキシム化合物は、露光ラチチュード(露光マージン)が広く、かつ、光硬化促進剤としても働くため、特に好ましい。 As a photoradical polymerization initiator, an oxime compound is more preferably used. By using an oxime compound, it becomes possible to more effectively improve the exposure latitude. Oxime compounds are particularly preferred because they have a wide exposure latitude (exposure margin) and also function as a photocuring accelerator.
 オキシム化合物の具体例としては、特開2001-233842号公報に記載の化合物、特開2000-080068号公報に記載の化合物、特開2006-342166号公報に記載の化合物、J.C.S.Perkin II(1979年、pp.1653-1660)に記載の化合物、J.C.S.Perkin II(1979年、pp.156-162)に記載の化合物、Journal of Photopolymer Science and Technology(1995年、pp.202-232)に記載の化合物、特開2000-066385号公報に記載の化合物、特表2004-534797号公報に記載の化合物、特開2017-019766号公報に記載の化合物、特許第6065596号公報に記載の化合物、国際公開第2015/152153号に記載の化合物、国際公開第2017/051680号に記載の化合物、特開2017-198865号公報に記載の化合物、国際公開第2017/164127号の段落番号0025~0038に記載の化合物、国際公開第2013/167515号に記載の化合物などが挙げられ、この内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。 Specific examples of oxime compounds include the compounds described in JP-A-2001-233842, the compounds described in JP-A-2000-080068, the compounds described in JP-A-2006-342166, the compounds described in J. C. S. Perkin II (1979, pp. 1653-1660), the compounds described in J. C. S. Compounds described in Perkin II (1979, pp. 156-162), compounds described in Journal of Photopolymer Science and Technology (1995, pp. 202-232), compounds described in JP-A-2000-066385, compounds described in JP-A-2004-534797, compounds described in JP-A-2017-019766, Examples of the compounds include those described in WO 6065596, WO 2015/152153, WO 2017/051680, JP 2017-198865, WO 2017/164127, paragraphs 0025 to 0038, and WO 2013/167515, the contents of which are incorporated herein by reference.
 好ましいオキシム化合物としては、例えば、下記の構造の化合物や、3-(ベンゾイルオキシ(イミノ))ブタン-2-オン、3-(アセトキシ(イミノ))ブタン-2-オン、3-(プロピオニルオキシ(イミノ))ブタン-2-オン、2-(アセトキシ(イミノ))ペンタン-3-オン、2-(アセトキシ(イミノ))-1-フェニルプロパン-1-オン、2-(ベンゾイルオキシ(イミノ))-1-フェニルプロパン-1-オン、3-((4-トルエンスルホニルオキシ)イミノ)ブタン-2-オン、及び2-(エトキシカルボニルオキシ(イミノ))-1-フェニルプロパン-1-オンなどが挙げられる。樹脂組成物においては、特に光ラジカル重合開始剤としてオキシム化合物を用いることが好ましい。光ラジカル重合開始剤としてのオキシム化合物は、分子内に>C=N-O-C(=O)-の連結基を有する。 Preferred oxime compounds include, for example, compounds having the following structure, 3-(benzoyloxy(imino))butan-2-one, 3-(acetoxy(imino))butan-2-one, 3-(propionyloxy(imino))butan-2-one, 2-(acetoxy(imino))pentan-3-one, 2-(acetoxy(imino))-1-phenylpropan-1-one, 2-(benzoyloxy(imino))-1-phenylpropan-1-one, 3-((4-toluenesulfonyloxy)imino)butan-2-one, and 2-(ethoxycarbonyloxy(imino))-1-phenylpropan-1-one. In the resin composition, it is particularly preferable to use an oxime compound as a photoradical polymerization initiator. The oxime compound as a photoradical polymerization initiator has a linking group of >C=N-O-C(=O)- in the molecule.
 オキシム化合物の市販品としては、IRGACURE OXE 01、IRGACURE OXE 02、IRGACURE OXE 03、IRGACURE OXE 04(以上、BASF社製)、アデカオプトマーN-1919((株)ADEKA製、特開2012-014052号公報に記載の光ラジカル重合開始剤2)、TR-PBG-304、TR-PBG-305(常州強力電子新材料有限公司製)、アデカアークルズNCI-730、NCI-831及びアデカアークルズNCI-930((株)ADEKA製)、DFI-091(ダイトーケミックス(株)製)、SpeedCure PDO(SARTOMER ARKEMA製)が挙げられる。また、下記の構造のオキシム化合物を用いることもできる。
Commercially available oxime compounds include IRGACURE OXE 01, IRGACURE OXE 02, IRGACURE OXE 03, IRGACURE OXE 04 (manufactured by BASF), ADEKA OPTOMER N-1919 (manufactured by ADEKA Corporation, photoradical polymerization initiator 2 described in JP-A-2012-014052), TR-PBG-304, TR-PBG-305 (manufactured by Changzhou Strong Electronic New Materials Co., Ltd.), ADEKA ARCLES NCI-730, NCI-831 and ADEKA ARCLES NCI-930 (manufactured by ADEKA Corporation), DFI-091 (manufactured by Daito Chemistry Co., Ltd.), and SpeedCure PDO (manufactured by SARTOMER ARKEMA). In addition, an oxime compound having the following structure can also be used.
 光ラジカル重合開始剤としては、例えば、国際公開第2021/112189号の段落0169~0171に記載のフルオレン環を有するオキシム化合物、カルバゾール環の少なくとも1つのベンゼン環がナフタレン環となった骨格を有するオキシム化合物、フッ素原子を有するオキシム化合物を用いることもできる。
 また、国際公開第2021/020359号に記載の段落0208~0210に記載のニトロ基を有するオキシム化合物、ベンゾフラン骨格を有するオキシム化合物、カルバゾール骨格にヒドロキシ基を有する置換基が結合したオキシム化合物を用いることもできる。これらの内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。
As the photoradical polymerization initiator, for example, an oxime compound having a fluorene ring described in paragraphs 0169 to 0171 of WO 2021/112189, an oxime compound having a skeleton in which at least one benzene ring of a carbazole ring is a naphthalene ring, or an oxime compound having a fluorine atom can be used.
In addition, oxime compounds having a nitro group, oxime compounds having a benzofuran skeleton, and oxime compounds having a hydroxyl group-containing substituent bonded to a carbazole skeleton described in paragraphs 0208 to 0210 of WO 2021/020359 can also be used. The contents of these compounds are incorporated herein by reference.
 光重合開始剤としては、芳香族環に電子求引性基が導入された芳香族環基ArOX1を有するオキシム化合物(以下、オキシム化合物OXともいう)を用いることもできる。上記芳香族環基ArOX1が有する電子求引性基としては、アシル基、ニトロ基、トリフルオロメチル基、アルキルスルフィニル基、アリールスルフィニル基、アルキルスルホニル基、アリールスルホニル基、シアノ基が挙げられ、アシル基およびニトロ基が好ましく、耐光性に優れた膜を形成しやすいという理由からアシル基であることがより好ましく、ベンゾイル基であることが更に好ましい。ベンゾイル基は、置換基を有していてもよい。置換基としては、ハロゲン原子、シアノ基、ニトロ基、ヒドロキシ基、アルキル基、アルコキシ基、アリール基、アリールオキシ基、複素環基、複素環オキシ基、アルケニル基、アルキルスルファニル基、アリールスルファニル基、アシル基またはアミノ基であることが好ましく、アルキル基、アルコキシ基、アリール基、アリールオキシ基、複素環オキシ基、アルキルスルファニル基、アリールスルファニル基またはアミノ基であることがより好ましく、アルコキシ基、アルキルスルファニル基またはアミノ基であることが更に好ましい。 As the photopolymerization initiator, an oxime compound having an aromatic ring group Ar OX1 in which an electron-withdrawing group is introduced into an aromatic ring (hereinafter, also referred to as oxime compound OX) can also be used. The electron-withdrawing group of the aromatic ring group Ar OX1 includes an acyl group, a nitro group, a trifluoromethyl group, an alkylsulfinyl group, an arylsulfinyl group, an alkylsulfonyl group, an arylsulfonyl group, and a cyano group. An acyl group and a nitro group are preferred, and an acyl group is more preferred because it is easy to form a film with excellent light resistance, and a benzoyl group is even more preferred. The benzoyl group may have a substituent. The substituent is preferably a halogen atom, a cyano group, a nitro group, a hydroxy group, an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, an aryl group, an aryloxy group, a heterocyclic group, a heterocyclic oxy group, an alkenyl group, an alkylsulfanyl group, an arylsulfanyl group, an acyl group, or an amino group, more preferably an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, an aryl group, an aryloxy group, a heterocyclic oxy group, an alkylsulfanyl group, an arylsulfanyl group, or an amino group, and further preferably an alkoxy group, an alkylsulfanyl group, or an amino group.
 オキシム化合物OXは、式(OX1)で表される化合物および式(OX2)で表される化合物から選ばれる少なくとも1種であることが好ましく、式(OX2)で表される化合物であることがより好ましい。

 式中、RX1は、アルキル基、アルケニル基、アルコキシ基、アリール基、アリールオキシ基、複素環基、複素環オキシ基、アルキルスルファニル基、アリールスルファニル基、アルキルスルフィニル基、アリールスルフィニル基、アルキルスルホニル基、アリールスルホニル基、アシル基、アシルオキシ基、アミノ基、ホスフィノイル基、カルバモイル基またはスルファモイル基を表し、
 RX2は、アルキル基、アルケニル基、アルコキシ基、アリール基、アリールオキシ基、複素環基、複素環オキシ基、アルキルスルファニル基、アリールスルファニル基、アルキルスルフィニル基、アリールスルフィニル基、アルキルスルホニル基、アリールスルホニル基、アシルオキシ基またはアミノ基を表し、
 RX3~RX14は、それぞれ独立して水素原子または置換基を表す。
 ただし、RX10~RX14のうち少なくとも1つは、電子求引性基である。
The oxime compound OX is preferably at least one selected from the compounds represented by the formula (OX1) and the compounds represented by the formula (OX2), and more preferably the compound represented by the formula (OX2).

In the formula, R X1 represents an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkoxy group, an aryl group, an aryloxy group, a heterocyclic group, a heterocyclic oxy group, an alkylsulfanyl group, an arylsulfanyl group, an alkylsulfinyl group, an arylsulfinyl group, an alkylsulfonyl group, an arylsulfonyl group, an acyl group, an acyloxy group, an amino group, a phosphinoyl group, a carbamoyl group, or a sulfamoyl group;
R X2 represents an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkoxy group, an aryl group, an aryloxy group, a heterocyclic group, a heterocyclic oxy group, an alkylsulfanyl group, an arylsulfanyl group, an alkylsulfinyl group, an arylsulfinyl group, an alkylsulfonyl group, an arylsulfonyl group, an acyloxy group, or an amino group;
R X3 to R X14 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent.
However, at least one of R X10 to R X14 is an electron-withdrawing group.
 上記式において、RX12が電子求引性基であり、RX10、RX11、RX13、RX14は水素原子であることが好ましい。 In the above formula, it is preferable that R X12 is an electron-withdrawing group, and R X10 , R X11 , R X13 and R X14 are each a hydrogen atom.
 オキシム化合物OXの具体例としては、特許第4600600号公報の段落番号0083~0105に記載の化合物が挙げられ、この内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。 Specific examples of oxime compounds OX include the compounds described in paragraphs 0083 to 0105 of Japanese Patent No. 4600600, the contents of which are incorporated herein by reference.
 特に好ましいオキシム化合物としては、特開2007-269779号公報に示される特定置換基を有するオキシム化合物や、特開2009-191061号公報に示されるチオアリール基を有するオキシム化合物などが挙げられ、この内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。 Particularly preferred oxime compounds include oxime compounds having specific substituents as disclosed in JP 2007-269779 A and oxime compounds having thioaryl groups as disclosed in JP 2009-191061 A, the contents of which are incorporated herein by reference.
 光ラジカル重合開始剤は、露光感度の観点から、トリハロメチルトリアジン化合物、ベンジルジメチルケタール化合物、α-ヒドロキシケトン化合物、α-アミノケトン化合物、アシルホスフィン化合物、ホスフィンオキサイド化合物、メタロセン化合物、オキシム化合物、トリアリールイミダゾールダイマー、オニウム塩化合物、ベンゾチアゾール化合物、ベンゾフェノン化合物、アセトフェノン化合物及びその誘導体、シクロペンタジエン-ベンゼン-鉄錯体及びその塩、ハロメチルオキサジアゾール化合物、3-アリール置換クマリン化合物からなる群より選択される化合物が好ましい。 From the viewpoint of exposure sensitivity, the photoradical polymerization initiator is preferably a compound selected from the group consisting of trihalomethyltriazine compounds, benzyl dimethyl ketal compounds, α-hydroxyketone compounds, α-aminoketone compounds, acylphosphine compounds, phosphine oxide compounds, metallocene compounds, oxime compounds, triarylimidazole dimers, onium salt compounds, benzothiazole compounds, benzophenone compounds, acetophenone compounds and derivatives thereof, cyclopentadiene-benzene-iron complexes and salts thereof, halomethyloxadiazole compounds, and 3-aryl substituted coumarin compounds.
 また、光ラジカル重合開始剤は、トリハロメチルトリアジン化合物、α-アミノケトン化合物、アシルホスフィン化合物、ホスフィンオキサイド化合物、メタロセン化合物、オキシム化合物、トリアリールイミダゾールダイマー、オニウム塩化合物、ベンゾフェノン化合物、アセトフェノン化合物であり、トリハロメチルトリアジン化合物、α-アミノケトン化合物、メタロセン化合物、オキシム化合物、トリアリールイミダゾールダイマー、ベンゾフェノン化合物からなる群より選ばれる少なくとも1種の化合物がより好ましく、メタロセン化合物又はオキシム化合物が更に好ましい。 The photoradical polymerization initiator is a trihalomethyltriazine compound, an α-aminoketone compound, an acylphosphine compound, a phosphine oxide compound, a metallocene compound, an oxime compound, a triarylimidazole dimer, an onium salt compound, a benzophenone compound, or an acetophenone compound. At least one compound selected from the group consisting of a trihalomethyltriazine compound, an α-aminoketone compound, a metallocene compound, an oxime compound, a triarylimidazole dimer, or a benzophenone compound is more preferred, and a metallocene compound or an oxime compound is even more preferred.
 光ラジカル重合開始剤としては、国際公開第2021/020359号の段落0175~0179に記載の化合物、国際公開第2015/125469号の段落0048~0055に記載の化合物を用いることもでき、この内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。 As the photoradical polymerization initiator, the compounds described in paragraphs [0175] to [0179] of WO 2021/020359 and the compounds described in paragraphs [0048] to [0055] of WO 2015/125469 can also be used, the contents of which are incorporated herein by reference.
 光ラジカル重合開始剤としては、2官能あるいは3官能以上の光ラジカル重合開始剤を用いてもよい。そのような光ラジカル重合開始剤を用いることにより、光ラジカル重合開始剤の1分子から2つ以上のラジカルが発生するため、良好な感度が得られる。また、非対称構造の化合物を用いた場合においては、結晶性が低下して溶剤などへの溶解性が向上して、経時で析出しにくくなり、樹脂組成物の経時安定性を向上させることができる。2官能あるいは3官能以上の光ラジカル重合開始剤の具体例としては、特表2010-527339号公報、特表2011-524436号公報、国際公開第2015/004565号、特表2016-532675号公報の段落番号0407~0412、国際公開第2017/033680号の段落番号0039~0055に記載されているオキシム化合物の2量体、特表2013-522445号公報に記載されている化合物(E)および化合物(G)、国際公開第2016/034963号に記載されているCmpd1~7、特表2017-523465号公報の段落番号0007に記載されているオキシムエステル類光開始剤、特開2017-167399号公報の段落番号0020~0033に記載されている光開始剤、特開2017-151342号公報の段落番号0017~0026に記載されている光重合開始剤(A)、特許第6469669号公報に記載されているオキシムエステル光開始剤などが挙げられ、この内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。 As the photoradical polymerization initiator, a bifunctional or trifunctional or higher functional photoradical polymerization initiator may be used. By using such a photoradical polymerization initiator, two or more radicals are generated from one molecule of the photoradical polymerization initiator, resulting in good sensitivity. Furthermore, when a compound with an asymmetric structure is used, crystallinity decreases and solubility in solvents improves, making it less likely to precipitate over time, and improving the stability of the resin composition over time. Specific examples of bifunctional or trifunctional or higher functional photoradical polymerization initiators include dimers of oxime compounds described in JP-T-2010-527339, JP-T-2011-524436, WO-2015/004565, WO-2016-532675, paragraphs 0407 to 0412, and WO-2017/033680, paragraphs 0039 to 0055; compound (E) and compound (G) described in WO-T-2013-522445; Examples of such initiators include Cmpd1 to 7 described in Japanese Patent Publication No. 4963, the oxime ester photoinitiators described in paragraph 0007 of JP-T-2017-523465, the photoinitiators described in paragraphs 0020 to 0033 of JP-A-2017-167399, the photopolymerization initiator (A) described in paragraphs 0017 to 0026 of JP-A-2017-151342, and the oxime ester photoinitiators described in Japanese Patent No. 6469669, the contents of which are incorporated herein by reference.
 樹脂組成物が光重合開始剤を含む場合、その含有量は、樹脂組成物の全固形分に対し0.1~30質量%が好ましく、0.1~20質量%がより好ましく、0.5~15質量%が更に好ましく、1.0~10質量%が更により好ましい。光重合開始剤は1種のみ含有していてもよいし、2種以上含有していてもよい。光重合開始剤を2種以上含有する場合は、合計量が上記範囲であることが好ましい。
 なお、光重合開始剤は熱重合開始剤としても機能する場合があるため、オーブンやホットプレート等の加熱によって光重合開始剤による架橋を更に進行させられる場合がある。
When the resin composition contains a photopolymerization initiator, the content is preferably 0.1 to 30 mass% based on the total solid content of the resin composition, more preferably 0.1 to 20 mass%, even more preferably 0.5 to 15 mass%, and even more preferably 1.0 to 10 mass%. Only one type of photopolymerization initiator may be contained, or two or more types may be contained. When two or more types of photopolymerization initiators are contained, the total amount is preferably within the above range.
In addition, since the photopolymerization initiator may also function as a thermal polymerization initiator, the crosslinking caused by the photopolymerization initiator may be further promoted by heating in an oven, a hot plate, or the like.
〔増感剤〕
 樹脂組成物は、増感剤を含んでいてもよい。増感剤は、特定の活性放射線を吸収して電子励起状態となる。電子励起状態となった増感剤は、熱ラジカル重合開始剤、光ラジカル重合開始剤などと接触して、電子移動、エネルギー移動、発熱などの作用が生じる。これにより、熱ラジカル重合開始剤、光ラジカル重合開始剤は化学変化を起こして分解し、ラジカル、酸又は塩基を生成する。
 使用可能な増感剤として、ベンゾフェノン系、ミヒラーズケトン系、クマリン系、ピラゾールアゾ系、アニリノアゾ系、トリフェニルメタン系、アントラキノン系、アントラセン系、アントラピリドン系、ベンジリデン系、オキソノール系、ピラゾロトリアゾールアゾ系、ピリドンアゾ系、シアニン系、フェノチアジン系、ピロロピラゾールアゾメチン系、キサンテン系、フタロシアニン系、ペンゾピラン系、インジゴ系等の化合物を使用することができる。
 増感剤としては、例えば、ミヒラーズケトン、4,4’-ビス(ジエチルアミノ)ベンゾフェノン、2,5-ビス(4’-ジエチルアミノベンザル)シクロペンタン、2,6-ビス(4’-ジエチルアミノベンザル)シクロヘキサノン、2,6-ビス(4’-ジエチルアミノベンザル)-4-メチルシクロヘキサノン、4,4’-ビス(ジメチルアミノ)カルコン、4,4’-ビス(ジエチルアミノ)カルコン、p-ジメチルアミノシンナミリデンインダノン、p-ジメチルアミノベンジリデンインダノン、2-(p-ジメチルアミノフェニルビフェニレン)-ベンゾチアゾール、2-(p-ジメチルアミノフェニルビニレン)ベンゾチアゾール、2-(p-ジメチルアミノフェニルビニレン)イソナフトチアゾール、1,3-ビス(4’-ジメチルアミノベンザル)アセトン、1,3-ビス(4’-ジエチルアミノベンザル)アセトン、3,3’-カルボニル-ビス(7-ジエチルアミノクマリン)、3-アセチル-7-ジメチルアミノクマリン、3-エトキシカルボニル-7-ジメチルアミノクマリン、3-ベンジロキシカルボニル-7-ジメチルアミノクマリン、3-メトキシカルボニル-7-ジエチルアミノクマリン、3-エトキシカルボニル-7-ジエチルアミノクマリン(7-(ジエチルアミノ)クマリン-3-カルボン酸エチル)、N-フェニル-N’-エチルエタノールアミン、N-フェニルジエタノールアミン、N-p-トリルジエタノールアミン、N-フェニルエタノールアミン、4-モルホリノベンゾフェノン、ジメチルアミノ安息香酸イソアミル、ジエチルアミノ安息香酸イソアミル、2-メルカプトベンズイミダゾール、1-フェニル-5-メルカプトテトラゾール、2-メルカプトベンゾチアゾール、2-(p-ジメチルアミノスチリル)ベンズオキサゾール、2-(p-ジメチルアミノスチリル)ベンゾチアゾール、2-(p-ジメチルアミノスチリル)ナフト(1,2-d)チアゾール、2-(p-ジメチルアミノベンゾイル)スチレン、ジフェニルアセトアミド、ベンズアニリド、N-メチルアセトアニリド、3‘,4’-ジメチルアセトアニリド等が挙げられる。
 また、他の増感色素を用いてもよい。
 増感色素の詳細については、特開2016-027357号公報の段落0161~0163の記載を参酌でき、この内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。
[Sensitizer]
The resin composition may contain a sensitizer. The sensitizer absorbs specific active radiation and becomes electronically excited. The sensitizer in the electronically excited state comes into contact with a thermal radical polymerization initiator, a photoradical polymerization initiator, or the like, and effects such as electron transfer, energy transfer, and heat generation occur. As a result, the thermal radical polymerization initiator and the photoradical polymerization initiator undergo a chemical change and are decomposed to generate a radical, an acid, or a base.
Usable sensitizers include benzophenone-based, Michler's ketone-based, coumarin-based, pyrazole azo-based, anilino azo-based, triphenylmethane-based, anthraquinone-based, anthracene-based, anthrapyridone-based, benzylidene-based, oxonol-based, pyrazolotriazole azo-based, pyridone azo-based, cyanine-based, phenothiazine-based, pyrrolopyrazole azomethine-based, xanthene-based, phthalocyanine-based, benzopyran-based, indigo-based compounds, and the like.
Examples of the sensitizer include Michler's ketone, 4,4'-bis(diethylamino)benzophenone, 2,5-bis(4'-diethylaminobenzal)cyclopentane, 2,6-bis(4'-diethylaminobenzal)cyclohexanone, 2,6-bis(4'-diethylaminobenzal)-4-methylcyclohexanone, 4,4'-bis(dimethylamino)chalcone, 4,4'-bis(diethylamino)chalcone, p-dimethylaminocinnamylidene indanone, and p-dimethylaminobenzylidene indanone. Non, 2-(p-dimethylaminophenylbiphenylene)benzothiazole, 2-(p-dimethylaminophenylvinylene)benzothiazole, 2-(p-dimethylaminophenylvinylene)isonaphthothiazole, 1,3-bis(4'-dimethylaminobenzal)acetone, 1,3-bis(4'-diethylaminobenzal)acetone, 3,3'-carbonyl-bis(7-diethylaminocoumarin), 3-acetyl-7-dimethylaminocoumarin, 3-ethoxycarbonyl-7-dimethylaminocoumarin phosphorus, 3-benzyloxycarbonyl-7-dimethylaminocoumarin, 3-methoxycarbonyl-7-diethylaminocoumarin, 3-ethoxycarbonyl-7-diethylaminocoumarin (7-(diethylamino)coumarin-3-carboxylate ethyl), N-phenyl-N'-ethylethanolamine, N-phenyldiethanolamine, N-p-tolyldiethanolamine, N-phenylethanolamine, 4-morpholinobenzophenone, isoamyl dimethylaminobenzoate, isoethylaminobenzoate Examples of such an alkyl ester include soamyl, 2-mercaptobenzimidazole, 1-phenyl-5-mercaptotetrazole, 2-mercaptobenzothiazole, 2-(p-dimethylaminostyryl)benzoxazole, 2-(p-dimethylaminostyryl)benzothiazole, 2-(p-dimethylaminostyryl)naphtho(1,2-d)thiazole, 2-(p-dimethylaminobenzoyl)styrene, diphenylacetamide, benzanilide, N-methylacetanilide, and 3',4'-dimethylacetanilide.
Other sensitizing dyes may also be used.
For details about the sensitizing dye, the description in paragraphs [0161] to [0163] of JP2016-027357A can be referred to, the contents of which are incorporated herein by reference.
 樹脂組成物が増感剤を含む場合、増感剤の含有量は、樹脂組成物の全固形分に対し、0.01~20質量%が好ましく、0.1~15質量%がより好ましく、0.5~10質量%が更に好ましい。増感剤は、1種単独で用いてもよいし、2種以上を併用してもよい。 When the resin composition contains a sensitizer, the content of the sensitizer is preferably 0.01 to 20 mass % relative to the total solid content of the resin composition, more preferably 0.1 to 15 mass %, and even more preferably 0.5 to 10 mass %. The sensitizer may be used alone or in combination of two or more types.
〔連鎖移動剤〕
 本発明の樹脂組成物は、連鎖移動剤を含有してもよい。連鎖移動剤は、例えば高分子辞典第三版(高分子学会編、2005年)683-684頁に定義されている。連鎖移動剤としては、例えば、分子内に-S-S-、-SO-S-、-N-O-、SH、PH、SiH、及びGeHを有する化合物群、RAFT(Reversible Addition Fragmentation chain Transfer)重合に用いられるチオカルボニルチオ基を有するジチオベンゾアート、トリチオカルボナート、ジチオカルバマート、キサンタート化合物等が用いられる。これらは、低活性のラジカルに水素を供与して、ラジカルを生成するか、若しくは、酸化された後、脱プロトンすることによりラジカルを生成しうる。特に、チオール化合物を好ましく用いることができる。
[Chain transfer agent]
The resin composition of the present invention may contain a chain transfer agent. The chain transfer agent is defined, for example, in the Third Edition of the Polymer Dictionary (edited by the Society of Polymer Science, 2005), pages 683-684. Examples of the chain transfer agent include compounds having -S-S-, -SO 2 -S-, -N-O-, SH, PH, SiH, and GeH in the molecule, and dithiobenzoates, trithiocarbonates, dithiocarbamates, and xanthates having a thiocarbonylthio group used in RAFT (Reversible Addition Fragmentation Chain Transfer) polymerization. These donate hydrogen to a low activity radical to generate a radical, or are oxidized and then deprotonated to generate a radical. In particular, thiol compounds can be preferably used.
 また、連鎖移動剤は、国際公開第2015/199219号の段落0152~0153に記載の化合物を用いることもでき、この内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。 In addition, the chain transfer agent may be the compound described in paragraphs 0152 to 0153 of International Publication No. 2015/199219, the contents of which are incorporated herein by reference.
 樹脂組成物が連鎖移動剤を有する場合、連鎖移動剤の含有量は、樹脂組成物の全固形分100質量部に対し、0.01~20質量部が好ましく、0.1~10質量部がより好ましく、0.5~5質量部が更に好ましい。連鎖移動剤は1種のみでもよいし、2種以上であってもよい。連鎖移動剤が2種以上の場合は、その合計が上記範囲であることが好ましい。 When the resin composition contains a chain transfer agent, the content of the chain transfer agent is preferably 0.01 to 20 parts by mass, more preferably 0.1 to 10 parts by mass, and even more preferably 0.5 to 5 parts by mass, per 100 parts by mass of the total solid content of the resin composition. The chain transfer agent may be one type or two or more types. When there are two or more types of chain transfer agents, the total is preferably within the above range.
<塩基発生剤>
 本発明の樹脂組成物は、塩基発生剤を含んでもよい。ここで、塩基発生剤とは、物理的または化学的な作用によって塩基を発生することができる化合物である。好ましい塩基発生剤としては、熱塩基発生剤および光塩基発生剤が挙げられる。
 特に、樹脂組成物が環化樹脂の前駆体を含む場合、樹脂組成物は塩基発生剤を含むことが好ましい。樹脂組成物が熱塩基発生剤を含有することによって、例えば加熱により前駆体の環化反応を促進でき、硬化物の機械特性や耐薬品性が良好なものとなり、例えば半導体パッケージ中に含まれる再配線層用層間絶縁膜としての性能が良好となる。
 塩基発生剤としては、イオン型塩基発生剤でもよく、非イオン型塩基発生剤でもよい。塩基発生剤から発生する塩基としては、例えば、2級アミン、3級アミンが挙げられる。
 塩基発生剤は特に限定されず、公知の塩基発生剤を用いることができる。公知の塩基発生剤としては、例えば、カルバモイルオキシム化合物、カルバモイルヒドロキシルアミン化合物、カルバミン酸化合物、ホルムアミド化合物、アセトアミド化合物、カルバメート化合物、ベンジルカルバメート化合物、ニトロベンジルカルバメート化合物、スルホンアミド化合物、イミダゾール誘導体化合物、アミンイミド化合物、ピリジン誘導体化合物、α-アミノアセトフェノン誘導体化合物、4級アンモニウム塩誘導体化合物、イミニウム塩、ピリジニウム塩、α-ラクトン環誘導体化合物、アミンイミド化合物、フタルイミド誘導体化合物、アシルオキシイミノ化合物等が挙げられる。
 非イオン型塩基発生剤の具体例としては、国際公開第2022/145355号の段落0249~0275に記載の化合物が挙げられる。上記記載は本明細書に組み込まれる。
<Base Generator>
The resin composition of the present invention may contain a base generator. Here, the base generator is a compound that can generate a base by physical or chemical action. Preferred base generators include a thermal base generator and a photobase generator.
In particular, when the resin composition contains a precursor of a cyclized resin, the resin composition preferably contains a base generator. By containing the thermal base generator in the resin composition, for example, the cyclization reaction of the precursor can be promoted by heating, and the mechanical properties and chemical resistance of the cured product can be improved, and the performance as an interlayer insulating film for a rewiring layer contained in a semiconductor package can be improved.
The base generator may be an ionic base generator or a nonionic base generator. Examples of the base generated from the base generator include secondary amines and tertiary amines.
The base generator is not particularly limited, and a known base generator can be used. Examples of known base generators include carbamoyl oxime compounds, carbamoyl hydroxylamine compounds, carbamic acid compounds, formamide compounds, acetamide compounds, carbamate compounds, benzyl carbamate compounds, nitrobenzyl carbamate compounds, sulfonamide compounds, imidazole derivative compounds, amine imide compounds, pyridine derivative compounds, α-aminoacetophenone derivative compounds, quaternary ammonium salt derivative compounds, iminium salts, pyridinium salts, α-lactone ring derivative compounds, amine imide compounds, phthalimide derivative compounds, and acyloxyimino compounds.
Specific examples of the non-ionic base generator include the compounds described in paragraphs 0249 to 0275 of WO 2022/145355. The above descriptions are incorporated herein by reference.
 また、塩基発生剤としては、保存安定性およびキュア時に脱保護で塩基を発生させる観点からアミノ基がt-ブトキシカルボニル基によって保護されたアミンであることが好ましい。 In addition, the base generator is preferably an amine in which the amino group is protected by a t-butoxycarbonyl group, from the viewpoints of storage stability and generating a base by deprotection during curing.
 t-ブトキシカルボニル基によって保護されたアミン化合物としては、例えば、エタノールアミン、3-アミノ-1-プロパノール、1-アミノ-2-プロパノール、2-アミノ-1-プロパノール、4-アミノ-1-ブタノール、2-アミノ-1-ブタノール、1-アミノ-2-ブタノール、3-アミノ-2,2-ジメチル-1-プロパノール、4-アミノ-2-メチル-1-ブタノール、バリノール、3-アミノ-1,2-プロパンジオール、2-アミノ-1,3-プロパンジオール、チラミン、ノルエフェドリン、2-アミノ-1-フェニル-1,3-プロパンジオール、2-アミノシクロヘキサノール、4-アミノシクロヘキサノール、4-アミノシクロヘキサンエタノール、4-(2-アミノエチル)シクロヘキサノール、N-メチルエタノールアミン、3-(メチルアミノ)-1-プロパノール、3-(イソプロピルアミノ)プロパノール、N-シクロヘキシルエタノールアミン、α-[2-(メチルアミノ)エチル]ベンジルアルコール、ジエタノールアミン、ジイソプロパノールアミン、3-ピロリジノール、2-ピロリジンメタノール、4-ヒドロキシピペリジン、3-ヒドロキシピペリジン、4-ヒドロキシ-4-フェニルピペリジン、4-(3-ヒドロキシフェニル)ピペリジン、4-ピペリジンメタノール、3-ピペリジンメタノール、2-ピペリジンメタノール、4-ピペリジンエタノール、2-ピペリジンエタノール、2-(4-ピペリジル)-2-プロパノール、1,4-ブタノールビス(3-アミノプロピル)エーテル、1,2-ビス(2-アミノエトキシ)エタン、2,2’-オキシビス(エチルアミン)、1,14-ジアミノ-3,6,9,12-テトラオキサテトラデカン、1-アザ-15-クラウン5-エーテル、ジエチレングリコールビス(3-アミノプロピル)エーテル、1,11-ジアミノ-3,6,9-トリオキサウンデカン、又は、アミノ酸及びその誘導体のアミノ基をt-ブトキシカルボニル基によって保護した化合物が挙げられるが、これらに限定されるものではない。 Amine compounds protected by a t-butoxycarbonyl group include, for example, ethanolamine, 3-amino-1-propanol, 1-amino-2-propanol, 2-amino-1-propanol, 4-amino-1-butanol, 2-amino-1-butanol, 1-amino-2-butanol, 3-amino-2,2-dimethyl-1-propanol, 4-amino-2-methyl-1-butanol, valinol, 3-amino-1,2-propanediol, 2-amino-1,3-propanediol, Diol, tyramine, norephedrine, 2-amino-1-phenyl-1,3-propanediol, 2-aminocyclohexanol, 4-aminocyclohexanol, 4-aminocyclohexaneethanol, 4-(2-aminoethyl)cyclohexanol, N-methylethanolamine, 3-(methylamino)-1-propanol, 3-(isopropylamino)propanol, N-cyclohexylethanolamine, α-[2-(methylamino)ethyl]benzyl alcohol, diethano diisopropanolamine, 3-pyrrolidinol, 2-pyrrolidinemethanol, 4-hydroxypiperidine, 3-hydroxypiperidine, 4-hydroxy-4-phenylpiperidine, 4-(3-hydroxyphenyl)piperidine, 4-piperidinemethanol, 3-piperidinemethanol, 2-piperidinemethanol, 4-piperidineethanol, 2-piperidineethanol, 2-(4-piperidyl)-2-propanol, 1,4-butanolbis(3-aminopropyl)ethane ether, 1,2-bis(2-aminoethoxy)ethane, 2,2'-oxybis(ethylamine), 1,14-diamino-3,6,9,12-tetraoxatetradecane, 1-aza-15-crown-5-ether, diethylene glycol bis(3-aminopropyl)ether, 1,11-diamino-3,6,9-trioxaundecane, or compounds in which the amino group of an amino acid or a derivative thereof is protected with a t-butoxycarbonyl group, but are not limited to these.
 塩基発生剤としては、下記の化合物が挙げられるが、これらに限定されない。 Base generators include, but are not limited to, the following compounds:
 非イオン型塩基発生剤の分子量は、800以下が好ましく、600以下がより好ましく、500以下が更に好ましい。下限は、100以上が好ましく、200以上がより好ましく、300以上が更に好ましい。 The molecular weight of the nonionic base generator is preferably 800 or less, more preferably 600 or less, and even more preferably 500 or less. The lower limit is preferably 100 or more, more preferably 200 or more, and even more preferably 300 or more.
 イオン型塩基発生剤の具体的な好ましい化合物としては、例えば、国際公開第2018/038002号の段落番号0148~0163に記載の化合物が挙げられる。 Specific preferred compounds for the ionic base generator include, for example, the compounds described in paragraphs 0148 to 0163 of WO 2018/038002.
 アンモニウム塩の具体例としては、下記の化合物が挙げられるが、これらに限定されない。
Specific examples of ammonium salts include, but are not limited to, the following compounds:
 イミニウム塩の具体例としては、下記の化合物が挙げられるが、これらに限定されない。
Specific examples of iminium salts include, but are not limited to, the following compounds:
 樹脂組成物が塩基発生剤を含む場合、塩基発生剤の含有量は、樹脂組成物中の樹脂100質量部に対し、0.1~50質量部が好ましい。下限は、0.3質量部以上がより好ましく、0.5質量部以上が更に好ましい。上限は、30質量部以下がより好ましく、20質量部以下が更に好ましく、10質量部以下が一層好ましく、5質量部以下がより一層好ましく、4質量部以下が特に好ましい。
 塩基発生剤は、1種又は2種以上を用いることができる。2種以上を用いる場合は、合計量が上記範囲であることが好ましい。
When the resin composition contains a base generator, the content of the base generator is preferably 0.1 to 50 parts by mass relative to 100 parts by mass of the resin in the resin composition. The lower limit is more preferably 0.3 parts by mass or more, and even more preferably 0.5 parts by mass or more. The upper limit is more preferably 30 parts by mass or less, even more preferably 20 parts by mass or less, even more preferably 10 parts by mass or less, even more preferably 5 parts by mass or less, and particularly preferably 4 parts by mass or less.
The base generator may be used alone or in combination of two or more. When two or more types are used, the total amount is preferably within the above range.
<溶剤>
 本発明の樹脂組成物は、溶剤を含むことが好ましい。
 溶剤は、公知の溶剤を任意に使用できる。溶剤は有機溶剤が好ましい。有機溶剤としては、エステル類、エーテル類、ケトン類、環状炭化水素類、スルホキシド類、アミド類、ウレア類、アルコール類などの化合物が挙げられる。
<Solvent>
The resin composition of the present invention preferably contains a solvent.
The solvent may be any known solvent. The solvent is preferably an organic solvent. Examples of the organic solvent include compounds such as esters, ethers, ketones, cyclic hydrocarbons, sulfoxides, amides, ureas, and alcohols.
 エステル類として、例えば、酢酸エチル、酢酸-n-ブチル、酢酸イソブチル、酢酸へキシル、ギ酸アミル、酢酸イソアミル、プロピオン酸ブチル、酪酸イソプロピル、酪酸エチル、酪酸ブチル、乳酸メチル、乳酸エチル、γ-ブチロラクトン、ε-カプロラクトン、δ-バレロラクトン、γ-バレロラクトン、アルキルオキシ酢酸アルキル(例えば、アルキルオキシ酢酸メチル、アルキルオキシ酢酸エチル、アルキルオキシ酢酸ブチル(例えば、メトキシ酢酸メチル、メトキシ酢酸エチル、メトキシ酢酸ブチル、エトキシ酢酸メチル、エトキシ酢酸エチル等))、3-アルキルオキシプロピオン酸アルキルエステル類(例えば、3-アルキルオキシプロピオン酸メチル、3-アルキルオキシプロピオン酸エチル等(例えば、3-メトキシプロピオン酸メチル、3-メトキシプロピオン酸エチル、3-エトキシプロピオン酸メチル、3-エトキシプロピオン酸エチル等))、2-アルキルオキシプロピオン酸アルキルエステル類(例えば、2-アルキルオキシプロピオン酸メチル、2-アルキルオキシプロピオン酸エチル、2-アルキルオキシプロピオン酸プロピル等(例えば、2-メトキシプロピオン酸メチル、2-メトキシプロピオン酸エチル、2-メトキシプロピオン酸プロピル、2-エトキシプロピオン酸メチル、2-エトキシプロピオン酸エチル))、2-アルキルオキシ-2-メチルプロピオン酸メチル及び2-アルキルオキシ-2-メチルプロピオン酸エチル(例えば、2-メトキシ-2-メチルプロピオン酸メチル、2-エトキシ-2-メチルプロピオン酸エチル等)、ピルビン酸メチル、ピルビン酸エチル、ピルビン酸プロピル、アセト酢酸メチル、アセト酢酸エチル、2-オキソブタン酸メチル、2-オキソブタン酸エチル、ヘキサン酸エチル、ヘプタン酸エチル、マロン酸ジメチル、マロン酸ジエチル等が好適なものとして挙げられる。 Esters, for example, ethyl acetate, n-butyl acetate, isobutyl acetate, hexyl acetate, amyl formate, isoamyl acetate, butyl propionate, isopropyl butyrate, ethyl butyrate, butyl butyrate, methyl lactate, ethyl lactate, γ-butyrolactone, ε-caprolactone, δ-valerolactone, γ-valerolactone, alkyloxyacetates (for example, methyl alkyloxyacetate, ethyl alkyloxyacetate, butyl alkyloxyacetate (for example, methyl methoxyacetate, ethyl methoxyacetate, butyl methoxyacetate, methyl ethoxyacetate, ethyl ethoxyacetate, etc.)), 3-alkyloxypropionic acid alkyl esters (for example, methyl 3-alkyloxypropionate, ethyl 3-alkyloxypropionate, etc. (for example, methyl 3-methoxypropionate, ethyl 3-methoxypropionate, methyl 3-ethoxypropionate, ethyl 3-ethoxypropionate, etc.)), 2- Suitable examples of alkyloxypropionic acid alkyl esters include alkyl esters (e.g., methyl 2-alkyloxypropionate, ethyl 2-alkyloxypropionate, propyl 2-alkyloxypropionate, etc. (e.g., methyl 2-methoxypropionate, ethyl 2-methoxypropionate, propyl 2-methoxypropionate, methyl 2-ethoxypropionate, ethyl 2-ethoxypropionate)), methyl 2-alkyloxy-2-methylpropionate and ethyl 2-alkyloxy-2-methylpropionate (e.g., methyl 2-methoxy-2-methylpropionate, ethyl 2-ethoxy-2-methylpropionate, etc.), methyl pyruvate, ethyl pyruvate, propyl pyruvate, methyl acetoacetate, ethyl acetoacetate, methyl 2-oxobutanoate, ethyl 2-oxobutanoate, ethyl hexanoate, ethyl heptanoate, dimethyl malonate, diethyl malonate, etc.
 エーテル類として、例えば、エチレングリコールジメチルエーテル、ジエチレングリコールジメチルエーテル、ジエチレングリコールジエチルエーテル、ジエチレングリコールエチルメチルエーテル、ジエチレングリコールブチルメチルエーテル、トリエチレングリコールジメチルエーテル、テトラエチレングリコールジメチルエーテル、テトラヒドロフラン、エチレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、エチレングリコールモノエチルエーテル、メチルセロソルブアセテート、エチルセロソルブアセテート、ジエチレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、ジエチレングリコールモノエチルエーテル、ジエチレングリコールモノブチルエーテル、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、プロピレングリコールジメチルエーテル、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート、プロピレングリコールモノエチルエーテルアセテート、エチレングリコールモノブチルエーテル、エチレングリコールモノブチルエーテルアセテート、ジエチレングリコールエチルメチルエーテル、プロピレングリコールモノプロピルエーテルアセテート、ジプロピレングリコールジメチルエーテル等が好適なものとして挙げられる。 Suitable examples of ethers include ethylene glycol dimethyl ether, diethylene glycol dimethyl ether, diethylene glycol diethyl ether, diethylene glycol ethyl methyl ether, diethylene glycol butyl methyl ether, triethylene glycol dimethyl ether, tetraethylene glycol dimethyl ether, tetrahydrofuran, ethylene glycol monomethyl ether, ethylene glycol monoethyl ether, methyl cellosolve acetate, ethyl cellosolve acetate, diethylene glycol monomethyl ether, diethylene glycol monoethyl ether, diethylene glycol monobutyl ether, propylene glycol monomethyl ether, propylene glycol dimethyl ether, propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, propylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, ethylene glycol monobutyl ether, ethylene glycol monobutyl ether acetate, diethylene glycol ethyl methyl ether, propylene glycol monopropyl ether acetate, and dipropylene glycol dimethyl ether.
 ケトン類として、例えば、メチルエチルケトン、シクロヘキサノン、シクロペンタノン、2-ヘプタノン、3-ヘプタノン、3-メチルシクロヘキサノン、レボグルコセノン、ジヒドロレボグルコセノン等が好適なものとして挙げられる。 Preferred examples of ketones include methyl ethyl ketone, cyclohexanone, cyclopentanone, 2-heptanone, 3-heptanone, 3-methylcyclohexanone, levoglucosenone, and dihydrolevoglucosenone.
 環状炭化水素類として、例えば、トルエン、キシレン、アニソール等の芳香族炭化水素類、リモネン等の環式テルペン類が好適なものとして挙げられる。 Preferable examples of cyclic hydrocarbons include aromatic hydrocarbons such as toluene, xylene, and anisole, and cyclic terpenes such as limonene.
 スルホキシド類として、例えば、ジメチルスルホキシドが好適なものとして挙げられる。 As an example of a sulfoxide, dimethyl sulfoxide is preferred.
 アミド類として、N-メチル-2-ピロリドン、N-エチル-2-ピロリドン、N-シクロヘキシル-2-ピロリドン、N,N-ジメチルアセトアミド、N,N-ジメチルホルムアミド、N,N-ジメチルイソブチルアミド、3-メトキシ-N,N-ジメチルプロピオンアミド、3-ブトキシ-N,N-ジメチルプロピオンアミド、N-ホルミルモルホリン、N-アセチルモルホリン等が好適なものとして挙げられる。 Preferred examples of amides include N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone, N-ethyl-2-pyrrolidone, N-cyclohexyl-2-pyrrolidone, N,N-dimethylacetamide, N,N-dimethylformamide, N,N-dimethylisobutyramide, 3-methoxy-N,N-dimethylpropionamide, 3-butoxy-N,N-dimethylpropionamide, N-formylmorpholine, and N-acetylmorpholine.
 ウレア類として、N,N,N’,N’-テトラメチルウレア、1,3-ジメチル-2-イミダゾリジノン等が好適なものとして挙げられる。 Preferred examples of ureas include N,N,N',N'-tetramethylurea and 1,3-dimethyl-2-imidazolidinone.
アルコール類として、メタノール、エタノール、1-プロパノール、2-プロパノール、1-ブタノール、1-ペンタノール、1-ヘキサノール、ベンジルアルコール、エチレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、1-メトキシ-2-プロパノール、2-エトキシエタノール、ジエチレングリコールモノエチルエーテル、ジエチレングリコールモノヘキシルエーテル、トリエチレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、プロピレングリコールモノエチルエーテル、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、ポリエチレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、ポリプロピレングリコール、テトラエチレングリコール、エチレングリコールモノブチルエーテル、エチレングリコールモノベンジルエーテル、エチレングリコールモノフェニルエーテル、メチルフェニルカルビノール、n-アミルアルコール、メチルアミルアルコール、および、ダイアセトンアルコール等が挙げられる。 Examples of alcohols include methanol, ethanol, 1-propanol, 2-propanol, 1-butanol, 1-pentanol, 1-hexanol, benzyl alcohol, ethylene glycol monomethyl ether, 1-methoxy-2-propanol, 2-ethoxyethanol, diethylene glycol monoethyl ether, diethylene glycol monohexyl ether, triethylene glycol monomethyl ether, propylene glycol monoethyl ether, propylene glycol monomethyl ether, polyethylene glycol monomethyl ether, polypropylene glycol, tetraethylene glycol, ethylene glycol monobutyl ether, ethylene glycol monobenzyl ether, ethylene glycol monophenyl ether, methylphenyl carbinol, n-amyl alcohol, methylamyl alcohol, and diacetone alcohol.
 溶剤は、塗布面性状の改良などの観点から、2種以上を混合する形態も好ましい。 From the standpoint of improving the properties of the coating surface, it is also preferable to mix two or more types of solvents.
 本発明では、3-エトキシプロピオン酸メチル、3-エトキシプロピオン酸エチル、エチルセロソルブアセテート、乳酸エチル、ジエチレングリコールジメチルエーテル、酢酸ブチル、3-メトキシプロピオン酸メチル、2-ヘプタノン、シクロヘキサノン、シクロペンタノン、γ-ブチロラクトン、γ-バレロラクトン、3-メトキシ-N,N-ジメチルプロピオンアミド、トルエン、ジメチルスルホキシド、エチルカルビトールアセテート、ブチルカルビトールアセテート、N-メチル-2-ピロリドン、プロピレングリコールメチルエーテル、及びプロピレングリコールメチルエーテルアセテート、レボグルコセノン、ジヒドロレボグルコセノンから選択される1種の溶剤、又は、2種以上で構成される混合溶剤が好ましい。ジメチルスルホキシドとγ-ブチロラクトンとの併用、ジメチルスルホキシドとγ-バレロラクトンとの併用、3-メトキシ-N,N-ジメチルプロピオンアミドとγ-ブチロラクトンとの併用、3-メトキシ-N,N-ジメチルプロピオンアミドとγ-ブチロラクトンとジメチルスルホキシドとの併用又は、N-メチル-2-ピロリドンと乳酸エチルとの併用が特に好ましい。また、これらの併用された溶剤に、更にトルエンを溶剤の全質量に対して1~10質量%程度添加する態様も、本発明の好ましい態様の1つである。
 特に、樹脂組成物の保存安定性等の観点からは、溶剤としてγ-バレロラクトンを含む態様も、本発明の好ましい態様の1つである。このような態様において、溶剤の全質量に対するγ-バレロラクトンの含有量は、50質量%以上であることが好ましく、60質量%以上であることがより好ましく、70質量%以上であることが更に好ましい。また、上記含有量の上限は、特に限定されず100質量%であってもよい。上記含有量は、樹脂組成物に含まれる特定樹脂などの成分の溶解度等を考慮して決定すればよい。
 また、ジメチルスルホキシドとγ-バレロラクトンとを併用する場合、溶剤の全質量に対して、60~90質量%のγ-バレロラクトンと、10~40質量%のジメチルスルホキシドを含むことが好ましく、70~90質量%のγ-バレロラクトンと、10~30質量%のジメチルスルホキシドを含むことがより好ましく、75~85質量%のγ-バレロラクトンと、15~25質量%のジメチルスルホキシドを含むことが更に好ましい。
In the present invention, one solvent selected from methyl 3-ethoxypropionate, ethyl 3-ethoxypropionate, ethyl cellosolve acetate, ethyl lactate, diethylene glycol dimethyl ether, butyl acetate, methyl 3-methoxypropionate, 2-heptanone, cyclohexanone, cyclopentanone, γ-butyrolactone, γ-valerolactone, 3-methoxy-N,N-dimethylpropionamide, toluene, dimethyl sulfoxide, ethyl carbitol acetate, butyl carbitol acetate, N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone, propylene glycol methyl ether, propylene glycol methyl ether acetate, levoglucosenone, and dihydrolevoglucosenone, or a mixed solvent composed of two or more solvents, is preferred. Particularly preferred are a combination of dimethyl sulfoxide and γ-butyrolactone, a combination of dimethyl sulfoxide and γ-valerolactone, a combination of 3-methoxy-N,N-dimethylpropionamide and γ-butyrolactone, a combination of 3-methoxy-N,N-dimethylpropionamide, γ-butyrolactone and dimethyl sulfoxide, or a combination of N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone and ethyl lactate. Another preferred embodiment of the present invention is an embodiment in which toluene is further added to these combined solvents in an amount of about 1 to 10% by mass based on the total mass of the solvent.
In particular, from the viewpoint of storage stability of the resin composition, an embodiment containing γ-valerolactone as a solvent is one of the preferred embodiments of the present invention. In such an embodiment, the content of γ-valerolactone relative to the total mass of the solvent is preferably 50% by mass or more, more preferably 60% by mass or more, and even more preferably 70% by mass or more. The upper limit of the content is not particularly limited and may be 100% by mass. The content may be determined in consideration of the solubility of components such as a specific resin contained in the resin composition, etc.
Furthermore, when dimethyl sulfoxide and γ-valerolactone are used in combination, the solvent preferably contains 60 to 90 mass% of γ-valerolactone and 10 to 40 mass% of dimethyl sulfoxide, more preferably 70 to 90 mass% of γ-valerolactone and 10 to 30 mass% of dimethyl sulfoxide, and even more preferably 75 to 85 mass% of γ-valerolactone and 15 to 25 mass% of dimethyl sulfoxide, relative to the total mass of the solvent.
 溶剤の含有量は、塗布性の観点から、本発明の樹脂組成物の全固形分濃度が5~80質量%になる量とすることが好ましく、5~75質量%となる量にすることがより好ましく、10~70質量%となる量にすることが更に好ましく、20~70質量%となる量にすることが一層好ましい。溶剤含有量は、塗膜の所望の厚さと塗布方法に応じて調節すればよい。溶剤を2種以上含有する場合は、その合計が上記範囲であることが好ましい。 From the viewpoint of coatability, the content of the solvent is preferably an amount that results in a total solids concentration of the resin composition of the present invention of 5 to 80 mass%, more preferably an amount that results in a total solids concentration of 5 to 75 mass%, even more preferably an amount that results in a total solids concentration of 10 to 70 mass%, and even more preferably an amount that results in a total solids concentration of 20 to 70 mass%. The content of the solvent may be adjusted according to the desired thickness of the coating film and the coating method. When two or more types of solvents are contained, the total amount is preferably within the above range.
<金属接着性改良剤>
 本発明の樹脂組成物は、電極や配線などに用いられる金属材料との接着性を向上させる観点から、金属接着性改良剤を含むことが好ましい。金属接着性改良剤としては、アルコキシシリル基を有するシランカップリング剤、アルミニウム系接着助剤、チタン系接着助剤、スルホンアミド構造を有する化合物及びチオウレア構造を有する化合物、リン酸誘導体化合物、β-ケトエステル化合物、アミノ化合物等が挙げられる。
<Metal adhesion improver>
The resin composition of the present invention preferably contains a metal adhesion improver from the viewpoint of improving adhesion to metal materials used in electrodes, wiring, etc. Examples of the metal adhesion improver include a silane coupling agent having an alkoxysilyl group, an aluminum-based adhesion aid, a titanium-based adhesion aid, a compound having a sulfonamide structure, a compound having a thiourea structure, a phosphoric acid derivative compound, a β-ketoester compound, an amino compound, and the like.
〔シランカップリング剤〕
 シランカップリング剤としては、例えば、国際公開第2021/112189号の段落0316に記載の化合物、特開2018-173573の段落0067~0078に記載の化合物が挙げられ、これらの内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。また、特開2011-128358号公報の段落0050~0058に記載のように異なる2種以上のシランカップリング剤を用いることも好ましい。シランカップリング剤は、下記化合物を用いることも好ましい。以下の式中、Meはメチル基を、Etはエチル基を表す。また、下記Rはブロックイソシアネート基におけるブロック化剤由来の構造が挙げられる。ブロック化剤としては、脱離温度に応じて選択すればよいが、アルコール化合物、フェノール化合物、ピラゾール化合物、トリアゾール化合物、ラクタム化合物、活性メチレン化合物等が挙げられる。例えば、脱離温度を160~180℃としたい観点からは、カプロラクタムなどが好ましい。このような化合物の市販品としては、X-12-1293(信越化学工業株式会社製)などが挙げられる。
〔Silane coupling agent〕
Examples of the silane coupling agent include the compounds described in paragraph 0316 of International Publication No. 2021/112189 and the compounds described in paragraphs 0067 to 0078 of JP-A-2018-173573, the contents of which are incorporated herein. In addition, it is also preferable to use two or more different silane coupling agents as described in paragraphs 0050 to 0058 of JP-A-2011-128358. It is also preferable to use the following compounds as the silane coupling agent. In the following formula, Me represents a methyl group, and Et represents an ethyl group. In addition, the following R includes a structure derived from a blocking agent in a blocked isocyanate group. The blocking agent may be selected according to the desorption temperature, and examples thereof include alcohol compounds, phenol compounds, pyrazole compounds, triazole compounds, lactam compounds, and active methylene compounds. For example, from the viewpoint of setting the desorption temperature at 160 to 180 ° C., caprolactam and the like are preferred. Commercially available products of such compounds include X-12-1293 (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.).

 

 
 他のシランカップリング剤としては、例えば、ビニルトリメトキシシラン、ビニルトリエトキシシラン、2-(3,4-エポキシシクロヘキシル)エチルトリメトキシシラン、3-グリシドキシプロピルメチルジメトキシシラン、3-グリシドキシプロピルトリメトキシシラン、3-グリシドキシプロピルメチルジエトキシシラン、3-グリシドキシプロピルトリエトキシシラン、p-スチリルトリメトキシシラン、3-メタクリロキシプロピルメチルジメトキシシラン、3-メタクリロキシプロピルトリメトキシシラン、3-メタクリロキシプロピルメチルジエトキシシラン、3-メタクリロキシプロピルトリエトキシシラン、3-アクリロキシプロピルトリメトキシシラン、N-2-(アミノエチル)-3-アミノプロピルメチルジメトキシシラン、N-2-(アミノエチル)-3-アミノプロピルトリメトキシシラン、3-アミノプロピルトリメトキシシラン、3-アミノプロピルトリエトキシシラン、3-トリエトキシシリル-N-(1,3-ジメチル-ブチリデン)プロピルアミン、N-フェニル-3-アミノプロピルトリメトキシシラン、トリス-(トリメトキシシリルプロピル)イソシアヌレート、3-ウレイドプロピルトリアルコキシシラン、3-メルカプトプロピルメチルジメトキシシラン、3-メルカプトプロピルトリメトキシシラン、3-イソシアネートプロピルトリエトキシシラン、3-トリメトキシシリルプロピルコハク酸無水物が挙げられる。これらは1種単独または2種以上を組み合わせて使用することができる。
 また、シランカップリング剤として、アルコキシシリル基を複数個有するオリゴマータイプの化合物を用いることもできる。
 このようなオリゴマータイプの化合物としては、下記式(S-1)で表される繰返し単位を含む化合物などが挙げられる。

 式(S-1)中、RS1は1価の有機基を表し、RS2は水素原子、ヒドロキシ基又はアルコキシ基を表し、nは0~2の整数を表す。
 RS1は重合性基を含む構造であることが好ましい。重合性基としては、エチレン性不飽和結合を含む基、エポキシ基、オキセタニル基、ベンゾオキサゾリル基、ブロックイソシアネート基、アミノ基等が挙げられる。エチレン性不飽和結合を含む基としては、ビニル基、アリル基、イソアリル基、2-メチルアリル基、ビニル基と直接結合した芳香環を有する基(例えば、ビニルフェニル基など)、(メタ)アクリルアミド基、(メタ)アクリロイルオキシ基などが挙げられ、ビニルフェニル基、(メタ)アクリルアミド基又は(メタ)アクリロイルオキシ基が好ましく、ビニルフェニル基又は(メタ)アクリロイルオキシ基がより好ましく、(メタ)アクリロイルオキシ基が更に好ましい。
 RS2はアルコキシ基であることが好ましく、メトキシ基又はエトキシ基であることがより好ましい。
 nは0~2の整数を表し、1であることが好ましい。
 ここで、オリゴマータイプの化合物に含まれる複数の式(S-1)で表される繰返し単位の構造は、それぞれ同一であってもよい。
 ここで、オリゴマータイプの化合物に含まれる複数の式(S-1)で表される繰返し単位のうち、少なくとも1つにおいてnが1又は2であることが好ましく、少なくとも2つにおいてnが1又は2であることがより好ましく、少なくとも2つにおいてnが1であることが更に好ましい。
 このようなオリゴマータイプの化合物としては市販品を用いることができ、市販品としては例えば、KR-513(信越化学工業株式会社製)が挙げられる。
Other silane coupling agents include, for example, vinyltrimethoxysilane, vinyltriethoxysilane, 2-(3,4-epoxycyclohexyl)ethyltrimethoxysilane, 3-glycidoxypropylmethyldimethoxysilane, 3-glycidoxypropyltrimethoxysilane, 3-glycidoxypropylmethyldiethoxysilane, 3-glycidoxypropyltriethoxysilane, p-styryltrimethoxysilane, 3-methacryloxypropylmethyldimethoxysilane, 3-methacryloxypropyltrimethoxysilane, 3-methacryloxypropylmethyldiethoxysilane, 3-methacryloxypropyltriethoxysilane, 3-acryloxypropyltrimethoxysilane, N-2- (aminoethyl)-3-aminopropylmethyldimethoxysilane, N-2-(aminoethyl)-3-aminopropyltrimethoxysilane, 3-aminopropyltrimethoxysilane, 3-aminopropyltriethoxysilane, 3-triethoxysilyl-N-(1,3-dimethyl-butylidene)propylamine, N-phenyl-3-aminopropyltrimethoxysilane, tris-(trimethoxysilylpropyl)isocyanurate, 3-ureidopropyltrialkoxysilane, 3-mercaptopropylmethyldimethoxysilane, 3-mercaptopropyltrimethoxysilane, 3-isocyanatepropyltriethoxysilane, 3-trimethoxysilylpropylsuccinic anhydride. These can be used alone or in combination of two or more.
Furthermore, an oligomer type compound having a plurality of alkoxysilyl groups can also be used as the silane coupling agent.
Examples of such oligomer-type compounds include compounds containing a repeating unit represented by the following formula (S-1).

In formula (S-1), R 1 S1 represents a monovalent organic group, R 1 S2 represents a hydrogen atom, a hydroxyl group or an alkoxy group, and n represents an integer of 0 to 2.
R S1 is preferably a structure containing a polymerizable group. Examples of the polymerizable group include a group containing an ethylenically unsaturated bond, an epoxy group, an oxetanyl group, a benzoxazolyl group, a blocked isocyanate group, and an amino group. Examples of the group containing an ethylenically unsaturated bond include a vinyl group, an allyl group, an isoallyl group, a 2-methylallyl group, a group having an aromatic ring directly bonded to a vinyl group (e.g., a vinylphenyl group), a (meth)acrylamide group, and a (meth)acryloyloxy group. Of these, a vinylphenyl group, a (meth)acrylamide group, or a (meth)acryloyloxy group is preferred, a vinylphenyl group or a (meth)acryloyloxy group is more preferred, and a (meth)acryloyloxy group is even more preferred.
R S2 is preferably an alkoxy group, more preferably a methoxy group or an ethoxy group.
n represents an integer of 0 to 2, and is preferably 1.
Here, the structures of the repeating units represented by formula (S-1) contained in the oligomer-type compound may be the same.
Here, among the multiple repeating units represented by formula (S-1) contained in the oligomer-type compound, it is preferable that n is 1 or 2 in at least one, more preferably that n is 1 or 2 in at least two, and further preferably that n is 1 in at least two.
As such oligomer type compounds, commercially available products can be used, and an example of a commercially available product is KR-513 (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.).
〔アルミニウム系接着助剤〕
 アルミニウム系接着助剤としては、例えば、アルミニウムトリス(エチルアセトアセテート)、アルミニウムトリス(アセチルアセトネート)、エチルアセトアセテートアルミニウムジイソプロピレート等を挙げることができる。
[Aluminum-based adhesion promoter]
Examples of aluminum-based adhesion promoters include aluminum tris(ethylacetoacetate), aluminum tris(acetylacetonate), and ethylacetoacetate aluminum diisopropylate.
 その他の金属接着性改良剤としては、特開2014-186186号公報の段落0046~0049に記載の化合物、特開2013-072935号公報の段落0032~0043に記載のスルフィド系化合物を用いることもでき、これらの内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。 Other metal adhesion improvers that can be used include the compounds described in paragraphs 0046 to 0049 of JP 2014-186186 A and the sulfide-based compounds described in paragraphs 0032 to 0043 of JP 2013-072935 A, the contents of which are incorporated herein by reference.
 金属接着性改良剤の含有量は特定樹脂100質量部に対して、0.01~30質量部が好ましく、0.1~10質量部がより好ましく、0.5~5質量部が更に好ましい。上記下限値以上とすることでパターンと金属層との接着性が良好となり、上記上限値以下とすることでパターンの耐熱性、機械特性が良好となる。金属接着性改良剤は1種のみでもよいし、2種以上であってもよい。2種以上用いる場合は、その合計が上記範囲であることが好ましい。 The content of the metal adhesion improver is preferably 0.01 to 30 parts by mass, more preferably 0.1 to 10 parts by mass, and even more preferably 0.5 to 5 parts by mass, per 100 parts by mass of the specific resin. By making the content equal to or greater than the above lower limit, the adhesion between the pattern and the metal layer will be good, and by making the content equal to or less than the above upper limit, the heat resistance and mechanical properties of the pattern will be good. Only one type of metal adhesion improver may be used, or two or more types may be used. When two or more types are used, it is preferable that the total is within the above range.
<マイグレーション抑制剤>
 本発明の樹脂組成物は、マイグレーション抑制剤を更に含むことが好ましい。マイグレーション抑制剤を含むことにより、例えば、樹脂組成物を金属層(又は金属配線)に適用して膜を形成した際に、金属層(又は金属配線)由来の金属イオンが膜内へ移動することを効果的に抑制することができる。
<Migration Inhibitor>
The resin composition of the present invention preferably further contains a migration inhibitor. By containing the migration inhibitor, for example, when the resin composition is applied to a metal layer (or metal wiring) to form a film, migration of metal ions derived from the metal layer (or metal wiring) into the film can be effectively suppressed.
 マイグレーション抑制剤としては、特に制限はないが、複素環(ピロール環、フラン環、チオフェン環、イミダゾール環、オキサゾール環、チアゾール環、ピラゾール環、イソオキサゾール環、イソチアゾー000000ル環、テトラゾール環、ピリジン環、ピリダジン環、ピリミジン環、ピラジン環、ピペリジン環、ピペラジン環、モルホリン環、2H-ピラン環及び6H-ピラン環、トリアジン環)を有する化合物、チオ尿素類及びスルファニル基を有する化合物、ヒンダードフェノール系化合物、サリチル酸誘導体系化合物、ヒドラジド誘導体系化合物が挙げられる。特に、1,2,4-トリアゾール、ベンゾトリアゾール、3-アミノ-1,2,4-トリアゾール、3,5-ジアミノ-1,2,4-トリアゾール等のトリアゾール系化合物、1H-テトラゾール、5-フェニルテトラゾール、5-アミノ―1H-テトラゾール等のテトラゾール系化合物が好ましく使用できる。 There are no particular limitations on the migration inhibitor, but examples include compounds having a heterocycle (pyrrole ring, furan ring, thiophene ring, imidazole ring, oxazole ring, thiazole ring, pyrazole ring, isoxazole ring, isothiazole ring, tetrazole ring, pyridine ring, pyridazine ring, pyrimidine ring, pyrazine ring, piperidine ring, piperazine ring, morpholine ring, 2H-pyran ring and 6H-pyran ring, triazine ring), thioureas and compounds having a sulfanyl group, hindered phenol compounds, salicylic acid derivative compounds, and hydrazide derivative compounds. In particular, triazole compounds such as 1,2,4-triazole, benzotriazole, 3-amino-1,2,4-triazole, and 3,5-diamino-1,2,4-triazole, and tetrazole compounds such as 1H-tetrazole, 5-phenyltetrazole, and 5-amino-1H-tetrazole are preferably used.
 マイグレーション抑制剤としては、ハロゲンイオンなどの陰イオンを捕捉するイオントラップ剤を使用することもできる。 As a migration inhibitor, an ion trapping agent that captures anions such as halogen ions can also be used.
 その他のマイグレーション抑制剤としては、特開2013-015701号公報の段落0094に記載の防錆剤、特開2009-283711号公報の段落0073~0076に記載の化合物、特開2011-059656号公報の段落0052に記載の化合物、特開2012-194520号公報の段落0114、0116及び0118に記載の化合物、国際公開第2015/199219号の段落0166に記載の化合物などを使用することができ、この内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。 Other migration inhibitors that can be used include the rust inhibitors described in paragraph 0094 of JP 2013-015701 A, the compounds described in paragraphs 0073 to 0076 of JP 2009-283711 A, the compounds described in paragraph 0052 of JP 2011-059656 A, the compounds described in paragraphs 0114, 0116, and 0118 of JP 2012-194520 A, and the compounds described in paragraph 0166 of WO 2015/199219 A, the contents of which are incorporated herein by reference.
 マイグレーション抑制剤の具体例としては、下記化合物を挙げることができる。 Specific examples of migration inhibitors include the following compounds:
 本発明の樹脂組成物がマイグレーション抑制剤を有する場合、マイグレーション抑制剤の含有量は、樹脂組成物の全固形分に対して、0.01~5.0質量%であることが好ましく、0.05~2.0質量%であることがより好ましく、0.1~1.0質量%であることが更に好ましい。 When the resin composition of the present invention contains a migration inhibitor, the content of the migration inhibitor is preferably 0.01 to 5.0 mass %, more preferably 0.05 to 2.0 mass %, and even more preferably 0.1 to 1.0 mass %, based on the total solid content of the resin composition.
 マイグレーション抑制剤は1種のみでもよいし、2種以上であってもよい。マイグレーション抑制剤が2種以上の場合は、その合計が上記範囲であることが好ましい。 The migration inhibitor may be one type or two or more types. When two or more types of migration inhibitors are used, it is preferable that the total is within the above range.
<重合禁止剤>
 本発明の樹脂組成物は、重合禁止剤を含むことが好ましい。重合禁止剤としてはフェノール系化合物、キノン系化合物、アミノ系化合物、N-オキシルフリーラジカル化合物系化合物、ニトロ系化合物、ニトロソ系化合物、ヘテロ芳香環系化合物、金属化合物などが挙げられる。
<Polymerization inhibitor>
The resin composition of the present invention preferably contains a polymerization inhibitor, such as a phenolic compound, a quinone compound, an amino compound, an N-oxyl free radical compound, a nitro compound, a nitroso compound, a heteroaromatic ring compound, or a metal compound.
 重合禁止剤の具体的な化合物としては、国際公開第2021/112189の段落0310に記載の化合物、p-ヒドロキノン、o-ヒドロキノン、4-ヒドロキシ-2,2,6,6-テトラメチルピペリジン1-オキシルフリーラジカル、フェノキサジン、1,4,4-トリメチル-2,3-ジアザビシクロ[3.2.2]ノナ-2-エン-N,N-ジオキシド等が挙げられる。この内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。 Specific examples of the polymerization inhibitor include the compounds described in paragraph 0310 of WO 2021/112189, p-hydroquinone, o-hydroquinone, 4-hydroxy-2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidine 1-oxyl free radical, phenoxazine, 1,4,4-trimethyl-2,3-diazabicyclo[3.2.2]non-2-ene-N,N-dioxide, etc. The contents of this document are incorporated herein by reference.
 本発明の樹脂組成物が重合禁止剤を有する場合、重合禁止剤の含有量は、樹脂組成物の全固形分に対して、0.01~20質量%であることが好ましく、0.02~15質量%であることがより好ましく、0.05~10質量%であることが更に好ましい。 When the resin composition of the present invention contains a polymerization inhibitor, the content of the polymerization inhibitor is preferably 0.01 to 20 mass % relative to the total solid content of the resin composition, more preferably 0.02 to 15 mass %, and even more preferably 0.05 to 10 mass %.
 重合禁止剤は1種のみでもよいし、2種以上であってもよい。重合禁止剤が2種以上の場合は、その合計が上記範囲であることが好ましい。 The polymerization inhibitor may be one type or two or more types. When two or more types of polymerization inhibitors are used, it is preferable that the total is within the above range.
<光吸収剤>
 本発明の樹脂組成物は、露光によりその露光波長の吸光度が小さくなる化合物(光吸収剤)を含むことも好ましい。
<Light absorber>
The resin composition of the present invention also preferably contains a compound (light absorber) whose absorbance at the exposure wavelength decreases upon exposure.
 樹脂組成物に含まれるある化合物aが光吸収剤に該当するか否か(すなわち、露光によりその露光波長の吸光度が小さくなるか否か)は、下記の方法により判定することができる。
 まず、樹脂組成物に含まれる濃度と同濃度の化合物aの溶液を調製し、露光光の波長における化合物aのモル吸光係数(mol-1・L・cm-1、「モル吸光係数1」ともいう。)を測定する。上記測定は、化合物aのモル吸光係数の低下などの変化の影響が小さくなるよう手早く行う。上記溶液における溶剤は、樹脂組成物が溶剤を含む場合はその溶剤を、樹脂組成物が溶剤を含まない場合はN-メチル-2-ピロリドンを用いる。
 次に、上記化合物aの溶液に対して露光光の照射を行う。露光量は1モルの化合物aに対して積算量として500mJとする。
 その後、露光後の上記化合物aの溶液を用い、露光光の波長における化合物aのモル吸光係数(mol-1・L・cm-1、「モル吸光係数2」ともいう。)を測定する。
 上記モル吸光係数1及びモル吸光係数2から、下記式に基づいて減衰率(%)を算出し、減衰率(%)が5%以上である場合に、化合物aは露光によりその露光波長の吸光度が小さくなる化合物(すなわち、光吸収剤)であると判断する。
 減衰率(%)=1-モル吸光係数2/モル吸光係数1×100
 上記減衰率は、10%以上であることが好ましく、20%以上であることがより好ましい。また、上記減衰率の下限は特に限定されず、0%以上であればよい。
 上記露光光の波長としては、樹脂組成物を感光膜の形成に用いる場合にはその感光膜が露光される波長であればよい。
 また、上記露光光の波長としては、樹脂組成物に含まれる光重合開始剤が感度を有する波長であることが好ましい。光重合開始剤がある波長に対して感度を有するとは、光重合開始剤をある波長において露光した際に重合開始種を生じることをいう。
 上記露光光の波長としては、光源との関係でいうと、(1)半導体レーザー(波長 830nm、532nm、488nm、405nm、375nm、355nm etc.)、(2)メタルハライドランプ、(3)高圧水銀灯、g線(波長 436nm)、h線(波長 405nm)、i線(波長 365nm)、ブロード(g,h,i線の3波長)、(4)エキシマレーザー、KrFエキシマレーザー(波長 248nm)、ArFエキシマレーザー(波長 193nm)、F2エキシマレーザー(波長 157nm)、(5)極端紫外線;EUV(波長 13.6nm)、(6)電子線、(7)YAGレーザーの第二高調波532nm、第三高調波355nm等が挙げられる。
 露光光の波長は、例えば光重合開始剤が感度を有する波長を選択すればよいが、h線(波長 405nm)又はi線(波長 365nm)が好ましく、i線(波長 365nm)がより好ましい。
Whether or not a certain compound a contained in a resin composition corresponds to a light absorbent (that is, whether or not its absorbance at the exposure wavelength decreases upon exposure) can be determined by the following method.
First, a solution of compound a is prepared at the same concentration as that contained in the resin composition, and the molar absorption coefficient of compound a at the wavelength of the exposure light (mol -1 ·L·cm -1 , also called "molar absorption coefficient 1") is measured. The measurement is carried out quickly so as to reduce the influence of changes such as a decrease in the molar absorption coefficient of compound a. As the solvent for the solution, when the resin composition contains a solvent, that solvent is used, and when the resin composition does not contain a solvent, N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone is used.
Next, the solution of compound a is irradiated with exposure light, with the cumulative exposure dose being 500 mJ per mole of compound a.
Thereafter, the molar absorption coefficient (mol −1 ·L·cm −1 , also referred to as “molar absorption coefficient 2”) of compound a at the wavelength of the exposure light is measured using the solution of compound a after exposure.
From the above molar absorption coefficient 1 and molar absorption coefficient 2, the attenuation rate (%) is calculated based on the following formula. When the attenuation rate (%) is 5% or more, compound a is determined to be a compound whose absorbance at the exposure wavelength decreases upon exposure (i.e., a light absorber).
Attenuation rate (%) = 1 - molar extinction coefficient 2 / molar extinction coefficient 1 x 100
The attenuation rate is preferably 10% or more, and more preferably 20% or more. There is no particular lower limit to the attenuation rate, so long as it is 0% or more.
When the resin composition is used to form a photosensitive film, the wavelength of the exposure light may be any wavelength that exposes the photosensitive film.
The wavelength of the exposure light is preferably a wavelength to which the photopolymerization initiator contained in the resin composition has sensitivity. The photopolymerization initiator has sensitivity to a certain wavelength, meaning that the photopolymerization initiator generates a polymerization initiating species when exposed to light of a certain wavelength.
The wavelength of the exposure light, in terms of its light source, may include (1) semiconductor laser (wavelengths 830 nm, 532 nm, 488 nm, 405 nm, 375 nm, 355 nm, etc.), (2) metal halide lamp, (3) high-pressure mercury lamp, g-line (wavelength 436 nm), h-line (wavelength 405 nm), i-line (wavelength 365 nm), broad (three wavelengths of g, h, and i-lines), (4) excimer laser, KrF excimer laser (wavelength 248 nm), ArF excimer laser (wavelength 193 nm), F2 excimer laser (wavelength 157 nm), (5) extreme ultraviolet light; EUV (wavelength 13.6 nm), (6) electron beam, and (7) second harmonic 532 nm and third harmonic 355 nm of YAG laser.
The wavelength of the exposure light may be selected from those to which the photopolymerization initiator has sensitivity, and preferably, h-line (wavelength 405 nm) or i-line (wavelength 365 nm), more preferably i-line (wavelength 365 nm).
 光吸収剤は、露光によりラジカル重合開始種を発生する化合物であってもよいが、解像性及び耐薬品性の観点からは、露光によりラジカル重合開始種を発生しない化合物であることが好ましい。
 光吸収剤が露光によりラジカル重合開始種を発生する化合物であるか否かは、下記の方法により判定される。
 樹脂組成物に含まれる濃度と同濃度の光吸収剤、及び、ラジカル架橋剤を含む溶液を調製する。樹脂組成物がラジカル架橋剤を含む場合、上記溶液中のラジカル架橋剤としては、樹脂組成物に含まれるラジカル架橋剤と同一の化合物を同濃度で使用する。樹脂組成物がラジカル架橋剤を含まない場合、メタクリル酸メチルを光吸収剤の5倍の濃度で使用する。
 その後、露光光の照射を行う。露光量は積算量として500mJとする。
 露光後に、例えば高速液体クロマトグラフィにより重合性化合物の重合を判断し、重合性化合物の全モル量に対して重合した重合性化合物のモル量の割合が10%以下である場合に、光吸収剤が露光によりラジカル重合開始種を発生しない化合物であると判定する。
 上記モル量の割合は5%以下であることが好ましく、3%以下であることがより好ましい。また、上記モル量の割合の下限は特に限定されず、0%であってもよい。
 上記露光光の波長としては、樹脂組成物を感光膜の形成に用いる場合にはその感光膜が露光される波長であればよい。
 また、上記露光光の波長としては、樹脂組成物に含まれる光重合開始剤が感度を有する波長であることが好ましい。
The light absorbent may be a compound that generates radical polymerization initiating species upon exposure to light, but from the viewpoints of resolution and chemical resistance, it is preferable that the light absorbent is a compound that does not generate radical polymerization initiating species upon exposure to light.
Whether or not a light absorbent is a compound that generates a radical polymerization initiating species upon exposure to light can be judged by the following method.
A solution containing a light absorber and a radical crosslinker at the same concentration as those contained in the resin composition is prepared. When the resin composition contains a radical crosslinker, the radical crosslinker in the solution is the same compound as the radical crosslinker contained in the resin composition and at the same concentration. When the resin composition does not contain a radical crosslinker, methyl methacrylate is used at a concentration five times that of the light absorber.
Thereafter, exposure light is irradiated to an integrated amount of 500 mJ.
After exposure, polymerization of the polymerizable compound is determined, for example, by high performance liquid chromatography, and if the ratio of the molar amount of the polymerized polymerizable compound to the total molar amount of the polymerizable compounds is 10% or less, the light absorber is determined to be a compound that does not generate radical polymerization initiating species upon exposure.
The molar ratio is preferably 5% or less, and more preferably 3% or less. The lower limit of the molar ratio is not particularly limited, and may be 0%.
When the resin composition is used to form a photosensitive film, the wavelength of the exposure light may be any wavelength that exposes the photosensitive film.
The wavelength of the exposure light is preferably a wavelength to which the photopolymerization initiator contained in the resin composition has sensitivity.
 露光によりラジカル重合開始種を発生する化合物としては、上述の光ラジカル重合開始剤と同様の化合物が挙げられる。組成物が光吸収剤として光ラジカル重合開始剤を含む場合、発生するラジカル種の重合開始能が最も低いものを光吸収剤、それ以外を光重合開始剤とする。
 露光によりラジカル重合開始種を発生しない化合物としては、光酸発生剤、光塩基発生剤、その他、露光により吸収波長が変化する色素等が挙げられる。
 これらの中でも、光吸収剤としては、ナフトキノンジアジド化合物、又は、露光により吸光度が変化する色素であることが好ましく、ナフトキノンジアジド化合物であることがより好ましい。
 また、光吸収剤として、例えば、光酸発生剤又は光塩基発生剤と、pHにより露光波長の吸光度が小さくなる化合物とを組み合わせて用いることも考えられる。
Examples of the compound that generates a radical polymerization initiating species upon exposure include the same compounds as the above-mentioned photoradical polymerization initiator. When the composition contains a photoradical polymerization initiator as a light absorber, the compound that generates the radical species with the lowest polymerization initiation ability is the light absorber, and the rest are the photopolymerization initiators.
Examples of the compound that does not generate a radical polymerization initiating species upon exposure include a photoacid generator, a photobase generator, and a dye whose absorption wavelength changes upon exposure.
Among these, the light absorbent is preferably a naphthoquinone diazide compound or a dye whose absorbance changes upon exposure to light, and more preferably a naphthoquinone diazide compound.
As the light absorber, for example, a photoacid generator or a photobase generator may be used in combination with a compound whose absorbance at the exposure wavelength decreases depending on the pH.
〔ナフトキノンジアジド化合物〕
 ナフトキノンジアジド化合物としては、露光によりインデンカルボン酸を生じてその露光波長の吸光度が小さくなる化合物が挙げられ、1,2-ナフトキノンジアジド構造を有する化合物が好ましい。
 ナフトキノンジアジド化合物としては、ヒドロキシ化合物のナフトキノンジアジドスルホン酸エステルであることが好ましい。
 上記ヒドロキシ化合物としては、下記式(H1)~(H6)のいずれかで表される化合物が好ましい。

 式(H1)中、R及びRはそれぞれ独立に、1価の有機基を表し、R及びRはそれぞれ独立に、水素原子又は1価の有機基を表し、n1、n2、m1及びm2はそれぞれ独立に、0~5の整数であり、m1及びm2の少なくとも1つは1~5の整数である。
 式(H2)中、Zは4価の有機基を表し、L、L、L及びLはそれぞれ独立に、単結合又は2価の有機基を表し、R、R、R及びRはそれぞれ独立に、1価の有機基を表し、n3、n4、n5及びn6はそれぞれ独立に、0~3の整数であり、m3、m4、m5及びm6はそれぞれ独立に、0~2の整数であり、m3、m4、m5及びm6のうち少なくとも1つは1又は2である。
 式(H3)中、R及びR10はそれぞれ独立に、水素原子又は1価の有機基を表し、Lはそれぞれ独立に、2価の有機基を表し、n7は3~8の整数を表す。
 式(H4)中、Lは2価の有機基を表し、L及びLはそれぞれ独立に、脂肪族の3級又は4級炭素を含む2価の有機基を表す。
 式(H5)中、R11、R12、R13、R14、R15、R16、R17、R18、R19及びR20はそれぞれ独立に、水素原子、ハロゲン原子又は1価の有機基を表し、L、L10およびL11はそれぞれ独立に、単結合又は2価の有機基を表し、m7、m8、m9、m10はそれぞれ独立に、0~2の整数を表し、m7、m8、m9、m10のうち少なくとも1つは1又は2である。
 式(H6)中、R42、R43、R44、及びR45はそれぞれ独立に、水素原子又は1価の有機基を表し、R46、及びR47はそれぞれ独立に、1価の有機基を表し、n16及びn17はそれぞれ独立に、0~4の整数を表し、m11及びm12はそれぞれ独立に、0~4の整数を表し、m11及びm12のうち少なくとも1つは1~4の整数である。
[Naphthoquinone diazide compounds]
The naphthoquinone diazide compound includes a compound which generates indene carboxylic acid upon exposure and has a reduced absorbance at the exposure wavelength, and is preferably a compound having a 1,2-naphthoquinone diazide structure.
The naphthoquinone diazide compound is preferably a naphthoquinone diazide sulfonic acid ester of a hydroxy compound.
The hydroxy compound is preferably a compound represented by any one of the following formulas (H1) to (H6).

In formula (H1), R1 and R2 each independently represent a monovalent organic group, R3 and R4 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group, n1, n2, m1, and m2 each independently represent an integer of 0 to 5, and at least one of m1 and m2 is an integer of 1 to 5.
In formula (H2), Z represents a tetravalent organic group; L 1 , L 2 , L 3 and L 4 each independently represent a single bond or a divalent organic group; R 5 , R 6 , R 7 and R 8 each independently represent a monovalent organic group; n3, n4, n5 and n6 each independently represent an integer from 0 to 3; m3, m4, m5 and m6 each independently represent an integer from 0 to 2; and at least one of m3, m4, m5 and m6 is 1 or 2.
In formula (H3), R 9 and R 10 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group; L 5 each independently represent a divalent organic group; and n7 represents an integer of 3 to 8.
In formula (H4), L6 represents a divalent organic group, and L7 and L8 each independently represent a divalent organic group containing an aliphatic tertiary or quaternary carbon.
In formula (H5), R 11 , R 12 , R 13 , R 14 , R 15 , R 16 , R 17 , R 18 , R 19 and R 20 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom or a monovalent organic group; L 9 , L 10 and L 11 each independently represent a single bond or a divalent organic group; m7, m8, m9 and m10 each independently represent an integer of 0 to 2, and at least one of m7, m8, m9 and m10 is 1 or 2.
In formula (H6), R 42 , R 43 , R 44 , and R 45 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group, R 46 and R 47 each independently represent a monovalent organic group, n16 and n17 each independently represent an integer of 0 to 4, m11 and m12 each independently represent an integer of 0 to 4, and at least one of m11 and m12 is an integer of 1 to 4.
 式(H1)中、R及びRはそれぞれ独立に、炭素数1~60の1価の有機基であることが好ましく、炭素数1~30の1価の有機基であることがより好ましい。R及びRにおける1価の有機基としては、置換基を有してもよい炭化水素基が挙げられ、例えば、ヒドロキシ基等の置換基を有してもよい芳香族炭化水素基等が挙げられる。
 式(H1)中、R及びRはそれぞれ独立に、炭素数1~60の1価の有機基であることが好ましく、炭素数1~30の1価の有機基であることがより好ましい。R及びRにおける1価の有機基としては、置換基を有してもよい炭化水素基が挙げられ、例えば、ヒドロキシ基等の置換基を有してもよい炭化水素基等が挙げられる。
 式(H1)中、n1及びn2はそれぞれ独立に、0又は1であることが好ましく、0であることがより好ましい。
 式(H1)中、m1及びm2はいずれも1であることが好ましい。
In formula (H1), R1 and R2 are each preferably independently a monovalent organic group having 1 to 60 carbon atoms, and more preferably a monovalent organic group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms. Examples of the monovalent organic group in R1 and R2 include a hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent, such as an aromatic hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent such as a hydroxy group.
In formula (H1), R3 and R4 are each preferably independently a monovalent organic group having 1 to 60 carbon atoms, and more preferably a monovalent organic group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms. Examples of the monovalent organic group in R3 and R4 include hydrocarbon groups which may have a substituent, such as a hydroxyl group or the like.
In formula (H1), n1 and n2 each independently represent preferably 0 or 1, and more preferably 0.
In formula (H1), it is preferable that both m1 and m2 are 1.
式(H1)で表される化合物は、式(H1-1)~式(H1-5)のいずれかで表される化合物であることが好ましい。

 式(H1-1)中、R21、R22及びR23はそれぞれ独立に、水素原子又は1価の有機基を表し、水素原子又は炭素数1~20の1価の有機基が好ましく、水素原子又は下記式(R-1)で表される基がより好ましい。

 式(R-1)中、R29は水素原子、アルキル基又はアルコキシ基を表し、n13は0~2の整数を表し、*は他の構造との結合部位を表す。
 (H1-1)中、n8、n9及びn10はそれぞれ独立に、0~2の整数を表し、0又は1が好ましい。
The compound represented by formula (H1) is preferably a compound represented by any one of formulas (H1-1) to (H1-5).

In formula (H1-1), R 21 , R 22 and R 23 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group, preferably a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, and more preferably a hydrogen atom or a group represented by the following formula (R-1):

In formula (R-1), R 29 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or an alkoxy group, n13 represents an integer of 0 to 2, and * represents a bonding site to another structure.
In (H1-1), n8, n9 and n10 each independently represent an integer of 0 to 2, and preferably 0 or 1.
 式(H1-2)中、R24は水素原子又は1価の有機基を表し、水素原子、炭素数1~20のアルキル基又は炭素数1~20のアルコキシ基が好ましい。n14、n15及びn16はそれぞれ独立に、0~2の整数を表す。R30は水素原子又はアルキル基を表す。 In formula (H1-2), R 24 represents a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group, and is preferably a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, or an alkoxy group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms. n14, n15, and n16 each independently represent an integer of 0 to 2. R 30 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group.
 式(H1-3)中、R25、R26、R27及びR28はそれぞれ独立に、1価の有機基を表し、水素原子、アルキル基又は上述の式(R-1)で表される基であることが好ましい。
 式(H1-3)中、n11、n12及びn13はそれぞれ独立に、0~2の整数を表し、0又は1が好ましい。
In formula (H1-3), R 25 , R 26 , R 27 and R 28 each independently represent a monovalent organic group, and are preferably a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or a group represented by the above formula (R-1).
In formula (H1-3), n11, n12 and n13 each independently represent an integer of 0 to 2, and preferably 0 or 1.
 式(H1-1)で表される化合物としては、下記式(H1-1-1)~式(H1-1-4)のいずれかで表される化合物が好ましい。
 式(H1-2)で表される化合物としては下記式(H1-2-1)または(H1-2-2)で表される化合物が好ましい。
 式(H1-3)で表される化合物としては下記式(H1-3-1)~式(H1-3-3)で表される化合物が好ましい。
The compound represented by formula (H1-1) is preferably a compound represented by any one of the following formulas (H1-1-1) to (H1-1-4).
The compound represented by formula (H1-2) is preferably a compound represented by the following formula (H1-2-1) or (H1-2-2).
The compound represented by formula (H1-3) is preferably a compound represented by the following formulas (H1-3-1) to (H1-3-3).
 式(H2)中、Zは炭素数1~20の4価の基であることが好ましく、下記式(Z-1)~(Z-4)のいずれかで表される基がより好ましい。下記式(Z-1)~(Z-4)中、*は他の構造との結合部位を表す。

 式(H2)中、L、L、L及びLはそれぞれ独立に、単結合又はメチレン基であることが好ましい。
 式(H2)中、R、R、R及びRはそれぞれ独立に、炭素数1~30の有機基が好ましい。
 式(H2)中、n3、n4、n5及びn6はそれぞれ独立に、0~2の整数であることが好ましく、0又は1であることがより好ましい。
 式(H2)中、m3、m4、m5及びm6はそれぞれ独立に、1又は2であることが好ましく、1であることがより好ましい。
 式(H2)で表される化合物としては、下記構造の化合物が例示される。
In formula (H2), Z is preferably a tetravalent group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, and more preferably a group represented by any one of the following formulae (Z-1) to (Z-4): In the following formulae (Z-1) to (Z-4), * represents a bonding site to other structures.

In formula (H2), it is preferable that L 1 , L 2 , L 3 and L 4 each independently represent a single bond or a methylene group.
In formula (H2), R 5 , R 6 , R 7 and R 8 are preferably each independently an organic group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms.
In formula (H2), n3, n4, n5 and n6 each independently represent an integer of 0 to 2, and more preferably 0 or 1.
In formula (H2), m3, m4, m5 and m6 each independently preferably represent 1 or 2, and more preferably represent 1.
Examples of the compound represented by formula (H2) include compounds having the following structures:
 式(H3)中、R及びR10はそれぞれ独立に、水素原子又は炭素数1~20の1価の有機基を表すことが好ましい。
 式(H3)中、Lはそれぞれ独立に、下記式(L-1)で表される基であることが好ましい。

 式(L-1)中、R30は炭素数1~20の1価の有機基を表し、n14は1~5の整数を表し、*は他の構造との結合部位を表す。
 式(H3)中、n7は4~6の整数であることが好ましい。
 式(H3)で表される化合物としては、下記化合物が挙げられる。下記式中、nはそれぞれ独立に、0~9の整数を表す。
In formula (H3), it is preferable that R 9 and R 10 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms.
In formula (H3), it is preferable that each L5 independently represents a group represented by the following formula (L-1).

In formula (L-1), R 30 represents a monovalent organic group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, n14 represents an integer of 1 to 5, and * represents a bonding site to another structure.
In formula (H3), n7 is preferably an integer of 4 to 6.
Examples of the compound represented by formula (H3) include the following compounds: In the following formula, each n independently represents an integer of 0 to 9.
 式(H4)中、Lは-C(CF-、-S(=O)-又は-C(=O)-であることが好ましい。
 式(H4)中、L及びLはそれぞれ独立に、炭素数2~20の2価の有機基であることが好ましい。
 式(H4)で表される化合物としては、下記化合物が挙げられる。
In formula (H4), L 6 is preferably —C(CF 3 ) 2 —, —S(═O) 2 — or —C(═O)—.
In formula (H4), L 7 and L 8 are preferably each independently a divalent organic group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms.
Examples of the compound represented by formula (H4) include the following compounds.
 式(H5)中、R11、R12、R13、R14、R15、R16、R17、R18、R19及びR20はそれぞれ独立に、水素原子、ハロゲン原子、アルキル基、アルケニル基、アルコキシ基、アリル基又はアシル基が好ましい。
 式(H5)中、L、L10およびL11はそれぞれ独立に、単結合、-O-、-S-、-S(=O)-、-C(=O)-、-C(=O)O-、シクロペンチリデン、シクロヘキシリデン、フェニレンまたは炭素数1~20の2価の有機基が好ましく、下記式(L-2)~式(L-4)のいずれかで表される基であることがより好ましい。

 式(L-2)~式(L-4)中、R31及びR32はそれぞれ独立に、水素原子、アルキル基、アルケニル基又はアリール基を表し、R34、R35、R36及びR37はそれぞれ独立に、水素原子又はアルキル基を表し、n15は、1~5の整数であり、R38、R39、R40及びR41はそれぞれ独立に、水素原子又はアルキル基を表し、*は他の構造との結合部位を表す。
 式(H5)で表される化合物としては、下記化合物が挙げられる。
In formula (H5), R11 , R12 , R13 , R14 , R15 , R16 , R17 , R18 , R19 and R20 are each preferably independently a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkoxy group, an allyl group or an acyl group.
In formula (H5), L 9 , L 10 and L 11 each independently represent preferably a single bond, -O-, -S-, -S(═O) 2 -, -C(═O)-, -C(═O)O-, cyclopentylidene, cyclohexylidene, phenylene or a divalent organic group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, and more preferably a group represented by any of the following formulae (L-2) to (L-4).

In formulas (L-2) to (L-4), R 31 and R 32 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, or an aryl group; R 34 , R 35 , R 36 , and R 37 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group; n15 is an integer of 1 to 5; R 38 , R 39 , R 40 , and R 41 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group; and * represents a bonding site to another structure.
Examples of the compound represented by formula (H5) include the following compounds.
 式(H6)中、R42、R43、R44、及びR45はそれぞれ独立に、水素原子又は1価の有機基を表し、水素原子又は炭素数1~20の1価の有機基が好ましく、水素原子又は炭素数1~20のアルキル基がより好ましく、炭素数1~4のアルキル基がより好ましい。
 式(H6)中、R46、及びR47はそれぞれ独立に、アルキル基、アルコキシ基又はアリール基が好ましく、アルキル基がより好ましい。
 式(H6)中、n16及びn17はそれぞれ独立に、0~2の整数が好ましく、0又は1がより好ましい。
 式(H6)中、n16及びn17はそれぞれ独立に、1~3の整数が好ましく、2又は3がより好ましい。
 式(H6)で表される化合物としては、下記化合物が挙げられる。
In formula (H6), R 42 , R 43 , R 44 , and R 45 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group, preferably a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, and more preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms.
In formula (H6), R 46 and R 47 each independently preferably represent an alkyl group, an alkoxy group or an aryl group, more preferably an alkyl group.
In formula (H6), n16 and n17 each independently represent preferably an integer of 0 to 2, and more preferably 0 or 1.
In formula (H6), n16 and n17 each independently represent preferably an integer of 1 to 3, and more preferably 2 or 3.
Examples of the compound represented by formula (H6) include the following compounds.
 その他、ヒドロキシ化合物としては、2,3,4-トリヒドロキシベンゾフェノン、2,4,4′-トリヒドロキシベンゾフェノン、2,4,6-トリヒドロキシベンゾフェノン、2,3,4-トリヒドロキシ-2′-メチルベンゾフェノン、2,3,4,4′-テトラヒドロキシベンゾフェノン、2,2′,4,4′-テトラヒドロキシベンゾフェノン、2,4,6,3′,4′-ペンタヒドロキシベンゾフェノン、2,3,4,2′,4′-ペンタヒドロキシベンゾフェノン、2,3,4,2′,5′-ペンタヒドロキシベンゾフェノン、2,4,6,3′,4′,5′-ヘキサヒドロキシベンゾフェノン、2,3,4,3′,4′,5′-ヘキサヒドロキシベンゾフェノン等のポリヒドロキシベンゾフェノン類、
2,3,4-トリヒドロキシアセトフェノン、2,3,4-トリヒドロキシフェニルペンチルケトン、2,3,4-トリヒドロキシフェニルヘキシルケトン等のポリヒドロキシフェニルアルキルケトン類、
ビス(2,4-ジヒドロキシフェニル)メタン、ビス(2,3,4-トリヒドロキシフェニル)メタン、ビス(2,4-ジヒドロキシフェニル)プロパン-1、ビス(2,3,4-トリヒドロキシフェニル)プロパン-1、ノルジヒドログアイアレチン酸、1,1-ビス(4-ヒドロキシフェニル)シクロヘキサン等のビス((ポリ)ヒドロキシフェニル)アルカン類、
3,4,5-トリヒドロキシ安息香酸プロピル、2,3,4-トリヒドロキシ安息香酸フェニル、3,4,5-トリヒドロキシ安息香酸フェニル等のポリヒドロキシ安息香酸エステル類、
ビス(2,3,4-トリヒドロキシベンゾイル)メタン、ビス(3-アセチル-4,5,6-トリヒドロキシフェニル)-メタン、ビス(2,3,4-トリヒドロキシベンゾイル)ベンゼン、ビス(2,4,6-トリヒドロキシベンゾイル)ベンゼン等のビス(ポリヒドロキシベンゾイル)アルカン又はビス(ポリヒドロキシベンゾイル)アリール類、
エチレングリコール-ジ(3,5-ジヒドロキシベンゾエート)、エチレングリコール-ジ(3,4,5-トリヒドロキシベンゾエート)等のアルキレン-ジ(ポリヒドロキシベンゾエート)類、
2,3,4-ビフェニルトリオール、3,4,5-ビフェニルトリオール、3,5,3′,5′-ビフェニルテトロール、2,4,2′,4′-ビフェニルテトロール、2,4,6,3′,5′-ビフェニルペントール、2,4,6,2′,4′,6′-ビフェニルヘキソール、2,3,4,2′,3′,4′-ビフェニルヘキソール等のポリヒドロキシビフェニル類、
4,4′-チオビス(1,3-ジヒドロキシ)ベンゼン等のビス(ポリヒドロキシ)スルフィド類、
2,2′,4,4′-テトラヒドロキシジフェニルエーテル等のビス(ポリヒドロキシフェニル)エーテル類、
2,2′,4,4′-テトラヒドロキシジフェニルスルフォキシド等のビス(ポリヒドロキシフェニル)スルフォキシド類、
2,2′,4,4′-ジフェニルスルフォン等のビス(ポリヒドロキシフェニル)スルフォン類、
トリス(4-ヒドロキシフェニル)メタン、4,4′,4″-トリヒドロキシ-3,5,3′,5′-テトラメチルトリフェニルメタン、4,4′,3″,4″-テトラヒドロキシ-3,5,3′,5′-テトラメチルトリフェニルメタン、4-[ビス(3,5-ジメチル-4-ヒドロキシフェニル)メチル]-2-メトキシ-フェノール、4,4′-(3,4-ジオール-ベンジリデン)ビス[2,6-ジメチルフェノール]、4,4′-[(2-ヒドロキシ-フェニル)メチレン]ビス[2-シクロヘキシル-5-メチルフェノール、4,4′,2″,3″,4″-ペンタヒドロキシ-3,5,3′,5′-テトラメチルトリフェニルメタン、2,3,4,2′,3′,4′-ヘキサヒドロキシ-5,5′-ジアセチルトリフェニルメタン、2,3,4,2′,3′,4′,3″,4″-オクタヒドロキシ-5,5′-ジアセチルトリフェニルメタン、2,4,6,2′,4′,6′-ヘキサヒドロキシ-5,5′-ジプロピオニルトリフェニルメタン等のポリヒドロキシトリフェニルメタン類、4,4′-(フェニルメチレン)ビスフェノール、4,4′-(1-フェニル-エチリデン)ビス[2-メチルフェノール]、4,4′,4″-エチリデン-トリスフェノール等のポリヒドロキシトリフェニルエタン類、
3,3,3′,3′-テトラメチル-1,1′-スピロビ-インダン-5,6,5′,6′-テトロール、3,3,3′,3′-テトラメチル-1,1′-スピロビ-インダン-5,6,7,5′,6′,7′-ヘキソオール、3,3,3′,3′-テトラメチル-1,1′-スピロビ-インダン-4,5,6,4′,5′,6′-ヘキソオール、3,3,3′,3′-テトラメチル-1,1′-スピロビ-インダン-4,5,6,5′,6′,7′-ヘキソオール等のポリヒドロキシスピロビーインダン類、2,4,4-トリメチル-2′,4′,7′-トリヒドロキシフラバン、等のポリヒドロキシフラバン類、
3,3-ビス(3,4-ジヒドロキシフェニル)フタリド、3,3-ビス(2,3,4-トリヒドロキシフェニル)フタリド、3′,4′,5′,6′-テトラヒドロキシスピロ[フタリド-3,9′-キサンテン]等のポリヒドロキシフタリド類、モリン、ケルセチン、ルチン等のフラボノ色素類、
α,α′,α″-トリス(4-ヒドロキシフェニル)1,3,5-トリイソプロピルベンゼン、α,α′,α″-トリス(3,5-ジメチル-4-ヒドロキシフェニル)1,3,5-トリイソプロピルベンゼン、α,α′,α″-トリス(3,5-ジエチル-4-ヒドロキシフェニル)1,3,5-トリイソプロピルベンゼン、α,α′,α″-トリス(3,5-ジn-プロピル-4-ヒドロキシフェニル)1,3,5-トリイソプロピルベンゼン、α,α′,α″-トリス(3,5-ジイソプロピル-4-ヒドロキシフェニル)1,3,5-トリイソプロピルベンゼン、α,α′,α″-トリス(3,5-ジn-ブチル-4-ヒドロキシフェニル)1,3,5-トリイソプロピルベンゼン、α,α′,α″-トリス(3-メチル-4-ヒドロキシフェニル)1,3,5-トリイソプロピルベンゼン、α,α′,α″-トリス(3-メトキシ-4-ヒドロキシフェニル)1,3,5-トリイソプロピルベンゼン、α,α′,α″-トリス(2,4-ジヒドロキシフェニル)1,3,5-トリイソプロピルベンゼン、1,3,5-トリス(3,5-ジメチル-4-ヒドロキシフェニル)ベンゼン、1,3,5-トリス(5-メチル-2-ヒドロキシフェニル)ベンゼン、2,4,6-トリス(3,5-ジメチル-4-ヒドロキシフェニルチオメチル)メシチレン、1-[α-メチル-α-(4′-ヒドロキシフェニル)エチル]-4-[α,α’-ビス(4″-ヒドロキシフェニル)エチル]ベンゼン、1-[α-メチル(4′-ヒドロキシフェニル)エチル]-3-[α,α’-ビス(4″-ヒドロキシフェニル)エチル]ベンゼン、1-[α-メチル-α-(3′,5′-ジメチル-4′-ヒドロキシフェニル)エチル]-4-[α,α′-ビス(3″,5″-ジメチル-4″-ヒドロキシフェニル)エチル]ベンゼン、1-[α-メチル(3′-メチル-4′-ヒドロキシフェニル)エチル]-4-[α′,α′-ビス(3″-メチル-4″-ヒドロキシフェニル)エチル]ベンゼン、1-[α-メチル-α-(3′-メトキシ-4′-ヒドロキシフェニル)エチル]-4-[α′,α′-ビス(3″-メトキシ-4″-ヒドロキシフェニル)エチル]ベンゼン、1-[α-メチル-α-(2′,4′-ジヒドロキシフェニル)エチル]-4-[α′,α′-ビス(4″-ヒドロキシフェニル)エチル]ベンゼン、1-[α-メチル(2′,4′-ジヒドロキシフェニル)エチル]-3-[α′,α′-ビス(4″-ヒドロキシフェニル)エチル]ベンゼン等の特開平4-253058に記載のポリヒドロキシ化合物、α,α,α′,α′,α″,α″-ヘキサキス-(4-ヒドロキシフェニル)-1,3,5-トリエチルベンゼン等の特開平5-224410号に記載のポリヒドロキシ化合物、1,2,2,3-テトラ(p-ヒドロキシフェニル)プロパン、1,3,3,5-テトラ(p-ヒドロキシフェニル)ペンタン等の特開平5-303200号、EP-530148に記載のポリ(ヒドロキシフェニル)アルカン類、
p-ビス(2,3,4-トリヒドロキシベンゾイル)ベンゼン、p-ビス(2,4,6-トリヒドロキシベンゾイル)ベンゼン、m-ビス(2,3,4-トリヒドロキシベンゾイル)ベンゼン、m-ビス(2,4,6-トリヒドロキシベンゾイル)ベンゼン、p-ビス(2,5-ジヒドロキシ-3-ブロムベンゾイル)ベンゼン、p-ビス(2,3,4-トリヒドロキシ-5-メチルベンゾイル)ベンゼン、p-ビス(2,3,4-トリヒドロキシ-5-メトキシベンゾイル)ベンゼン、p-ビス(2,3,4-トリヒドロキシ-5-ニトロベンゾイル)ベンゼン、p-ビス(2,3,4-トリヒドロキシ-5-シアノベンゾイル)ベンゼン、1,3,5-トリス(2,5-ジヒドロキシベンゾイル)ベンゼン、1,3,5-トリス(2,3,4-トリヒドロキシベンゾイル)ベンゼン、1,2,3-トリス(2,3,4-トリヒドロキシベンゾイル)ベンゼン、1,2,4-トリス(2,3,4-トリヒドロキシベンゾイル)ベンゼン、1,2,4,5-テトラキス(2,3,4-トリヒドロキシベンゾイル)ベンゼン、α,α′-ビス(2,3,4-トリヒドロキシベンゾイル)p-キシレン、α,α′,α′-トリス(2,3,4-トリヒドロキシベンゾイル)メシレン、
 2,6-ビス-(2-ヒドロキシ-3,5-ジメチルベンジル)-p-クレゾール、2,6-ビス-(2-ヒドロキシ-5′-メチルベンジル)-p-クレゾール、2,6-ビス-(2,4,6-トリヒドロキシベンジル)-p-クレゾール、2,6-ビス-(2,3,4-トリヒドロキシベンジル)-p-クレゾール、2,6-ビス(2,3,4-トリヒドロキシベンジル)-3,5-ジメチル-フェノール、4,6-ビス-(4-ヒドロキシ-3,5-ジメチルベンジル)-ピロガロール、2,6-ビス-(4-ヒドロキシ-3,5-ジメチルベンジル)-1,3,4-トリヒドロキシ-フェノール、4,6-ビス-(2,4,6-トリヒドロキシベンジル)-2,4-ジメチル-フェノール、4,6-ビス-(2,3,4-トリヒドロキシベンジル)-2,5-ジメチル-フェノール、2,6-ビス-(4-ヒドロキシベンジル)-p-クレゾール、2,6-ビス(4-ヒドロキシベンジル)-4-シクロヘキシルフェノール、2,6-ビス(4-ヒドロキシ-3-メチルベンジル)-p-クレゾール、2,6-ビス(4-ヒドロキシ-3,5-ジメチルベンジル)-p-クレゾール、2,6-ビス(4-ヒドロキシ-2,5-ジメチルベンジル)-p-クレゾール、2,6-ビス(4-ヒドロキシ-3-メチルベンジル)-4-フェニル-フェノール、2,2′,6,6′-テトラキス[(4-ヒドロキシフェニル)メチル]-4,4′-メチレンジフェノール、2,2′,6,6′-テトラキス[(4-ヒドロキシ-3,5-ジメチルフェニル)メチル]-4,4′-メチレンジフェノール、2,2′,6,6′-テトラキス[(4-ヒドロキシ-3-メチルフェニル)メチル]-4,4′-メチレンジフェノール、2,2′-ビス[(4-ヒドロキシ-3,5-ジメチルフェニル)メチル]6,6′-ジメチル-4,4′-メチレンジフェノール、2,2’,3,3’-テトラヒドロ-3,3,3’,3’-テトラメチル-1,1’-スピロビ(1H-インデン)-5,5’,6,6’,7,7’ヘキサノール、ビス(4-ヒドロキシ-3,5-ジメチルフェニル)-(4-ヒドロキシ-3-メトキシフェニル)メタン等を挙げることができる。
 また、ノボラック樹脂等フェノール樹脂の低核体を用いる事もできる。
Other examples of hydroxy compounds include polyhydroxybenzophenones such as 2,3,4-trihydroxybenzophenone, 2,4,4'-trihydroxybenzophenone, 2,4,6-trihydroxybenzophenone, 2,3,4-trihydroxy-2'-methylbenzophenone, 2,3,4,4'-tetrahydroxybenzophenone, 2,2',4,4'-tetrahydroxybenzophenone, 2,4,6,3',4'-pentahydroxybenzophenone, 2,3,4,2',4'-pentahydroxybenzophenone, 2,3,4,2',5'-pentahydroxybenzophenone, 2,4,6,3',4',5'-hexahydroxybenzophenone, and 2,3,4,3',4',5'-hexahydroxybenzophenone;
polyhydroxyphenyl alkyl ketones such as 2,3,4-trihydroxyacetophenone, 2,3,4-trihydroxyphenyl pentyl ketone, and 2,3,4-trihydroxyphenyl hexyl ketone;
bis((poly)hydroxyphenyl)alkanes such as bis(2,4-dihydroxyphenyl)methane, bis(2,3,4-trihydroxyphenyl)methane, bis(2,4-dihydroxyphenyl)propane-1, bis(2,3,4-trihydroxyphenyl)propane-1, nordihydroguaiaretic acid, and 1,1-bis(4-hydroxyphenyl)cyclohexane;
Polyhydroxybenzoic acid esters such as propyl 3,4,5-trihydroxybenzoate, phenyl 2,3,4-trihydroxybenzoate, and phenyl 3,4,5-trihydroxybenzoate;
bis(polyhydroxybenzoyl)alkanes or bis(polyhydroxybenzoyl)aryls such as bis(2,3,4-trihydroxybenzoyl)methane, bis(3-acetyl-4,5,6-trihydroxyphenyl)methane, bis(2,3,4-trihydroxybenzoyl)benzene, and bis(2,4,6-trihydroxybenzoyl)benzene;
Alkylene di(polyhydroxybenzoates) such as ethylene glycol di(3,5-dihydroxybenzoate) and ethylene glycol di(3,4,5-trihydroxybenzoate);
polyhydroxybiphenyls such as 2,3,4-biphenyltriol, 3,4,5-biphenyltriol, 3,5,3',5'-biphenyltetrol, 2,4,2',4'-biphenyltetrol, 2,4,6,3',5'-biphenylpentol, 2,4,6,2',4',6'-biphenylhexol, and 2,3,4,2',3',4'-biphenylhexol;
bis(polyhydroxy)sulfides such as 4,4'-thiobis(1,3-dihydroxy)benzene;
bis(polyhydroxyphenyl)ethers such as 2,2',4,4'-tetrahydroxydiphenyl ether;
bis(polyhydroxyphenyl)sulfoxides such as 2,2',4,4'-tetrahydroxydiphenylsulfoxide;
bis(polyhydroxyphenyl)sulfones such as 2,2',4,4'-diphenylsulfone,
Tris(4-hydroxyphenyl)methane, 4,4',4"-trihydroxy-3,5,3',5'-tetramethyltriphenylmethane, 4,4',3",4"-tetrahydroxy-3,5,3',5'-tetramethyltriphenylmethane, 4-[bis(3,5-dimethyl-4-hydroxyphenyl)methyl]-2-methoxy-phenol, 4,4'-(3,4-diol-benzylidene)bis[2,6-dimethylphenol], 4,4'-[(2-hydroxy-phenyl)methylene]bis[2-cyclohexyl-5-methylphenol], 4,4',2",3",4"-pentahydroxy-3,5,3',5' -tetramethyltriphenylmethane, 2,3,4,2',3',4'-hexahydroxy-5,5'-diacetyltriphenylmethane, 2,3,4,2',3',4',3",4"-octahydroxy-5,5'-diacetyltriphenylmethane, 2,4,6,2',4',6'-hexahydroxy-5,5'-dipropionyltriphenylmethane and other polyhydroxytriphenylmethanes; 4,4'-(phenylmethylene)bisphenol, 4,4'-(1-phenyl-ethylidene)bis[2-methylphenol], 4,4',4"-ethylidene-trisphenol and other polyhydroxytriphenylethanes;
Polyhydroxy spirobyindanes such as 3,3,3',3'-tetramethyl-1,1'-spirobi-indan-5,6,5',6'-tetrol, 3,3,3',3'-tetramethyl-1,1'-spirobi-indan-5,6,7,5',6',7'-hexol, 3,3,3',3'-tetramethyl-1,1'-spirobi-indan-4,5,6,4',5',6'-hexol, and 3,3,3',3'-tetramethyl-1,1'-spirobi-indan-4,5,6,5',6',7'-hexool; polyhydroxy flavans such as 2,4,4-trimethyl-2',4',7'-trihydroxy flavan;
Polyhydroxyphthalides such as 3,3-bis(3,4-dihydroxyphenyl)phthalide, 3,3-bis(2,3,4-trihydroxyphenyl)phthalide, and 3',4',5',6'-tetrahydroxyspiro[phthalide-3,9'-xanthene]; flavonoid pigments such as morin, quercetin, and rutin;
α,α',α"-tris(4-hydroxyphenyl)1,3,5-triisopropylbenzene, α,α',α"-tris(3,5-dimethyl-4-hydroxyphenyl)1,3,5-triisopropylbenzene, α,α',α"-tris(3,5-diethyl-4-hydroxyphenyl)1,3,5-triisopropylbenzene, α,α',α"-tris(3,5-di-n-propyl-4-hydroxyphenyl)1,3,5-triisopropylbenzene, α,α',α"-tris(3,5-diisopropyl-4-hydroxyphenyl)1,3,5-triisopropylbenzene, α,α',α"-tris(3,5-di-n-butyl-4-hydroxyphenyl)1,3,5-triisopropylbenzene, α,α',α" -Tris(3-methyl-4-hydroxyphenyl)1,3,5-triisopropylbenzene, α,α',α"-tris(3-methoxy-4-hydroxyphenyl)1,3,5-triisopropylbenzene, α,α',α"-tris(2,4-dihydroxyphenyl)1,3,5-triisopropylbenzene, 1,3,5-tris(3,5-dimethyl-4-hydroxyphenyl)benzene, 1,3,5-tris(5-methyl-2-hydroxyphenyl)benzene, 2,4,6-tris(3,5-dimethyl-4-hydroxyphenylthiomethyl)mesitylene, 1-[α-methyl-α-(4'-hydroxyphenyl)ethyl]-4-[α,α'-bis(4"-hydroxyphenyl)ethyl]benzene, 1-[α-methyl 1-[α-methyl-α-(3',5'-dimethyl-4'-hydroxyphenyl)ethyl]-4-[α,α'-bis(3",5"-dimethyl-4"-hydroxyphenyl)ethyl]benzene, 1-[α-methyl(3'-methyl-4'-hydroxyphenyl)ethyl]-4-[α',α'-bis(3"-methyl-4"-hydroxyphenyl)ethyl]benzene, 1-[α-methyl-α-(3'-methoxy-4'-hydroxyphenyl)ethyl]-4-[α',α'-bis(3"-methoxy-4"-hydroxyphenyl)ethyl]benzene, 1-[α-methyl-α-(2',4'-dihydroxyphenyl)ethyl]-4-[α',α'-bis(3"-methoxy-4"-hydroxyphenyl)ethyl]benzene, polyhydroxy compounds described in JP-A-4-253058, such as α,α,α',α',α",α"-hexakis-(4-hydroxyphenyl)-1,3,5-triethylbenzene; poly(hydroxyphenyl)alkanes described in JP-A-5-303200 and EP-530148, such as 1,2,2,3-tetra(p-hydroxyphenyl)propane and 1,3,3,5-tetra(p-hydroxyphenyl)pentane;
p-bis(2,3,4-trihydroxybenzoyl)benzene, p-bis(2,4,6-trihydroxybenzoyl)benzene, m-bis(2,3,4-trihydroxybenzoyl)benzene, m-bis(2,4,6-trihydroxybenzoyl)benzene, p-bis(2,5-dihydroxy-3-bromobenzoyl)benzene, p-bis(2,3,4-trihydroxy-5-methylbenzoyl)benzene, p-bis(2,3,4-trihydroxy-5-methoxybenzoyl)benzene, p-bis(2,3,4-trihydroxy-5-nitrobenzoyl)benzene, p-bis(2,3,4- trihydroxy-5-cyanobenzoyl)benzene, 1,3,5-tris(2,5-dihydroxybenzoyl)benzene, 1,3,5-tris(2,3,4-trihydroxybenzoyl)benzene, 1,2,3-tris(2,3,4-trihydroxybenzoyl)benzene, 1,2,4-tris(2,3,4-trihydroxybenzoyl)benzene, 1,2,4,5-tetrakis(2,3,4-trihydroxybenzoyl)benzene, α,α'-bis(2,3,4-trihydroxybenzoyl)p-xylene, α,α',α'-tris(2,3,4-trihydroxybenzoyl)mesylene,
2,6-bis-(2-hydroxy-3,5-dimethylbenzyl)-p-cresol, 2,6-bis-(2-hydroxy-5'-methylbenzyl)-p-cresol, 2,6-bis-(2,4,6-trihydroxybenzyl)-p-cresol, 2,6-bis-(2,3,4-trihydroxybenzyl)-p-cresol, 2,6-bis-(2,3,4-trihydroxybenzyl)-3,5-dimethyl-phenol, 4,6-bis-(4-hydroxy-3,5-dimethylbenzyl)-pyrogallol, 2,6-bis-(4 -hydroxy-3,5-dimethylbenzyl)-1,3,4-trihydroxy-phenol, 4,6-bis-(2,4,6-trihydroxybenzyl)-2,4-dimethyl-phenol, 4,6-bis-(2,3,4-trihydroxybenzyl)-2,5-dimethyl-phenol, 2,6-bis-(4-hydroxybenzyl)-p-cresol, 2,6-bis(4-hydroxybenzyl)-4-cyclohexylphenol, 2,6-bis(4-hydroxy-3-methylbenzyl)-p-cresol, 2,6-bis(4- hydroxy-3,5-dimethylbenzyl)-p-cresol, 2,6-bis(4-hydroxy-2,5-dimethylbenzyl)-p-cresol, 2,6-bis(4-hydroxy-3-methylbenzyl)-4-phenyl-phenol, 2,2',6,6'-tetrakis[(4-hydroxyphenyl)methyl]-4,4'-methylenediphenol, 2,2',6,6'-tetrakis[(4-hydroxy-3,5-dimethylphenyl)methyl]-4,4'-methylenediphenol, 2,2',6,6'-tetrakis[(4 -hydroxy-3-methylphenyl)methyl]-4,4'-methylenediphenol, 2,2'-bis[(4-hydroxy-3,5-dimethylphenyl)methyl]6,6'-dimethyl-4,4'-methylenediphenol, 2,2',3,3'-tetrahydro-3,3,3',3'-tetramethyl-1,1'-spirobi(1H-indene)-5,5',6,6',7,7'hexanol, bis(4-hydroxy-3,5-dimethylphenyl)-(4-hydroxy-3-methoxyphenyl)methane, and the like can be mentioned.
Furthermore, a low molecular weight phenol resin such as a novolak resin can also be used.
 ナフトキノンジアジドスルホン酸としては、6-ジアゾ5,6-ジヒドロ-5-オキソ-1-ナフタレンスルホン酸、1,2-ナフトキノン-(2)-ジアゾ-5-スルホン酸等が挙げられ、これらは混合して用いてもよい。 Naphthoquinone diazide sulfonic acids include 6-diazo 5,6-dihydro-5-oxo-1-naphthalene sulfonic acid, 1,2-naphthoquinone-(2)-diazo-5-sulfonic acid, etc., which may be used in combination.
 ヒドロキシ化合物のナフトキノンジアジドスルホン酸エステルの製造方法は、特に限定されないが、例えば、ナフトキノンジアジドスルホン酸をクロルスルホン酸又は塩化チオニルでスルホニルクロリドとし、得られたナフトキノンジアジドスルホニルクロリドと、ヒドロキシ化合物とを縮合反応させることにより得られる。
 例えば、ヒドロキシ化合物とナフトキノンジアジドスルホニルクロリドの所定量をジオキサン、アセトン、又はテトラヒドロフラン等の溶媒中において、トリエチルアミン等の塩基性触媒の存在下で反応させてエステル化を行い、得られた生成物を水洗、乾燥することにより得ることができる。
The method for producing a naphthoquinone diazide sulfonate ester of a hydroxy compound is not particularly limited. For example, the ester can be obtained by converting naphthoquinone diazide sulfonic acid into a sulfonyl chloride with chlorosulfonic acid or thionyl chloride, and then subjecting the resulting naphthoquinone diazide sulfonyl chloride to a condensation reaction with the hydroxy compound.
For example, a hydroxy compound and a predetermined amount of naphthoquinone diazide sulfonyl chloride are reacted in a solvent such as dioxane, acetone, or tetrahydrofuran in the presence of a basic catalyst such as triethylamine to carry out esterification, and the resulting product is washed with water and dried to obtain the compound.
 ナフトキノンジアジドスルホン酸エステルにおけるエステル化率は、特に限定されないが、10%以上であることが好ましく、20%以上であることがより好ましい。また上記エステル化率の上限は特に限定されず、100%であってもよい。
 上記エステル化率は、ヒドロキシ化合物が有するヒドロキシ基のうち、エステル化された基の割合として、H-NMR等により確認することができる。
The esterification rate of the naphthoquinone diazide sulfonic acid ester is not particularly limited, but is preferably 10% or more, and more preferably 20% or more. The upper limit of the esterification rate is not particularly limited, and may be 100%.
The above-mentioned esterification rate can be confirmed by 1 H-NMR or the like as the proportion of esterified groups among the hydroxy groups contained in the hydroxy compound.
 その他、光吸収剤として、特開2019-206689号公報の段落0088~0108に記載の化合物を用いることもできる。 In addition, the compounds described in paragraphs 0088 to 0108 of JP 2019-206689 A can also be used as light absorbents.
 本発明の樹脂組成物の全固形分に対する光吸収剤の含有量は、特に限定されないが、0.1~20質量%であることが好ましく、0.5~10質量%であることがより好ましく、1~5質量%であることが更に好ましい。 The content of the light absorber relative to the total solid content of the resin composition of the present invention is not particularly limited, but is preferably 0.1 to 20 mass%, more preferably 0.5 to 10 mass%, and even more preferably 1 to 5 mass%.
<その他の添加剤>
 本発明の樹脂組成物は、本発明の効果が得られる範囲で、必要に応じて、各種の添加物、例えば、界面活性剤、高級脂肪酸誘導体、熱重合開始剤、無機粒子、紫外線吸収剤、有機チタン化合物、酸化防止剤、光酸発生剤、凝集防止剤、フェノール系化合物、他の高分子化合物、可塑剤及びその他の助剤類(例えば、消泡剤、難燃剤など)等を含んでいてもよい。これらの成分を適宜含有させることにより、膜物性などの性質を調整することができる。これらの成分は、例えば、特開2012-003225号公報の段落番号0183以降(対応する米国特許出願公開第2013/0034812号明細書の段落番号0237)の記載、特開2008-250074号公報の段落番号0101~0104、0107~0109等の記載を参酌でき、これらの内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。これらの添加剤を配合する場合、その合計含有量は本発明の樹脂組成物の固形分の3質量%以下とすることが好ましい。
<Other additives>
The resin composition of the present invention may contain various additives, such as surfactants, higher fatty acid derivatives, thermal polymerization initiators, inorganic particles, ultraviolet absorbers, organic titanium compounds, antioxidants, photoacid generators, aggregation inhibitors, phenolic compounds, other polymer compounds, plasticizers, and other auxiliaries (e.g., defoamers, flame retardants, etc.), as necessary, within the scope in which the effects of the present invention can be obtained. By appropriately incorporating these components, it is possible to adjust the properties of the film, etc. These components can be referred to, for example, in the descriptions in paragraphs 0183 and after of JP-A-2012-003225 (corresponding to paragraph 0237 of US Patent Application Publication No. 2013/0034812), and in paragraphs 0101 to 0104, 0107 to 0109, etc. of JP-A-2008-250074, the contents of which are incorporated herein. When these additives are blended, the total content is preferably 3% by mass or less of the solid content of the resin composition of the present invention.
〔無機粒子〕
 無機粒子として、具体的には、炭酸カルシウム、リン酸カルシウム、シリカ、カオリン、タルク、二酸化チタン、アルミナ、硫酸バリウム、フッ化カルシウム、フッ化リチウム、ゼオライト、硫化モリブデン、ガラス等が挙げられる。
[Inorganic particles]
Specific examples of inorganic particles include calcium carbonate, calcium phosphate, silica, kaolin, talc, titanium dioxide, alumina, barium sulfate, calcium fluoride, lithium fluoride, zeolite, molybdenum sulfide, and glass.
 無機粒子の平均粒子径は、0.01~2.0μmが好ましく、0.02~1.5μmがより好ましく、0.03~1.0μmがさらに好ましく、0.04~0.5μmが特に好ましい。
 無機粒子の上記平均粒子径は、一次粒子径であり、また体積平均粒子径である。体積平均粒子径は、例えば、Nanotrac WAVE II EX-150(日機装社製)による動的光散乱法で測定できる。
 上記測定が困難である場合は、遠心沈降光透過法、X線透過法、レーザー回折・散乱法で測定することもできる。
The average particle size of the inorganic particles is preferably from 0.01 to 2.0 μm, more preferably from 0.02 to 1.5 μm, even more preferably from 0.03 to 1.0 μm, and particularly preferably from 0.04 to 0.5 μm.
The above average particle size of the inorganic particles is the primary particle size and also the volume average particle size. The volume average particle size can be measured by a dynamic light scattering method using, for example, a Nanotrac WAVE II EX-150 (manufactured by Nikkiso Co., Ltd.).
When the above measurements are difficult, the measurements can also be made by centrifugal sedimentation light transmission method, X-ray transmission method, or laser diffraction/scattering method.
〔紫外線吸収剤〕
 紫外線吸収剤としては、サリシレート系、ベンゾフェノン系、ベンゾトリアゾール系、置換アクリロニトリル系、トリアジン系などの紫外線吸収剤が挙げられる。
 紫外線吸収剤の具体例としては、国際公開第2021/112189号の段落0341~0342に記載の化合物が挙げられ、この内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。
[Ultraviolet absorber]
Examples of the ultraviolet absorbing agent include salicylate-based, benzophenone-based, benzotriazole-based, substituted acrylonitrile-based, and triazine-based ultraviolet absorbing agents.
Specific examples of the ultraviolet absorber include the compounds described in paragraphs 0341 to 0342 of WO 2021/112189, the contents of which are incorporated herein by reference.
 紫外線吸収剤は1種を単独で用いてもよく、2種以上を組み合わせて用いてもよい。
 樹脂組成物が紫外線吸収剤を含む場合、紫外線吸収剤の含有量は、樹脂組成物の全固形分質量に対して、0.001質量%以上1質量%以下であることが好ましく、0.01質量%以上0.1質量%以下であることがより好ましい。
The ultraviolet absorbents may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
When the resin composition contains an ultraviolet absorber, the content of the ultraviolet absorber is preferably 0.001 mass % or more and 1 mass % or less, and more preferably 0.01 mass % or more and 0.1 mass % or less, based on the total solid mass of the resin composition.
〔有機チタン化合物〕 
 樹脂組成物が有機チタン化合物を含有することにより、低温で硬化した場合であっても耐薬品性に優れる樹脂層を形成できる。
[Organotitanium Compounds]
By including an organotitanium compound in the resin composition, a resin layer having excellent chemical resistance can be formed even when cured at a low temperature.
 使用可能な有機チタン化合物としては、チタン原子に有機基が共有結合又はイオン結合を介して結合しているものが挙げられる。
 有機チタン化合物の具体例を、以下のI)~VII)に示す:
 I)チタンキレート化合物:樹脂組成物の保存安定性がよく、良好な硬化パターンが得られることから、アルコキシ基を2個以上有するチタンキレート化合物がより好ましい。具体的な例は、チタニウムビス(トリエタノールアミン)ジイソプロポキサイド、チタニウムジ(n-ブトキサイド)ビス(2,4-ペンタンジオネート)、チタニウムジイソプロポキサイドビス(2,4-ペンタンジオネート)、チタニウムジイソプロポキサイドビス(テトラメチルヘプタンジオネート)、チタニウムジイソプロポキサイドビス(エチルアセトアセテート)等である。
 II)テトラアルコキシチタン化合物:例えば、チタニウムテトラ(n-ブトキサイド)、チタニウムテトラエトキサイド、チタニウムテトラ(2-エチルヘキソキサイド)、チタニウムテトライソブトキサイド、チタニウムテトライソプロポキサイド、チタニウムテトラメトキサイド、チタニウムテトラメトキシプロポキサイド、チタニウムテトラメチルフェノキサイド、チタニウムテトラ(n-ノニロキサイド)、チタニウムテトラ(n-プロポキサイド)、チタニウムテトラステアリロキサイド、チタニウムテトラキス[ビス{2,2-(アリロキシメチル)ブトキサイド}]等である。
 III)チタノセン化合物:例えば、ペンタメチルシクロペンタジエニルチタニウムトリメトキサイド、ビス(η5-2,4-シクロペンタジエン-1-イル)ビス(2,6-ジフルオロフェニル)チタニウム、ビス(η5-2,4-シクロペンタジエン-1-イル)ビス(2,6-ジフルオロ-3-(1H-ピロール-1-イル)フェニル)チタニウム等である。
 IV)モノアルコキシチタン化合物:例えば、チタニウムトリス(ジオクチルホスフェート)イソプロポキサイド、チタニウムトリス(ドデシルベンゼンスルホネート)イソプロポキサイド等である。
 V)チタニウムオキサイド化合物:例えば、チタニウムオキサイドビス(ペンタンジオネート)、チタニウムオキサイドビス(テトラメチルヘプタンジオネート)、フタロシアニンチタニウムオキサイド等である。
 VI)チタニウムテトラアセチルアセトネート化合物:例えば、チタニウムテトラアセチルアセトネート等である。
VII)チタネートカップリング剤:例えば、イソプロピルトリドデシルベンゼンスルホニルチタネート等である。
Usable organotitanium compounds include those in which an organic group is bonded to a titanium atom via a covalent bond or an ionic bond.
Specific examples of the organotitanium compound are shown below in I) to VII):
I) Titanium chelate compounds: Titanium chelate compounds having two or more alkoxy groups are more preferred because they provide good storage stability for the resin composition and provide a good curing pattern. Specific examples include titanium bis(triethanolamine) diisopropoxide, titanium di(n-butoxide) bis(2,4-pentanedionate), titanium diisopropoxide bis(2,4-pentanedionate), titanium diisopropoxide bis(tetramethylheptanedionate), titanium diisopropoxide bis(ethylacetoacetate), etc.
II) Tetraalkoxytitanium compounds: for example, titanium tetra(n-butoxide), titanium tetraethoxide, titanium tetra(2-ethylhexoxide), titanium tetraisobutoxide, titanium tetraisopropoxide, titanium tetramethoxide, titanium tetramethoxypropoxide, titanium tetramethylphenoxide, titanium tetra(n-nonyloxide), titanium tetra(n-propoxide), titanium tetrastearyloxide, titanium tetrakis[bis{2,2-(allyloxymethyl)butoxide}], and the like.
III) Titanocene compounds: For example, pentamethylcyclopentadienyltitanium trimethoxide, bis(η5-2,4-cyclopentadiene-1-yl)bis(2,6-difluorophenyl)titanium, bis(η5-2,4-cyclopentadiene-1-yl)bis(2,6-difluoro-3-(1H-pyrrol-1-yl)phenyl)titanium, and the like.
IV) Monoalkoxytitanium compounds: For example, titanium tris(dioctylphosphate) isopropoxide, titanium tris(dodecylbenzenesulfonate) isopropoxide, etc.
V) Titanium oxide compounds: For example, titanium oxide bis(pentanedionate), titanium oxide bis(tetramethylheptanedionate), phthalocyanine titanium oxide, and the like.
VI) Titanium tetraacetylacetonate compounds: For example, titanium tetraacetylacetonate.
VII) Titanate coupling agents: for example, isopropyl tridodecylbenzenesulfonyl titanate.
 なかでも、有機チタン化合物としては、より良好な耐薬品性の観点から、上記I)チタンキレート化合物、II)テトラアルコキシチタン化合物、及びIII)チタノセン化合物からなる群より選ばれる少なくとも1種の化合物であることが好ましい。特に、チタニウムジイソプロポキサイドビス(エチルアセトアセテート)、チタニウムテトラ(n-ブトキサイド)、及びビス(η5-2,4-シクロペンタジエン-1-イル)ビス(2,6-ジフルオロ-3-(1H-ピロール-1-イル)フェニル)チタニウムが好ましい。 Among these, from the viewpoint of better chemical resistance, the organic titanium compound is preferably at least one compound selected from the group consisting of I) titanium chelate compounds, II) tetraalkoxytitanium compounds, and III) titanocene compounds. In particular, titanium diisopropoxide bis(ethylacetoacetate), titanium tetra(n-butoxide), and bis(η5-2,4-cyclopentadiene-1-yl)bis(2,6-difluoro-3-(1H-pyrrol-1-yl)phenyl)titanium are preferred.
 また、有機チタン化合物として、又は、有機チタン化合物に代えて、下記式(T-1)で表される化合物を含むことも好ましい。

 式(T-1)中、Mは、チタン、ジルコニウム又はハフニウムであり、l1は、0~2の整数であり、l2は0又は1であり、l1+l2×2は0~2の整数であり、mは0~4の整数、nは0~2の整数であり、l1+l2+m+n×2=4であり、R11は各々独立に置換もしくは無置換のシクロペンタジエニル基、置換もしくは無置換のアルコキシ基、又は、置換もしくは無置換のフェノキシ基であり、R12は置換若しくは無置換の炭化水素基であり、Rは各々独立に、下記式(T-2)で表される構造を含む基であり、Rは各々独立に、下記式(T-2)で表される構造を含む基であり、Xはそれぞれ独立に、酸素原子又は硫黄原子である。

 式(T-2)中、X~Xはそれぞれ独立に、-C(-*)=又は-N=を表し、*はそれぞれ他の構造との結合部位を表し、#は金属原子との結合部位を表す。
It is also preferable to contain a compound represented by the following formula (T-1) as the organotitanium compound or in place of the organotitanium compound.

In formula (T-1), M is titanium, zirconium or hafnium, l1 is an integer of 0 to 2, l2 is 0 or 1, l1+l2×2 is an integer of 0 to 2, m is an integer of 0 to 4, n is an integer of 0 to 2, l1+l2+m+n×2=4, R 11 is independently a substituted or unsubstituted cyclopentadienyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted alkoxy group, or a substituted or unsubstituted phenoxy group, R 12 is a substituted or unsubstituted hydrocarbon group, R 2 is independently a group containing a structure represented by formula (T-2) below, R 3 is independently a group containing a structure represented by formula (T-2) below, and X A is independently an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom.

In formula (T-2), X 1 to X 3 each independently represent -C(-*)= or -N=, * represents a bonding site to another structure, and # represents a bonding site to a metal atom.
 式(T-1)中、組成物の保存安定性の観点からは、Mはチタンであることが好ましい。
 式(T-1)中、l1及びl2が0である態様も、本発明の好ましい態様の一つである。
 式(T-1)中、mは2又は4であることが好ましく、2であることがより好ましい。
 式(T-1)中、nは1又は2であることが好ましく、1であることがより好ましい。
 ここで、式(T-1)中、l1及びl2が0であり、mが0、2又は4であることも好ましい。
In formula (T-1), from the viewpoint of storage stability of the composition, M is preferably titanium.
In formula (T-1), an embodiment in which l1 and l2 are 0 is also one of the preferred embodiments of the present invention.
In formula (T-1), m is preferably 2 or 4, and more preferably 2.
In formula (T-1), n is preferably 1 or 2, and more preferably 1.
Here, it is also preferred that l1 and l2 are 0, and m is 0, 2 or 4 in formula (T-1).
 式(T-1)中、特定金属錯体の安定性の観点からは、R11は置換又は無置換のシクロペンタジエニル配位子が好ましい。
また、R11におけるシクロペンタジエニル基、アルコキシ基及びフェノキシ基は置換されていてもよいが、無置換である態様も本発明の好ましい態様の一つである。
In formula (T-1), from the viewpoint of the stability of the specific metal complex, R 11 is preferably a substituted or unsubstituted cyclopentadienyl ligand.
In addition, the cyclopentadienyl group, alkoxy group and phenoxy group in R 11 may be substituted, but the unsubstituted embodiment is also one of the preferred embodiments of the present invention.
 式(T-1)中、R12は炭素数1~20の炭化水素基であることが好ましく、炭素数2~10の炭化水素基であることがより好ましい。
 R12における炭化水素基としては、脂肪族炭化水素基、芳香族炭化水素基のいずれであってもよいが、芳香族炭化水素基が好ましい。
 脂肪族炭化水素基としては、飽和脂肪族炭化水素基であっても不飽和脂肪族炭化水素基であってもよいが、飽和脂肪族炭化水素基が好ましい。
 芳香族炭化水素基としては、炭素数6~20の芳香族炭化水素基が好ましく、炭素数6~10の芳香族炭化水素基がより好ましく、フェニレン基が更に好ましい。
 R12における置換基としては、1価の置換基が好ましく、ハロゲン原子等が挙げられる。また、R12が芳香族炭化水素基である場合、置換基としてアルキル基を有してもよい。
 これらの中でも、式(T-1)中、R12は無置換のフェニレン基であることが好ましい。また、R12におけるフェニレン基は1,2-フェニレン基であることが好ましい。
In formula (T-1), R 12 is preferably a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, and more preferably a hydrocarbon group having 2 to 10 carbon atoms.
The hydrocarbon group for R 12 may be either an aliphatic hydrocarbon group or an aromatic hydrocarbon group, with aromatic hydrocarbon groups being preferred.
The aliphatic hydrocarbon group may be a saturated aliphatic hydrocarbon group or an unsaturated aliphatic hydrocarbon group, with a saturated aliphatic hydrocarbon group being preferred.
The aromatic hydrocarbon group is preferably an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms, and even more preferably a phenylene group.
The substituent in R 12 is preferably a monovalent substituent, such as a halogen atom, etc. When R 12 is an aromatic hydrocarbon group, it may have an alkyl group as a substituent.
Among these, in formula (T-1), R 12 is preferably an unsubstituted phenylene group, and the phenylene group in R 12 is preferably a 1,2-phenylene group.
 式(T-1)中、mが2以上であり、Rが2以上含まれる場合、その2以上のRの構造はそれぞれ同一であってもよいし、異なっていてもよい。
 式(T-1)中、nが2以上であり、Rが2以上含まれる場合、その2以上のRの構造はそれぞれ同一であってもよいし、異なっていてもよい。
In formula (T-1), when m is 2 or more and two or more R 2s are included, the structures of the two or more R 2s may be the same or different.
In formula (T-1), when n is 2 or more and two or more R 3s are included, the structures of the two or more R 3s may be the same or different.
 式(T-2)中、X~Xはそれぞれ独立に、-C(-*)=又は-N=を表し、少なくとも1つが-C(-*)=を表すことが好ましく、少なくとも2つが-C(-*)=を表すことがより好ましい。 In formula (T-2), X 1 to X 3 each independently represent -C(-*)= or -N=, preferably at least one represents -C(-*)=, and more preferably at least two represent -C(-*)=.
 式(T-1)で表される化合物の具体例としては、実施例におけるI-5~I-8に該当する化合物が挙げられるが、これらに限定されるものではない。 Specific examples of compounds represented by formula (T-1) include compounds I-5 to I-8 in the examples, but are not limited to these.
 有機チタン化合物を含む場合、その含有量は、特定樹脂100質量部に対し、0.05~10質量部であることが好ましく、0.1~2質量部であることがより好ましい。含有量が0.05質量部以上である場合、得られる硬化パターンの耐熱性及び耐薬品性がより良好となり、10質量部以下である場合、組成物の保存安定性により優れる。
 これらの他の添加剤としては、国際公開第2022/145355号の段落0316~0358に記載の化合物が挙げられる。上記記載は本明細書に組み込まれる。
When an organic titanium compound is contained, its content is preferably 0.05 to 10 parts by mass, and more preferably 0.1 to 2 parts by mass, relative to 100 parts by mass of the specific resin. When the content is 0.05 parts by mass or more, the heat resistance and chemical resistance of the obtained cured pattern become better, and when it is 10 parts by mass or less, the storage stability of the composition becomes more excellent.
These other additives include the compounds described in paragraphs 0316 to 0358 of WO 2022/145355, the disclosures of which are incorporated herein by reference.
<樹脂組成物の特性>
 本発明の樹脂組成物の粘度は、樹脂組成物の固形分濃度により調整できる。塗布膜厚の観点から、1,000mm/s~12,000mm/sが好ましく、2,000mm/s~10,000mm/sがより好ましく、2,500mm/s~8,000mm/sが更に好ましい。上記範囲であれば、均一性の高い塗布膜を得ることが容易になる。1,000mm/s以上であれば、例えば再配線用絶縁膜として必要とされる膜厚で塗布することが容易であり、12,000mm/s以下であれば、塗布面状に優れた塗膜が得られる。
<Characteristics of Resin Composition>
The viscosity of the resin composition of the present invention can be adjusted by the solid content concentration of the resin composition. From the viewpoint of the coating film thickness, it is preferably 1,000 mm 2 /s to 12,000 mm 2 /s, more preferably 2,000 mm 2 /s to 10,000 mm 2 /s, and even more preferably 2,500 mm 2 /s to 8,000 mm 2 /s. If it is within the above range, it is easy to obtain a coating film with high uniformity. If it is 1,000 mm 2 /s or more, it is easy to apply it with a film thickness required for, for example, a rewiring insulating film, and if it is 12,000 mm 2 /s or less, a coating film with excellent coating surface condition can be obtained.
<樹脂組成物の含有物質についての制限>
 本発明の樹脂組成物の含水率は、2.0質量%未満であることが好ましく、1.5質量%未満であることがより好ましく、1.0質量%未満であることが更に好ましい。2.0%未満であれば、樹脂組成物の保存安定性が向上する。
 水分の含有量を維持する方法としては、保管条件における湿度の調整、保管時の収容容器の空隙率低減などが挙げられる。 
<Restrictions on substances contained in resin composition>
The water content of the resin composition of the present invention is preferably less than 2.0% by mass, more preferably less than 1.5% by mass, and even more preferably less than 1.0% by mass. If the water content is less than 2.0%, the storage stability of the resin composition is improved.
Methods for maintaining the moisture content include adjusting the humidity during storage and reducing the porosity of the container during storage.
 本発明の樹脂組成物の金属含有量は、絶縁性の観点から、5質量ppm(parts per million)未満が好ましく、1質量ppm未満がより好ましく、0.5質量ppm未満が更に好ましい。金属としては、ナトリウム、カリウム、マグネシウム、カルシウム、鉄、銅、クロム、ニッケルなどが挙げられるが、有機化合物と金属との錯体として含まれる金属は除く。金属を複数含む場合は、これらの金属の合計が上記範囲であることが好ましい。 From the viewpoint of insulation, the metal content of the resin composition of the present invention is preferably less than 5 ppm by mass (parts per million), more preferably less than 1 ppm by mass, and even more preferably less than 0.5 ppm by mass. Examples of metals include sodium, potassium, magnesium, calcium, iron, copper, chromium, nickel, etc., but metals contained as complexes of organic compounds and metals are excluded. When multiple metals are contained, it is preferable that the total of these metals is within the above range.
 また、本発明の樹脂組成物に意図せずに含まれる金属不純物を低減する方法としては、本発明の樹脂組成物を構成する原料として金属含有量が少ない原料を選択する、本発明の樹脂組成物を構成する原料に対してフィルターろ過を行う、装置内をポリテトラフルオロエチレン等でライニングしてコンタミネーションを可能な限り抑制した条件下で蒸留を行う等の方法を挙げることができる。 In addition, methods for reducing metal impurities unintentionally contained in the resin composition of the present invention include selecting raw materials with a low metal content as the raw materials constituting the resin composition of the present invention, filtering the raw materials constituting the resin composition of the present invention, lining the inside of the apparatus with polytetrafluoroethylene or the like and performing distillation under conditions that suppress contamination as much as possible, etc.
 本発明の樹脂組成物は、半導体材料としての用途を考慮すると、ハロゲン原子の含有量が、配線腐食性の観点から、500質量ppm未満が好ましく、300質量ppm未満がより好ましく、200質量ppm未満が更に好ましい。中でも、ハロゲンイオンの状態で存在するものは、5質量ppm未満が好ましく、1質量ppm未満がより好ましく、0.5質量ppm未満が更に好ましい。ハロゲン原子としては、塩素原子及び臭素原子が挙げられる。塩素原子及び臭素原子、又は塩素イオン及び臭素イオンの合計がそれぞれ上記範囲であることが好ましい。
 ハロゲン原子の含有量を調節する方法としては、イオン交換処理などが好ましく挙げられる。
Considering the use of the resin composition of the present invention as a semiconductor material, the content of halogen atoms is preferably less than 500 mass ppm, more preferably less than 300 mass ppm, and even more preferably less than 200 mass ppm from the viewpoint of wiring corrosion.Among them, those present in the form of halogen ions are preferably less than 5 mass ppm, more preferably less than 1 mass ppm, and even more preferably less than 0.5 mass ppm.Halogen atoms include chlorine atoms and bromine atoms.It is preferable that the total of chlorine atoms and bromine atoms, or chlorine ions and bromine ions, is within the above range.
A preferred method for adjusting the content of halogen atoms is ion exchange treatment.
 本発明の樹脂組成物の収容容器としては従来公知の収容容器を用いることができる。収容容器としては、原材料や本発明の樹脂組成物中への不純物混入を抑制することを目的に、容器内壁を6種6層の樹脂で構成された多層ボトルや、6種の樹脂を7層構造にしたボトルを使用することも好ましい。このような容器としては例えば特開2015-123351号公報に記載の容器が挙げられる。 A conventionally known container can be used as the container for the resin composition of the present invention. As the container, it is also preferable to use a multi-layer bottle whose inner wall is made of six types of six layers of resin, or a bottle with a seven-layer structure of six types of resin, in order to prevent impurities from being mixed into the raw materials or the resin composition of the present invention. An example of such a container is the container described in JP 2015-123351 A.
<樹脂組成物の硬化物>
 本発明の樹脂組成物を硬化することにより、樹脂組成物の硬化物を得ることができる。
 本発明の硬化物は、樹脂組成物を硬化してなる硬化物である。
 樹脂組成物の硬化は加熱によるものであることが好ましく、加熱温度が120℃~400℃がより好ましく、140℃~380℃が更に好ましく、170℃~350℃が特に好ましい。樹脂組成物の硬化物の形態は、特に限定されず、フィルム状、棒状、球状、ペレット状など、用途に合わせて選択することができる。本発明において、硬化物は、フィルム状であることが好ましい。樹脂組成物のパターン加工によって、壁面への保護膜の形成、導通のためのビアホール形成、インピーダンスや静電容量あるいは内部応力の調整、放熱機能付与など、用途にあわせて、硬化物の形状を選択することもできる。硬化物(硬化物からなる膜)の膜厚は、0.5μm以上150μm以下であることが好ましい。
 本発明の樹脂組成物を硬化した際の収縮率は、50%以下が好ましく、45%以下がより好ましく、40%以下が更に好ましい。ここで、収縮率は、樹脂組成物の硬化前後の体積変化の百分率を指し、下記の式より算出することができる。
 収縮率[%]=100-(硬化後の体積÷硬化前の体積)×100
<Cured Product of Resin Composition>
By curing the resin composition of the present invention, a cured product of the resin composition can be obtained.
The cured product of the present invention is a cured product obtained by curing a resin composition.
The resin composition is preferably cured by heating, and the heating temperature is more preferably 120°C to 400°C, further preferably 140°C to 380°C, and particularly preferably 170°C to 350°C. The form of the cured product of the resin composition is not particularly limited, and can be selected according to the application, such as a film, a rod, a sphere, or a pellet. In the present invention, the cured product is preferably a film. By pattern processing of the resin composition, the shape of the cured product can be selected according to the application, such as forming a protective film on the wall surface, forming a via hole for conduction, adjusting impedance, electrostatic capacitance or internal stress, and imparting a heat dissipation function. The film thickness of the cured product (film made of the cured product) is preferably 0.5 μm or more and 150 μm or less.
The shrinkage percentage of the resin composition of the present invention when cured is preferably 50% or less, more preferably 45% or less, and even more preferably 40% or less. Here, the shrinkage percentage refers to the percentage of the volume change before and after curing of the resin composition, and can be calculated by the following formula.
Shrinkage rate [%] = 100 - (volume after curing ÷ volume before curing) x 100
<樹脂組成物の硬化物の特性> 
 本発明の樹脂組成物の硬化物のイミド化反応率は、70%以上が好ましく、80%以上がより好ましく、90%以上が更に好ましい。70%以上であれば、機械特性に優れた硬化物となる場合がある。
 本発明の樹脂組成物の硬化物の破断伸びは、30%以上が好ましく、40%以上がより好ましく、50%以上が更に好ましい。
 本発明の樹脂組成物の硬化物のガラス転移温度(Tg)は、180℃以上であることが好ましく、210℃以上であることがより好ましく、230℃以上であることがさらに好ましい。
<Characteristics of the cured product of the resin composition>
The imidization reaction rate of the cured product of the resin composition of the present invention is preferably 70% or more, more preferably 80% or more, and even more preferably 90% or more. If it is 70% or more, the cured product may have excellent mechanical properties.
The elongation at break of the cured product of the resin composition of the present invention is preferably 30% or more, more preferably 40% or more, and even more preferably 50% or more.
The glass transition temperature (Tg) of the cured product of the resin composition of the present invention is preferably 180° C. or higher, more preferably 210° C. or higher, and even more preferably 230° C. or higher.
<樹脂組成物の調製>
 本発明の樹脂組成物は、上記各成分を混合して調製することができる。混合方法は特に限定はなく、従来公知の方法で行うことができる。
 混合方法としては、撹拌羽による混合、ボールミルによる混合、タンクを回転させる混合などが挙げられる。
 混合中の温度は10~30℃が好ましく、15~25℃がより好ましい。
<Preparation of Resin Composition>
The resin composition of the present invention can be prepared by mixing the above-mentioned components. The mixing method is not particularly limited, and can be a conventionally known method.
Examples of the mixing method include mixing with a stirring blade, mixing with a ball mill, and mixing by rotating a tank.
The temperature during mixing is preferably from 10 to 30°C, more preferably from 15 to 25°C.
 本発明の樹脂組成物中のゴミや微粒子等の異物を除去する目的で、フィルターを用いたろ過を行うことが好ましい。フィルター孔径は、例えば5μm以下が好ましく、1μm以下がより好ましく、0.5μm以下が更に好ましく、0.1μm以下が更により好ましい。フィルターの材質は、ポリテトラフルオロエチレン、ポリエチレン又はナイロンが好ましい。フィルターの材質がポリエチレンである場合はHDPE(高密度ポリエチレン)であることがより好ましい。フィルターは、有機溶剤であらかじめ洗浄したものを用いてもよい。フィルターろ過工程では、複数種のフィルターを直列又は並列に接続して用いてもよい。複数種のフィルターを使用する場合は、孔径又は材質が異なるフィルターを組み合わせて使用してもよい。接続態様としては、例えば、1段目として孔径1μmのHDPEフィルターを、2段目として孔径0.2μmのHDPEフィルターを、直列に接続した態様が挙げられる。また、各種材料を複数回ろ過してもよい。複数回ろ過する場合は、循環ろ過であってもよい。また、加圧してろ過を行ってもよい。加圧してろ過を行う場合、加圧する圧力は例えば0.01MPa以上1.0MPa以下が好ましく、0.03MPa以上0.9MPa以下がより好ましく、0.05MPa以上0.7MPa以下が更に好ましく、0.05MPa以上0.5MPa以下が更により好ましい。
 フィルターを用いたろ過の他、吸着材を用いた不純物の除去処理を行ってもよい。フィルターろ過と吸着材を用いた不純物除去処理とを組み合わせてもよい。吸着材としては、公知の吸着材を用いることができる。例えば、シリカゲル、ゼオライトなどの無機系吸着材、活性炭などの有機系吸着材が挙げられる。
 フィルターを用いたろ過後、ボトルに充填した樹脂組成物を減圧下に置き、脱気する工程を施しても良い。
In order to remove foreign matter such as dust and fine particles from the resin composition of the present invention, it is preferable to perform filtration using a filter. The filter pore size is, for example, preferably 5 μm or less, more preferably 1 μm or less, even more preferably 0.5 μm or less, and even more preferably 0.1 μm or less. The material of the filter is preferably polytetrafluoroethylene, polyethylene, or nylon. When the material of the filter is polyethylene, it is more preferable that it is HDPE (high density polyethylene). The filter may be used after being washed in advance with an organic solvent. In the filter filtration process, multiple types of filters may be connected in series or parallel. When multiple types of filters are used, filters with different pore sizes or materials may be used in combination. As an example of a connection mode, an HDPE filter with a pore size of 1 μm as the first stage and an HDPE filter with a pore size of 0.2 μm as the second stage may be connected in series. In addition, various materials may be filtered multiple times. When filtration is performed multiple times, circulation filtration may be performed. Filtration may also be performed under pressure. When filtration is performed under pressure, the pressure to be applied is, for example, preferably 0.01 MPa or more and 1.0 MPa or less, more preferably 0.03 MPa or more and 0.9 MPa or less, even more preferably 0.05 MPa or more and 0.7 MPa or less, and even more preferably 0.05 MPa or more and 0.5 MPa or less.
In addition to filtration using a filter, impurity removal treatment using an adsorbent may be performed. Filter filtration and impurity removal treatment using an adsorbent may be combined. As the adsorbent, a known adsorbent may be used. For example, inorganic adsorbents such as silica gel and zeolite, and organic adsorbents such as activated carbon may be used.
After filtration using a filter, the resin composition filled in the bottle may be subjected to a degassing step by placing it under reduced pressure.
(硬化物の製造方法)
 本発明の硬化物の製造方法は、樹脂組成物を基材上に適用して膜を形成する膜形成工程を含むことが好ましい。
 硬化物の製造方法は、上記膜形成工程、膜形成工程により形成された膜を選択的に露光する露光工程、及び、露光工程により露光された膜を現像液を用いて現像してパターンを形成する現像工程を含むことがより好ましい。
 硬化物の製造方法は、上記膜形成工程、上記露光工程、上記現像工程、並びに、現像工程により得られたパターンを加熱する加熱工程及び現像工程により得られたパターンを露光する現像後露光工程の少なくとも一方を含むことが特に好ましい。
 また、硬化物の製造方法は、上記膜形成工程、及び、上記膜を加熱する工程を含むことも好ましい。
 以下、各工程の詳細について説明する。
(Method for producing the cured product)
The method for producing a cured product of the present invention preferably includes a film formation step of applying the resin composition onto a substrate to form a film.
It is more preferable that the method for producing a cured product includes the above-mentioned film formation step, an exposure step of selectively exposing the film formed in the film formation step, and a development step of developing the film exposed in the exposure step with a developer to form a pattern.
It is particularly preferable that the method for producing a cured product includes the above-mentioned film-forming step, the above-mentioned exposure step, the above-mentioned development step, and at least one of a heating step of heating the pattern obtained by the development step and a post-development exposure step of exposing the pattern obtained by the development step.
The method for producing a cured product preferably includes the film-forming step and a step of heating the film.
Each step will be described in detail below.
<膜形成工程>
 本発明の樹脂組成物は、基材上に適用して膜を形成する膜形成工程に用いることができる。
 本発明の硬化物の製造方法は、樹脂組成物を基材上に適用して膜を形成する膜形成工程を含むことが好ましい。
<Film formation process>
The resin composition of the present invention can be used in a film-forming process in which the resin composition is applied onto a substrate to form a film.
The method for producing a cured product of the present invention preferably includes a film formation step of applying the resin composition onto a substrate to form a film.
〔基材〕
 基材の種類は、用途に応じて適宜定めることができ、特に限定されない。基材としては、例えば、シリコン、窒化シリコン、ポリシリコン、酸化シリコン、アモルファスシリコンなどの半導体作製基材、石英、ガラス、光学フィルム、セラミック材料、蒸着膜、磁性膜、反射膜、Ni、Cu、Cr、Feなどの金属基材(例えば、金属から形成された基材、及び、金属層が例えばめっきや蒸着等により形成された基材のいずれであってもよい)、紙、SOG(Spin On Glass)、TFT(薄膜トランジスタ)アレイ基材、モールド基材、プラズマディスプレイパネル(PDP)の電極板などが挙げられる。基材は、特に、半導体作製基材が好ましく、シリコン基材、Cu基材およびモールド基材がより好ましい。
 これらの基材にはヘキサメチルジシラザン(HMDS)等による密着層や酸化層などの層が表面に設けられていてもよい。
 基材の形状は特に限定されず、円形状であってもよく、矩形状であってもよい。
 基材のサイズは、円形状であれば、例えば直径が100~450mmが好ましく、200~450mmがより好ましい。矩形状であれば、例えば短辺の長さが100~1000mmが好ましく、200~700mmがより好ましい。
基材としては、例えば板状、好ましくはパネル状の基材(基板)が用いられる。
〔Base material〕
The type of substrate can be appropriately determined according to the application, and is not particularly limited. Examples of substrates include semiconductor-prepared substrates such as silicon, silicon nitride, polysilicon, silicon oxide, and amorphous silicon, quartz, glass, optical films, ceramic materials, vapor deposition films, magnetic films, reflective films, metal substrates such as Ni, Cu, Cr, and Fe (for example, substrates formed from metals and substrates in which a metal layer is formed by plating, vapor deposition, etc.), paper, SOG (Spin On Glass), TFT (thin film transistor) array substrates, mold substrates, and electrode plates of plasma display panels (PDPs). The substrate is preferably a semiconductor-prepared substrate, more preferably a silicon substrate, a Cu substrate, or a mold substrate.
These substrates may have a layer such as an adhesion layer made of hexamethyldisilazane (HMDS) or an oxide layer provided on the surface.
The shape of the substrate is not particularly limited, and may be circular or rectangular.
The size of the substrate is preferably, for example, a diameter of 100 to 450 mm, more preferably 200 to 450 mm, if it is circular, and is preferably, for example, a short side length of 100 to 1000 mm, more preferably 200 to 700 mm, if it is rectangular.
As the substrate, for example, a plate-shaped substrate, preferably a panel-shaped substrate (substrate) is used.
 樹脂層(例えば、硬化物からなる層)の表面や金属層の表面に樹脂組成物を適用して膜を形成する場合は、樹脂層や金属層が基材となる。 When a film is formed by applying a resin composition to the surface of a resin layer (e.g., a layer made of a cured material) or to the surface of a metal layer, the resin layer or metal layer serves as the substrate.
 樹脂組成物を基材上に適用する手段としては、塗布が好ましい。
 適用する手段としては、具体的には、ディップコート法、エアーナイフコート法、カーテンコート法、ワイヤーバーコート法、グラビアコート法、エクストルージョンコート法、スプレーコート法、スピンコート法、スリットコート法、インクジェット法などが挙げられる。膜の厚さの均一性の観点から、スピンコート法、スリットコート法、スプレーコート法、又は、インクジェット法が好ましく、膜の厚さの均一性の観点および生産性の観点からスピンコート法およびスリットコート法がより好ましい。適用する手段に応じて樹脂組成物の固形分濃度や塗布条件を調整することで、所望の厚さの膜を得ることができる。また、基材の形状によっても塗布方法を適宜選択でき、ウエハ等の円形基材であればスピンコート法、スプレーコート法、インクジェット法等が好ましく、矩形基材であればスリットコート法、スプレーコート法、インクジェット法等が好ましい。スピンコート法の場合は、例えば、500~3,500rpmの回転数で、10秒~3分程度適用することができる。
 また、あらかじめ仮支持体上に上記付与方法によって付与して形成した塗膜を、基材上に転写する方法を適用することもできる。
 転写方法に関しては特開2006-023696号公報の段落0023、0036~0051や、特開2006-047592号公報の段落0096~0108に記載の作製方法を好適に用いることができる。
 また、基材の端部において余分な膜の除去を行なう工程を行なってもよい。このような工程の例には、エッジビードリンス(EBR)、バックリンスなどが挙げられる。
 樹脂組成物を基材に塗布する前に基材に種々の溶剤を塗布し、基材の濡れ性を向上させた後に樹脂組成物を塗布するプリウェット工程を採用しても良い。
The resin composition is preferably applied to a substrate by coating.
Specific examples of the means to be applied include dip coating, air knife coating, curtain coating, wire bar coating, gravure coating, extrusion coating, spray coating, spin coating, slit coating, and inkjet methods. From the viewpoint of uniformity of the thickness of the film, spin coating, slit coating, spray coating, or inkjet methods are preferred, and from the viewpoint of uniformity of the thickness of the film and productivity, spin coating and slit coating are more preferred. A film of a desired thickness can be obtained by adjusting the solid content concentration and coating conditions of the resin composition according to the means to be applied. In addition, the coating method can be appropriately selected depending on the shape of the substrate, and if the substrate is a circular substrate such as a wafer, spin coating, spray coating, inkjet, etc. are preferred, and if the substrate is a rectangular substrate, slit coating, spray coating, inkjet, etc. are preferred. In the case of the spin coating method, for example, it can be applied for about 10 seconds to 3 minutes at a rotation speed of 500 to 3,500 rpm.
Alternatively, a coating film formed by applying the coating material to a temporary support in advance using the above-mentioned application method may be transferred onto the substrate.
As for the transfer method, the production methods described in paragraphs 0023 and 0036 to 0051 of JP-A No. 2006-023696 and paragraphs 0096 to 0108 of JP-A No. 2006-047592 can be suitably used.
Also, a process for removing excess film from the edge of the substrate may be performed, such as edge bead rinse (EBR) and back rinse.
A pre-wetting step may be employed in which various solvents are applied to the substrate before the resin composition is applied to the substrate to improve the wettability of the substrate, and then the resin composition is applied.
<乾燥工程>
 上記膜は、膜形成工程(層形成工程)の後に、溶剤を除去するため、形成された膜(層)を乾燥する工程(乾燥工程)に供されてもよい。
 すなわち、本発明の硬化物の製造方法は、膜形成工程により形成された膜を乾燥する乾燥工程を含んでもよい。
 上記乾燥工程は膜形成工程の後、露光工程の前に行われることが好ましい。
 乾燥工程における膜の乾燥温度は50~150℃が好ましく、70℃~130℃がより好ましく、90℃~110℃が更に好ましい。また、減圧により乾燥を行っても良い。乾燥時間としては、30秒~20分が例示され、1分~10分が好ましく、2分~7分がより好ましい。
<Drying process>
After the film-forming step (layer-forming step), the above-mentioned film may be subjected to a step of drying the formed film (layer) (drying step) in order to remove the solvent.
That is, the method for producing a cured product of the present invention may include a drying step of drying the film formed in the film forming step.
The drying step is preferably carried out after the film-forming step and before the exposure step.
The drying temperature of the film in the drying step is preferably 50 to 150° C., more preferably 70 to 130° C., and even more preferably 90 to 110° C. Drying may be performed under reduced pressure. The drying time is, for example, 30 seconds to 20 minutes, preferably 1 to 10 minutes, and more preferably 2 to 7 minutes.
<露光工程>
 上記膜は、膜を選択的に露光する露光工程に供されてもよい。
 硬化物の製造方法は、膜形成工程により形成された膜を選択的に露光する露光工程を含んでもよい。
 選択的に露光するとは、膜の一部を露光することを意味している。また、選択的に露光することにより、膜には露光された領域(露光部)と露光されていない領域(非露光部)が形成される。
 露光量は、本発明の樹脂組成物を硬化できる限り特に限定されないが、例えば、波長365nmでの露光エネルギー換算で50~10,000mJ/cmが好ましく、100~8,000mJ/cmがより好ましい。
<Exposure process>
The film may be subjected to an exposure step to selectively expose the film to light.
The method for producing a cured product may include an exposure step of selectively exposing the film formed in the film formation step to light.
Selective exposure means that only a portion of the film is exposed, and selective exposure results in exposed and unexposed areas of the film.
The amount of exposure light is not particularly limited as long as it can cure the resin composition of the present invention, but is preferably 50 to 10,000 mJ/cm 2 , and more preferably 100 to 8,000 mJ/cm 2 , calculated as exposure energy at a wavelength of 365 nm.
 露光波長は、190~1,000nmの範囲で適宜定めることができ、240~550nmが好ましい。 The exposure wavelength can be appropriately set in the range of 190 to 1,000 nm, with 240 to 550 nm being preferred.
 露光波長は、光源との関係でいうと、(1)半導体レーザー(波長 830nm、532nm、488nm、405nm、375nm、355nm etc.)、(2)メタルハライドランプ、(3)高圧水銀灯、g線(波長 436nm)、h線(波長 405nm)、i線(波長 365nm)、ブロード(g,h,i線の3波長)、(4)エキシマレーザー、KrFエキシマレーザー(波長 248nm)、ArFエキシマレーザー(波長 193nm)、Fエキシマレーザー(波長 157nm)、(5)極紫外線;EUV(波長 13.6nm)、(6)電子線、(7)YAGレーザーの第二高調波532nm、第三高調波355nm等が挙げられる。本発明の樹脂組成物については、特に高圧水銀灯による露光が好ましく、露光感度の観点で、i線による露光がより好ましい。
 露光の方式は特に限定されず、本発明の樹脂組成物からなる膜の少なくとも一部が露光される方式であればよいが、フォトマスクを使用した露光、レーザーダイレクトイメージング法による露光等が挙げられる。
In terms of the light source, the exposure wavelength may be, in particular, (1) semiconductor laser (wavelength 830 nm, 532 nm, 488 nm, 405 nm, 375 nm, 355 nm, etc.), (2) metal halide lamp, (3) high pressure mercury lamp, g-line (wavelength 436 nm), h-line (wavelength 405 nm), i-line (wavelength 365 nm), broad (three wavelengths of g, h, i-line), (4) excimer laser, KrF excimer laser (wavelength 248 nm), ArF excimer laser (wavelength 193 nm), F2 excimer laser (wavelength 157 nm), (5) extreme ultraviolet light; EUV (wavelength 13.6 nm), (6) electron beam, (7) second harmonic 532 nm, third harmonic 355 nm, etc. of YAG laser. For the resin composition of the present invention, exposure by a high pressure mercury lamp is particularly preferred, and exposure by i-line is more preferred from the viewpoint of exposure sensitivity.
The exposure method is not particularly limited as long as it is a method that exposes at least a part of the film made of the resin composition of the present invention, and examples of the exposure method include exposure using a photomask and exposure by a laser direct imaging method.
<露光後加熱工程>
 上記膜は、露光後に加熱する工程(露光後加熱工程)に供されてもよい。
 すなわち、本発明の硬化物の製造方法は、露光工程により露光された膜を加熱する露光後加熱工程を含んでもよい。
 露光後加熱工程は、露光工程後、現像工程前に行うことができる。
 露光後加熱工程における加熱温度は、50℃~140℃が好ましく、60℃~120℃がより好ましい。
 露光後加熱工程における加熱時間は、30秒間~300分間が好ましく、1分間~10分間がより好ましい。
 露光後加熱工程における昇温速度は、加熱開始時の温度から最高加熱温度まで1~12℃/分が好ましく、2~10℃/分がより好ましく、3~10℃/分が更に好ましい。
 また、昇温速度は加熱途中で適宜変更してもよい。
 露光後加熱工程における加熱手段としては、特に限定されず、公知のホットプレート、オーブン、赤外線ヒーター等を用いることができる。
 また、加熱に際し、窒素、ヘリウム、アルゴンなどの不活性ガスを流す等により、低酸素濃度の雰囲気下で行うことも好ましい。
<Post-exposure baking process>
The film may be subjected to a step of heating after exposure (post-exposure baking step).
That is, the method for producing a cured product of the present invention may include a post-exposure baking step of heating the film exposed in the exposure step.
The post-exposure baking step can be carried out after the exposure step and before the development step.
The heating temperature in the post-exposure baking step is preferably from 50°C to 140°C, and more preferably from 60°C to 120°C.
The heating time in the post-exposure baking step is preferably from 30 seconds to 300 minutes, and more preferably from 1 minute to 10 minutes.
The heating rate in the post-exposure heating step is preferably from 1 to 12° C./min, more preferably from 2 to 10° C./min, and even more preferably from 3 to 10° C./min, from the temperature at the start of heating to the maximum heating temperature.
The rate of temperature rise may be appropriately changed during heating.
The heating means in the post-exposure baking step is not particularly limited, and a known hot plate, oven, infrared heater, etc. can be used.
It is also preferable that the heating be performed in an atmosphere of low oxygen concentration by flowing an inert gas such as nitrogen, helium, or argon.
<現像工程>
 露光後の上記膜は、現像液を用いて現像してパターンを形成する現像工程に供されてもよい。
 すなわち、本発明の硬化物の製造方法は、露光工程により露光された膜を現像液を用いて現像してパターンを形成する現像工程を含んでもよい。
 現像を行うことにより、膜の露光部及び非露光部のうち一方が除去され、パターンが形成される。
 ここで、膜の非露光部が現像工程により除去される現像をネガ型現像といい、膜の露光部が現像工程により除去される現像をポジ型現像という。
<Developing process>
The film after exposure may be subjected to a development step in which the film is developed with a developer to form a pattern.
That is, the method for producing a cured product of the present invention may include a development step in which the film exposed in the exposure step is developed with a developer to form a pattern.
Development removes one of the exposed and unexposed areas of the film to form a pattern.
Here, development in which the non-exposed portion of the film is removed by the development process is called negative development, and development in which the exposed portion of the film is removed by the development process is called positive development.
〔現像液〕
 現像工程において用いられる現像液としては、アルカリ水溶液、又は、有機溶剤を含む現像液が挙げられる。
[Developer]
The developer used in the development step may be an aqueous alkaline solution or a developer containing an organic solvent.
 現像液がアルカリ水溶液である場合、アルカリ水溶液が含みうる塩基性化合物としては、無機アルカリ類、第一級アミン類、第二級アミン類、第三級アミン類、第四級アンモニウム塩が挙げられ、TMAH(テトラメチルアンモニウムヒドロキシド)、水酸化カリウム、炭酸ナトリウム、水酸化ナトリウム、ケイ酸ナトリウム、メタケイ酸ナトリウム、アンモニア、エチルアミン、n-プロピルアミン、ジエチルアミン、ジ-n-ブチルアミン、トリエチルアミン、メチルジエチルアミン、ジメチルエタノールアミン、トリエタノールアミン、テトラエチルアンモニウムヒドロキシド、テトラプロピルアンモニウムヒドドキシド、テトラブチルアンモニウムヒドロキシド、テトラペンチルアンモニウムヒドロキシド、テトラヘキシルアンモニウムヒドロキシド、テトラオクチルアンモニウムヒドロキシド、エチルトリメチルアンモニウムヒドロキシド、ブチルトリメチルアンモニウムヒドロキシド、メチルトリアミルアンモニウムヒドロキシド、ジブチルジペンチルアンモニウムヒドロキシド、ジメチルビス(2-ヒドロキシエチル)アンモニウムヒドロキシド、トリメチルフェニルアンモニウムヒドロキシド、トリメチルベンジルアンモニウムヒドロキシド、トリエチルベンジルアンモニウムヒドロキシド、ピロール、ピペリジンが好ましく、より好ましくはTMAHである。現像液における塩基性化合物の含有量は、現像液全質量中0.01~10質量%が好ましく、0.1~5質量%がより好ましく、0.3~3質量%が更に好ましい。 When the developer is an alkaline aqueous solution, examples of basic compounds that the alkaline aqueous solution may contain include inorganic alkalis, primary amines, secondary amines, tertiary amines, and quaternary ammonium salts. Preferred are TMAH (tetramethylammonium hydroxide), potassium hydroxide, sodium carbonate, sodium hydroxide, sodium silicate, sodium metasilicate, ammonia, ethylamine, n-propylamine, diethylamine, di-n-butylamine, triethylamine, methyldiethylamine, dimethylethanolamine, triethanolamine, tetraethylammonium hydroxide, tetrapropylammonium hydroxide, tetrabutylammonium hydroxide, tetrapentylammonium hydroxide, tetrahexylammonium hydroxide, tetraoctylammonium hydroxide, ethyltrimethylammonium hydroxide, butyltrimethylammonium hydroxide, methyltriamylammonium hydroxide, dibutyldipentylammonium hydroxide, dimethylbis(2-hydroxyethyl)ammonium hydroxide, trimethylphenylammonium hydroxide, trimethylbenzylammonium hydroxide, triethylbenzylammonium hydroxide, pyrrole, and piperidine, and more preferably TMAH. The content of the basic compound in the developer is preferably 0.01 to 10% by mass, more preferably 0.1 to 5% by mass, and even more preferably 0.3 to 3% by mass, based on the total mass of the developer.
 現像液が有機溶剤を含む場合、有機溶剤としては、国際公開第2021/112189号の段落0387に記載の化合物を用いることができる。この内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。また、アルコール類として、メタノール、エタノール、プロパノール、イソプロパノール、ブタノール、ペンタノール、オクタノール、ジエチレングリコール、プロピレングリコール、メチルイソブチルカルビノール、トリエチレングリコール等、アミド類として、N-メチルピロリドン、N-エチルピロリドン、ジメチルホルムアミド等も好適に挙げられる。 When the developer contains an organic solvent, the compounds described in paragraph 0387 of WO 2021/112189 can be used as the organic solvent. The contents of this specification are incorporated herein. In addition, examples of alcohols that are suitable include methanol, ethanol, propanol, isopropanol, butanol, pentanol, octanol, diethylene glycol, propylene glycol, methyl isobutyl carbinol, and triethylene glycol, and examples of amides that are suitable include N-methylpyrrolidone, N-ethylpyrrolidone, and dimethylformamide.
 現像液が有機溶剤を含む場合、有機溶剤は1種又は、2種以上を混合して使用することができる。本発明では特にシクロペンタノン、γ-ブチロラクトン、ジメチルスルホキシド、N-メチル-2-ピロリドン、及び、シクロヘキサノンよりなる群から選ばれた少なくとも1種を含む現像液が好ましく、シクロペンタノン、γ-ブチロラクトン及びジメチルスルホキシドよりなる群から選ばれた少なくとも1種を含む現像液がより好ましく、シクロペンタノンを含む現像液が特に好ましい。 When the developer contains an organic solvent, the organic solvent may be used alone or in combination of two or more. In the present invention, a developer containing at least one selected from the group consisting of cyclopentanone, γ-butyrolactone, dimethylsulfoxide, N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone, and cyclohexanone is particularly preferred, a developer containing at least one selected from the group consisting of cyclopentanone, γ-butyrolactone, and dimethylsulfoxide is more preferred, and a developer containing cyclopentanone is particularly preferred.
 現像液が有機溶剤を含む場合、現像液の全質量に対する有機溶剤の含有量は、50質量%以上であることが好ましく、70質量%以上であることがより好ましく、80質量%以上であることが更に好ましく、90質量%以上であることが特に好ましい。また、上記含有量は、100質量%であってもよい。 When the developer contains an organic solvent, the content of the organic solvent relative to the total mass of the developer is preferably 50% by mass or more, more preferably 70% by mass or more, even more preferably 80% by mass or more, and particularly preferably 90% by mass or more. The content may be 100% by mass.
 現像液が有機溶剤を含む場合、現像液は塩基性化合物及び塩基発生剤の少なくとも一方を更に含んでもよい。現像液中の塩基性化合物及び塩基発生剤の少なくとも一方がパターンに浸透することにより、パターンの破断伸び等の性能が向上する場合がある。 When the developer contains an organic solvent, the developer may further contain at least one of a basic compound and a base generator. When at least one of the basic compound and the base generator in the developer permeates the pattern, the performance of the pattern, such as the breaking elongation, may be improved.
 塩基性化合物としては、硬化後の膜に残存した場合の信頼性(硬化物を更に加熱した場合の基材との密着性)の観点からは、有機塩基が好ましい。
 塩基性化合物としては、アミノ基を有する塩基性化合物が好ましく、1級アミン、2級アミン、3級アミン、アンモニウム塩、3級アミドなどが好ましいが、イミド化反応を促進する為には、1級アミン、2級アミン、3級アミン又はアンモニウム塩が好ましく、2級アミン、3級アミン又はアンモニウム塩がより好ましく、2級アミン又は3級アミンが更に好ましく、3級アミンが特に好ましい。
 塩基性化合物としては、硬化物の機械特性(破断伸び)の観点からは、硬化膜(得られる硬化物)中に残存しにくいものが好ましく、環化の促進の観点からは、気化等により、加熱前に残存量が減少しにくいものであることが好ましい。
 したがって、塩基性化合物の沸点は、常圧(101,325Pa)で30℃~350℃が好ましく、80℃~270℃がより好ましく、100℃~230℃が更に好ましい。
 塩基性化合物の沸点は、現像液に含まれる有機溶剤の沸点から20℃を減算した温度よりも高いことが好ましく、現像液に含まれる有機溶剤の沸点よりも高いことがより好ましい。
 例えば、有機溶剤の沸点が100℃である場合、使用される塩基性化合物は、沸点が80℃以上が好ましく、沸点が100℃以上がより好ましい。
 現像液は塩基性化合物を1種のみ含有してもよいし、2種以上を含有してもよい。
As the basic compound, from the viewpoint of reliability when it remains in the cured film (adhesion to a substrate when the cured product is further heated), an organic base is preferred.
As the basic compound, a basic compound having an amino group is preferable, and a primary amine, a secondary amine, a tertiary amine, an ammonium salt, a tertiary amide, or the like is preferable. In order to promote the imidization reaction, a primary amine, a secondary amine, a tertiary amine, or an ammonium salt is preferable, a secondary amine, a tertiary amine, or an ammonium salt is more preferable, a secondary amine or a tertiary amine is even more preferable, and a tertiary amine is particularly preferable.
From the viewpoint of the mechanical properties (elongation at break) of the cured product, it is preferable for the basic compound to be one that is unlikely to remain in the cured film (obtained cured product), and from the viewpoint of promoting cyclization, it is preferable for the basic compound to be one that is unlikely to decrease in the amount remaining before heating due to vaporization, etc.
Therefore, the boiling point of the basic compound is preferably 30°C to 350°C, more preferably 80°C to 270°C, and even more preferably 100°C to 230°C at normal pressure (101,325 Pa).
The boiling point of the basic compound is preferably higher than the temperature obtained by subtracting 20° C. from the boiling point of the organic solvent contained in the developer, and more preferably higher than the boiling point of the organic solvent contained in the developer.
For example, when the boiling point of the organic solvent is 100° C., the basic compound used preferably has a boiling point of 80° C. or higher, and more preferably has a boiling point of 100° C. or higher.
The developer may contain only one kind of basic compound, or may contain two or more kinds of basic compounds.
 塩基性化合物の具体例としては、エタノールアミン、ジエタノールアミン、トリエタノールアミン、エチルアミン、ジエチルアミン、トリエチルアミン、ヘキシルアミン、ドデシルアミン、シクロヘキシルアミン、シクロヘキシルメチルアミン、シクロヘキシルジメチルアミン、アニリン、N-メチルアニリン、N,N-ジメチルアニリン、ジフェニルアミン、ピリジン、ブチルアミン、イソブチルアミン、ジブチルアミン、トリブチルアミン、ジシクロヘキシルアミン、DBU(ジアザビシクロウンデセン)、DABCO(1,4-ジアザビシクロ[2.2.2]オクタン)、N,N-ジイソプロピルエチルアミン、テトラメチルアンモニウムヒドロキシド、テトラブチルアンモニウムヒドロキシド、エチレンジアミン、ブタンジアミン、1,5-ジアミノペンタン、N-メチルヘキシルアミン、N-メチルジシクロヘキシルアミン、トリオクチルアミン、N-エチルエチレンジアミン、N,N―ジエチルエチレンジアミン、N,N,N’,N’-テトラブチルー1,6-ヘキサンジアミン、スペルミジン、ジアミノシクロヘキサン、ビス(2-メトキシエチル)アミン、ピペリジン、メチルピペリジン、ジメチルピペリジン、ピペラジン、トロパン、N-フェニルベンジルアミン、1,2-ジアニリノエタン、2-アミノエタノール、トルイジン、アミノフェノール、ヘキシルアニリン、フェニレンジアミン、フェニルエチルアミン、ジベンジルアミン、ピロール、N-メチルピロール、N,N,N,N-テトラメチルエチレンジアミン、N,N,N,N-テトラメチルー1,3-プロパンジアミン等が挙げられる。 Specific examples of basic compounds include ethanolamine, diethanolamine, triethanolamine, ethylamine, diethylamine, triethylamine, hexylamine, dodecylamine, cyclohexylamine, cyclohexylmethylamine, cyclohexyldimethylamine, aniline, N-methylaniline, N,N-dimethylaniline, diphenylamine, pyridine, butylamine, isobutylamine, dibutylamine, tributylamine, dicyclohexylamine, DBU (diazabicycloundecene), DABCO (1,4-diazabicyclo[2.2.2]octane), N,N-diisopropylethylamine, tetramethylammonium hydroxide, tetrabutylammonium hydroxide, ethylenediamine, butanediamine, 1,5-diamino Examples include pentane, N-methylhexylamine, N-methyldicyclohexylamine, trioctylamine, N-ethylethylenediamine, N,N-diethylethylenediamine, N,N,N',N'-tetrabutyl-1,6-hexanediamine, spermidine, diaminocyclohexane, bis(2-methoxyethyl)amine, piperidine, methylpiperidine, dimethylpiperidine, piperazine, tropane, N-phenylbenzylamine, 1,2-dianilinoethane, 2-aminoethanol, toluidine, aminophenol, hexylaniline, phenylenediamine, phenylethylamine, dibenzylamine, pyrrole, N-methylpyrrole, N,N,N,N-tetramethylethylenediamine, and N,N,N,N-tetramethyl-1,3-propanediamine.
 塩基発生剤の好ましい態様は、上述の組成物に含まれる塩基発生剤の好ましい態様と同様である。特に、塩基発生剤は熱塩基発生剤であることが好ましい。 The preferred embodiment of the base generator is the same as the preferred embodiment of the base generator contained in the composition described above. In particular, it is preferred that the base generator is a thermal base generator.
 現像液が塩基性化合物及び塩基発生剤の少なくとも一方を含む場合、塩基性化合物又は塩基発生剤の含有量は、現像液の全質量に対して、10質量%以下が好ましく、5質量%以下がより好ましい。上記含有量の下限は特に限定されないが、例えば0.1質量%以上が好ましい。
 塩基性化合物又は塩基発生剤が現像液が用いられる環境で固体である場合、塩基性化合物又は塩基発生剤の含有量は、現像液の全固形分に対して、70~100質量%であることも好ましい。
 現像液は塩基性化合物及び塩基発生剤の少なくとも一方を1種のみ含有してもよいし、2種以上を含有してもよい。塩基性化合物及び塩基発生剤の少なくとも一方が2種以上である場合は、その合計が上記範囲であることが好ましい。
When the developer contains at least one of a basic compound and a base generator, the content of the basic compound or the base generator is preferably 10% by mass or less, more preferably 5% by mass or less, based on the total mass of the developer. The lower limit of the content is not particularly limited, but is preferably, for example, 0.1% by mass or more.
When the basic compound or base generator is a solid in the environment in which the developer is used, the content of the basic compound or base generator is preferably 70 to 100% by mass based on the total solid content of the developer.
The developer may contain at least one of a basic compound and a base generator, or may contain two or more of them. When at least one of a basic compound and a base generator contains two or more kinds, the total amount thereof is preferably within the above range.
 現像液は、他の成分を更に含んでもよい。
 他の成分としては、例えば、公知の界面活性剤や公知の消泡剤等が挙げられる。
The developer may further comprise other components.
Examples of other components include known surfactants and known defoamers.
〔現像液の供給方法〕
 現像液の供給方法は、所望のパターンを形成できれば特に制限は無く、膜が形成された基材を現像液に浸漬する方法、基材上に形成された膜にノズルを用いて現像液を供給するパドル現像、または、現像液を連続供給する方法がある。ノズルの種類は特に制限は無く、ストレートノズル、シャワーノズル、スプレーノズル等が挙げられる。
 現像液の浸透性、非画像部の除去性、製造上の効率の観点から、現像液をストレートノズルで供給する方法、又はスプレーノズルにて連続供給する方法が好ましく、画像部への現像液の浸透性の観点からは、スプレーノズルで供給する方法がより好ましい。
 また、現像液をストレートノズルにて連続供給後、基材をスピンし現像液を基材上から除去し、スピン乾燥後に再度ストレートノズルにて連続供給後、基材をスピンし現像液を基材上から除去する工程を採用してもよく、この工程を複数回繰り返しても良い。
 現像工程における現像液の供給方法としては、現像液が連続的に基材に供給され続ける工程、基材上で現像液が略静止状態で保たれる工程、基材上で現像液を超音波等で振動させる工程及びそれらを組み合わせた工程などが挙げられる。
[Method of Supplying Developer]
The method of supplying the developer is not particularly limited as long as it can form a desired pattern, and includes a method of immersing a substrate on which a film is formed in the developer, a paddle development method in which a developer is supplied to a film formed on a substrate using a nozzle, and a method of continuously supplying the developer. The type of nozzle is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include a straight nozzle, a shower nozzle, and a spray nozzle.
From the viewpoints of the permeability of the developer, the removability of non-image areas, and production efficiency, a method of supplying the developer through a straight nozzle or a method of continuously supplying the developer through a spray nozzle is preferred, and from the viewpoint of the permeability of the developer into the image areas, a method of supplying the developer through a spray nozzle is more preferred.
Alternatively, a process may be adopted in which the developer is continuously supplied through a straight nozzle, the substrate is spun to remove the developer from the substrate, and after spin drying, the developer is continuously supplied again through a straight nozzle, and the substrate is spun to remove the developer from the substrate. This process may be repeated multiple times.
Methods of supplying the developer in the development step include a step in which the developer is continuously supplied to the substrate, a step in which the developer is kept substantially stationary on the substrate, a step in which the developer is vibrated by ultrasonic waves or the like on the substrate, and a combination of these steps.
 現像時間としては、10秒~10分間が好ましく、20秒~5分間がより好ましい。現像時の現像液の温度は、特に定めるものではないが、10~45℃が好ましく、18℃~30℃がより好ましい。 The development time is preferably 10 seconds to 10 minutes, and more preferably 20 seconds to 5 minutes. The temperature of the developer during development is not particularly specified, but is preferably 10 to 45°C, and more preferably 18°C to 30°C.
 現像工程において、現像液を用いた処理の後、更に、リンス液によるパターンの洗浄(リンス)を行ってもよい。また、パターン上に接する現像液が乾燥しきらないうちにリンス液を供給するなどの方法を採用しても良い。 In the development process, after treatment with the developer, the pattern may be washed (rinsed) with a rinse solution. Also, a method may be adopted in which a rinse solution is supplied before the developer in contact with the pattern has completely dried.
〔リンス液〕
 現像液がアルカリ水溶液である場合、リンス液としては、例えば水を用いることができる。現像液が有機溶剤を含む現像液である場合、リンス液としては、例えば、現像液に含まれる溶剤とは異なる溶剤(例えば、水、現像液に含まれる有機溶剤とは異なる有機溶剤)を用いることができる。
[Rinse solution]
When the developer is an alkaline aqueous solution, the rinse liquid may be, for example, water. When the developer is an organic solvent-containing developer, the rinse liquid may be, for example, a solvent different from the solvent contained in the developer (for example, water, an organic solvent different from the organic solvent contained in the developer).
 リンス液が有機溶剤を含む場合の有機溶剤としては、上述の現像液が有機溶剤を含む場合において例示した有機溶剤と同様の有機溶剤が挙げられる。
 リンス液に含まれる有機溶剤は、現像液に含まれる有機溶剤とは異なる有機溶剤であることが好ましく、現像液に含まれる有機溶剤よりも、パターンの溶解度が小さい有機溶剤がより好ましい。
When the rinsing liquid contains an organic solvent, examples of the organic solvent include the same organic solvents as those exemplified when the developer contains an organic solvent.
The organic solvent contained in the rinse liquid is preferably different from the organic solvent contained in the developer, and more preferably has a lower solubility for the pattern than the organic solvent contained in the developer.
 リンス液が有機溶剤を含む場合、有機溶剤は1種又は、2種以上を混合して使用することができる。有機溶剤は、シクロペンタノン、γ-ブチロラクトン、ジメチルスルホキシド、N-メチルピロリドン、シクロヘキサノン、PGMEA、PGMEが好ましく、シクロペンタノン、γ-ブチロラクトン、ジメチルスルホキシド、PGMEA、PGMEがより好ましく、シクロヘキサノン、PGMEAがさらに好ましい。 When the rinse solution contains an organic solvent, the organic solvent may be used alone or in combination of two or more. The organic solvent is preferably cyclopentanone, γ-butyrolactone, dimethylsulfoxide, N-methylpyrrolidone, cyclohexanone, PGMEA, or PGME, more preferably cyclopentanone, γ-butyrolactone, dimethylsulfoxide, PGMEA, or PGME, and even more preferably cyclohexanone or PGMEA.
 リンス液が有機溶剤を含む場合、リンス液の全質量に対し、有機溶剤は50質量%以上が好ましく、70質量%以上がより好ましく、90質量%以上が更に好ましい。また、リンス液の全質量に対し、有機溶剤は100質量%であってもよい。 When the rinse solution contains an organic solvent, the organic solvent preferably accounts for 50% by mass or more, more preferably 70% by mass or more, and even more preferably 90% by mass or more, based on the total mass of the rinse solution. Furthermore, the organic solvent may account for 100% by mass, based on the total mass of the rinse solution.
 リンス液は塩基性化合物及び塩基発生剤の少なくとも一方を含んでもよい。
 特に限定されないが、現像液が有機溶剤を含む場合、リンス液が有機溶剤と塩基性化合物及び塩基発生剤の少なくとも一方とを含む態様も、本発明の好ましい態様の1つである。
 リンス液に含まれる塩基性化合物及び塩基発生剤としては、上述の現像液が有機溶剤を含む場合に含まれてもよい塩基性化合物及び塩基発生剤として例示された化合物が挙げられ、好ましい態様も同様である。
 リンス液に含まれる塩基性化合物及び塩基発生剤は、リンス液における溶剤への溶解度等を考慮して選択すればよい。
The rinse liquid may contain at least one of a basic compound and a base generator.
Although not particularly limited, when the developer contains an organic solvent, an embodiment in which the rinsing liquid contains an organic solvent and at least one of a basic compound and a base generator is also one of the preferred embodiments of the present invention.
Examples of the basic compound and base generator contained in the rinse solution include the compounds exemplified as the basic compound and base generator that may be contained in the above-mentioned developer containing an organic solvent, and preferred embodiments thereof are also the same.
The basic compound and base generator contained in the rinse solution may be selected in consideration of the solubility in the solvent in the rinse solution.
 リンス液が塩基性化合物及び塩基発生剤の少なくとも一方を含む場合、塩基性化合物又は塩基発生剤の含有量はリンス液の全質量に対して、10質量%以下が好ましく、5質量%以下がより好ましい。上記含有量の下限は特に限定されないが、例えば0.1質量%以上が好ましい。
 塩基性化合物又は塩基発生剤がリンス液が用いられる環境で固体である場合、塩基性化合物又は塩基発生剤の含有量は、リンス液の全固形分に対して、70~100質量%であることも好ましい。
 リンス液が塩基性化合物及び塩基発生剤の少なくとも一方を含む場合、リンス液は塩基性化合物及び塩基発生剤の少なくとも一方を1種のみ含有してもよいし、2種以上を含有してもよい。塩基性化合物及び塩基発生剤の少なくとも一方が2種以上である場合は、その合計が上記範囲であることが好ましい。
When the rinse solution contains at least one of a basic compound and a base generator, the content of the basic compound or the base generator is preferably 10% by mass or less, more preferably 5% by mass or less, based on the total mass of the rinse solution. The lower limit of the content is not particularly limited, but is preferably, for example, 0.1% by mass or more.
When the basic compound or base generator is a solid in the environment in which the rinse liquid is used, the content of the basic compound or base generator is also preferably 70 to 100 mass % based on the total solid content of the rinse liquid.
When the rinse solution contains at least one of a basic compound and a base generator, the rinse solution may contain only one kind of at least one of the basic compound and the base generator, or may contain two or more kinds. When at least one of the basic compound and the base generator contains two or more kinds, the total amount thereof is preferably within the above range.
 リンス液は、他の成分を更に含んでもよい。
 他の成分としては、例えば、公知の界面活性剤や公知の消泡剤等が挙げられる。
The rinse solution may further contain other ingredients.
Examples of other components include known surfactants and known defoamers.
〔リンス液の供給方法〕
 リンス液の供給方法は、所望のパターンを形成できれば特に制限は無く、基材をリンス液に浸漬する方法、基材に液盛りによりリンス液を供給する方法、基材にリンス液をシャワーで供給する方法、基材上にストレートノズル等の手段によりリンス液を連続供給する方法がある。
 リンス液の浸透性、非画像部の除去性、製造上の効率の観点から、リンス液をシャワーノズル、ストレートノズル、スプレーノズルなどで供給する方法があり、スプレーノズルにて連続供給する方法が好ましく、画像部へのリンス液の浸透性の観点からは、スプレーノズルで供給する方法がより好ましい。ノズルの種類は特に制限は無く、ストレートノズル、シャワーノズル、スプレーノズル等が挙げられる。
 すなわち、リンス工程は、リンス液を上記露光後の膜に対してストレートノズルにより供給、又は、連続供給する工程であることが好ましく、リンス液をスプレーノズルにより供給する工程であることがより好ましい。
 リンス工程におけるリンス液の供給方法としては、リンス液が連続的に基材に供給され続ける工程、基材上でリンス液が略静止状態で保たれる工程、基材上でリンス液を超音波等で振動させる工程及びそれらを組み合わせた工程などが採用可能である。
[Method of Supplying Rinse Liquid]
The method of supplying the rinse liquid is not particularly limited as long as it can form a desired pattern, and examples of the method include a method of immersing the substrate in the rinse liquid, a method of supplying the rinse liquid to the substrate by puddling, a method of supplying the rinse liquid to the substrate by showering, and a method of continuously supplying the rinse liquid onto the substrate by means of a straight nozzle or the like.
From the viewpoints of the permeability of the rinse liquid, the removability of non-image areas, and production efficiency, the rinse liquid may be supplied using a shower nozzle, a straight nozzle, a spray nozzle, etc., and the method of continuously supplying the rinse liquid using a spray nozzle is preferred, and from the viewpoint of the permeability of the rinse liquid into the image areas, the method of supplying the rinse liquid using a spray nozzle is more preferred. The type of nozzle is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include a straight nozzle, a shower nozzle, a spray nozzle, etc.
That is, the rinsing step is preferably a step of supplying a rinsing liquid to the exposed film through a straight nozzle or continuously supplying the rinsing liquid to the exposed film, and more preferably a step of supplying the rinsing liquid through a spray nozzle.
The method of supplying the rinsing liquid in the rinsing step may be a step in which the rinsing liquid is continuously supplied to the substrate, a step in which the rinsing liquid is kept substantially stationary on the substrate, a step in which the rinsing liquid is vibrated on the substrate by ultrasonic waves or the like, or a combination of these steps.
 リンス時間としては、10秒~10分間が好ましく、20秒~5分間がより好ましい。リンス時のリンス液の温度は、特に定めるものではないが、10~45℃が好ましく、18℃~30℃がより好ましい。 The rinsing time is preferably 10 seconds to 10 minutes, and more preferably 20 seconds to 5 minutes. The temperature of the rinsing liquid during rinsing is not particularly specified, but is preferably 10 to 45°C, and more preferably 18°C to 30°C.
 現像工程において、現像液を用いた処理の後、又は、リンス液によるパターンの洗浄の後に、処理液とパターンとを接触させる工程を含んでもよい。また、パターン上に接する現像液又はリンス液が乾燥しきらないうちに処理液を供給するなどの方法を採用しても良い。 The development step may include a step of contacting the pattern with a processing liquid after treatment with a developer or after washing the pattern with a rinse liquid. Also, a method may be employed in which the processing liquid is supplied before the developer or rinse liquid in contact with the pattern is completely dried.
 上記処理液としては、水及び有機溶剤の少なくとも一方と、塩基性化合物及び塩基発生剤の少なくとも一方とを含む処理液が挙げられる。
 上記有機溶剤、及び、塩基性化合物及び塩基発生剤の少なくとも一方の好ましい態様は、上述のリンス液において用いられる有機溶剤、及び、塩基性化合物及び塩基発生剤の少なくとも一方の好ましい態様と同様である。
 処理液のパターンへの供給方法は、上述のリンス液の供給方法と同様の方法を用いることができ、好ましい態様も同様である。
The treatment liquid includes a treatment liquid containing at least one of water and an organic solvent, and at least one of a basic compound and a base generator.
Preferred aspects of the organic solvent, and at least one of the basic compound and the base generator are the same as the preferred aspects of the organic solvent, and at least one of the basic compound and the base generator used in the above-mentioned rinse solution.
The method of supplying the processing liquid to the pattern can be the same as the above-mentioned method of supplying the rinsing liquid, and the preferred embodiments are also the same.
 処理液における塩基性化合物又は塩基発生剤の含有量は、処理液の全質量に対して、10質量%以下が好ましく、5質量%以下がより好ましい。上記含有量の下限は特に限定されないが、例えば0.1質量%以上であることが好ましい。
 また、塩基性化合物又は塩基発生剤が処理液が用いられる環境で固体である場合、塩基性化合物又は塩基発生剤の含有量は、処理液の全固形分に対して、70~100質量%であることも好ましい。
 処理液が塩基性化合物及び塩基発生剤の少なくとも一方を含む場合、処理液は塩基性化合物及び塩基発生剤の少なくとも一方を1種のみ含有してもよいし、2種以上を含有してもよい。塩基性化合物及び塩基発生剤の少なくとも一方が2種以上である場合は、その合計が上記範囲であることが好ましい。
The content of the basic compound or base generator in the treatment liquid is preferably 10% by mass or less, more preferably 5% by mass or less, based on the total mass of the treatment liquid. The lower limit of the content is not particularly limited, but is preferably, for example, 0.1% by mass or more.
In addition, when the basic compound or base generator is a solid in the environment in which the treatment liquid is used, the content of the basic compound or base generator is preferably 70 to 100 mass % based on the total solid content of the treatment liquid.
When the treatment liquid contains at least one of a basic compound and a base generator, the treatment liquid may contain only one kind of at least one of the basic compound and the base generator, or may contain two or more kinds. When at least one of the basic compound and the base generator contains two or more kinds, the total amount thereof is preferably within the above range.
<加熱工程>
 現像工程により得られたパターン(リンス工程を行う場合は、リンス後のパターン)は、上記現像により得られたパターンを加熱する加熱工程に供されてもよい。
 すなわち、本発明の硬化物の製造方法は、現像工程により得られたパターンを加熱する加熱工程を含んでもよい。
 また、本発明の硬化物の製造方法は、現像工程を行わずに他の方法で得られたパターン、又は、膜形成工程により得られた膜を加熱する加熱工程を含んでもよい。
 加熱工程において、ポリイミド前駆体等の樹脂は環化してポリイミド等の樹脂となる。
 また、特定樹脂、又は特定樹脂以外の架橋剤における未反応の架橋性基の架橋なども進行する。
 加熱工程における加熱温度(最高加熱温度)としては、50~450℃が好ましく、150~350℃がより好ましく、150~250℃が更に好ましく、160~250℃が一層好ましく、160~230℃が特に好ましい。
<Heating process>
The pattern obtained by the development step (if a rinsing step is performed, the pattern after rinsing) may be subjected to a heating step in which the pattern obtained by the development step is heated.
That is, the method for producing a cured product of the present invention may include a heating step of heating the pattern obtained in the developing step.
The method for producing a cured product of the present invention may also include a heating step of heating a pattern obtained by another method without carrying out a development step, or a film obtained in a film formation step.
In the heating step, the resin such as the polyimide precursor is cyclized to become a resin such as a polyimide.
Furthermore, crosslinking of unreacted crosslinkable groups in the specific resin or in the crosslinking agent other than the specific resin also proceeds.
The heating temperature (maximum heating temperature) in the heating step is preferably 50 to 450°C, more preferably 150 to 350°C, further preferably 150 to 250°C, even more preferably 160 to 250°C, and particularly preferably 160 to 230°C.
 加熱工程は、加熱により、上記塩基発生剤から発生した塩基等の作用により、上記パターン内で上記ポリイミド前駆体の環化反応を促進する工程であることが好ましい。 The heating step is preferably a step in which the cyclization reaction of the polyimide precursor is promoted within the pattern by the action of the base generated from the base generator through heating.
 加熱工程における加熱は、加熱開始時の温度から最高加熱温度まで1~12℃/分の昇温速度で行うことが好ましい。上記昇温速度は2~10℃/分がより好ましく、3~10℃/分が更に好ましい。昇温速度を1℃/分以上とすることにより、生産性を確保しつつ、酸又は溶剤の過剰な揮発を防止することができ、昇温速度を12℃/分以下とすることにより、硬化物の残存応力を緩和することができる。
 加えて、急速加熱可能なオーブンの場合、加熱開始時の温度から最高加熱温度まで1~8℃/秒の昇温速度で行うことが好ましく、2~7℃/秒がより好ましく、3~6℃/秒が更に好ましい。
The heating step is preferably performed at a temperature rise rate of 1 to 12° C./min from the temperature at the start of heating to the maximum heating temperature. The temperature rise rate is more preferably 2 to 10° C./min, and even more preferably 3 to 10° C./min. By setting the temperature rise rate at 1° C./min or more, it is possible to prevent excessive volatilization of the acid or solvent while ensuring productivity, and by setting the temperature rise rate at 12° C./min or less, it is possible to alleviate the residual stress of the cured product.
In addition, in the case of an oven capable of rapid heating, the temperature is increased from the starting temperature to the maximum heating temperature at a rate of preferably 1 to 8° C./sec, more preferably 2 to 7° C./sec, and even more preferably 3 to 6° C./sec.
 加熱開始時の温度は、20℃~150℃が好ましく、20℃~130℃がより好ましく、25℃~120℃が更に好ましい。加熱開始時の温度は、最高加熱温度まで加熱する工程を開始する際の温度のことをいう。例えば、本発明の樹脂組成物を基材の上に適用した後、乾燥させる場合、この乾燥後の膜(層)の温度であり、例えば、樹脂組成物に含まれる溶剤の沸点よりも、30~200℃低い温度から昇温させることが好ましい。 The temperature at the start of heating is preferably 20°C to 150°C, more preferably 20°C to 130°C, and even more preferably 25°C to 120°C. The temperature at the start of heating refers to the temperature at which the process of heating to the maximum heating temperature begins. For example, when the resin composition of the present invention is applied to a substrate and then dried, it is the temperature of the film (layer) after drying, and it is preferable to raise the temperature from a temperature 30 to 200°C lower than the boiling point of the solvent contained in the resin composition.
 加熱時間(最高加熱温度での加熱時間)は、5~360分が好ましく、10~300分がより好ましく、15~240分が更に好ましい。 The heating time (heating time at the maximum heating temperature) is preferably 5 to 360 minutes, more preferably 10 to 300 minutes, and even more preferably 15 to 240 minutes.
 特に多層の積層体を形成する場合、層間の密着性の観点から、加熱温度は30℃以上であることが好ましく、80℃以上がより好ましく、100℃以上が更に好ましく、120℃以上が特に好ましい。
 上記加熱温度の上限は、350℃以下が好ましく、250℃以下がより好ましく、240℃以下が更に好ましい。
In particular, when forming a multi-layer laminate, from the viewpoint of adhesion between layers, the heating temperature is preferably 30° C. or higher, more preferably 80° C. or higher, even more preferably 100° C. or higher, and particularly preferably 120° C. or higher.
The upper limit of the heating temperature is preferably 350° C. or less, more preferably 250° C. or less, and even more preferably 240° C. or less.
 加熱は段階的に行ってもよい。例として、25℃から120℃まで3℃/分で昇温し、120℃にて60分保持し、120℃から180℃まで2℃/分で昇温し、180℃にて120分保持する、といった工程を行ってもよい。また、米国特許第9159547号明細書に記載のように紫外線を照射しながら処理することも好ましい。このような前処理工程により膜の特性を向上させることが可能である。前処理工程は10秒間~2時間程度の短い時間で行うとよく、15秒~30分間がより好ましい。前処理工程は2段階以上のステップとしてもよく、例えば100~150℃の範囲で1段階目の前処理工程を行い、その後に150~200℃の範囲で2段階目の前処理工程を行ってもよい。
 更に、加熱後冷却してもよく、この場合の冷却速度としては、1~5℃/分であることが好ましい。
Heating may be performed stepwise. For example, a process may be performed in which the temperature is increased from 25°C to 120°C at 3°C/min, held at 120°C for 60 minutes, increased from 120°C to 180°C at 2°C/min, and held at 180°C for 120 minutes. It is also preferable to treat while irradiating with ultraviolet light as described in U.S. Pat. No. 9,159,547. Such a pretreatment process can improve the properties of the film. The pretreatment process may be performed for a short time of about 10 seconds to 2 hours, and more preferably for 15 seconds to 30 minutes. The pretreatment process may be performed in two or more steps, for example, a first pretreatment process may be performed in the range of 100 to 150°C, and then a second pretreatment process may be performed in the range of 150 to 200°C.
Furthermore, after heating, the material may be cooled, and in this case, the cooling rate is preferably 1 to 5° C./min.
 加熱工程は、窒素、ヘリウム、アルゴンなどの不活性ガスを流す、減圧下で行う等により、低酸素濃度の雰囲気で行うことが特定樹脂の分解を防ぐ観点で好ましい。酸素濃度は、50ppm(体積比)以下が好ましく、20ppm(体積比)以下がより好ましい。
 加熱工程における加熱手段としては、特に限定されないが、例えばホットプレート、赤外炉、電熱式オーブン、熱風式オーブン、赤外線オーブンなどが挙げられる。
From the viewpoint of preventing decomposition of the specific resin, the heating step is preferably performed in an atmosphere with a low oxygen concentration by flowing an inert gas such as nitrogen, helium, or argon, or by performing the heating step under reduced pressure, etc. The oxygen concentration is preferably 50 ppm (volume ratio) or less, and more preferably 20 ppm (volume ratio) or less.
The heating means in the heating step is not particularly limited, but examples thereof include a hot plate, an infrared oven, an electric heating oven, a hot air oven, and an infrared oven.
<現像後露光工程>
 現像工程により得られたパターン(リンス工程を行う場合は、リンス後のパターン)は、上記加熱工程に代えて、又は、上記加熱工程に加えて、現像工程後のパターンを露光する現像後露光工程に供されてもよい。
 すなわち、本発明の硬化物の製造方法は、現像工程により得られたパターンを露光する現像後露光工程を含んでもよい。本発明の硬化物の製造方法は、加熱工程及び現像後露光工程を含んでもよいし、加熱工程及び現像後露光工程の一方のみを含んでもよい。
 現像後露光工程においては、例えば、光塩基発生剤の感光によってポリイミド前駆体等の環化が進行する反応を促進することができる。
 現像後露光工程においては、現像工程において得られたパターンの少なくとも一部が露光されればよいが、上記パターンの全部が露光されることが好ましい。
 現像後露光工程における露光量は、感光性化合物が感度を有する波長における露光エネルギー換算で、50~20,000mJ/cmが好ましく、100~15,000mJ/cmがより好ましい。
 現像後露光工程は、例えば、上述の露光工程における光源を用いて行うことができ、ブロードバンド光を用いることが好ましい。
<Post-development exposure step>
The pattern obtained by the development step (if a rinsing step is performed, the pattern after rinsing) may be subjected to a post-development exposure step in which the pattern after the development step is exposed to light instead of or in addition to the heating step.
That is, the method for producing a cured product of the present invention may include a post-development exposure step of exposing the pattern obtained by the development step. The method for producing a cured product of the present invention may include a heating step and a post-development exposure step, or may include only one of the heating step and the post-development exposure step.
In the post-development exposure step, for example, a reaction in which cyclization of a polyimide precursor or the like proceeds due to exposure of a photobase generator to light can be promoted.
In the post-development exposure step, it is sufficient that at least a part of the pattern obtained in the development step is exposed, but it is preferable that the entire pattern is exposed.
The exposure dose in the post-development exposure step is preferably 50 to 20,000 mJ/cm 2 , and more preferably 100 to 15,000 mJ/cm 2 , calculated as exposure energy at a wavelength to which the photosensitive compound has sensitivity.
The post-development exposure step can be carried out, for example, using the light source in the exposure step described above, and it is preferable to use broadband light.
<金属層形成工程>
 現像工程により得られたパターン(加熱工程及び現像後露光工程の少なくとも一方に供されたものが好ましい)は、パターン上に金属層を形成する金属層形成工程に供されてもよい。
 すなわち、本発明の硬化物の製造方法は、現像工程により得られたパターン(加熱工程及び現像後露光工程の少なくとも一方に供されたものが好ましい)上に金属層を形成する金属層形成工程を含むことが好ましい。
<Metal Layer Forming Process>
The pattern obtained by the development step (preferably subjected to at least one of the heating step and the post-development exposure step) may be subjected to a metal layer forming step in which a metal layer is formed on the pattern.
That is, the method for producing a cured product of the present invention preferably includes a metal layer forming step of forming a metal layer on the pattern obtained by the development step (preferably subjected to at least one of a heating step and a post-development exposure step).
 金属層としては、特に限定なく、既存の金属種を使用することができ、銅、アルミニウム、ニッケル、バナジウム、チタン、クロム、コバルト、金、タングステン、錫、銀及びこれらの金属を含む合金が例示され、銅及びアルミニウムがより好ましく、銅が更に好ましい。 The metal layer can be made of any existing metal type without any particular limitations, and examples include copper, aluminum, nickel, vanadium, titanium, chromium, cobalt, gold, tungsten, tin, silver, and alloys containing these metals, with copper and aluminum being more preferred, and copper being even more preferred.
 金属層の形成方法は、特に限定なく、既存の方法を適用することができる。例えば、特開2007-157879号公報、特表2001-521288号公報、特開2004-214501号公報、特開2004-101850号公報、米国特許第7888181B2、米国特許第9177926B2に記載された方法を使用することができる。例えば、フォトリソグラフィ、PVD(物理蒸着法)、CVD(化学気相成長法)、リフトオフ、電解めっき、無電解めっき、エッチング、印刷、及びこれらを組み合わせた方法などが考えられる。より具体的には、スパッタリング、フォトリソグラフィ及びエッチングを組み合わせたパターニング方法、フォトリソグラフィと電解めっきを組み合わせたパターニング方法が挙げられる。めっきの好ましい態様としては、硫酸銅やシアン化銅めっき液を用いた電解めっきが挙げられる。 The method for forming the metal layer is not particularly limited, and existing methods can be applied. For example, the methods described in JP 2007-157879 A, JP 2001-521288 A, JP 2004-214501 A, JP 2004-101850 A, U.S. Patent No. 7,888,181 B2, and U.S. Patent No. 9,177,926 B2 can be used. For example, photolithography, PVD (physical vapor deposition), CVD (chemical vapor deposition), lift-off, electrolytic plating, electroless plating, etching, printing, and combinations of these methods are possible. More specifically, examples of the method include a patterning method that combines sputtering, photolithography, and etching, and a patterning method that combines photolithography and electrolytic plating. A preferred embodiment of plating is electrolytic plating using a copper sulfate or copper cyanide plating solution.
 金属層の厚さとしては、最も厚肉の部分で、0.01~50μmが好ましく、1~10μmがより好ましい。 The thickness of the metal layer at its thickest point is preferably 0.01 to 50 μm, and more preferably 1 to 10 μm.
<用途>
 本発明の硬化物の製造方法、又は、硬化物の適用可能な分野としては、電子デバイスの絶縁膜、再配線層用層間絶縁膜、ストレスバッファ膜などが挙げられる。そのほか、封止フィルム、基板材料(フレキシブルプリント基板のベースフィルムやカバーレイ、層間絶縁膜)、又は上記のような実装用途の絶縁膜をエッチングでパターン形成することなどが挙げられる。これらの用途については、例えば、サイエンス&テクノロジー(株)「ポリイミドの高機能化と応用技術」2008年4月、柿本雅明/監修、CMCテクニカルライブラリー「ポリイミド材料の基礎と開発」2011年11月発行、日本ポリイミド・芳香族系高分子研究会/編「最新ポリイミド 基礎と応用」エヌ・ティー・エス,2010年8月等を参照することができる。
<Applications>
Examples of the method for producing the cured product of the present invention or the fields in which the cured product can be applied include insulating films for electronic devices, interlayer insulating films for rewiring layers, stress buffer films, etc. Other examples include etching patterns of sealing films, substrate materials (base films and coverlays for flexible printed circuit boards, interlayer insulating films), or insulating films for mounting applications such as those described above. For these applications, reference can be made to, for example, Science & Technology Co., Ltd. "High-performance and Applied Technology of Polyimides" April 2008, supervised by Masaaki Kakimoto, CMC Technical Library "Basics and Development of Polyimide Materials" published in November 2011, and Japan Polyimide and Aromatic Polymer Research Association/editor "Latest Polyimides Basics and Applications" NTS, August 2010.
 本発明の硬化物の製造方法、又は、本発明の硬化物は、オフセット版面又はスクリーン版面などの版面の製造、成形部品のエッチングへの使用、エレクトロニクス、特に、マイクロエレクトロニクスにおける保護ラッカー及び誘電層の製造などにも用いることもできる。 The method for producing the cured product of the present invention or the cured product of the present invention can also be used for producing printing plates such as offset printing plates or screen printing plates, for etching molded parts, and for producing protective lacquers and dielectric layers in electronics, especially microelectronics.
(積層体、及び、積層体の製造方法)
 本発明の積層体とは、本発明の硬化物からなる層を複数層有する構造体をいう。
 積層体は、硬化物からなる層を2層以上含む積層体であり、3層以上積層した積層体としてもよい。
 上記積層体に含まれる2層以上の上記硬化物からなる層のうち、少なくとも1つが本発明の硬化物からなる層であり、硬化物の収縮、又は、上記収縮に伴う硬化物の変形等を抑制する観点からは、上記積層体に含まれる全ての硬化物からなる層が本発明の硬化物からなる層であることも好ましい。
(Laminate and method for manufacturing laminate)
The laminate of the present invention refers to a structure having a plurality of layers each made of the cured product of the present invention.
The laminate is a laminate including two or more layers made of a cured product, and may be a laminate including three or more layers.
Of the two or more layers made of the cured product contained in the laminate, at least one is a layer made of the cured product of the present invention, and from the viewpoint of suppressing shrinkage of the cured product or deformation of the cured product associated with the shrinkage, it is also preferable that all of the layers made of the cured product contained in the laminate are layers made of the cured product of the present invention.
 すなわち、本発明の積層体の製造方法は、本発明の硬化物の製造方法を含むことが好ましく、本発明の硬化物の製造方法を複数回繰り返すことを含むことがより好ましい。 In other words, the method for producing the laminate of the present invention preferably includes the method for producing the cured product of the present invention, and more preferably includes repeating the method for producing the cured product of the present invention multiple times.
 本発明の積層体は、硬化物からなる層を2層以上含み、上記硬化物からなる層同士のいずれかの間に金属層を含む態様が好ましい。上記金属層は、上記金属層形成工程により形成されることが好ましい。
 すなわち、本発明の積層体の製造方法は、複数回行われる硬化物の製造方法の間に、硬化物からなる層上に金属層を形成する金属層形成工程を更に含むことが好ましい。金属層形成工程の好ましい態様は上述の通りである。
 上記積層体としては、例えば、第一の硬化物からなる層、金属層、第二の硬化物からなる層の3つの層がこの順に積層された層構造を少なくとも含む積層体が好ましいものとして挙げられる。
 上記第一の硬化物からなる層及び上記第二の硬化物からなる層は、いずれも本発明の硬化物からなる層であることが好ましい。上記第一の硬化物からなる層の形成に用いられる本発明の樹脂組成物と、上記第二の硬化物からなる層の形成に用いられる本発明の樹脂組成物とは、組成が同一の組成物であってもよいし、組成が異なる組成物であってもよい。本発明の積層体における金属層は、再配線層などの金属配線として好ましく用いられる。
The laminate of the present invention preferably includes two or more layers made of a cured product, and includes a metal layer between any two of the layers made of the cured product. The metal layer is preferably formed by the metal layer forming step.
That is, the method for producing a laminate of the present invention preferably further includes a metal layer forming step of forming a metal layer on a layer made of a cured product between the steps for producing a cured product which are performed multiple times. A preferred embodiment of the metal layer forming step is as described above.
As the laminate, for example, a laminate including at least a layer structure in which three layers, a layer made of a first cured product, a metal layer, and a layer made of a second cured product, are laminated in this order, can be mentioned as a preferred example.
The layer made of the first cured product and the layer made of the second cured product are preferably layers made of the cured product of the present invention. The resin composition of the present invention used to form the layer made of the first cured product and the resin composition of the present invention used to form the layer made of the second cured product may have the same composition or different compositions. The metal layer in the laminate of the present invention is preferably used as metal wiring such as a rewiring layer.
<積層工程>
 本発明の積層体の製造方法は、積層工程を含むことが好ましい。
 積層工程とは、パターン(樹脂層)又は金属層の表面に、再度、(a)膜形成工程(層形成工程)、(b)露光工程、(c)現像工程、(d)加熱工程及び現像後露光工程の少なくとも一方を、この順に行うことを含む一連の工程である。ただし、(a)膜形成工程および(d)加熱工程及び現像後露光工程の少なくとも一方を繰り返す態様であってもよい。また、(d)加熱工程及び現像後露光工程の少なくとも一方の後には(e)金属層形成工程を含んでもよい。積層工程には、更に、上記乾燥工程等を適宜含んでいてもよいことは言うまでもない。
<Lamination process>
The method for producing the laminate of the present invention preferably includes a lamination step.
The lamination process is a series of processes including performing at least one of (a) a film formation process (layer formation process), (b) an exposure process, (c) a development process, and (d) a heating process and a post-development exposure process again on the surface of the pattern (resin layer) or metal layer in this order. However, at least one of (a) the film formation process and (d) the heating process and the post-development exposure process may be repeated. In addition, after at least one of (d) the heating process and the post-development exposure process, (e) a metal layer formation process may be included. It goes without saying that the lamination process may further include the above-mentioned drying process and the like as appropriate.
 積層工程後、更に積層工程を行う場合には、上記露光工程後、上記加熱工程の後、又は、上記金属層形成工程後に、更に、表面活性化処理工程を行ってもよい。表面活性化処理としては、プラズマ処理が例示される。表面活性化処理の詳細については後述する。 If a further lamination step is performed after the lamination step, a surface activation treatment step may be performed after the exposure step, the heating step, or the metal layer formation step. An example of the surface activation treatment is a plasma treatment. Details of the surface activation treatment will be described later.
 上記積層工程は、2~20回行うことが好ましく、2~9回行うことがより好ましい。
 例えば、樹脂層/金属層/樹脂層/金属層/樹脂層/金属層のように、樹脂層を2層以上20層以下とする構成が好ましく、2層以上9層以下とする構成が更に好ましい。
 上記各層はそれぞれ、組成、形状、膜厚等が同一であってもよいし、異なっていてもよい。
The lamination step is preferably carried out 2 to 20 times, and more preferably 2 to 9 times.
For example, a structure of 2 to 20 resin layers, such as resin layer/metal layer/resin layer/metal layer/resin layer/metal layer, is preferred, and a structure of 2 to 9 resin layers is more preferred.
The layers may be the same or different in composition, shape, film thickness, etc.
 本発明では特に、金属層を設けた後、更に、上記金属層を覆うように、上記本発明の樹脂組成物の硬化物(樹脂層)を形成する態様が好ましい。具体的には、(a)膜形成工程、(b)露光工程、(c)現像工程、(d)加熱工程及び現像後露光工程の少なくとも一方、(e)金属層形成工程、の順序で繰り返す態様、又は、(a)膜形成工程、(d)加熱工程及び現像後露光工程の少なくとも一方、(e)金属層形成工程の順序で繰り返す態様が挙げられる。本発明の樹脂組成物層(樹脂層)を積層する積層工程と、金属層形成工程を交互に行うことにより、本発明の樹脂組成物層(樹脂層)と金属層を交互に積層することができる。 In the present invention, a particularly preferred embodiment is one in which, after providing a metal layer, a cured product (resin layer) of the resin composition of the present invention is further formed so as to cover the metal layer. Specifically, the following may be repeated in this order: (a) film formation step, (b) exposure step, (c) development step, (d) at least one of a heating step and a post-development exposure step, and (e) metal layer formation step; or (a) film formation step, (d) at least one of a heating step and a post-development exposure step, and (e) metal layer formation step. By alternately performing the lamination step of laminating the resin composition layer (resin layer) of the present invention and the metal layer formation step, the resin composition layer (resin layer) of the present invention and the metal layer can be laminated alternately.
(表面活性化処理工程)
 本発明の積層体の製造方法は、上記金属層および樹脂組成物層の少なくとも一部を表面活性化処理する、表面活性化処理工程を含むことが好ましい。
 表面活性化処理工程は、通常、金属層形成工程の後に行うが、上記現像工程の後(好ましくは、加熱工程及び現像後露光工程の少なくとも一方の後)、樹脂組成物層に表面活性化処理工程を行ってから、金属層形成工程を行ってもよい。
 表面活性化処理は、金属層の少なくとも一部のみに行ってもよいし、露光後の樹脂組成物層の少なくとも一部のみに行ってもよいし、金属層および露光後の樹脂組成物層の両方について、それぞれ、少なくとも一部に行ってもよい。表面活性化処理は、金属層の少なくとも一部について行うことが好ましく、金属層のうち、表面に樹脂組成物層を形成する領域の一部または全部に表面活性化処理を行うことが好ましい。このように、金属層の表面に表面活性化処理を行うことにより、その表面に設けられる樹脂組成物層(膜)との密着性を向上させることができる。
 表面活性化処理は、露光後の樹脂組成物層(樹脂層)の一部または全部についても行うことが好ましい。このように、樹脂組成物層の表面に表面活性化処理を行うことにより、表面活性化処理した表面に設けられる金属層や樹脂層との密着性を向上させることができる。特にネガ型現像を行う場合など、樹脂組成物層が硬化されている場合には、表面処理によるダメージを受けにくく、密着性が向上しやすい。
 表面活性化処理は、例えば、国際公開第021/112189号の段落0415に記載の方法により実施することができる。この内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。
(Surface activation treatment process)
The method for producing a laminate of the present invention preferably includes a surface activation treatment step of subjecting at least a portion of the metal layer and the resin composition layer to a surface activation treatment.
The surface activation treatment step is usually carried out after the metal layer formation step, but after the above-mentioned development step (preferably after at least one of the heating step and the post-development exposure step), the resin composition layer may be subjected to a surface activation treatment step before the metal layer formation step is carried out.
The surface activation treatment may be performed on at least a part of the metal layer, or on at least a part of the resin composition layer after exposure, or on at least a part of both the metal layer and the resin composition layer after exposure. The surface activation treatment is preferably performed on at least a part of the metal layer, and it is preferable to perform the surface activation treatment on a part or all of the area of the metal layer on which the resin composition layer is formed on the surface. In this way, by performing the surface activation treatment on the surface of the metal layer, the adhesion with the resin composition layer (film) provided on the surface can be improved.
It is preferable to perform the surface activation treatment on a part or the whole of the resin composition layer (resin layer) after exposure. In this way, by performing the surface activation treatment on the surface of the resin composition layer, it is possible to improve the adhesion with the metal layer or the resin layer provided on the surface that has been surface-activated. In particular, when performing negative development, etc., when the resin composition layer is cured, it is less likely to be damaged by the surface treatment, and the adhesion is likely to be improved.
The surface activation treatment can be carried out, for example, by the method described in paragraph 0415 of WO 021/112189, the contents of which are incorporated herein by reference.
(半導体デバイス及びその製造方法)
 本発明は、本発明の硬化物、又は、積層体を含む半導体デバイスも開示する。
 また、本発明は、本発明の硬化物の製造方法、又は、積層体の製造方法を含む半導体デバイスの製造方法も開示する。
 本発明の樹脂組成物を再配線層用層間絶縁膜の形成に用いた半導体デバイスの具体例としては、特開2016-027357号公報の段落0213~0218の記載及び図1の記載を参酌でき、これらの内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。
(Semiconductor device and its manufacturing method)
The present invention also discloses a semiconductor device comprising the cured product or laminate of the present invention.
The present invention also discloses a method for producing a semiconductor device, which includes the method for producing the cured product or the method for producing the laminate of the present invention.
As specific examples of semiconductor devices using the resin composition of the present invention for forming an interlayer insulating film for a rewiring layer, the descriptions in paragraphs 0213 to 0218 and FIG. 1 of JP-A-2016-027357 can be referred to, and the contents of these are incorporated herein by reference.
 以下に実施例を挙げて本発明を更に具体的に説明する。以下の実施例に示す材料、使用量、割合、処理内容、処理手順等は、本発明の趣旨を逸脱しない限り、適宜、変更することができる。従って、本発明の範囲は以下に示す具体例に限定されるものではない。「部」、「%」は特に述べない限り、質量基準である。 The present invention will be explained in more detail below with reference to examples. The materials, amounts used, ratios, processing contents, processing procedures, etc. shown in the following examples can be changed as appropriate without departing from the spirit of the present invention. Therefore, the scope of the present invention is not limited to the specific examples shown below. "Parts" and "%" are based on mass unless otherwise specified.
<ポリイミド前駆体の合成>
〔合成例SP-1:ポリイミド前駆体(SP-1)の合成〕
 21.18g(68.1ミリモル)の4,4’-オキシジフタル酸二無水物と、18.12g(136ミリモル)の2-ヒドロキシエチルメタクリレートと、0.05gのハイドロキノンと、23.93g(302ミリモル)のピリジンと、90gのダイグライムとを混合し、60℃の温度で5時間撹拌して、4,4’-オキシジフタル酸二無水物と、2-ヒドロキシエチルメタクリレートのジエステルを製造した。次いで、混合物を-10℃まで冷却した後、塩化チオニル 17.12g(141ミリモル)を90分かけて滴下し、2時間攪拌し、ピリジニウムヒドロクロリドの白色沈澱が得られた。次いで、4,4’-ジアミノジフェニルエーテル8.86g(44.2ミリモル)をN-メチルピロリドン(NMP) 100mL中に溶解させたものを、2時間かけて滴下した。次いで、エタノール 10.0g(217ミリモル)を加え、混合物を2時間撹拌した。次いで、4リットルの水の中でポリイミド前駆体樹脂を沈殿させ、水-ポリイミド前駆体樹脂混合物を500rpmの速度で15分間撹拌した。混合物を濾過してポリイミド前駆体樹脂を取得し、4リットルの水の中で再度30分間撹拌し再び濾過し、40℃で2日乾燥した。続いて、上記で乾燥した樹脂をテトラヒドロフラン200gに溶解し、イオン交換樹脂(MB-1:オルガノ社製)50gを添加し、6時間撹拌した。次いで、4リットルの水の中でポリイミド前駆体樹脂を沈殿させ、水-ポリイミド前駆体樹脂混合物を500rpmの速度で15分間撹拌した。混合物を濾過してポリイミド前駆体樹脂を取得し、減圧下、45℃で2日間乾燥しポリイミド前駆体(SP-1)を得た。ポリイミド前駆体(SP-1)は、下記式(SP-1)で表される繰返し単位を有する樹脂である。繰返し単位の構造は、H-NMRスペクトルから決定した。
<Synthesis of polyimide precursor>
[Synthesis Example SP-1: Synthesis of polyimide precursor (SP-1)]
21.18 g (68.1 mmol) of 4,4'-oxydiphthalic dianhydride, 18.12 g (136 mmol) of 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate, 0.05 g of hydroquinone, 23.93 g (302 mmol) of pyridine, and 90 g of diglyme were mixed and stirred at a temperature of 60°C for 5 hours to produce a diester of 4,4'-oxydiphthalic dianhydride and 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate. The mixture was then cooled to -10°C, and 17.12 g (141 mmol) of thionyl chloride was added dropwise over 90 minutes and stirred for 2 hours to obtain a white precipitate of pyridinium hydrochloride. Then, 8.86 g (44.2 mmol) of 4,4'-diaminodiphenyl ether dissolved in 100 mL of N-methylpyrrolidone (NMP) was added dropwise over 2 hours. Then, 10.0 g (217 mmol) of ethanol was added, and the mixture was stirred for 2 hours. Next, the polyimide precursor resin was precipitated in 4 liters of water, and the water-polyimide precursor resin mixture was stirred at a speed of 500 rpm for 15 minutes. The mixture was filtered to obtain a polyimide precursor resin, which was again stirred in 4 liters of water for 30 minutes, filtered again, and dried at 40°C for 2 days. Next, the resin dried above was dissolved in 200 g of tetrahydrofuran, 50 g of ion exchange resin (MB-1: manufactured by Organo Corporation) was added, and the mixture was stirred for 6 hours. Next, the polyimide precursor resin was precipitated in 4 liters of water, and the water-polyimide precursor resin mixture was stirred at a speed of 500 rpm for 15 minutes. The mixture was filtered to obtain a polyimide precursor resin, which was dried at 45°C under reduced pressure for 2 days to obtain a polyimide precursor (SP-1). The polyimide precursor (SP-1) is a resin having a repeating unit represented by the following formula (SP-1). The structure of the repeating unit was determined from 1 H-NMR spectrum.
〔合成例SP-2~SP-3:ポリイミド前駆体(SP-2)~(SP-3)の合成〕
 4,4’-ジアミノジフェニルエーテルの添加量を適宜変更した以外は合成例SP-1と同様の操作で、ポリイミド前駆体(SP-2、SP-3)を得た。ポリイミド前駆体(SP-2)及び(SP-3)は、上述の式(SP-1)で表される繰返し単位を有する樹脂である。繰返し単位の構造は、H-NMRスペクトルから決定した。
[Synthesis Examples SP-2 to SP-3: Synthesis of Polyimide Precursors (SP-2) to (SP-3)]
Polyimide precursors (SP-2, SP-3) were obtained in the same manner as in Synthesis Example SP-1, except that the amount of 4,4'-diaminodiphenyl ether added was appropriately changed. Polyimide precursors (SP-2) and (SP-3) are resins having a repeating unit represented by the above formula (SP-1). The structure of the repeating unit was determined from 1H -NMR spectrum.
〔合成例SP-4:ポリイミド前駆体(SP-4)の合成〕
 17.01g(74.9ミリモル)のピロメリット酸無水物と、19.72g(151ミリモル)の2-ヒドロキシエチルメタクリレートと、0.05gのハイドロキノンと、19.72g(333ミリモル)のピリジンと、100gのダイグライムとを混合し、60℃の温度で5時間撹拌して、ピロメリット酸無水物と、2-ヒドロキシエチルメタクリレートのジエステルを製造した。次いで、混合物を-10℃まで冷却した後、塩化チオニル 18.21g(151ミリモル)を90分かけて滴下し、2時間撹拌し、ピリジニウムヒドロクロリドの白色沈澱が得られた。次いで、3,4’-ジアミノジフェニルエーテル10.5g(55.2ミリモル)をNMP 100mL中に溶解させたものを、2時間かけて滴下した。次いで、エタノール 10.0g(217ミリモル)を加え、混合物を2時間撹拌した。次いで、4リットルの水の中でポリイミド前駆体樹脂を沈殿させ、水-ポリイミド前駆体樹脂混合物を500rpmの速度で15分間撹拌した。混合物を濾過してポリイミド前駆体樹脂を取得し、4リットルの水の中で再度30分間撹拌し再び濾過し、40℃で2日乾燥した。続いて、上記で乾燥した樹脂をテトラヒドロフラン200gに溶解し、イオン交換樹脂(MB-1:オルガノ社製)50gを添加し、6時間撹拌した。次いで、4リットルの水の中でポリイミド前駆体樹脂を沈殿させ、水-ポリイミド前駆体樹脂混合物を500rpmの速度で15分間撹拌した。混合物を濾過してポリイミド前駆体樹脂を取得し、減圧下、45℃で2日間乾燥しポリイミド前駆体(SP-4)を得た。ポリイミド前駆体(SP-4)は、下記式(SP-4)で表される繰返し単位を有する樹脂である。繰返し単位の構造は、H-NMRスペクトルから決定した。
[Synthesis Example SP-4: Synthesis of polyimide precursor (SP-4)]
17.01 g (74.9 mmol) of pyromellitic anhydride, 19.72 g (151 mmol) of 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate, 0.05 g of hydroquinone, 19.72 g (333 mmol) of pyridine, and 100 g of diglyme were mixed and stirred at a temperature of 60° C. for 5 hours to produce a diester of pyromellitic anhydride and 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate. The mixture was then cooled to −10° C., and 18.21 g (151 mmol) of thionyl chloride was added dropwise over 90 minutes and stirred for 2 hours to obtain a white precipitate of pyridinium hydrochloride. Then, 10.5 g (55.2 mmol) of 3,4′-diaminodiphenyl ether dissolved in 100 mL of NMP was added dropwise over 2 hours. Then, 10.0 g (217 mmol) of ethanol was added, and the mixture was stirred for 2 hours. Next, the polyimide precursor resin was precipitated in 4 liters of water, and the water-polyimide precursor resin mixture was stirred at a speed of 500 rpm for 15 minutes. The mixture was filtered to obtain a polyimide precursor resin, which was again stirred in 4 liters of water for 30 minutes, filtered again, and dried at 40°C for 2 days. Next, the resin dried above was dissolved in 200 g of tetrahydrofuran, 50 g of ion exchange resin (MB-1: manufactured by Organo Corporation) was added, and the mixture was stirred for 6 hours. Next, the polyimide precursor resin was precipitated in 4 liters of water, and the water-polyimide precursor resin mixture was stirred at a speed of 500 rpm for 15 minutes. The mixture was filtered to obtain a polyimide precursor resin, which was dried at 45°C under reduced pressure for 2 days to obtain a polyimide precursor (SP-4). The polyimide precursor (SP-4) is a resin having a repeating unit represented by the following formula (SP-4). The structure of the repeating unit was determined from 1 H-NMR spectrum.
〔合成例SP-5:ポリイミド前駆体(SP-5)の合成〕
 15.15g(68.1ミリモル)のピロメリット酸無水物と、18.12g(139ミリモル)の2-ヒドロキシエチルメタクリレートと、0.05gのハイドロキノンと、23.93g(303ミリモル)のピリジンと、100gのダイグライムとを混合し、60℃の温度で5時間撹拌して、ピロメリット酸無水物と、2-ヒドロキシエチルメタクリレートのジエステルを製造した。次いで、混合物を-10℃まで冷却した後、塩化チオニル17.02g(141ミリモル)を90分かけて滴下し、2時間撹拌し、ピリジニウムヒドロクロリドの白色沈澱が得られた。次いで、2,2’-ビス(トリフルオロメチル)ベンジジン14.62g(45.6ミリモル)をNMP 100mL中に溶解させたものを、2時間かけて滴下した。次いで、エタノール 10.0g(217ミリモル)を加え、混合物を2時間撹拌した。次いで、4リットルの水の中でポリイミド前駆体樹脂を沈殿させ、水-ポリイミド前駆体樹脂混合物を500rpmの速度で15分間撹拌した。混合物を濾過してポリイミド前駆体樹脂を取得し、4リットルの水の中で再度30分間撹拌し再び濾過し、40℃で2日乾燥した。続いて、上記で乾燥した樹脂をテトラヒドロフラン200gに溶解し、イオン交換樹脂(MB-1:オルガノ社製)50gを添加し、6時間撹拌した。次いで、4リットルの水の中でポリイミド前駆体樹脂を沈殿させ、水-ポリイミド前駆体樹脂混合物を500rpmの速度で15分間撹拌した。混合物を濾過してポリイミド前駆体樹脂を取得し、減圧下、45℃で2日間乾燥しポリイミド前駆体(SP-5)を得た。ポリイミド前駆体(SP-5)は、下記式(SP-5)で表される繰返し単位を有する樹脂である。繰返し単位の構造は、H-NMRスペクトルから決定した。
[Synthesis Example SP-5: Synthesis of polyimide precursor (SP-5)]
15.15 g (68.1 mmol) of pyromellitic anhydride, 18.12 g (139 mmol) of 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate, 0.05 g of hydroquinone, 23.93 g (303 mmol) of pyridine, and 100 g of diglyme were mixed and stirred at a temperature of 60° C. for 5 hours to produce a diester of pyromellitic anhydride and 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate. The mixture was then cooled to −10° C., and 17.02 g (141 mmol) of thionyl chloride was added dropwise over 90 minutes and stirred for 2 hours to obtain a white precipitate of pyridinium hydrochloride. Then, 14.62 g (45.6 mmol) of 2,2′-bis(trifluoromethyl)benzidine dissolved in 100 mL of NMP was added dropwise over 2 hours. Then, 10.0 g (217 mmol) of ethanol was added, and the mixture was stirred for 2 hours. Next, the polyimide precursor resin was precipitated in 4 liters of water, and the water-polyimide precursor resin mixture was stirred at a speed of 500 rpm for 15 minutes. The mixture was filtered to obtain a polyimide precursor resin, which was again stirred in 4 liters of water for 30 minutes, filtered again, and dried at 40°C for 2 days. Next, the resin dried above was dissolved in 200 g of tetrahydrofuran, 50 g of ion exchange resin (MB-1: manufactured by Organo Corporation) was added, and the mixture was stirred for 6 hours. Next, the polyimide precursor resin was precipitated in 4 liters of water, and the water-polyimide precursor resin mixture was stirred at a speed of 500 rpm for 15 minutes. The mixture was filtered to obtain a polyimide precursor resin, which was dried at 45°C under reduced pressure for 2 days to obtain a polyimide precursor (SP-5). The polyimide precursor (SP-5) is a resin having a repeating unit represented by the following formula (SP-5). The structure of the repeating unit was determined from 1 H-NMR spectrum.
〔合成例SP-6:ポリイミド前駆体(SP-6)の合成〕
 22.74g(43.6ミリモル)の4,4’-(4,4’-イソプロピリデンジフェノキシ)ジフタル酸無水物と、11.60g(88.9ミリモル)の2-ヒドロキシエチルメタクリレートと、0.05gのハイドロキノンと、15.31g(194ミリモル)のピリジンと、100gのダイグライムとを混合し、60℃の温度で5時間撹拌して、4,4’-(4,4’-イソプロピリデンジフェノキシ)ジフタル酸無水物と、2-ヒドロキシエチルメタクリレートのジエステルを製造した。次いで、混合物を-10℃まで冷却した後、塩化チオニル10.89g(90.5ミリモル)を90分かけて滴下し、2時間撹拌し、ピリジニウムヒドロクロリドの白色沈澱が得られた。次いで、4,4’-イソプロピリデンビス[(4-アミノフェノキシ)ベンゼン] 11.45g(27.9ミリモル)をNMP 100mL中に溶解させたものを、2時間かけて滴下した。次いで、エタノール 10.0g(217ミリモル)を加え、混合物を2時間撹拌した。次いで、4リットルの水の中でポリイミド前駆体樹脂を沈殿させ、水-ポリイミド前駆体樹脂混合物を500rpmの速度で15分間撹拌した。混合物を濾過してポリイミド前駆体樹脂を取得し、4リットルの水の中で再度30分間撹拌し再び濾過し、40℃で2日乾燥した。続いて、上記で乾燥した樹脂をテトラヒドロフラン200gに溶解し、イオン交換樹脂(MB-1:オルガノ社製)50gを添加し、6時間撹拌した。次いで、4リットルの水の中でポリイミド前駆体樹脂を沈殿させ、水-ポリイミド前駆体樹脂混合物を500rpmの速度で15分間撹拌した。混合物を濾過してポリイミド前駆体樹脂を取得し、減圧下、45℃で2日間乾燥しポリイミド前駆体(SP-6)を得た。ポリイミド前駆体(SP-6)は、下記式(SP-6)で表される繰返し単位を有する樹脂である。繰返し単位の構造は、H-NMRスペクトルから決定した。
[Synthesis Example SP-6: Synthesis of polyimide precursor (SP-6)]
22.74 g (43.6 mmol) of 4,4'-(4,4'-isopropylidenediphenoxy)diphthalic anhydride, 11.60 g (88.9 mmol) of 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate, 0.05 g of hydroquinone, 15.31 g (194 mmol) of pyridine, and 100 g of diglyme were mixed and stirred at a temperature of 60° C. for 5 hours to produce a diester of 4,4'-(4,4'-isopropylidenediphenoxy)diphthalic anhydride and 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate. The mixture was then cooled to −10° C., and 10.89 g (90.5 mmol) of thionyl chloride was added dropwise over 90 minutes and stirred for 2 hours to obtain a white precipitate of pyridinium hydrochloride. Next, 11.45 g (27.9 mmol) of 4,4'-isopropylidenebis[(4-aminophenoxy)benzene] dissolved in 100 mL of NMP was added dropwise over 2 hours. Then, 10.0 g (217 mmol) of ethanol was added, and the mixture was stirred for 2 hours. Next, the polyimide precursor resin was precipitated in 4 liters of water, and the water-polyimide precursor resin mixture was stirred at a speed of 500 rpm for 15 minutes. The mixture was filtered to obtain the polyimide precursor resin, which was again stirred in 4 liters of water for 30 minutes, filtered again, and dried at 40°C for 2 days. Next, the resin dried above was dissolved in 200 g of tetrahydrofuran, and 50 g of ion exchange resin (MB-1: manufactured by Organo Corporation) was added, and the mixture was stirred for 6 hours. Next, the polyimide precursor resin was precipitated in 4 liters of water, and the water-polyimide precursor resin mixture was stirred at a speed of 500 rpm for 15 minutes. The mixture was filtered to obtain a polyimide precursor resin, which was then dried under reduced pressure at 45° C. for 2 days to obtain a polyimide precursor (SP-6). The polyimide precursor (SP-6) is a resin having a repeating unit represented by the following formula (SP-6). The structure of the repeating unit was determined from 1 H-NMR spectrum.
〔合成例SP-7:ポリイミド前駆体(SP-7)の合成〕
 14.71g(50.0ミリモル)の3,3’,4,4’-ビフェニルテトラカルボン酸二無水物と、13.26g(102ミリモル)の2-ヒドロキシエチルメタクリレートと、0.05gのハイドロキノンと17.60g(223ミリモル)のピリジンと100gのダイグライムとを混合し、60℃の温度で5時間撹拌して、3,3’,4,4’-ビフェニルテトラカルボン酸二無水物と、2-ヒドロキシエチルメタクリレートのジエステルを製造した。次いで、混合物を-10℃まで冷却した後、塩化チオニル12.35g(104ミリモル)を90分かけて滴下し、2時間撹拌し、ピリジニウムヒドロクロリドの白色沈澱が得られた。次いで、p-フェニレンジアミン3.46g(32.0ミリモル)をNMP 100mL中に溶解させたものを、2時間かけて滴下した。次いで、エタノール 11.46g(249ミリモル)を加え、混合物を2時間撹拌した。次いで、4リットルの水の中でポリイミド前駆体樹脂を沈殿させ、水-ポリイミド前駆体樹脂混合物を500rpmの速度で15分間撹拌した。混合物を濾過してポリイミド前駆体樹脂を取得し、4リットルの水の中で再度30分間撹拌し再び濾過し、40℃で2日乾燥した。続いて、上記で乾燥した樹脂をテトラヒドロフラン200gに溶解し、イオン交換樹脂(MB-1:オルガノ社製)50gを添加し、6時間撹拌した。次いで、4リットルの水の中でポリイミド前駆体樹脂を沈殿させ、水-ポリイミド前駆体樹脂混合物を500rpmの速度で15分間撹拌した。混合物を濾過してポリイミド前駆体樹脂を取得し、減圧下、45℃で2日間乾燥しポリイミド前駆体(SP-7)を得た。ポリイミド前駆体(SP-1)は、下記式(SP-1)で表される繰返し単位を有する樹脂である。繰返し単位の構造は、H-NMRスペクトルから決定した。
[Synthesis Example SP-7: Synthesis of polyimide precursor (SP-7)]
14.71 g (50.0 mmol) of 3,3',4,4'-biphenyltetracarboxylic dianhydride, 13.26 g (102 mmol) of 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate, 0.05 g of hydroquinone, 17.60 g (223 mmol) of pyridine, and 100 g of diglyme were mixed and stirred at a temperature of 60°C for 5 hours to produce a diester of 3,3',4,4'-biphenyltetracarboxylic dianhydride and 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate. The mixture was then cooled to -10°C, and 12.35 g (104 mmol) of thionyl chloride was added dropwise over 90 minutes and stirred for 2 hours to obtain a white precipitate of pyridinium hydrochloride. Then, 3.46 g (32.0 mmol) of p-phenylenediamine dissolved in 100 mL of NMP was added dropwise over 2 hours. Then, 11.46 g (249 mmol) of ethanol was added, and the mixture was stirred for 2 hours. Next, the polyimide precursor resin was precipitated in 4 liters of water, and the water-polyimide precursor resin mixture was stirred at a speed of 500 rpm for 15 minutes. The mixture was filtered to obtain a polyimide precursor resin, which was stirred again in 4 liters of water for 30 minutes, filtered again, and dried at 40°C for 2 days. Next, the resin dried above was dissolved in 200 g of tetrahydrofuran, and 50 g of ion exchange resin (MB-1: manufactured by Organo Corporation) was added and stirred for 6 hours. Next, the polyimide precursor resin was precipitated in 4 liters of water, and the water-polyimide precursor resin mixture was stirred at a speed of 500 rpm for 15 minutes. The mixture was filtered to obtain a polyimide precursor resin, which was dried under reduced pressure at 45°C for 2 days to obtain a polyimide precursor (SP-7). The polyimide precursor (SP-1) is a resin having a repeating unit represented by the following formula (SP-1). The structure of the repeating unit was determined from 1 H-NMR spectrum.
〔合成例SP-8:ポリイミド前駆体(SP-8)の合成〕
 ピロメリット酸無水物のうち30モル%を4,4’-(4,4’-イソプロピリデンジフェノキシ)ジフタル酸無水物に置き換えた以外は、合成例SP-5と同様の操作で、ポリイミド前駆体(SP-8)を得た。ポリイミド前駆体(SP-8)は、下記式(SP-8)で表される繰返し単位を有する樹脂である。繰返し単位の構造は、H-NMRスペクトルから決定した。
[Synthesis Example SP-8: Synthesis of polyimide precursor (SP-8)]
A polyimide precursor (SP-8) was obtained in the same manner as in Synthesis Example SP-5, except that 30 mol % of the pyromellitic anhydride was replaced with 4,4'-(4,4'-isopropylidenediphenoxy)diphthalic anhydride. The polyimide precursor (SP-8) is a resin having a repeating unit represented by the following formula (SP-8). The structure of the repeating unit was determined from 1H -NMR spectrum.
〔合成例SP-9:ポリイミド前駆体(SP-9)の合成〕
 22.74g(43.6ミリモル)の4,4’-(4,4’-イソプロピリデンジフェノキシ)ジフタル酸無水物を、合計モル量が43.6ミリモルとなるようにしたピロメリット酸(75モル%)と4,4’-(4,4’-イソプロピリデンジフェノキシ)ジフタル酸無水物(25モル%)に変更し、4,4’-イソプロピリデンビス[(4-アミノフェノキシ)ベンゼン] 11.45g(27.9ミリモル)を27.9ミリモルの2,2’-ジメチルベンジジンに変更した以外は、合成例SP-6と同様の方法により、ポリイミド(SP-9)を得た。ポリイミド前駆体(SP-9)は、下記式(SP-9)で表される繰返し単位を有する樹脂である。繰返し単位の構造は、H-NMRスペクトルから決定した。
[Synthesis Example SP-9: Synthesis of polyimide precursor (SP-9)]
A polyimide (SP-9) was obtained in the same manner as in Synthesis Example SP-6, except that 22.74 g (43.6 mmol) of 4,4'-(4,4'-isopropylidenediphenoxy)diphthalic anhydride was changed to pyromellitic acid (75 mol%) and 4,4'-(4,4'-isopropylidenediphenoxy)diphthalic anhydride (25 mol%) in such a way that the total molar amount was 43.6 mmol, and 11.45 g (27.9 mmol) of 4,4'-isopropylidenebis[(4-aminophenoxy)benzene] was changed to 27.9 mmol of 2,2'-dimethylbenzidine. The polyimide precursor (SP-9) is a resin having a repeating unit represented by the following formula (SP-9). The structure of the repeating unit was determined from 1 H-NMR spectrum.
〔合成例CP-1~CP-4:ポリイミド前駆体(CP-1)~(CP-4の合成〕
 4,4’-ジアミノジフェニルエーテルの添加量を変更した以外は合成例SP-1と同様の操作で、ポリイミド前駆体(CP-1)~(CP-4)を得た。ポリイミド前駆体(CP-1)~(CP-4)は、上述の式(SP-1)で表される繰返し単位を有する樹脂である。繰返し単位の構造は、H-NMRスペクトルから決定した。
 得られたポリイミド前駆体の重量平均分子量及び数平均分子量は表に示すとおりである。
[Synthesis Examples CP-1 to CP-4: Synthesis of Polyimide Precursors (CP-1) to (CP-4)]
Polyimide precursors (CP-1) to (CP-4) were obtained in the same manner as in Synthesis Example SP-1, except that the amount of 4,4'-diaminodiphenyl ether added was changed. Polyimide precursors (CP-1) to (CP-4) are resins having a repeating unit represented by the above formula (SP-1). The structure of the repeating unit was determined from 1H -NMR spectrum.
The weight average molecular weight and number average molecular weight of the obtained polyimide precursor are shown in the table.
<ポリイミド前駆体の原料及び物性>
 下記表に、上述のポリイミド前駆体(SP-1)~(SP-9)及び(CP-1)~(CP-4)の合成に用いた原料である酸無水物及びジアミンの構造、重量平均分子量(Mw)、数平均分子量(Mn)、分散度(Mw/Mn)、カルボン酸価(mmol/g)、アミン価(mmol/g)、及び、pHをそれぞれ記載した。
<Raw materials and properties of polyimide precursor>
The following table shows the structures, weight average molecular weight (Mw), number average molecular weight (Mn), dispersity (Mw/Mn), carboxylic acid value (mmol/g), amine value (mmol/g), and pH of the acid anhydrides and diamines, which are raw materials used in the synthesis of the above-mentioned polyimide precursors (SP-1) to (SP-9) and (CP-1) to (CP-4).
 表中の略語の詳細は以下の通りである。 Details of the abbreviations in the table are as follows:
-酸無水物(カルボン酸二無水物)-
・OPDA、BPDA、PMDA、BPADA:下記構造の化合物。
-Acid anhydride (carboxylic acid dianhydride)-
OPDA, BPDA, PMDA, BPADA: compounds having the following structures.
-ジアミン-
・sODA、aODA、DAB、TFMB、BAPP、DMB:下記構造の化合物。
-Diamine-
- sODA, aODA, DAB, TFMB, BAPP, DMB: compounds having the following structures.
 また、表中に記載した重量平均分子量(Mw)、数平均分子量(Mn)、分散度(Mw/Mn)、カルボン酸価(mmol/g)、アミン価(mmol/g)、及び、pHの測定方法は以下の通りである。 The methods for measuring the weight average molecular weight (Mw), number average molecular weight (Mn), dispersity (Mw/Mn), carboxylic acid value (mmol/g), amine value (mmol/g), and pH listed in the table are as follows.
〔重量平均分子量(Mw)、数平均分子量(Mn)、分散度(Mw/Mn)の測定方法〕
 重量平均分子量(Mw)、数平均分子量(Mn)及び分散度(Mw/Mn)は、ゲル浸透クロマトグラフィ(GPC)法を用いて測定した。
 具体的には、HLC-8220GPC(東ソー(株)製)を用い、カラムとしてガードカラムHZ-L、TSKgel Super HZM-M、TSKgel Super HZ4000、TSKgel Super HZ3000、及び、TSKgel Super HZ2000(以上、東ソー(株)製)を直列に連結して用いた。溶離液としてはNMPを用いて測定した。また、検出にはUV線(紫外線)の波長254nm検出器を使用した。基準サンプルとしてはポリスチレンを用いた。流速は0.35mL/minとし、カラム温度は40℃とした。
 測定結果である重量平均分子量は表の「Mw」の欄に、数平均分子量は表の「Mn」の欄に、分散度(重量平均分子量/数平均分子量)の値は表の「Mw/Mn」に、それぞれ記載した。
[Methods for measuring weight average molecular weight (Mw), number average molecular weight (Mn), and dispersity (Mw/Mn)]
The weight average molecular weight (Mw), number average molecular weight (Mn) and dispersity (Mw/Mn) were measured by gel permeation chromatography (GPC).
Specifically, HLC-8220GPC (manufactured by Tosoh Corporation) was used, and guard columns HZ-L, TSKgel Super HZM-M, TSKgel Super HZ4000, TSKgel Super HZ3000, and TSKgel Super HZ2000 (all manufactured by Tosoh Corporation) were connected in series as columns. NMP was used as the eluent for measurement. A UV (ultraviolet) ray (ultraviolet) wavelength 254 nm detector was used for detection. Polystyrene was used as the reference sample. The flow rate was 0.35 mL/min, and the column temperature was 40°C.
The measured weight average molecular weight is shown in the "Mw" column of the table, the number average molecular weight is shown in the "Mn" column of the table, and the dispersity (weight average molecular weight/number average molecular weight) value is shown in the "Mw/Mn" column of the table.
〔pHの測定方法〕
 ビーカーに各ポリイミド前駆体を、それぞれ0.30g秤量し、ジメチルスルホキシド60mLを添加し、各ポリイミド前駆体の0.5質量%溶液を得た。上記溶液のpHを下記の装置で測定した。測定結果は表の「pH」の欄に記載した。
<測定装置>
pH計:HM-42(東亜ディーケーケー(株)製)
電極:GST-58415(東亜ディーケーケー(株)製)
電極内部液:3.3mol/L塩化カリウム水溶液(富士フイルム和光純薬(株)製)
[Method of measuring pH]
0.30 g of each polyimide precursor was weighed out in a beaker, and 60 mL of dimethyl sulfoxide was added to obtain a 0.5 mass % solution of each polyimide precursor. The pH of the above solution was measured using the following device. The measurement results are shown in the "pH" column of the table.
<Measurement Equipment>
pH meter: HM-42 (manufactured by DKK-TOA Corporation)
Electrode: GST-58415 (manufactured by DKK-TOA Corporation)
Electrode internal solution: 3.3 mol/L potassium chloride aqueous solution (manufactured by FUJIFILM Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd.)
〔カルボン酸価の測定方法〕
 ビーカーに各ポリイミド前駆体を、それぞれ0.30g秤量し、N-メチルピロリドンを80mL、純水を5mL添加し、溶解して溶液を得た。
上記溶液のカルボン酸価を下記の装置で測定した。測定結果は表の「カルボン酸価(mmol/g)」の欄に記載した。
<測定装置>
自動滴定装置:AT-510(京都電子工業(株)製)
滴定液:0.01N(0.01mol/L)水酸化ナトリウム水溶液
電極:C-173(AT-510(京都電子工業(株)製)
電極内部液:3.3mol/L塩化カリウム水溶液(富士フイルム和光純薬(株)製)
[Method of measuring carboxylic acid value]
0.30 g of each polyimide precursor was weighed out and placed in a beaker, and 80 mL of N-methylpyrrolidone and 5 mL of pure water were added thereto, followed by dissolution to obtain a solution.
The carboxylic acid value of the above solution was measured using the following device. The measurement results are shown in the "Carboxylic acid value (mmol/g)" column in the table.
<Measurement Equipment>
Automatic titrator: AT-510 (Kyoto Electronics Manufacturing Co., Ltd.)
Titration solution: 0.01N (0.01 mol/L) sodium hydroxide aqueous solution Electrode: C-173 (AT-510 (Kyoto Electronics Manufacturing Co., Ltd.)
Electrode internal solution: 3.3 mol/L potassium chloride aqueous solution (manufactured by FUJIFILM Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd.)
〔アミン価の測定方法〕
 ビーカーに各ポリイミド前駆体を、それぞれ0.30g秤量し、ジエチレングリコールジメチルエーテルを50mL、酢酸を10mL添加し、溶解して溶液を得た。上記溶液のアミン価を下記の装置で測定した。
<測定装置>
自動滴定装置:AT-510(京都電子工業(株)製)
滴定液:0.001N(0.001mol/L)過塩素酸酢酸溶液
電極:C-173(AT-510(京都電子工業(株)製)
電極内部液:3.3mol/L塩化リチウム酢酸溶液(京都電子工業(株)製)
[Method of measuring amine value]
0.30 g of each polyimide precursor was weighed out in a beaker, and 50 mL of diethylene glycol dimethyl ether and 10 mL of acetic acid were added thereto to dissolve the precursor, thereby obtaining a solution. The amine value of the solution was measured using the following apparatus.
<Measurement Equipment>
Automatic titrator: AT-510 (Kyoto Electronics Manufacturing Co., Ltd.)
Titration solution: 0.001N (0.001mol/L) perchloric acid acetic acid solution Electrode: C-173 (AT-510 (Kyoto Electronics Manufacturing Co., Ltd.)
Electrode internal solution: 3.3 mol/L lithium chloride acetic acid solution (Kyoto Electronics Manufacturing Co., Ltd.)
<実施例及び比較例>
 各実施例において、それぞれ、下記表に記載の成分を混合し、各樹脂組成物を得た。また、各比較例において、それぞれ、下記表に記載の成分を混合し、各比較用組成物を得た。
 具体的には、表に記載の各成分の含有量は、表の各欄の「質量部」の欄に記載の量(質量部)とした。
 得られた樹脂組成物及び比較用組成物を、細孔の幅が0.45μmのPTFE(ポリテトラフルオロエチレン)製フィルターを用いて加圧ろ過した。
 また、表中、「-」の記載は該当する成分を組成物が含有していないことを示している。
<Examples and Comparative Examples>
In each of the examples, the components shown in the following table were mixed to obtain a resin composition. In each of the comparative examples, the components shown in the following table were mixed to obtain a comparative composition.
Specifically, the content of each component shown in the table is the amount (parts by mass) shown in the "parts by mass" column of each column in the table.
The obtained resin composition and comparative composition were filtered under pressure using a PTFE (polytetrafluoroethylene) filter having a pore width of 0.45 μm.
In the table, "-" indicates that the composition does not contain the corresponding component.
 表に記載した各成分の詳細は下記の通りである。 Details of each ingredient listed in the table are as follows:
〔ポリイミド前駆体〕
・SP-1~SP-9:上記で合成したポリイミド前駆体(SP-1)~(SP-9)
・CP-1~CP-4:上記で合成したポリイミド前駆体(CP-1)~(CP-4)
[Polyimide precursor]
SP-1 to SP-9: Polyimide precursors (SP-1) to (SP-9) synthesized above
CP-1 to CP-4: Polyimide precursors (CP-1) to (CP-4) synthesized above
〔重合性化合物〕
・B-1:下記構造の化合物
 
・B-2:SR-209(サートマー社製)
[Polymerizable Compound]
B-1: Compound having the following structure

B-2: SR-209 (manufactured by Sartomer)
〔光重合開始剤〕
・C-1:IRGACURE OXE 01(BASF社製)
・C-2:IRGACURE784(BASF社製)
・C-3:下記構造の化合物
・C-4:下記構造の化合物
[Photopolymerization initiator]
C-1: IRGACURE OXE 01 (manufactured by BASF)
C-2: IRGACURE784 (manufactured by BASF)
C-3: Compound having the following structure C-4: Compound having the following structure
〔熱塩基発生剤〕
・C-5:下記構造の化合物
・C-6:下記構造の化合物
[Thermal Base Generator]
C-5: Compound having the following structure C-6: Compound having the following structure
〔重合禁止剤〕
・D-1:下記構造の化合物
・D-2:1,4-ベンゾキノン
・D-3:2-ニトロソ-1-ナフト-ル
[Polymerization inhibitor]
D-1: Compound having the following structure D-2: 1,4-benzoquinone D-3: 2-nitroso-1-naphthol
〔シランカップリング剤〕
・F-1:下記構造の化合物
・F-2:X-12-1293(信越化学工業株式会社製)
・F-3:KR-513(信越化学工業株式会社製)
〔Silane coupling agent〕
F-1: Compound having the following structure F-2: X-12-1293 (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.)
・F-3: KR-513 (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.)
〔マイグレーション抑制剤〕
・G-1:下記構造の化合物
・G-2:テトラゾール
・G-3:5-メチル-1H-ベンゾトリアゾール
[Migration Inhibitor]
G-1: Compound having the following structure G-2: Tetrazole G-3: 5-methyl-1H-benzotriazole
〔その他の添加剤〕
・1:2,2’,3,3’-テトラヒドロ-3,3,3’,3’-テトラメチル-1,1’-スピロビ(1H-インデン)-5,5’,6,6’,7,7’ヘキサノールと1,2-ナフトキノン-(2)-ジアゾ-5-スルホン酸とのエステル(ジアゾナフトキノン化合物1)
・2:下記合成品(ジアゾナフトキノン化合物2、下記合成品)
・3:下記構造の化合物(チタン化合物1)
・4:下記構造の化合物(チタン化合物2)
・5:UV-503(大東化学(株)製)
[Other additives]
1: Ester of 2,2',3,3'-tetrahydro-3,3,3',3'-tetramethyl-1,1'-spirobi(1H-indene)-5,5',6,6',7,7'hexanol and 1,2-naphthoquinone-(2)-diazo-5-sulfonic acid (diazonaphthoquinone compound 1)
2: The following synthetic product (diazonaphthoquinone compound 2, the following synthetic product)
3: Compound having the following structure (titanium compound 1)
4: Compound having the following structure (titanium compound 2)
5: UV-503 (manufactured by Daito Chemical Co., Ltd.)
<その他の添加剤:ジアゾナフトキノン化合物2の合成>
 フラスコに4,4’-(1-(2-(4ヒドロキシフェニル)-2-プロピル)フェニル)エチリデン)ビスフェノール(本州化学工業(株)製:Tris-PA)を29.72g(70ミリモル)を添加した。続いて、アセトン300gに1,2-ナフトキノンジアジド-5-スルホン酸クロライドを46.93g(174.9ミリモル)、トリエチルアミン17.9gを撹拌溶解し、滴下ロートを用いてフラスコに30分かけて滴下し、内温30℃で30分撹拌した。続いて、塩酸を滴下して、更に30分撹拌した。続いて、ビーカーに純水1640gと塩酸30gの溶解液を準備し、これに、反応液中の塩酸塩をろ過したろ液を滴下し、析出物をろ過、水洗し、40℃で50時間真空乾燥し、ジアゾナフトキノン化合物I-3を得た。
<Other Additives: Synthesis of Diazonaphthoquinone Compound 2>
29.72 g (70 mmol) of 4,4'-(1-(2-(4-hydroxyphenyl)-2-propyl)phenyl)ethylidene)bisphenol (Tris-PA, manufactured by Honshu Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) was added to the flask. Then, 46.93 g (174.9 mmol) of 1,2-naphthoquinone diazide-5-sulfonic acid chloride and 17.9 g of triethylamine were dissolved in 300 g of acetone with stirring, and the mixture was dropped into the flask using a dropping funnel over 30 minutes, and stirred for 30 minutes at an internal temperature of 30°C. Then, hydrochloric acid was dropped and the mixture was stirred for another 30 minutes. Then, a solution of 1640 g of pure water and 30 g of hydrochloric acid was prepared in a beaker, and the filtrate obtained by filtering the hydrochloride in the reaction solution was dropped into this, and the precipitate was filtered, washed with water, and vacuum dried at 40°C for 50 hours to obtain diazonaphthoquinone compound I-3.
<その他の添加剤:チタン化合物1の構造>
<Other Additives: Structure of Titanium Compound 1>
<その他の添加剤:チタン化合物2の構造>
<Other Additives: Structure of Titanium Compound 2>
〔溶剤〕
・E-1:γ-ブチロラクトン(GBL)とジメチルスルホキシド(DMSO)の混合液(GBL:DMSO=8:2(質量比))
〔solvent〕
E-1: A mixture of γ-butyrolactone (GBL) and dimethyl sulfoxide (DMSO) (GBL:DMSO = 8:2 (mass ratio))
<評価>
〔解像性の評価〕
 各実施例又は各比較例において、シリコン基板(Si基板)上に、樹脂組成物又は比較用組成物をスピンコート法で塗布し、一番厚い箇所で塗布膜の乾燥後の膜厚が8μmになるように、塗布回転数を調整して塗膜を形成し、100℃のホットプレートを用いて300秒間加熱処理を行い乾燥し、樹脂組成物層を形成した。樹脂組成物層に対し、ステッパー露光装置FPA-3000i5+(Canon(株)製)を使用して、直径3~5μmのホールパターンが1μm刻みの大きさで形成されたマスクを介してi線(365nmの波長の光)を150mJ/cm照射した。次いで、露光後の樹脂組成物層が形成されているSi基板をスピン・シャワー現像機(DW-30型;(株)ケミトロニクス製)の水平回転テーブル上に載置してシクロペンタノンを用いて23℃で15秒間現像を行ない、未露光部を現像除去した。その後、PGMEAで、それぞれ15秒間リンスを行った。次いで、窒素オーブンにて窒素雰囲気下で、10℃/分の昇温速度で昇温し、230℃に達した後、その温度で180分間加熱処理を実施することで、Si基板上にパターンを形成した。形成されたパターンについて、以下の基準で解像性を評価した。評価結果は表の「解像性」の欄に記載した。直径小さいパターンを形成できるほど、組成物から得られる膜は解像性に優れる。
(評価基準)
A:厚さ8μmにて、直径3μmのホールパターンを形成できた。
B:厚さ8μmにて、直径4μmのホールパターンを形成できたが、直径3μmのホールパターンは形成できなかった。
C:厚さ8μmにて、直径5μmのホールパターンを形成できたが、直径4μmのホールパターンは形成できなかった。
<Evaluation>
[Evaluation of Resolution]
In each example or comparative example, the resin composition or comparative composition was applied onto a silicon substrate (Si substrate) by spin coating, and the coating rotation speed was adjusted so that the thickness of the coating film after drying at the thickest point was 8 μm, and a coating film was formed by heating for 300 seconds using a hot plate at 100 ° C. and drying to form a resin composition layer. The resin composition layer was irradiated with 150 mJ / cm 2 i-line (light with a wavelength of 365 nm) using a stepper exposure device FPA- 3000i5 + (manufactured by Canon Co., Ltd.) through a mask in which a hole pattern with a diameter of 3 to 5 μm was formed in 1 μm increments. Next, the Si substrate on which the exposed resin composition layer was formed was placed on the horizontal rotating table of a spin shower developer (DW-30 type; manufactured by Chemitronics Co., Ltd.) and developed using cyclopentanone at 23 ° C. for 15 seconds, and the unexposed portion was developed and removed. Then, each was rinsed for 15 seconds with PGMEA. Next, the composition was heated in a nitrogen oven at a heating rate of 10° C./min under a nitrogen atmosphere, and after reaching 230° C., a heat treatment was carried out at that temperature for 180 minutes to form a pattern on the Si substrate. The resolution of the formed pattern was evaluated according to the following criteria. The evaluation results are shown in the "Resolution" column in the table. The smaller the diameter of the pattern that can be formed, the better the resolution of the film obtained from the composition.
(Evaluation criteria)
A: A hole pattern with a diameter of 3 μm could be formed at a thickness of 8 μm.
B: At a thickness of 8 μm, a hole pattern with a diameter of 4 μm could be formed, but a hole pattern with a diameter of 3 μm could not be formed.
C: At a thickness of 8 μm, a hole pattern with a diameter of 5 μm could be formed, but a hole pattern with a diameter of 4 μm could not be formed.
〔残膜率の評価〕
 各実施例又は各比較例において、上記「解像性の評価」と同様の方法により、シリコン基板(Si基板)上に樹脂組成物層を形成した。樹脂組成物層に対し、ステッパー露光装置FPA-3000i5+(Canon(株)製)を使用して、i線(365nmの波長の光)を150mJ/cm照射した。露光は、全面露光として行った。次いで、露光後の樹脂組成物層に対し、シクロペンタノンを用いて、23℃で15秒間現像を行った。上記現像後、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート(PGMEA)で、それぞれ15秒間リンスを行った。次いで、窒素オーブンにて窒素雰囲気下で、10℃/分の昇温速度で昇温し、230℃に達した後、その温度で180分間加熱処理を実施して硬化膜を得た。加熱処理の実施後、現像前の膜厚と加熱処理後の膜厚(すなわち、硬化膜の膜厚)から下記式により残膜率(%)を算出し、以下の評価基準に従い残膜率を評価した。評価結果は表の「残膜率」の欄に記載した。
残膜率(%)=(加熱処理後の膜厚/現像前の膜厚)×100
(評価基準)
A:残膜率が63%以上であった。
B:残膜率が60%以上、63%未満であった。
C:残膜率が60%未満であった。
[Evaluation of film remaining rate]
In each example or each comparative example, a resin composition layer was formed on a silicon substrate (Si substrate) by the same method as in the above "Evaluation of resolution". The resin composition layer was irradiated with i-line (light with a wavelength of 365 nm) at 150 mJ/cm 2 using a stepper exposure device FPA-3000i5+ (manufactured by Canon Corporation). Exposure was performed as a full surface exposure. Next, the resin composition layer after exposure was developed at 23 ° C. for 15 seconds using cyclopentanone. After the above development, each was rinsed for 15 seconds with propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate (PGMEA). Next, the temperature was raised at a heating rate of 10 ° C./min in a nitrogen atmosphere in a nitrogen oven, and after reaching 230 ° C., a heat treatment was performed at that temperature for 180 minutes to obtain a cured film. After the heat treatment, the remaining film rate (%) was calculated from the film thickness before development and the film thickness after heat treatment (i.e., the film thickness of the cured film) according to the following formula, and the remaining film rate was evaluated according to the following evaluation criteria. The evaluation results are shown in the "Film Remaining Rate" column in the table.
Residual film rate (%)=(film thickness after heat treatment/film thickness before development)×100
(Evaluation criteria)
A: The remaining film rate was 63% or more.
B: The remaining film rate was 60% or more and less than 63%.
C: The remaining film rate was less than 60%.
〔保存安定性の評価〕
 各実施例又は比較例において調製した樹脂組成物又は比較用組成物を、遮光条件下で40℃、3日間にわたって静置した。上記静置の完了後、E型粘度計(東機産業製)を用いて粘度を測定し、初期状態(上記静置実施前)の粘度と比較して、粘度変化率を下記式に従って算出し、以下の評価基準に従って保存安定性を評価した。評価結果は上記表の「保存安定性」の欄に記載した。粘度変化率が小さいほど組成物は保存安定性に優れるといえる。
 粘度変化率(%)=|(上記静置完了後の粘度-上記静置実施前の粘度)|/(上記静置実施前の粘度)×100
(評価基準)
A:粘度変化率が5%未満であった。
B:粘度変化率が5%以上、10%未満であった。
C:粘度変化率が10%以上であった。
[Evaluation of storage stability]
The resin compositions or comparative compositions prepared in each Example or Comparative Example were allowed to stand at 40°C for 3 days under light-shielded conditions. After the standing was completed, the viscosity was measured using an E-type viscometer (manufactured by Toki Sangyo Co., Ltd.) and compared with the viscosity in the initial state (before the standing), the viscosity change rate was calculated according to the following formula, and the storage stability was evaluated according to the following evaluation criteria. The evaluation results are shown in the "Storage stability" column in the above table. It can be said that the smaller the viscosity change rate, the better the storage stability of the composition.
Viscosity change rate (%)=|(viscosity after the completion of the above-mentioned standing still−viscosity before the above-mentioned standing still)|/(viscosity before the above-mentioned standing still)×100
(Evaluation criteria)
A: The viscosity change rate was less than 5%.
B: The viscosity change rate was 5% or more and less than 10%.
C: The viscosity change rate was 10% or more.
〔耐薬品性の評価〕
 各実施例又は各比較例において、上記「残膜率の評価」と同様の手法で硬化膜を作製した。得られた硬化膜をテトラメチルアンモニウムヒドロキシド(TMAH)水溶液に、75℃で15分間浸漬させた後、水で30秒間リンスし、膜厚を測定した。浸漬前後の膜厚の減少率を下記式に従って算出し、以下の基準に従って耐薬品性を評価した。評価結果は上記表の「耐薬品性」の欄に記載した。減少率が低いほど、耐薬品性に優れているといえる。
 膜厚減少率(%)=|(上記浸漬後の膜厚-上記浸漬前の膜厚)|/(上記浸漬前の膜厚)×100
(評価基準)
A:膜厚減少率が7%未満であった。
B:膜厚減少率が7%以上、10%未満であった。
C:膜厚減少率が10%以上であった。
[Evaluation of chemical resistance]
In each Example or Comparative Example, a cured film was prepared in the same manner as in the above "Evaluation of film remaining rate". The obtained cured film was immersed in an aqueous solution of tetramethylammonium hydroxide (TMAH) at 75°C for 15 minutes, then rinsed with water for 30 seconds, and the film thickness was measured. The reduction rate of film thickness before and after immersion was calculated according to the following formula, and the chemical resistance was evaluated according to the following criteria. The evaluation results are shown in the "Chemical resistance" column in the above table. It can be said that the lower the reduction rate, the better the chemical resistance.
Film thickness reduction rate (%)=|(film thickness after immersion−film thickness before immersion)|/(film thickness before immersion)×100
(Evaluation criteria)
A: The film thickness reduction rate was less than 7%.
B: The film thickness reduction rate was 7% or more and less than 10%.
C: The film thickness reduction rate was 10% or more.
 以上の結果から、本発明の樹脂組成物から形成される硬化物は、解像性及び残膜率に優れることが分かる。
 比較例1に係る比較用組成物に含まれるポリイミド前駆体は、重量平均分子量が7,500未満である。また、比較例2に係る比較用組成物に含まれるポリイミド前駆体は、分散度が2.2未満である。これらの比較例に係る比較用組成物から形成される硬化物は、残膜率が小さいことが分かる。
 比較例3に係る比較用組成物に含まれるポリイミド前駆体は、重量平均分子量が18,000を超える。また、比較例4に係る比較用組成物に含まれるポリイミド前駆体は、重量平均分子量が18,000を超え、分散度が2.2未満である。これらの比較例に係る比較用組成物から形成される硬化物は、解像性に劣ることが分かる。
From the above results, it is evident that the cured product formed from the resin composition of the present invention is excellent in resolution and film remaining rate.
The polyimide precursor contained in the comparative composition according to Comparative Example 1 has a weight average molecular weight of less than 7,500. The polyimide precursor contained in the comparative composition according to Comparative Example 2 has a dispersity of less than 2.2. It can be seen that the cured products formed from the comparative compositions according to these Comparative Examples have a small residual film ratio.
The polyimide precursor contained in the comparative composition according to Comparative Example 3 has a weight average molecular weight of more than 18,000. The polyimide precursor contained in the comparative composition according to Comparative Example 4 has a weight average molecular weight of more than 18,000 and a dispersity of less than 2.2. It can be seen that the cured products formed from the comparative compositions according to these Comparative Examples have poor resolution.
<実施例101>
 実施例1において使用した樹脂組成物を、表面に銅薄層が形成された樹脂基材の銅薄層の表面にスピンコート法により層状に適用して、100℃で4分間乾燥し、膜厚20μmの樹脂組成物層を形成した後、ステッパー((株)ニコン製、NSR1505 i6)を用いて露光した。露光はマスク(パターンが1:1ラインアンドスペースであり、線幅が10μmであるバイナリマスク)を介して、波長365nmで行った。露光後、100℃で4分間加熱した。上記加熱後、シクロペンタノンで2分間現像し、PGMEAで30秒間リンスし、層のパターンを得た。
 次いで、窒素雰囲気下で、10℃/分の昇温速度で昇温し、230℃に達した後、230℃で3時間維持して、再配線層用層間絶縁膜を形成した。この再配線層用層間絶縁膜は、絶縁性に優れていた。
 また、これらの再配線層用層間絶縁膜を使用して半導体デバイスを製造したところ、問題なく動作することを確認した。
<Example 101>
The resin composition used in Example 1 was applied in a layer form by spin coating to the surface of the copper thin layer of the resin substrate on which the copper thin layer was formed, and dried at 100°C for 4 minutes to form a resin composition layer with a thickness of 20 μm, and then exposed using a stepper (Nikon Corporation, NSR1505 i6). Exposure was performed at a wavelength of 365 nm through a mask (a binary mask with a 1:1 line and space pattern and a line width of 10 μm). After exposure, the substrate was heated at 100°C for 4 minutes. After the heating, the substrate was developed with cyclopentanone for 2 minutes and rinsed with PGMEA for 30 seconds to obtain a layer pattern.
Next, the temperature was increased at a rate of 10° C./min in a nitrogen atmosphere, and after reaching 230° C., the temperature was maintained at 230° C. for 3 hours to form an interlayer insulating film for a rewiring layer. This interlayer insulating film for a rewiring layer had excellent insulating properties.
Furthermore, when semiconductor devices were manufactured using these interlayer insulating films for redistribution layers, it was confirmed that they operated without any problems.

Claims (17)

  1.  ポリイミド及びその前駆体からなる群より選ばれた少なくとも1種の樹脂であって、重合性基を有する樹脂、及び、
     光重合開始剤を含み、
     前記樹脂の重量平均分子量が7,500~18,000であり、かつ、重量平均分子量/数平均分子量で表される分散度が2.2~4.0である、
     樹脂組成物。
    At least one resin selected from the group consisting of polyimides and precursors thereof, the resin having a polymerizable group; and
    Contains a photopolymerization initiator,
    The weight average molecular weight of the resin is 7,500 to 18,000, and the dispersity expressed by weight average molecular weight/number average molecular weight is 2.2 to 4.0.
    Resin composition.
  2.  前記樹脂がポリイミド前駆体を含み、前記ポリイミド前駆体が、下記式(1)で表される繰返し単位を含む、請求項1に記載の樹脂組成物。

     式(1)中、Xは4価の有機基、Yは2価の有機基であり、R及びRはそれぞれ独立に、水素原子又は1価の有機基であり、R及びRの少なくとも一方はエチレン性不飽和結合を有する1価の基である。
    The resin composition according to claim 1 , wherein the resin comprises a polyimide precursor, and the polyimide precursor comprises a repeating unit represented by the following formula (1):

    In formula (1), X is a tetravalent organic group, Y is a divalent organic group, R1 and R2 are each independently a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group, and at least one of R1 and R2 is a monovalent group having an ethylenically unsaturated bond.
  3.  前記式(1)におけるXが下記式(X-1)~式(X-4)のいずれかであり、かつ、前記式(1)におけるYが下記式(Y-1)~式(Y-5)のいずれかである、請求項2に記載の樹脂組成物。

     式(X-1)~式(X-4)中、*はそれぞれ、式(1)中のXが結合する4つのカルボニル基との結合部位を表す。

     式(Y-1)~式(Y-5)中、*はそれぞれ、式(1)中のYが結合する2つの窒素原子との結合部位を表す。
    The resin composition according to claim 2, wherein X in the formula (1) is any one of the following formulas (X-1) to (X-4), and Y in the formula (1) is any one of the following formulas (Y-1) to (Y-5).

    In formulae (X-1) to (X-4), * represents the bonding sites of the four carbonyl groups to which X in formula (1) is bonded.

    In formulae (Y-1) to (Y-5), * represents the bonding sites of the two nitrogen atoms to which Y in formula (1) is bonded.
  4.  前記樹脂のカルボン酸価が0.003mmol/g以上である、請求項1~3のいずれか1項に記載の樹脂組成物。 The resin composition according to any one of claims 1 to 3, wherein the carboxylic acid value of the resin is 0.003 mmol/g or more.
  5.  前記樹脂のアミン価が0.001mmol/g以下である、請求項1~3のいずれか1項に記載の樹脂組成物。 The resin composition according to any one of claims 1 to 3, wherein the amine value of the resin is 0.001 mmol/g or less.
  6.  前記樹脂をジメチルスルホキシドに0.5質量%の濃度となるように溶解した溶液のpHが3.0~5.0である、請求項1~3のいずれか1項に記載の樹脂組成物。 The resin composition according to any one of claims 1 to 3, wherein the pH of a solution obtained by dissolving the resin in dimethyl sulfoxide to a concentration of 0.5% by mass is 3.0 to 5.0.
  7.  前記樹脂の重量平均分子量が10,000~15,000であり、かつ、分散度が2.8~4.0である、請求項1~3のいずれか1項に記載の樹脂組成物。 The resin composition according to any one of claims 1 to 3, wherein the weight average molecular weight of the resin is 10,000 to 15,000 and the dispersity is 2.8 to 4.0.
  8.  重合性化合物を更に含む、請求項1~3のいずれか1項に記載の樹脂組成物。 The resin composition according to any one of claims 1 to 3, further comprising a polymerizable compound.
  9.  再配線層用層間絶縁膜形成用である、請求項1~3のいずれか1項に記載の樹脂組成物。 The resin composition according to any one of claims 1 to 3, which is used for forming an interlayer insulating film for a rewiring layer.
  10.  請求項1~3のいずれか1項に記載の樹脂組成物を硬化してなる硬化物。 A cured product obtained by curing the resin composition according to any one of claims 1 to 3.
  11.  請求項10に記載の硬化物からなる層を2層以上含み、前記硬化物からなる層同士のいずれかの間に金属層を含む積層体。 A laminate comprising two or more layers of the cured product according to claim 10, and a metal layer between any of the layers of the cured product.
  12.  請求項1~3のいずれか1項に記載の樹脂組成物を基材上に適用して膜を形成する膜形成工程を含む、硬化物の製造方法。 A method for producing a cured product, comprising a film-forming step of applying the resin composition according to any one of claims 1 to 3 onto a substrate to form a film.
  13.  前記膜を選択的に露光する露光工程及び前記膜を現像液を用いて現像してパターンを形成する現像工程を含む、請求項12に記載の硬化物の製造方法。 The method for producing the cured product according to claim 12, comprising an exposure step of selectively exposing the film to light and a development step of developing the film with a developer to form a pattern.
  14.  前記膜を50~450℃で加熱する加熱工程を含む、請求項12に記載の硬化物の製造方法。 The method for producing the cured product according to claim 12 includes a heating step in which the film is heated at 50 to 450°C.
  15.  請求項12に記載の硬化物の製造方法を含む、積層体の製造方法。 A method for producing a laminate, comprising the method for producing a cured product according to claim 12.
  16.  請求項12に記載の硬化物の製造方法を含む、半導体デバイスの製造方法。 A method for manufacturing a semiconductor device, comprising the method for manufacturing a cured product according to claim 12.
  17.  請求項10に記載の硬化物を含む、半導体デバイス。 A semiconductor device comprising the cured product according to claim 10.
PCT/JP2023/039600 2022-11-07 2023-11-02 Resin composition, cured product, laminate, method for producing cured product, method for producing laminate, method for producing semiconductor device, and semiconductor device WO2024101266A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2022178218 2022-11-07
JP2022-178218 2022-11-07

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2024101266A1 true WO2024101266A1 (en) 2024-05-16

Family

ID=91032943

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/JP2023/039600 WO2024101266A1 (en) 2022-11-07 2023-11-02 Resin composition, cured product, laminate, method for producing cured product, method for producing laminate, method for producing semiconductor device, and semiconductor device

Country Status (1)

Country Link
WO (1) WO2024101266A1 (en)

Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2017002858A1 (en) * 2015-06-30 2017-01-05 富士フイルム株式会社 Precursor composition, photosensitive resin composition, method for producing precursor composition, cured film, method for producing cured film, and semiconductor device
WO2022210225A1 (en) * 2021-03-30 2022-10-06 富士フイルム株式会社 Resin composition, cured article, laminate, method for producing cured article, and semiconductor device
WO2023032820A1 (en) * 2021-08-31 2023-03-09 富士フイルム株式会社 Resin composition, cured product, laminate, method for producing cured product, method for producing laminate, method for producing semiconductor device, semiconductor device, and compound

Patent Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2017002858A1 (en) * 2015-06-30 2017-01-05 富士フイルム株式会社 Precursor composition, photosensitive resin composition, method for producing precursor composition, cured film, method for producing cured film, and semiconductor device
WO2022210225A1 (en) * 2021-03-30 2022-10-06 富士フイルム株式会社 Resin composition, cured article, laminate, method for producing cured article, and semiconductor device
WO2023032820A1 (en) * 2021-08-31 2023-03-09 富士フイルム株式会社 Resin composition, cured product, laminate, method for producing cured product, method for producing laminate, method for producing semiconductor device, semiconductor device, and compound

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
JP7259141B1 (en) Method for producing cured product, method for producing laminate, method for producing semiconductor device, and treatment liquid
WO2023190064A1 (en) Resin composition, cured product, laminate, method for producing cured product, method for producing laminate, method for producing semiconductor device, and semiconductor device
WO2023157911A1 (en) Resin composition, cured product, multilayer body, method for producing cured product, method for producing multilayer body, method for producing semiconductor device, and semiconductor device
WO2023032820A1 (en) Resin composition, cured product, laminate, method for producing cured product, method for producing laminate, method for producing semiconductor device, semiconductor device, and compound
WO2022210226A1 (en) Resin composition, cured object, layered product, method for producing cured object, semiconductor device, and compound
WO2022172996A1 (en) Resin composition, cured product, laminated body, method for producing cured product, semiconductor device, and base generator
WO2024101295A1 (en) Production method for cured product, production method for laminate, production method for semiconductor device, and semiconductor device
WO2024071237A1 (en) Resin composition, cured product, laminate, method for producing cured product, method for producing laminate, method for producing semiconductor device, and semiconductor device
WO2024095885A1 (en) Resin composition, cured object, layered object, method for producing cured object, method for producing layered object, method for producing semiconductor device, and semiconductor device
TW202128839A (en) Pattern forming method, photocurable resin composition, layered body manufacturing method, and electronic device manufacturing method
WO2024101266A1 (en) Resin composition, cured product, laminate, method for producing cured product, method for producing laminate, method for producing semiconductor device, and semiconductor device
WO2024143212A1 (en) Method for manufacturing laminate, method for manufacturing semiconductor member, photosensitive resin composition, laminate, semiconductor member, and resin composition
WO2024143210A1 (en) Member, method for manufacturing member, photosensitive resin composition, and semiconductor member
WO2024143209A1 (en) Method for producing multilayer body, photosensitive resin composition and method for producing semiconductor member
WO2024143211A1 (en) Member, method for manufacturing member, photosensitive resin composition, and semiconductor member
WO2024090460A1 (en) Resin composition, cured product, laminate, production method for cured product, production method for laminate, manufacturing method for semiconductor device, and semiconductor device
WO2024095884A1 (en) Resin composition, cured product, laminate, method for producing cured product, method for producing laminate, method for manufacturing semiconductor device, and semiconductor device
WO2024071380A1 (en) Resin composition, cured object, layered product, method for producing cured object, method for producing layered product, method for producing semiconductor device, and semiconductor device
WO2024048605A1 (en) Resin composition, cured product, layered body, method for producing cured product, method for producing layered body, method for producing semiconductor device, and semiconductor device
WO2023032475A1 (en) Method for producing cured product, method for producing multilayer body, method for producing semiconductor device, and treatment solution and resin composition
WO2024053655A1 (en) Photosensitive resin composition, cured product, laminate, method for producing cured product, method for producing laminate, method for producing semiconductor device, and semiconductor device
WO2024048435A1 (en) Resin composition, cured article, laminate, method for producing cured article, method for producing laminate, method for producing semiconductor device, and semiconductor device
WO2022176869A1 (en) Method for producing permanent film, method for producing multilayer body, and method for producing semiconductor device
WO2024070963A1 (en) Film production method, photosensitive resin composition, cured product production method, cured product, and laminate
WO2024048436A1 (en) Resin composition, cured product, laminate, method for producing cured product, method for producing laminate, method for producing semiconductor device, and semiconductor device

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 23888614

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1